Purpose: Invalidity Analysis


Patent: US9706467B2
Filed: 2011-11-03
Issued: 2017-07-11
Patent Holder: (Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp
Inventor(s): Noriyoshi FUKUTA

Title: Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

Abstract: A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station, comprises: a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station; and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information, the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station.









Disclaimer: The promise of Apex Standards Pseudo Claim Charting (PCC) [ Request Form ] is not to replace expert opinion but to provide due diligence and transparency prior to high precision charting. PCC conducts aggressive mapping (based on Broadest Reasonable, Ordinary or Customary Interpretation and Multilingual Translation) between a target patent's claim elements and other documents (potential technical standard specification or prior arts in the same or across different jurisdictions), therefore allowing for a top-down, apriori evaluation, with which, stakeholders can assess standard essentiality (potential strengths) or invalidity (potential weaknesses) quickly and effectively before making complex, high-value decisions. PCC is designed to relieve initial burden of proof via an exhaustive listing of contextual semantic mapping as potential building blocks towards a litigation-ready work product. Stakeholders may then use the mapping to modify upon shortlisted PCC or identify other relevant materials in order to formulate strategy and achieve further purposes.

Click on references to view corresponding claim charts.


Non-Patent Literature        WIPO Prior Art        EP Prior Art        US Prior Art        CN Prior Art        JP Prior Art        KR Prior Art       
 
  Independent Claim

GroundReferenceOwner of the ReferenceTitleSemantic MappingBasisAnticipationChallenged Claims
1234567891011
1

FOURTH IEEE WORKSHOP ON MOBILE COMPUTING SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS, PROCEEDINGS. : 70-80 2002

(Balachandran, 2002)
University of California, San Diego (UCSD)Hot-spot Congestion Relief In Public-area Wireless Networks location information overall network

performing handover control load balancing

first base station user service

XXXXXXXXXX
2

US20110105135A1

(Sandeep H. Krishnamurthy, 2011)
(Original Assignee) Motorola Mobility LLC     

(Current Assignee)
Google Technology Holdings LLC
Interference coordination in heterogeneous networks using wireless terminals as relays handover control, performing handover control measurement report

first base station, communication control method first base station, two base stations

first base physical resource

transmission circuitry received power

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses wherein a control signal for informing of a subcarrier set used for communication is transmitted to the…

teaches managing interference caused by the interfering UE includes sending a message to the neighbor BS that causes…

teaches scheduling a served UE in frequency division multiplexing FDM or time division multiplexing TDM to avoid…

discloses a demodulated data selection combining section configured to determine which of a plurality of predetermined…
XXXXXXXXXXX
3

US20110028143A1

(Johan Johansson, 2011)
(Original Assignee) Huawei Technologies Co Ltd     

(Current Assignee)
Nokia Technologies Oy
Method and apparatus of list management location information location information

performing handover control neighbor cell list

proximity notification information response message

communication control method managing unit

base station cell search

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
teaches updating a neighboring femtocell parameter database…

teaches reception and recovery of received symbols in a spatial multiplexing system…

teaches of access point configuration wherein the specification of the at least one configuration comprises specifying…

teaches the mobile terminal providing feedback to the scanner supplying it with information of the radio signals which…
XXXXXXXXXXX
4

US20110013600A1

(Juhee KIM, 2011)
(Original Assignee) Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute ETRI     

(Current Assignee)
Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute ETRI
Method of transmitting data for reducing interference in hierarchical cell structure handover control, performing handover control measurement report, handover command

base station base station

first base station one cell

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses performing the intercell handover from the macrocell to another macrocell when the measurement report message…

discloses sending a measurement report to the network to determine whether to initiate an interfrequency handover or an…

discloses measuring the neighboring cells with different frequencies and sending a handover request to handover to a…

teaches a SCM transmission system and method that comprises a decoder eg…
XXXXXXXXXXX
5

CN102187727A

(权英现, 2011)
(Original Assignee) Lg电子株式会社     无线通信系统中在用户设备处切换操作载波的方法 reception circuitry, reception unit 基站接收, 接收指示

handover control, performing handover control 切换操作

primary carrier 波切换

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches wherein the electronic device served as a terminal device see paragraph…

teaches wherein a plurality of resource configurations are associated with different codewords based on a onetoone…

teaches to receive a message ACKNACK notifying that the primary carrier was changed from the serving primary carrier…

discloses a method for coordinating time division duplex TDD uplink downlink ULDL configuration for a cell cluster of a…
XXXXX
6

US20090264134A1

(Dan Xu, 2009)
(Original Assignee) Hitachi Ltd     

(Current Assignee)
Hitachi Ltd
Radio access terminal, base station controller, and handoff control method in radio communication system first base station, performing handover control radio base stations

step A frequency f

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses a method of selecting a wireless platform from a plurality of wireless platforms offered by a service provider…

teaches that the user terminal or mobile terminal is monitoring for whatever signal whereby the mobile terminal or…

discloses that establishing the call between the UT and the serving WLAN includes establishing a call in a format…

discloses wherein the timer is stopped and reset when either of the above conditions is longer true…
XXXXXXXXXX
7

CN101785336A

(S·南达, 2010)
(Original Assignee) 高通股份有限公司     用于ad-hoc小覆盖基站的接入控制 step A 的第一消息

reception unit 包括接收, 接收指示

transmitting proximity notification information 于发送

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches of access control from a user equipment to access points…

discloses transferring the mobile from macro to micro and vice versa based on determining that the user long requires…

teaches of populating a neighbor list with the identified one or more disparate femtocells or macrocells…

teaches macro network comprises a base station controller BSC for controlling the base stations the control of the…
XXXXX
8

JP2009260448A

(Yuichiro Katsu, 2009)
(Original Assignee) Hitachi Communication Technologies Ltd; 株式会社日立コミュニケーションテクノロジー     Wireless terminal, base station control station, and handoff control method in wireless communication system base station frequency information

mobile communication system different frequencies

location information location information

proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information 前記通知

communication control method システム, plurality

performing handover control 制御方法

transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information の制御

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses a method of selecting a wireless platform from a plurality of wireless platforms offered by a service provider…

teaches that the user terminal or mobile terminal is monitoring for whatever signal whereby the mobile terminal or…

discloses that establishing the call between the UT and the serving WLAN includes establishing a call in a format…

discloses wherein the timer is stopped and reset when either of the above conditions is longer true…
XXXXXXXXXXX
9

US20070248039A1

(Floyd Backes, 2007)
(Original Assignee) Floyd Backes; Gary Vacon; Paul Callahan; William Hawe     

(Current Assignee)
Piccata Fund LLC
Wireless Network Architecture communication control method computer readable medium

first base station, second base station mobile stations

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses selecting one of the plurality of WLAN access points with which the communication device is to associate is…

teaches wherein the at least one channelspecific measurement for each frequency channel comprises a measurement of…

discloses a mobile unit having a movement detecting function and turning back on the search operation when the mobile…

teaches signal strength information for the one or more reference signals see…
XXXXXXXXXXX
10

US20070195721A1

(Floyd Backes, 2007)
(Original Assignee) Autocell Laboratories Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Xenogenic Development LLC
Program for Distributed Channel Selection, Power Adjustment and Load Balancing Decisions in a Wireless Network communication control method computer readable medium

first base station, second base station mobile stations

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses selecting one of the plurality of WLAN access points with which the communication device is to associate is…

teaches wherein the at least one channelspecific measurement for each frequency channel comprises a measurement of…

discloses a mobile unit having a movement detecting function and turning back on the search operation when the mobile…

teaches signal strength information for the one or more reference signals see…
XXXXXXXXXXX
11

CN1812288A

(赵成贤, 2006)
(Original Assignee) 三星电子株式会社; 得克萨斯系统大学董事会     多天线蜂窝式移动通信系统中重选天线的系统和方法 reception circuitry, reception unit 基站接收

second base, second base station 的本地

transmitting proximity notification information 于发送

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches a system and methods for fast cell selection using high speed dedicated downlink shared channels…

teaches to encode the ACK information based on the second block code where two codewords of data is received para…

teaches all the limitations above except deciding by the network node that the mobile node should use another downlink…

teaches the configuration of amplifier and bandpass filter in claim…
XXXXXXXXXX
12

EP1503608A2

(Toshiyuki Okuyama, 2005)
(Original Assignee) NEC Corp     

(Current Assignee)
NEC Corp
Mobile communication system, mobile communication method, and mobile station mobile communication system mobile communication system

performing handover control access method

base station base station

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses the gateway evaluating of each of the available transmission channels comprises the gateway evaluating channel…

teaches a method of interAP handoff for a wireless terminal…

discloses automatically sending a registration request from the second wireless access point to the network element…

teaches wherein the at least one channelspecific measurement for each frequency channel comprises a measurement of…
XXXXXXXXXXX
13

WO2004077724A2

(Floyd Backes, 2004)
(Original Assignee) Autocell Laboratories, Inc.     System and method for channel selection in a wireless network communication control method computer readable medium

memory storing instructions stored power

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses selecting one of the plurality of WLAN access points with which the communication device is to associate is…

teaches wherein the at least one channelspecific measurement for each frequency channel comprises a measurement of…

discloses a mobile unit having a movement detecting function and turning back on the search operation when the mobile…

teaches signal strength information for the one or more reference signals see…
XXXXXXXXX
14

US20040165549A1

(Floyd Backes, 2004)
(Original Assignee) PROPAGATE NETWORKS Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Xenogenic Development LLC
Program for associating access points with stations in a wireless network communication control method computer readable medium

reception unit point b

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses selecting one of the plurality of WLAN access points with which the communication device is to associate is…

teaches wherein the at least one channelspecific measurement for each frequency channel comprises a measurement of…

discloses a mobile unit having a movement detecting function and turning back on the search operation when the mobile…

teaches signal strength information for the one or more reference signals see…
XXXXXXXXX
15

US20040165555A1

(Floyd Backes, 2004)
(Original Assignee) PROPAGATE NETWORKS Inc     

(Current Assignee)
AUTOCELL LABORATIES Inc ; Xenogenic Development LLC
Program for selecting an optimum access point in a wireless network communication control method computer readable medium

reception unit point b

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses selecting one of the plurality of WLAN access points with which the communication device is to associate is…

teaches wherein the at least one channelspecific measurement for each frequency channel comprises a measurement of…

discloses a mobile unit having a movement detecting function and turning back on the search operation when the mobile…

teaches signal strength information for the one or more reference signals see…
XXXXXXXXX
16

US20040165556A1

(Floyd Backes, 2004)
(Original Assignee) PROPAGATE NETWORKS Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Piccata Fund LLC
Distance determination method for use by devices in a wireless network mobile communication system load factor

primary carrier third wire

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses selecting one of the plurality of WLAN access points with which the communication device is to associate is…

teaches wherein the at least one channelspecific measurement for each frequency channel comprises a measurement of…

discloses a mobile unit having a movement detecting function and turning back on the search operation when the mobile…

teaches signal strength information for the one or more reference signals see…
XXXXXXX
17

US20040165612A1

(Floyd Backes, 2004)
(Original Assignee) PROPAGATE NETWORKS Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Xenogenic Development LLC
Transmission channel selection program communication control method computer readable medium

memory storing instructions stored power

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses selecting one of the plurality of WLAN access points with which the communication device is to associate is…

teaches wherein the at least one channelspecific measurement for each frequency channel comprises a measurement of…

discloses a mobile unit having a movement detecting function and turning back on the search operation when the mobile…

teaches signal strength information for the one or more reference signals see…
XXXXXXXXX
18

US20040166838A1

(Floyd Backes, 2004)
(Original Assignee) PROPAGATE NETWORKS Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Xenogenic Development LLC
Wireless channel selection program communication control method computer readable medium

memory storing instructions stored power

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses selecting one of the plurality of WLAN access points with which the communication device is to associate is…

teaches wherein the at least one channelspecific measurement for each frequency channel comprises a measurement of…

discloses a mobile unit having a movement detecting function and turning back on the search operation when the mobile…

teaches signal strength information for the one or more reference signals see…
XXXXXXXXX
19

US20040192278A1

(Floyd Backes, 2004)
(Original Assignee) PROPAGATE NETWORKS Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Xenogenic Development LLC
Program for selecting an optimum access point in a wireless network on a common channel communication control method computer readable medium

reception unit point b

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses selecting one of the plurality of WLAN access points with which the communication device is to associate is…

teaches wherein the at least one channelspecific measurement for each frequency channel comprises a measurement of…

discloses a mobile unit having a movement detecting function and turning back on the search operation when the mobile…

teaches signal strength information for the one or more reference signals see…
XXXXXXXXX
20

US20050020266A1

(Floyd Backes, 2005)
(Original Assignee) PROPAGATE NETWORKS Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Piccata Fund LLC
Distance determination apparatus for use by devices in a wireless network mobile communication system load factor

primary carrier third wire

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses selecting one of the plurality of WLAN access points with which the communication device is to associate is…

teaches wherein the at least one channelspecific measurement for each frequency channel comprises a measurement of…

discloses a mobile unit having a movement detecting function and turning back on the search operation when the mobile…

teaches signal strength information for the one or more reference signals see…
XXXXXXX
21

US20050070264A1

(Floyd Backes, 2005)
(Original Assignee) AUTOCELL LABORATIES Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Xenogenic Development LLC
Distance determination program for use by devices in a wireless network communication control method computer readable medium

mobile communication system load factor

primary carrier third wire

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses selecting one of the plurality of WLAN access points with which the communication device is to associate is…

teaches wherein the at least one channelspecific measurement for each frequency channel comprises a measurement of…

discloses a mobile unit having a movement detecting function and turning back on the search operation when the mobile…

teaches signal strength information for the one or more reference signals see…
XXXXXXXXXXX
22

US20050090241A1

(Floyd Backes, 2005)
(Original Assignee) AUTOCELL LABORATIES Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Piccata Fund LLC
Wireless network architecture communication control method computer readable medium

performing handover control load balancing

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses selecting one of the plurality of WLAN access points with which the communication device is to associate is…

teaches wherein the at least one channelspecific measurement for each frequency channel comprises a measurement of…

discloses a mobile unit having a movement detecting function and turning back on the search operation when the mobile…

teaches signal strength information for the one or more reference signals see…
XXXXXXXX
23

EP1185124A1

(Katsuhiko Hiramatsu, 2002)
(Original Assignee) Panasonic Corp     

(Current Assignee)
Panasonic Corp
Mobile station apparatus and radio communication method second base station, user terminal said base station

reception unit transmits signals

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses a transmitter using more than one protocol see abstract…

teaches the differently allocating the frame offsets to each base station so that identical frame offsets are…

discloses everything claimed as explained above except for the step of stripping encapsulation from said rst signal…

teaches in an analogous art the method further comprising G determining a phase shift offset that is associated with…
XXXXXXXXXXX
24

WO9965264A1

(Howard Thomas, 1999)
(Original Assignee) Motorola Limited     Mobile communication network and method of operation thereof first base station, base station more mobile stations, more base stations

transmitting location information, location information radio environment, received signal

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses a requesting unit that requests to add a band other than that forms the current set to said current set see…

teaches that the phase offset and the time offset are used to differentiate the PN spread code between base stations…

teaches a program a mobile station a base station a communication system…

teaches everything claimed as discussed in the rejected claim…
XXXXXXXXXXX
25

EP0964595A2

(Howard Peter Benn, 1999)
(Original Assignee) Motorola Solutions UK Ltd     

(Current Assignee)
Motorola Mobility LLC
Evaluation of a channel by handover measurements first base station, base station more mobile stations, more base stations

location information, transmitting location information received signal

mobile communication system fixed network

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
teaches in an analogous art step of monitoring a measure of received signal strength comprises the step of monitoring…

teaches at least one other station requiring a different procedure in order to determine if a new current cell is…

discloses wherein the threshold value is de ned as an absolute value of a difference between power of signals from a…

teaches wherein the signaling sent by said network to said at least one station and to said at least one other station…
XXXXXXXXXXX
26

WO2011100548A1

(Zhijun Cai, 2011)
(Original Assignee) Research In Motion Limited     System and method for intra-cell frequency reuse in a relay network step A physical downlink control

transmission circuitry SRS transmissions

memory storing instructions second processor

first base station, base station second resource

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses the basestation performing this additional processing and…

discloses wherein a subscriber reports information on candidate clusters back to a base station based upon SINR and…

discloses a methodology for managing neighbor channel interference in a cellular wireless communications system as a…

teaches a subset of the available frequency subchannels being reserved and used to transmit pilot tones with data in…
XXXXXXXXXXX
27

CN101964994A

(刘强, 2011)
(Original Assignee) 北京北方烽火科技有限公司     一种基站及ue切换时测量配置的设置方法 communication control method 周期测量

reception unit 不同小区

performing handover control 切换请求

transmitting proximity notification information 于发送

XXXXXXXXXX
28

WO2011041753A2

(Mo-Han Fong, 2011)
(Original Assignee) Research In Motion Limited; Research In Motion Uk Limited; Research In Motion Corporation     System and method for performing measurement reporting reception circuitry Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access

handover control, performing handover control measurement report, macro cells

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses interference mitigation in heterogeneous wireless networks it further discloses performing interference…

discloses resource coordination among multiple cells to avoid interference and…

discloses a server a request to terminal for measuring the plurality of possible scenario information including carrier…

discloses that instead of ABS the system may utilize a reduced power allocation for the interfering sub frames paragraph…
XXXX
29

WO2011039930A1

(Yan Feng Zhu, 2011)
(Original Assignee) International Business Machines Corporation; Ibm Japan Ltd.     Method and system for determining position of moving wireless communication step A following condition

user terminal mobile station

base station base station

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses that a building map or premises map is generated in order to update a stored map data of a premises the map…

teaches generation of map data of premises but fails to explicitly teach retrieving a stored version of a map of the…

teaches a route distance between the location of the mobile station and the location associated with each of the at…

teaches A method for said ranking recommendations for a pedestrian environment…
XXXXXXXXXXX
30

WO2011021388A1

(蛯子恵介, 2011)
(Original Assignee) パナソニック株式会社     移動通信システム、ネットワーク管理装置、マクロセル基地局装置、および干渉制御方法 mobile communication system mobile communication system

transmission circuitry second threshold value

handover control transmission source

reception unit reception unit

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses wherein a control signal for informing of a subcarrier set used for communication is transmitted to the…

discloses interference mitigation in heterogeneous wireless networks it further discloses performing interference…

discloses resource coordination among multiple cells to avoid interference and…

discloses a demodulated data selection combining section configured to determine which of a plurality of predetermined…
XXXXXXX
31

US20100311349A1

(Ja Ho KOO, 2010)
(Original Assignee) LG Electronics Inc     

(Current Assignee)
LG Electronics Inc
Method for Estimating Channel State in a Wireless Communication System Using Fractional Frequency Reuse and Mobile Station Using the Same user terminal channel estimation

second base station more frequency

base station Mobile Station

transmitting location information physical cell

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses a method comprising identifying a first portion of a downlink timeslot that will be used by an access point to…

discloses the determination of power headroom in order to assign resources abstract and further discloses that the power…

discloses of determining strong interferers by transmitting pilot signals and determining the received pilot powers…

discloses that the downlink and uplink frequency reuse schemes are different a frequency reuse pattern involving…
XXXXXXXXXXX
32

WO2010126344A2

(Gi Won Park, 2010)
(Original Assignee) Lg Electronics Inc.     Method for accessing femto cell user terminal coordinate information

proximity notification information response message

second base station, base station ranging request

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses a second wireless communication station according to claim…

discloses a method for providing a service eg a policy change a silent mode operation section…

teaches AAA server assisted information building is another network server assisted approach…

discloses that the neighboring network information server comprises a media independent neighboring network information…
XXXXXXXXXXX
33

WO2010117235A2

(Jae-Hee Cho, 2010)
(Original Assignee) Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.     Apparatus and method for detecting femto base station in wireless communication system location information, transmitting location information location information, received signal

base station, first base station Mobile Station, Base Station

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches wherein arranged to establish a said control channel on power up andor upon connection to a network operator s…

teaches of accessing the neighbor list to handoff communication from at least one mobile device to the one or more…

discloses that location area information and PLMN is added to the list database built by scanned parameter list builder…

teaches all the particulars of the claim except the method of autonomously generating the neighboring cell information…
XXXXXXXXXXX
34

WO2011111111A1

(太田好明, 2011)
(Original Assignee) 富士通株式会社     通信区間設定方法、中継局、移動通信システム mobile communication system mobile communication system

first base station communication frequency

reception unit reception unit

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches wherein the receive unit is adapted for receiving an acknowledgment packet…

discloses a system for cellular communications comprising a switch subsystem…

discloses a mapping rule that maps consecutive transmission resources in the control channel data stream onto…

discloses using relay control channel to assign the units of RB or resource block groups RBGs paragraphs…
XXXXXXXXXX
35

WO2011110229A1

(Vinh Van Phan, 2011)
(Original Assignee) Nokia Siemens Networks Oy     Relaying in a communication system handover control handover control

base station base station

mobile communication system other relay, one second

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches a wireless communication network according to claim…

discloses a communication system in which a communication device and another communication device are capable of…

discloses the use of incremental redundancy at a relay node in a cooperative relaying system it would have been obvious…

teaches wherein the indication that the WTRU is a member of shared context group is included in an evolved packet…
XXXXXXXXXXX
36

WO2010104334A2

(Su Hwan Lim, 2010)
(Original Assignee) Lg Electronics Inc.     Method of configuring radio connection in multiple cell system step A physical downlink control

base station base station

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses a method for determining a rate for a data transmission over a communication channel see abstract lines…

teaches the wireless communication method according to claim…

discloses receiving data relayed from a subgroup selected by one of the other reception nodes and the relay nodes from…

discloses all the claimed subject matter with the exception of explicitly disclosing wherein the reference signal is…
XXXXXXXXXXX
37

EP2355582A1

(Barbara Orlandi, 2011)
(Original Assignee) Alcatel Lucent SAS     

(Current Assignee)
Alcatel Lucent SAS
Method for managing handover of a terminal and associated terminal user terminal sending information

handover control handover control

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses the preregistration procedure upon expiration of a backoff timer…

teaches a method of controlling a frequency measurement of a forbidden registration area in a mobile communication…

discloses a method of wireless communications comprising detecting by a user equipment UE one or more instances of…

discloses during transmissions of signals for session negotiation if the is exceeded an oldest of the plurality of pre…
XXXXXXXXXXX
38

WO2010079824A1

(幹生 岩村, 2010)
(Original Assignee) 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ     移動通信方法及び無線基地局 first base station, performing handover control radio base stations, mobile stations

step A step A

step B step B

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches obtains said measurements by making the measurements…

teaches applying different scrambling codes to the secondary synchronization signals…

discloses all the subject matter of the claimed invention with the exception of wherein the transmission parameter…

teaches A MIMO system supports time division duplex TDD and frequency division duplex FDD systems…
XXXXXXXXXXX
39

JP2011124732A

(Kenta Okino, 2011)
(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp; 京セラ株式会社     無線通信システム、大出力基地局、小出力基地局及び通信制御方法 proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information 前記通知, 示す通知

communication control method システム

performing handover control 制御方法

XXXXXXXXXXX
40

WO2010059003A2

(Gi Won Park, 2010)
(Original Assignee) Lg Electronics Inc.     Method of transmitting and receiving carrier configuration information second base station, base station second base station

first base station first base station

user terminal mobile station

XXXXXXXXXXX
41

WO2010050885A1

(Tarmo Kuningas, 2010)
(Original Assignee) Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ)     Cell type information sharing between neighbour base stations second base station information

first base station first base station

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses sending at least one of a class or an access mode of the first base station to the second base station…

teaches that cell type information being signaled during an eNodeB…

teaches a context identifier such as eNode B identity for use in cell reselection by a wireless unit WTRU with a…

discloses signaling knowledge of cell type such as macro micro pico femto etc to…
XXXXXXXXXXX
42

JP2011077964A

(Katsunari Kamimura, 2011)
(Original Assignee) Sharp Corp; シャープ株式会社     通信システム、干渉調整方法、基地局装置及び移動局装置 proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information セルグローバル

communication control method 少なくとも, システム

performing handover control のセル

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
teaches wherein arranged to establish a said control channel on power up andor upon connection to a network operator s…

teaches of accessing the neighbor list to handoff communication from at least one mobile device to the one or more…

discloses that location area information and PLMN is added to the list database built by scanned parameter list builder…

teaches methods that enable a wireless femtocell to operate in its designated frequency so as to minimize interference…
XXXXXXXXXXX
43

WO2010090568A1

(Konstantinos Dimou, 2010)
(Original Assignee) Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ)     Methods and arrangements for handover memory storing instructions second measurement

handover control, performing handover control measurement report

second base station, base station determined base

XXXXXXXXXXX
44

CN101888630A

(杨永利, 2010)
(Original Assignee) 华为终端有限公司     一种切换接入网的认证方法、系统和装置 reception unit 第一接收模块

second base station, base station 第二发送

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses all the particulars of the claim but might be unclear about performing authentication at the access point…

teaches of wherein the wireless network identifier associated with the wireless mesh network includes a one way hash…

discloses that at least one set of subscription parameters corresponds to one of a plurality of different operating…

teaches a triangular arrow in the network environment name…
XXXXXXXXXXX
45

CN101888631A

(杨永利, 2010)
(Original Assignee) 华为终端有限公司     一种接入网的切换方法、系统和设备 reception unit, reception circuitry 第一接收模块, 基站接收

second base, second base station 空闲状态

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
teaches in addition the subscriber enjoys extended service range coverage since the handset can receive services deep…

teaches buffering data to be sent to a first interface when the communications via the first interface are lost…

discloses a mobile station comprising a licensed component to operate on a licensed network…

discloses a method for effecting handoff of a communication session between a cellular telephone and a desktop telephone…
XXXXXXXXXX
46

WO2009117660A2

(Diana Pani, 2009)
(Original Assignee) Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc.     Method and apparatus for performing a serving hs-dsch cell change handover control, performing handover control measurement report, source cell

second base station receive unit

communication control method high speed

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses transmitting at least one from of the group consisting of the primary control channel information and the…

discloses wherein transmit diversity is applied in transmitting the OFDMA frame paragraphs…

discloses that the CQI resource can be modified with a specific command containing a new CQI resource therefore if the…

discloses a transmitter and a receiver adapted to transmit and receive comprising a symbol demapper fig…
XXXXXXXXXXX
47

JP2010218347A

(Kazuhiro Futamura, 2010)
(Original Assignee) Nec Corp; Nec System Technologies Ltd; Necシステムテクノロジー株式会社; 日本電気株式会社     シンクライアントサーバシステム及びusbデバイスのドライバの管理方法 communication control method システム

proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information の通知

XXXXXXXXXXX
48

WO2010086979A1

(大出 高義, 2010)
(Original Assignee) 富士通株式会社     無線通信システム transmitting location information communication unit

base station, first base station perform handover, mobile stations

communication control method relay apparatus

transmission circuitry received power

reception unit reception unit

mobile communication system other relay

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches the networked and eld addressable distributed antenna system as set forth in claim…

discloses a method and a program and a system for providing wireless communication as described above…

discloses A server at the mobile phone service either routes them to other mobile phone users or provides a gateway that…

teaches a user interface configured to receive a user input…
XXXXXXXXXXX
49

JP2010171885A

(Ivan Cosovic, 2010)
(Original Assignee) Ntt Docomo Inc; 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ     移動通信方法及び無線基地局 communication control method システム

transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information rol

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches if an MBMS frequency corresponding to the MBMS service of interest of the terminal device or the MBMS…

discloses a method wireless device for monitoring a control channel in a wireless communication system the wireless…

teaches further comprising receiving retransmission data of the first HARQ process from the UE in a receive timing of…

teaches wherein the allocation message is generated according to either a dynamic scheduling scheme or a…
XXXXXXXXXX
50

WO2010077194A1

(Mattias Johansson, 2010)
(Original Assignee) Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ)     Method and device for installing applications on nfc-enabled devices communication control method computer readable medium

transmitting location information communication unit

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses a method in which the client device checks to see if les in question must be updated and if a newer version is…

discloses a computer system with bus processor coupled to a bus…

discloses server based storage of software preferences configuration data and access permissions for software retrieved…

teaches a design for an automatic network based client update design…
XXXXXXXX
51

EP2207369A1

(Hiroyuki Ishii, 2010)
(Original Assignee) NTT Docomo Inc     

(Current Assignee)
NTT Docomo Inc
User device and signal power measuring method second base station measuring signal power

different carrier cell reselection

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
teaches handovers between microcell macrocell or picocell see paragraph…

discloses checking a frequency table with highest priority and selects the target frequency for selecting the cell…

teaches a security system for wireless devices such as mobile phones includes a wireless signal transmitter companion…

discloses a device that wishes to communicate only with a trusted device can cryptographically authenticate the identity…
XXXXXXXXXX
52

WO2009055619A1

(Naga Bhushan, 2009)
(Original Assignee) Qualcomm Incorporated     Pilot report based on interference indications in wireless communication systems using relaying by mobile terminal reception unit communication environment

primary carrier common base

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches determining the timing offset and the sets of resource blocks to puncture…

discloses every limitation claimed as applied above see claim…

teaches wherein the spatial indication indicates on which sub bands of a frequency domain the interference is…

teaches where the at least one transmission stream is a MIMO transmission stream par…
XXX
53

CN101836486A

(卡皮尔·查巴拉, 2010)
(Original Assignee) 马维尔国际贸易有限公司     用于wlan的位置感知背景接入点扫描 base station 信息来确定

reception unit 包括接收

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses having a node receiving a response from a new access point the response packet includes operating parameters…

describes a route comprising one or more wireless networks through which the sensor node travels before arriving at a…

teaches wherein the time interval is adjustable using the mobile controller…

discloses a method of determining the availability of a channel of a plurality of channels for communications by a…
XXXXXXXXXXX
54

CN101357616A

(李克强, 2009)
(Original Assignee) 清华大学     智能环境友好型汽车结构 handover control, performing handover control 启动电机

second base 的状态

XXXXXXXXXX
55

CN101668340A

(常俊仁, 2010)
(Original Assignee) 华为技术有限公司     一种上行多址接入方式切换的方法及装置 handover control, performing handover control 切换操作, 切换请求

transmitting proximity notification information 于发送

XXXXX
56

WO2009140988A1

(Martin DÖTTLING, 2009)
(Original Assignee) Nokia Siemens Networks Oy     Re-activation of a base station in standby mode proximity notification information communication signal

performing handover control said operation

base station base station

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches wherein performing by the network device the corresponding processing according to the received information of…

teaches comparing a priority of the MBMS service reported by the terminal device with that of the unicast service…

discloses resuming the normal mode of operation of the cell see figures…

discloses three sectors to be sourced by each transmitter module col…
XXXXXXXXXXX
57

CN101507331A

(B·塞尔比, 2009)
(Original Assignee) 诺基亚公司     在蜂窝系统中用于在切换期间提供移动性管理信息的方法 mobile communication system 一个先前

performing handover control 切换请求

handover control 于切换

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches wherein the mobile controller is configured to evaluate the connectivity of the connection with the first or…

discloses having a access point responding to with a packet with its operating parameters such as the frequency of the…

teaches a context identifier such as eNode B identity for use in cell reselection by a wireless unit WTRU with a…

discloses a system in which a serving base station ie primary base station transmits a handoff message to a subscriber…
XXXXXXX
58

JP2009010701A

(Yoshikazu Fukuyama, 2009)
(Original Assignee) Fuji Electric Systems Co Ltd; 富士電機システムズ株式会社     Wireless communication network system, wireless terminal, program performing handover control, performing control するデータパケット

communication control method 少なくとも, plurality

transmission circuitry, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information 間欠動作

XXXXXXXX
59

JP2008279862A

(Hirotane Ikeda, 2008)
(Original Assignee) Denso Corp; 株式会社デンソー     車載設備制御システム及びプログラム communication control method 少なくとも

transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information の制御

XXXXXXXXXX
60

CN101371475A

(西尾昭彦, 2009)
(Original Assignee) 松下电器产业株式会社     无线通信基站装置和广播信道信号的发送频带设定方法 second base station, base station 第二发送

handover control 的设定

transmitting proximity notification information 于发送

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches requesting for channel resources specifically by using DSAREQ and DSARSP which are well known at the time of…

teaches fixed allocation which is persistent or sticky allocation…

discloses signaling one or more UE capability configurations selected from a first set of possible configurations…

teaches persistent allocation remain dedicated for a predetermine period paragraph…
XXXXXXXXXXX
61

WO2006056846A1

(Rene Purnadi, 2006)
(Original Assignee) Nokia Corporation; Nokia, Inc.     Method and apparatus to optimize paging in a flexible multi-carrier system different carrier different carrier

step A, step B paging message

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches system and method for adequate beam forming as explained in detail in cited portions…

teaches how the standby subscriber does not send its SINR and data rate information until the subscriber has data to…

teaches a system where the base station sends a plurality of pilot signal to the mobile stations in order to allocated…

discloses all of the subject matter as described above except for specifically teaching to select a plurality of…
XXXXXXXXXX
62

US20050250496A1

(Baruh Hason, 2005)
(Original Assignee) Motorola Solutions Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Motorola Solutions Inc
Communications methods and apparatus for use therein mobile communication system mobile communication system

location information location information

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
teaches wherein the set of parameters further comprises an alarm override parameter that sets the communication method…

discloses a communication service triggering method comprising storing information correlating position information with…

discloses using GPS coordinates defining geographic areas and a mobile device is used in a mobile vehicle and said logic…

teaches wherein the vehicle is a regular route bus and the polygons of GPS coordinates are along routes segments that…
XXXXXX
63

EP1583270A1

(Joachim Löhr, 2005)
(Original Assignee) Panasonic Corp     

(Current Assignee)
Panasonic Corp
Interference limitation for retransmissions mobile communication system mobile communication system

transmitting proximity notification information received data packet

base station base station

performing control said data

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses wherein transmit diversity is applied in transmitting the OFDMA frame paragraphs…

discloses all of the subject matter as described above and further discloses that the reception synchronization unit…

discloses a method to perform an HARQ process comprising receiving by a mobile station resource allocation information…

discloses determining whether two or more data transfers occur over a bus and provides for precluding bus contentions…
XXXXXXXXXXX
64

US20050003827A1

(Robert Whelan, 2005)
(Original Assignee) Wavelink Corp     

(Current Assignee)
Wavelink Corp
Channel, coding and power management for wireless local area networks location information, transmitting location information received signal strength indicator

handover control, performing handover control report signal

reception unit point b

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses the gateway evaluating of each of the available transmission channels comprises the gateway evaluating channel…

teaches the distributive environment having local interaction col…

discloses the channel separation can be based on a of rules including specifically…

teaches wherein the at least one channelspecific measurement for each frequency channel comprises a measurement of…
XXXXXXXX
65

US20040137915A1

(Neil Diener, 2004)
(Original Assignee) Cognio LLC     

(Current Assignee)
Cisco Technology Inc
Server and multiple sensor system for monitoring activity in a shared radio frequency band reception unit generates information

location information, transmitting location information measurement interval, received signal

transmission circuitry, reception circuitry interfering signals

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
teaches a system in which a networking management device can receive information from diverse protocols see…

discloses disclose wherein the computing step includes calculating an accessibility loss due to ingress router failure a…

discloses the use of CLI within a COPS environment and SNMP protocol see…

teaches includes within the messages particular protocol versions variations or extensions see…
XXXXXX
66

US20040121749A1

(Jian Cui, 2004)
(Original Assignee) Engim Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Edgewater Computer Systems Inc
System throughput enhancement using an intelligent channel association in the environment of multiple access channels location information, transmitting location information signal strength indicator

transmitting proximity notification information received data packet

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses an access point in a wireless network that sends a request for a channel signal quality measure to a remote…

discloses wherein said schedule is encoded using an algorithm based format paragraph…

discloses all the subject matter of the claimed invention with the exception wherein the measurement request is received…

discloses a method for coordinating time division duplex TDD uplink downlink ULDL configuration for a cell cluster of a…
XXXXXX
67

WO2004014097A1

(Mo-Han Fong, 2004)
(Original Assignee) Nortel Networks Limited,     Adaptive dual-mode reverse link scheduling method for wireless telecommunications networks transmitting location information, transmitting proximity notification information comprising extract

step B computer code

base station base station

reception unit two data

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses a method comprising obtaining information for transmission of a data packet column…

teaches the wireless communication terminal apparatus according to claim…

discloses the claimed invention but may not expressly disclose wherein the first of time slots comprises four time slots…

teaches a receiver having improved acknowledgment or negative acknowledgment signal detection in a mobile terminal of…
XXXXXXXXXXX
68

US7020439B2

(Hasse Sinivaara, 2006)
(Original Assignee) Nokia Oyj     

(Current Assignee)
Nokia Technologies Oy
Selection of access point in a wireless communication system different carrier, user terminal other terminals, mobile station

reception unit point b

XXXXXXXXXXX
69

US6898198B1

(Philip J. Ryan, 2005)
(Original Assignee) Cisco Systems Wireless Networking Australia Pty Ltd     

(Current Assignee)
Cisco Technology Inc
Selecting the data rate of a wireless network link according to a measure of error vector magnitude first base constellation points

location information, transmitting location information received signal

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches receiving the deviation EVM value see rejection of claim…

teaches convergence rate and power signal measurements average calculation using samples of…

discloses the result of the channel assessment is received by being included in a second information element channel…

discloses rate shifting a data rate for a wireless transceiver comprising operating the network at an original rate see…
XXXXXXXXXX
70

US20040054767A1

(Jeyhan Karaoguz, 2004)
(Original Assignee) Broadcom Corp     

(Current Assignee)
Avago Technologies General IP Singapore Pte Ltd
Optimizing network configuration from established usage patterns of access points location information receiving location information

transmitting location information first receiving

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses an apparatus for use in an access point in a wireless communications environment including multiple access…

teaches additional information obtained over a backhaul link between AP and base station for the benefit of the…

discloses all the particulars of the claim except wherein the threshold level lies in the range of…

discloses threshold comparison for comparing a generated interference cost estimate to a threshold col…
XXXXXX
71

US20040202141A1

(Hasse Sinivaara, 2004)
(Original Assignee) Nokia Oyj     

(Current Assignee)
Nokia Technologies Oy
Selection of access point in a wireless communication system different carrier, user terminal other terminals, mobile station

reception unit point b

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches a decision unit operable to decide which one of the candidate selections should be used to transmit the…

teaches a terminal which scans a plurality of access points using a probe on each channel…

discloses a technique for dynamically translating network management primitives into operations on management…

discloses that at least one of said one or more of the attributes provided to the access point relates to a protocol…
XXXXXXXXXXX
72

US20030095513A1

(Michael Woodmansee, 2003)
(Original Assignee) Nortel Networks Corp     

(Current Assignee)
Nortel Networks Corp
Traffic management system and method for multi-carrier CDMA wireless networks second base station, base station second base station, one base station

first base station first base station

mobile communication system one second

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches a method and an apparatus as discussed in rejection of claims…

discloses a method comprising transmitting a data set including a hashing function see paragraph…

teaches both the paging indicator and con guration change indicator being transmitted on the QPCH channel gure…

discloses the claimed invention except may not have explicitly mentioned accepting group membership information from an…
XXXXXXXXXXX
73

US20030134642A1

(Zoran Kostic, 2003)
(Original Assignee) AT&T Corp     

(Current Assignee)
AT&T Intellectual Property II LP ; AT&T Properties LLC
WLAN having load balancing by access point admission/termination first base station more mobile stations

location information, transmitting location information received signal

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
teaches a method of communication within a wireless network…

discloses selecting the one or more client devices for transmitting the disassociation frame ie selectively accepting or…

discloses all the limitations set forth in the independent claim…

discloses at an access point of a wireless network a method for proactively managing the load of the wireless network…
XXXXXXXXXX
74

US20040066759A1

(Marco Molteni, 2004)
(Original Assignee) Cisco Technology Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Cisco Technology Inc
Method for a wireless station to determine network metrics prior to associating with an access point of a wireless network second base, second base station protocol stack

mobile communication system Mobile IP

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
teaches of access control from a user equipment to access points…

teaches appending a signal strength value received from wireless nodes see abstract p…

teaches updating includes updating a virtual local area network VLAN tag corresponding to the client with a new VLAN…

teaches the claimed invention except wherein the plurality of scanning results further includes location information…
XXXXXXXXXX
75

US20040071110A1

(Jiann-Ching Guey, 2004)
(Original Assignee) Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson AB     

(Current Assignee)
Optis Wireless Technology LLC
Methods, systems, and computer program products for allocating bandwidth in a radio packet data system based on data rate estimates determined for one or more idle transmitter/sector scenarios memory storing instructions computer readable storage medium

secondary carrier first means

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses a request to designate the use for the at least one portion of a timeslot column…

discloses that the first node comprises an access point paragraph…

discloses scheduling of radio resources to user terminals of different network operators using a scheduling unit…

discloses a mobile terminal transmits a resource request to a controller requesting a of channels figure…
XXXX
76

US20040039817A1

(Mai Lee, 2004)
(Original Assignee) Lincom Wireless Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Lincom Wireless Inc
Enhanced algorithm for initial AP selection and roaming location information, transmitting location information received signal strength indicator

reception unit point b

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses having a node receiving a response from a new access point the response packet includes operating parameters…

teaches wherein the time interval is adjustable using the mobile controller…

discloses a method of determining the availability of a channel of a plurality of channels for communications by a…

discloses further comprising storing the compatible protocol code in a memory inherent to save the protocol code in a…
XXXXXX
77

US20030022686A1

(Amjad Soomro, 2003)
(Original Assignee) Koninklijke Philips NV     

(Current Assignee)
Koninklijke Philips NV
Noise margin information for power control and link adaptation in IEEE 802.11h WLAN reception circuitry receiver circuit

location information, transmitting location information received signal

first base first station

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
discloses a system for determining the data rate of a reverse link communication of an access terminal based on the…

discloses identifying a value of an explicit flag to recognize one of presence or absence of interference see…

discloses that the wireless network interface driver application further comprises instructions operable to cause the…

discloses adjusting the post detection SNR with a transmit output power of the second node for a received data rate of…
XXXXXXXXXX
78

US20020193113A1

(Shahab Sayeedi, 2002)
(Original Assignee) Motorola Solutions Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Google Technology Holdings LLC
Method for supporting rescue channels in a communications system base station base station

second base second base

first base first base

mobile communication system one second

XXXXXXXXXXX
79

US20030035442A1

(John Eng, 2003)
(Original Assignee) Eng John Wai Tsang     Full-service broadband cable modem system second base, second base station unique identifiers

transmission circuitry modulation format

reception circuitry set top box

transmitting location information time stamp

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches a method wherein the scheduling algorithm assigns packets to the multiple channels in a round robin fashion…

teaches formatting the extracted information into one of an audio video and data output format voicedata packets…

teaches the new GPI value running GPI value being indicated in the running GPI field in at least one of the…

discloses a head end apparatus for transmitting management and control data on the DOCSIS PID of an MPEG multiplex and…
XXXXXXXXXX
80

US6738599B2

(Simon A. Black, 2004)
(Original Assignee) Nokia Oyj     

(Current Assignee)
Nokia Technologies Oy
Assembly, and associated method, for facilitating channel frequency selection in a communication system utilizing a dynamic frequency selection scheme first base station, second base station mobile stations

performing handover control said operation

XXXXXXXXXXX
81

US20020090966A1

(Christopher Hansen, 2002)
(Original Assignee) Broadcom Corp     

(Current Assignee)
Avago Technologies International Sales Pte Ltd
Transmit power control of wireless communication devices second base second base

reception unit point b

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
teaches in an analogous art that a physicallyshortened electric antenna that is physically shorter than its electrical…

discloses the device wherein said rst and second antenna operate as a diversity antenna col…

teaches a metallic coated carbon fiber within a molded polymer…

teaches the antenna conducting material comprises a metal foil…
XXXXXXXXXX
82

US20030100328A1

(John Klein, 2003)
(Original Assignee) Symbol Technologies LLC     

(Current Assignee)
Symbol Technologies LLC
Transmit power control for mobile unit location information, transmitting location information received signal

memory storing instructions said signals

XXXXXX
83

US6801777B2

(Leslie A. Rusch, 2004)
(Original Assignee) Intel Corp     

(Current Assignee)
Intel Corp
Device and method for intelligent wireless communication selection communication control method computer readable medium

user terminal processing capability

reception unit point b

XXXXXXXXXXX
84

US20020065081A1

(Peter Barany, 2002)
(Original Assignee) Nortel Networks Ltd     

(Current Assignee)
Lenovo Innovations Ltd Hong Kong
Channel request and contention resolution apparatus and method communication control method wireless protocol

first base station, second base station mobile stations

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses the wireless network operating at a frequency of approximately…

discloses delivery mode preferences of application data based on properties of application data…

teaches MIMO antenna system wherein one or more of the plurality of parasitic elements are selected by a switching…

teaches the indication signaling the third channel is not available due to the colliding units col…
XXXXXXXXXXX
85

US20020016180A1

(J. Derosier, 2002)
(Original Assignee) CELL BLOCK TECHNOLOGIES Inc     

(Current Assignee)
CELL BLOCK TECHNOLOGIES Inc
Communication device intervention system and method first base station, base station service provider

reception unit control modules

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches the adjustment circuitry comprises automatic gain control circuitry for the purpose of power control of…

discloses the most generally used method in CDMA systems comprises monitoring the code phases in halfachip intervals as…

discloses the individual despreaders receive message signal data with a one chip delayed version of the same pilot…

teaches the wireless communication system according to claim…
XXXXXXXXXXX
86

US20020060995A1

(Gerard Cervello, 2002)
(Original Assignee) Koninklijke Philips NV     

(Current Assignee)
Koninklijke Philips NV
Dynamic channel selection scheme for IEEE 802.11 WLANs user terminal, transmitting location information received signal strength indication

reception unit other communication device

step A following condition

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches that it is well known in the art that an access point ie base station can communicate a request for channel…

discloses all the subject matter of the claimed invention with the exception wherein the measurement request is received…

teaches in the method a radio transceiver wherein a timing control unit is capable on controlling channel center…

describes features already available to web pages such as those called for by…
XXXXXXXXXXX
87

US20010048744A1

(Shinya Kimura, 2001)
(Original Assignee) Sharp Corp     

(Current Assignee)
Sharp Corp
Access point device and authentication method thereof proximity notification information response message

first base station, second base station mobile stations

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(b)
discloses a wireless access point for connecting a wireless LAN and a wired LAN together…

discloses a gateway establishing a call path with a mobile telephone via a WLAN access point…

teaches the representation of the search request includes mel frequency cepstrum coefficients…

discloses remote sites coupled to a broadband network paragraph…
XXXXXXXXXXX
88

US6795407B2

(Gregory Lawrence Chesson, 2004)
(Original Assignee) Atheros Communications Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Qualcomm Inc
Methods for controlling shared access to wireless transmission systems and increasing throughput of the same reception circuitry subsequent signal

second base station receive power

primary carrier third wire

XXXXXXXXXXX
89

US20020141375A1

(Sunghyun Choi, 2002)
(Original Assignee) Philips North America LLC     

(Current Assignee)
Uniloc 2017 LLC
Increasing link capacity via concurrent transmissions in centralized wireless LANs location information, transmitting location information received signal

memory storing instructions said signals

first base station said pairs

performing control said data

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches of separating data for transmission across said transmission medium into a plurality of separate data packages…

discloses how authorization can be determined by distance of the access point…

teaches adopts at least one of a scheme of determining whether the incumbent user appears when a wireless…

discloses a wireless communication system including a plurality of wireless communication devices which are in wireless…
XXXXXXXXXX
90

US6788940B2

(David Lahiri Bhatoolaul, 2004)
(Original Assignee) Nokia of America Corp     

(Current Assignee)
Nokia of America Corp ; Wsou Investments LLC
Cellular mobile telephone network and method of operating the same second base, second base station different base stations, mobile stations

location information, transmitting location information signal strengths

performing control said data

XXXXXXXXXXX
91

US20020097696A1

(Jouni Kossi, 2002)
(Original Assignee) Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd; Nokia Networks Oy     

(Current Assignee)
Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd ; Nokia Networks Oy
Apparatus, and associated method, for dynamically selecting frequency levels upon which to define communication channels in a radio communication system proximity notification information communication signal

performing handover control said operation

35 U.S.C. 103(a)

35 U.S.C. 102(e)
teaches a similar system for scheduling transmissions in a wireless communication system using historical information…

discloses substantial features of the claimed invention the reference fails to expressly disclose transmitting data from…

discloses transmitting data from a source to a central coordinator…

teaches the computing device is a mobile telephone operating as the access point paragraph…
XXXXXXXXX
92

US6850499B2

(Charles E. Wheatley, 2005)
(Original Assignee) Qualcomm Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Qualcomm Inc
Method and apparatus for forward power control in a communication system step A, step B paging message

performing control said data

XXXXXXX
93

US6757319B1

(Kourosh Parsa, 2004)
(Original Assignee) Golden Bridge Technology Inc     

(Current Assignee)
Google LLC
Closed loop power control for common downlink transport channels second base, step A transmitted packet, following steps

communication control method CDMA base station

transmission circuitry received power

XXXXXXXXXXX




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
FOURTH IEEE WORKSHOP ON MOBILE COMPUTING SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS, PROCEEDINGS. : 70-80 2002

Publication Year: 2002

Hot-spot Congestion Relief In Public-area Wireless Networks

University of California, San Diego (UCSD)

Balachandran, Bahl, Voelker, Ieee Computer Society, Ieee Computer Society
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (user service) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (overall network) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
Hot-spot Congestion Relief In Public-area Wireless Networks . Wireless LAN administrators are often called upon to deal with the problem of sporadic user congestion at certain popular spaces ("hot-spots") within the network . To address this problem , we describe and evaluate two new approaches , explicit channel switching and network-directed roaming for providing hot-spot congestion relief while maintaining pre-negotiated user bandwidth agreements with the network . The goals of these algorithms are : (i) to accommodate more users by dynamically providing capacity where it is needed , when it is needed ;
(ii) to improve overall network (location information) utilization by making more efficient use of deployed resources ;
and (iii) to guarantee at least a minimum amount of bandwidth to users . We propose that both the network and its users should explicitly and cooperatively adapt themselves to changing load conditions depending on their geographic location within the network . We describe how these algorithms enable the network to transparently adapt to user demands and balance load across its access points (APs) . We evaluate the effectiveness of these algorithms on improving user service (first base station) rates and network utilization using simulations . Our algorithms improve the degree of load balance in the system by over 30% , and user bandwidth allocation by up to 52% in comparison to existing schemes that offer little or no load balancing .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (load balancing) by the first base station (user service) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
Hot-spot Congestion Relief In Public-area Wireless Networks . Wireless LAN administrators are often called upon to deal with the problem of sporadic user congestion at certain popular spaces ("hot-spots") within the network . To address this problem , we describe and evaluate two new approaches , explicit channel switching and network-directed roaming for providing hot-spot congestion relief while maintaining pre-negotiated user bandwidth agreements with the network . The goals of these algorithms are : (i) to accommodate more users by dynamically providing capacity where it is needed , when it is needed ;
(ii) to improve overall network utilization by making more efficient use of deployed resources ;
and (iii) to guarantee at least a minimum amount of bandwidth to users . We propose that both the network and its users should explicitly and cooperatively adapt themselves to changing load conditions depending on their geographic location within the network . We describe how these algorithms enable the network to transparently adapt to user demands and balance load across its access points (APs) . We evaluate the effectiveness of these algorithms on improving user service (first base station) rates and network utilization using simulations . Our algorithms improve the degree of load balance in the system by over 30% , and user bandwidth allocation by up to 52% in comparison to existing schemes that offer little or no load balancing (performing handover control) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (load balancing) by the first base station (user service) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
Hot-spot Congestion Relief In Public-area Wireless Networks . Wireless LAN administrators are often called upon to deal with the problem of sporadic user congestion at certain popular spaces ("hot-spots") within the network . To address this problem , we describe and evaluate two new approaches , explicit channel switching and network-directed roaming for providing hot-spot congestion relief while maintaining pre-negotiated user bandwidth agreements with the network . The goals of these algorithms are : (i) to accommodate more users by dynamically providing capacity where it is needed , when it is needed ;
(ii) to improve overall network utilization by making more efficient use of deployed resources ;
and (iii) to guarantee at least a minimum amount of bandwidth to users . We propose that both the network and its users should explicitly and cooperatively adapt themselves to changing load conditions depending on their geographic location within the network . We describe how these algorithms enable the network to transparently adapt to user demands and balance load across its access points (APs) . We evaluate the effectiveness of these algorithms on improving user service (first base station) rates and network utilization using simulations . Our algorithms improve the degree of load balance in the system by over 30% , and user bandwidth allocation by up to 52% in comparison to existing schemes that offer little or no load balancing (performing handover control) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (user service) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
Hot-spot Congestion Relief In Public-area Wireless Networks . Wireless LAN administrators are often called upon to deal with the problem of sporadic user congestion at certain popular spaces ("hot-spots") within the network . To address this problem , we describe and evaluate two new approaches , explicit channel switching and network-directed roaming for providing hot-spot congestion relief while maintaining pre-negotiated user bandwidth agreements with the network . The goals of these algorithms are : (i) to accommodate more users by dynamically providing capacity where it is needed , when it is needed ;
(ii) to improve overall network utilization by making more efficient use of deployed resources ;
and (iii) to guarantee at least a minimum amount of bandwidth to users . We propose that both the network and its users should explicitly and cooperatively adapt themselves to changing load conditions depending on their geographic location within the network . We describe how these algorithms enable the network to transparently adapt to user demands and balance load across its access points (APs) . We evaluate the effectiveness of these algorithms on improving user service (first base station) rates and network utilization using simulations . Our algorithms improve the degree of load balance in the system by over 30% , and user bandwidth allocation by up to 52% in comparison to existing schemes that offer little or no load balancing .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (user service) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
Hot-spot Congestion Relief In Public-area Wireless Networks . Wireless LAN administrators are often called upon to deal with the problem of sporadic user congestion at certain popular spaces ("hot-spots") within the network . To address this problem , we describe and evaluate two new approaches , explicit channel switching and network-directed roaming for providing hot-spot congestion relief while maintaining pre-negotiated user bandwidth agreements with the network . The goals of these algorithms are : (i) to accommodate more users by dynamically providing capacity where it is needed , when it is needed ;
(ii) to improve overall network utilization by making more efficient use of deployed resources ;
and (iii) to guarantee at least a minimum amount of bandwidth to users . We propose that both the network and its users should explicitly and cooperatively adapt themselves to changing load conditions depending on their geographic location within the network . We describe how these algorithms enable the network to transparently adapt to user demands and balance load across its access points (APs) . We evaluate the effectiveness of these algorithms on improving user service (first base station) rates and network utilization using simulations . Our algorithms improve the degree of load balance in the system by over 30% , and user bandwidth allocation by up to 52% in comparison to existing schemes that offer little or no load balancing .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (user service) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (overall network) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
Hot-spot Congestion Relief In Public-area Wireless Networks . Wireless LAN administrators are often called upon to deal with the problem of sporadic user congestion at certain popular spaces ("hot-spots") within the network . To address this problem , we describe and evaluate two new approaches , explicit channel switching and network-directed roaming for providing hot-spot congestion relief while maintaining pre-negotiated user bandwidth agreements with the network . The goals of these algorithms are : (i) to accommodate more users by dynamically providing capacity where it is needed , when it is needed ;
(ii) to improve overall network (location information) utilization by making more efficient use of deployed resources ;
and (iii) to guarantee at least a minimum amount of bandwidth to users . We propose that both the network and its users should explicitly and cooperatively adapt themselves to changing load conditions depending on their geographic location within the network . We describe how these algorithms enable the network to transparently adapt to user demands and balance load across its access points (APs) . We evaluate the effectiveness of these algorithms on improving user service (first base station) rates and network utilization using simulations . Our algorithms improve the degree of load balance in the system by over 30% , and user bandwidth allocation by up to 52% in comparison to existing schemes that offer little or no load balancing .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (user service) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (overall network) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
Hot-spot Congestion Relief In Public-area Wireless Networks . Wireless LAN administrators are often called upon to deal with the problem of sporadic user congestion at certain popular spaces ("hot-spots") within the network . To address this problem , we describe and evaluate two new approaches , explicit channel switching and network-directed roaming for providing hot-spot congestion relief while maintaining pre-negotiated user bandwidth agreements with the network . The goals of these algorithms are : (i) to accommodate more users by dynamically providing capacity where it is needed , when it is needed ;
(ii) to improve overall network (location information) utilization by making more efficient use of deployed resources ;
and (iii) to guarantee at least a minimum amount of bandwidth to users . We propose that both the network and its users should explicitly and cooperatively adapt themselves to changing load conditions depending on their geographic location within the network . We describe how these algorithms enable the network to transparently adapt to user demands and balance load across its access points (APs) . We evaluate the effectiveness of these algorithms on improving user service (first base station) rates and network utilization using simulations . Our algorithms improve the degree of load balance in the system by over 30% , and user bandwidth allocation by up to 52% in comparison to existing schemes that offer little or no load balancing .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (overall network) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (user service) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
Hot-spot Congestion Relief In Public-area Wireless Networks . Wireless LAN administrators are often called upon to deal with the problem of sporadic user congestion at certain popular spaces ("hot-spots") within the network . To address this problem , we describe and evaluate two new approaches , explicit channel switching and network-directed roaming for providing hot-spot congestion relief while maintaining pre-negotiated user bandwidth agreements with the network . The goals of these algorithms are : (i) to accommodate more users by dynamically providing capacity where it is needed , when it is needed ;
(ii) to improve overall network (location information) utilization by making more efficient use of deployed resources ;
and (iii) to guarantee at least a minimum amount of bandwidth to users . We propose that both the network and its users should explicitly and cooperatively adapt themselves to changing load conditions depending on their geographic location within the network . We describe how these algorithms enable the network to transparently adapt to user demands and balance load across its access points (APs) . We evaluate the effectiveness of these algorithms on improving user service (first base station) rates and network utilization using simulations . Our algorithms improve the degree of load balance in the system by over 30% , and user bandwidth allocation by up to 52% in comparison to existing schemes that offer little or no load balancing .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (user service) , location information (overall network) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
Hot-spot Congestion Relief In Public-area Wireless Networks . Wireless LAN administrators are often called upon to deal with the problem of sporadic user congestion at certain popular spaces ("hot-spots") within the network . To address this problem , we describe and evaluate two new approaches , explicit channel switching and network-directed roaming for providing hot-spot congestion relief while maintaining pre-negotiated user bandwidth agreements with the network . The goals of these algorithms are : (i) to accommodate more users by dynamically providing capacity where it is needed , when it is needed ;
(ii) to improve overall network (location information) utilization by making more efficient use of deployed resources ;
and (iii) to guarantee at least a minimum amount of bandwidth to users . We propose that both the network and its users should explicitly and cooperatively adapt themselves to changing load conditions depending on their geographic location within the network . We describe how these algorithms enable the network to transparently adapt to user demands and balance load across its access points (APs) . We evaluate the effectiveness of these algorithms on improving user service (first base station) rates and network utilization using simulations . Our algorithms improve the degree of load balance in the system by over 30% , and user bandwidth allocation by up to 52% in comparison to existing schemes that offer little or no load balancing .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (user service) , location information (overall network) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
Hot-spot Congestion Relief In Public-area Wireless Networks . Wireless LAN administrators are often called upon to deal with the problem of sporadic user congestion at certain popular spaces ("hot-spots") within the network . To address this problem , we describe and evaluate two new approaches , explicit channel switching and network-directed roaming for providing hot-spot congestion relief while maintaining pre-negotiated user bandwidth agreements with the network . The goals of these algorithms are : (i) to accommodate more users by dynamically providing capacity where it is needed , when it is needed ;
(ii) to improve overall network (location information) utilization by making more efficient use of deployed resources ;
and (iii) to guarantee at least a minimum amount of bandwidth to users . We propose that both the network and its users should explicitly and cooperatively adapt themselves to changing load conditions depending on their geographic location within the network . We describe how these algorithms enable the network to transparently adapt to user demands and balance load across its access points (APs) . We evaluate the effectiveness of these algorithms on improving user service (first base station) rates and network utilization using simulations . Our algorithms improve the degree of load balance in the system by over 30% , and user bandwidth allocation by up to 52% in comparison to existing schemes that offer little or no load balancing .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20110105135A1

Filed: 2010-11-01     Issued: 2011-05-05

Interference coordination in heterogeneous networks using wireless terminals as relays

(Original Assignee) Motorola Mobility LLC     (Current Assignee) Google Technology Holdings LLC

Sandeep H. Krishnamurthy, Colin D. Frank, Robert T. Love
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (first base station, two base stations) in a mobile communication system including a first base station (first base station, two base stations) (first base station, two base stations) and at least one second base station (first base station, two base stations) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20110105135A1
CLAIM 1
. A method in a wireless communication terminal for assisting coordination between at least two base stations (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) while the terminal is connected to a first base station (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) , the method comprising : receiving link coordination information from the first base station , the link coordination information relating to a set of a time-frequency resources that the first base station would like to either prohibit at least a second base station from using or allow at least a second base station to use for transmissions to and from its users ;
embedding the link coordination information in an uplink (UL) signal ;
and transmitting the UL signal having the embedded link coordination information .

US20110105135A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 , wherein the time-frequency resources are a set a physical resource (first base) blocks .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (first base station, two base stations) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (first base station, two base stations) (first base station, two base stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20110105135A1
CLAIM 1
. A method in a wireless communication terminal for assisting coordination between at least two base stations (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) while the terminal is connected to a first base station (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) , the method comprising : receiving link coordination information from the first base station , the link coordination information relating to a set of a time-frequency resources that the first base station would like to either prohibit at least a second base station from using or allow at least a second base station to use for transmissions to and from its users ;
embedding the link coordination information in an uplink (UL) signal ;
and transmitting the UL signal having the embedded link coordination information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (first base station, two base stations) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (measurement report) by the first base station (first base station, two base stations) (first base station, two base stations) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (first base station, two base stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20110105135A1
CLAIM 1
. A method in a wireless communication terminal for assisting coordination between at least two base stations (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) while the terminal is connected to a first base station (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) , the method comprising : receiving link coordination information from the first base station , the link coordination information relating to a set of a time-frequency resources that the first base station would like to either prohibit at least a second base station from using or allow at least a second base station to use for transmissions to and from its users ;
embedding the link coordination information in an uplink (UL) signal ;
and transmitting the UL signal having the embedded link coordination information .

US20110105135A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 , wherein the time-frequency resources are a set a physical resource (first base) blocks .

US20110105135A1
CLAIM 12
. The method of claim 11 further comprising receiving at the first wireless communication base station a measurement report (handover control, performing handover control) from the wireless communication terminal corresponding to a second base station ;
and transmitting the link coordination information to the wireless communication terminal based on determining that the wireless communication terminal is within an interference range of the second base station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (first base station, two base stations) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (measurement report) by the first base station (first base station, two base stations) (first base station, two base stations) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (first base station, two base stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20110105135A1
CLAIM 1
. A method in a wireless communication terminal for assisting coordination between at least two base stations (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) while the terminal is connected to a first base station (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) , the method comprising : receiving link coordination information from the first base station , the link coordination information relating to a set of a time-frequency resources that the first base station would like to either prohibit at least a second base station from using or allow at least a second base station to use for transmissions to and from its users ;
embedding the link coordination information in an uplink (UL) signal ;
and transmitting the UL signal having the embedded link coordination information .

US20110105135A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 , wherein the time-frequency resources are a set a physical resource (first base) blocks .

US20110105135A1
CLAIM 12
. The method of claim 11 further comprising receiving at the first wireless communication base station a measurement report (handover control, performing handover control) from the wireless communication terminal corresponding to a second base station ;
and transmitting the link coordination information to the wireless communication terminal based on determining that the wireless communication terminal is within an interference range of the second base station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (first base station, two base stations) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (first base station, two base stations) (first base station, two base stations) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20110105135A1
CLAIM 1
. A method in a wireless communication terminal for assisting coordination between at least two base stations (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) while the terminal is connected to a first base station (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) , the method comprising : receiving link coordination information from the first base station , the link coordination information relating to a set of a time-frequency resources that the first base station would like to either prohibit at least a second base station from using or allow at least a second base station to use for transmissions to and from its users ;
embedding the link coordination information in an uplink (UL) signal ;
and transmitting the UL signal having the embedded link coordination information .

US20110105135A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 , wherein the time-frequency resources are a set a physical resource (first base) blocks .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (first base station, two base stations) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (first base station, two base stations) (first base station, two base stations) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (first base station, two base stations) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20110105135A1
CLAIM 1
. A method in a wireless communication terminal for assisting coordination between at least two base stations (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) while the terminal is connected to a first base station (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) , the method comprising : receiving link coordination information from the first base station , the link coordination information relating to a set of a time-frequency resources that the first base station would like to either prohibit at least a second base station from using or allow at least a second base station to use for transmissions to and from its users ;
embedding the link coordination information in an uplink (UL) signal ;
and transmitting the UL signal having the embedded link coordination information .

US20110105135A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 , wherein the time-frequency resources are a set a physical resource (first base) blocks .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (first base station, two base stations) in a mobile communication system including a first base station (first base station, two base stations) (first base station, two base stations) and at least one second base station (first base station, two base stations) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20110105135A1
CLAIM 1
. A method in a wireless communication terminal for assisting coordination between at least two base stations (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) while the terminal is connected to a first base station (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) , the method comprising : receiving link coordination information from the first base station , the link coordination information relating to a set of a time-frequency resources that the first base station would like to either prohibit at least a second base station from using or allow at least a second base station to use for transmissions to and from its users ;
embedding the link coordination information in an uplink (UL) signal ;
and transmitting the UL signal having the embedded link coordination information .

US20110105135A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 , wherein the time-frequency resources are a set a physical resource (first base) blocks .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (first base station, two base stations) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (first base station, two base stations) (first base station, two base stations) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (first base station, two base stations) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20110105135A1
CLAIM 1
. A method in a wireless communication terminal for assisting coordination between at least two base stations (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) while the terminal is connected to a first base station (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) , the method comprising : receiving link coordination information from the first base station , the link coordination information relating to a set of a time-frequency resources that the first base station would like to either prohibit at least a second base station from using or allow at least a second base station to use for transmissions to and from its users ;
embedding the link coordination information in an uplink (UL) signal ;
and transmitting the UL signal having the embedded link coordination information .

US20110105135A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 , wherein the time-frequency resources are a set a physical resource (first base) blocks .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (first base station, two base stations) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry (received power) configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (first base station, two base stations) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (first base station, two base stations) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20110105135A1
CLAIM 1
. A method in a wireless communication terminal for assisting coordination between at least two base stations (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) while the terminal is connected to a first base station (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) , the method comprising : receiving link coordination information from the first base station , the link coordination information relating to a set of a time-frequency resources that the first base station would like to either prohibit at least a second base station from using or allow at least a second base station to use for transmissions to and from its users ;
embedding the link coordination information in an uplink (UL) signal ;
and transmitting the UL signal having the embedded link coordination information .

US20110105135A1
CLAIM 6
. The method of claim 1 further comprising measuring a reference signal received power (transmission circuitry) (RSRP) of the second base station , and determining a power level to be used in the UL signal based on the measured RSRP .

US20110105135A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 , wherein the time-frequency resources are a set a physical resource (first base) blocks .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (first base station, two base stations) (first base station, two base stations) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (first base station, two base stations) ;

and a transmission circuitry (received power) configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20110105135A1
CLAIM 1
. A method in a wireless communication terminal for assisting coordination between at least two base stations (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) while the terminal is connected to a first base station (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) , the method comprising : receiving link coordination information from the first base station , the link coordination information relating to a set of a time-frequency resources that the first base station would like to either prohibit at least a second base station from using or allow at least a second base station to use for transmissions to and from its users ;
embedding the link coordination information in an uplink (UL) signal ;
and transmitting the UL signal having the embedded link coordination information .

US20110105135A1
CLAIM 6
. The method of claim 1 further comprising measuring a reference signal received power (transmission circuitry) (RSRP) of the second base station , and determining a power level to be used in the UL signal based on the measured RSRP .

US20110105135A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 , wherein the time-frequency resources are a set a physical resource (first base) blocks .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (first base station, two base stations) (first base station, two base stations) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (first base station, two base stations) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20110105135A1
CLAIM 1
. A method in a wireless communication terminal for assisting coordination between at least two base stations (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) while the terminal is connected to a first base station (first base station, communication control method, second base station, base station) , the method comprising : receiving link coordination information from the first base station , the link coordination information relating to a set of a time-frequency resources that the first base station would like to either prohibit at least a second base station from using or allow at least a second base station to use for transmissions to and from its users ;
embedding the link coordination information in an uplink (UL) signal ;
and transmitting the UL signal having the embedded link coordination information .

US20110105135A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 , wherein the time-frequency resources are a set a physical resource (first base) blocks .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20110028143A1

Filed: 2010-09-17     Issued: 2011-02-03

Method and apparatus of list management

(Original Assignee) Huawei Technologies Co Ltd     (Current Assignee) Nokia Technologies Oy

Johan Johansson, Michael Roberts, Boyun XIE
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (managing unit) in a mobile communication system including a first base station (cell search) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (location information) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (response message) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20110028143A1
CLAIM 8
. The method of claim 2 , wherein said managing said CSG/PSG list comprises : when availability of autonomous search is indicated by said information sent by said network side , revising by said user equipment said CSG/PSG list as indicated corresponding to network/cell search (base station) .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 12
. The method of claim 11 , wherein said NAS message comprises at least one of : a response message (proximity notification information) sent by said network side in response to a process of LAU trigged by said user equipment ;
and a response message sent by said network side in response to a process of TAU trigged by said user equipment .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 14
. The method of claim 1 , wherein information stored in said CSG/PSG list comprises at least one of : CSG/PSG network identifier ;
CSG/PSG cell identifier ;
Location Area identifier ;
Tracking Area identifier ;
location information (location information) of CSG/PSG network/cell ;
frequency information of CSG/PSG network/cell ;
and information of neighbor macro cell .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 15
. A device , comprising : a receiving unit , configured to receive information input by a user manually ;
a list storing unit , configured to store a Closed/Prioritized Subscriber Group , CSG/PSG , list ;
and a list managing unit (communication control method) , configured to revise content of said list storing unit according to said information received by said receiving unit .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (managing unit) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (cell search) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information (response message) including information indicating the same carrier .
US20110028143A1
CLAIM 8
. The method of claim 2 , wherein said managing said CSG/PSG list comprises : when availability of autonomous search is indicated by said information sent by said network side , revising by said user equipment said CSG/PSG list as indicated corresponding to network/cell search (base station) .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 12
. The method of claim 11 , wherein said NAS message comprises at least one of : a response message (proximity notification information) sent by said network side in response to a process of LAU trigged by said user equipment ;
and a response message sent by said network side in response to a process of TAU trigged by said user equipment .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 15
. A device , comprising : a receiving unit , configured to receive information input by a user manually ;
a list storing unit , configured to store a Closed/Prioritized Subscriber Group , CSG/PSG , list ;
and a list managing unit (communication control method) , configured to revise content of said list storing unit according to said information received by said receiving unit .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (managing unit) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (response message) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (neighbor cell list) by the first base station (cell search) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20110028143A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 2 , wherein said managing said CSG/PSG list comprises : revising , in said user equipment , data entries of said CSG/PSG list corresponding to search according to a neighbor cell list (performing handover control) /stored frequency information .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 8
. The method of claim 2 , wherein said managing said CSG/PSG list comprises : when availability of autonomous search is indicated by said information sent by said network side , revising by said user equipment said CSG/PSG list as indicated corresponding to network/cell search (base station) .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 12
. The method of claim 11 , wherein said NAS message comprises at least one of : a response message (proximity notification information) sent by said network side in response to a process of LAU trigged by said user equipment ;
and a response message sent by said network side in response to a process of TAU trigged by said user equipment .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 15
. A device , comprising : a receiving unit , configured to receive information input by a user manually ;
a list storing unit , configured to store a Closed/Prioritized Subscriber Group , CSG/PSG , list ;
and a list managing unit (communication control method) , configured to revise content of said list storing unit according to said information received by said receiving unit .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (managing unit) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (response message) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (neighbor cell list) by the first base station (cell search) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20110028143A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 2 , wherein said managing said CSG/PSG list comprises : revising , in said user equipment , data entries of said CSG/PSG list corresponding to search according to a neighbor cell list (performing handover control) /stored frequency information .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 8
. The method of claim 2 , wherein said managing said CSG/PSG list comprises : when availability of autonomous search is indicated by said information sent by said network side , revising by said user equipment said CSG/PSG list as indicated corresponding to network/cell search (base station) .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 12
. The method of claim 11 , wherein said NAS message comprises at least one of : a response message (proximity notification information) sent by said network side in response to a process of LAU trigged by said user equipment ;
and a response message sent by said network side in response to a process of TAU trigged by said user equipment .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 15
. A device , comprising : a receiving unit , configured to receive information input by a user manually ;
a list storing unit , configured to store a Closed/Prioritized Subscriber Group , CSG/PSG , list ;
and a list managing unit (communication control method) , configured to revise content of said list storing unit according to said information received by said receiving unit .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (managing unit) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (cell search) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20110028143A1
CLAIM 8
. The method of claim 2 , wherein said managing said CSG/PSG list comprises : when availability of autonomous search is indicated by said information sent by said network side , revising by said user equipment said CSG/PSG list as indicated corresponding to network/cell search (base station) .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 15
. A device , comprising : a receiving unit , configured to receive information input by a user manually ;
a list storing unit , configured to store a Closed/Prioritized Subscriber Group , CSG/PSG , list ;
and a list managing unit (communication control method) , configured to revise content of said list storing unit according to said information received by said receiving unit .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (managing unit) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (response message) transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (cell search) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20110028143A1
CLAIM 8
. The method of claim 2 , wherein said managing said CSG/PSG list comprises : when availability of autonomous search is indicated by said information sent by said network side , revising by said user equipment said CSG/PSG list as indicated corresponding to network/cell search (base station) .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 12
. The method of claim 11 , wherein said NAS message comprises at least one of : a response message (proximity notification information) sent by said network side in response to a process of LAU trigged by said user equipment ;
and a response message sent by said network side in response to a process of TAU trigged by said user equipment .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 15
. A device , comprising : a receiving unit , configured to receive information input by a user manually ;
a list storing unit , configured to store a Closed/Prioritized Subscriber Group , CSG/PSG , list ;
and a list managing unit (communication control method) , configured to revise content of said list storing unit according to said information received by said receiving unit .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (managing unit) in a mobile communication system including a first base station (cell search) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (location information) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (response message) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20110028143A1
CLAIM 8
. The method of claim 2 , wherein said managing said CSG/PSG list comprises : when availability of autonomous search is indicated by said information sent by said network side , revising by said user equipment said CSG/PSG list as indicated corresponding to network/cell search (base station) .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 12
. The method of claim 11 , wherein said NAS message comprises at least one of : a response message (proximity notification information) sent by said network side in response to a process of LAU trigged by said user equipment ;
and a response message sent by said network side in response to a process of TAU trigged by said user equipment .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 14
. The method of claim 1 , wherein information stored in said CSG/PSG list comprises at least one of : CSG/PSG network identifier ;
CSG/PSG cell identifier ;
Location Area identifier ;
Tracking Area identifier ;
location information (location information) of CSG/PSG network/cell ;
frequency information of CSG/PSG network/cell ;
and information of neighbor macro cell .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 15
. A device , comprising : a receiving unit , configured to receive information input by a user manually ;
a list storing unit , configured to store a Closed/Prioritized Subscriber Group , CSG/PSG , list ;
and a list managing unit (communication control method) , configured to revise content of said list storing unit according to said information received by said receiving unit .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (managing unit) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (cell search) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (location information) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20110028143A1
CLAIM 8
. The method of claim 2 , wherein said managing said CSG/PSG list comprises : when availability of autonomous search is indicated by said information sent by said network side , revising by said user equipment said CSG/PSG list as indicated corresponding to network/cell search (base station) .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 14
. The method of claim 1 , wherein information stored in said CSG/PSG list comprises at least one of : CSG/PSG network identifier ;
CSG/PSG cell identifier ;
Location Area identifier ;
Tracking Area identifier ;
location information (location information) of CSG/PSG network/cell ;
frequency information of CSG/PSG network/cell ;
and information of neighbor macro cell .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 15
. A device , comprising : a receiving unit , configured to receive information input by a user manually ;
a list storing unit , configured to store a Closed/Prioritized Subscriber Group , CSG/PSG , list ;
and a list managing unit (communication control method) , configured to revise content of said list storing unit according to said information received by said receiving unit .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (cell search) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (location information) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information (response message) from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20110028143A1
CLAIM 8
. The method of claim 2 , wherein said managing said CSG/PSG list comprises : when availability of autonomous search is indicated by said information sent by said network side , revising by said user equipment said CSG/PSG list as indicated corresponding to network/cell search (base station) .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 12
. The method of claim 11 , wherein said NAS message comprises at least one of : a response message (proximity notification information) sent by said network side in response to a process of LAU trigged by said user equipment ;
and a response message sent by said network side in response to a process of TAU trigged by said user equipment .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 14
. The method of claim 1 , wherein information stored in said CSG/PSG list comprises at least one of : CSG/PSG network identifier ;
CSG/PSG cell identifier ;
Location Area identifier ;
Tracking Area identifier ;
location information (location information) of CSG/PSG network/cell ;
frequency information of CSG/PSG network/cell ;
and information of neighbor macro cell .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (cell search) , location information (location information) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information (response message) to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20110028143A1
CLAIM 8
. The method of claim 2 , wherein said managing said CSG/PSG list comprises : when availability of autonomous search is indicated by said information sent by said network side , revising by said user equipment said CSG/PSG list as indicated corresponding to network/cell search (base station) .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 12
. The method of claim 11 , wherein said NAS message comprises at least one of : a response message (proximity notification information) sent by said network side in response to a process of LAU trigged by said user equipment ;
and a response message sent by said network side in response to a process of TAU trigged by said user equipment .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 14
. The method of claim 1 , wherein information stored in said CSG/PSG list comprises at least one of : CSG/PSG network identifier ;
CSG/PSG cell identifier ;
Location Area identifier ;
Tracking Area identifier ;
location information (location information) of CSG/PSG network/cell ;
frequency information of CSG/PSG network/cell ;
and information of neighbor macro cell .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (cell search) , location information (location information) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (response message) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20110028143A1
CLAIM 8
. The method of claim 2 , wherein said managing said CSG/PSG list comprises : when availability of autonomous search is indicated by said information sent by said network side , revising by said user equipment said CSG/PSG list as indicated corresponding to network/cell search (base station) .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 12
. The method of claim 11 , wherein said NAS message comprises at least one of : a response message (proximity notification information) sent by said network side in response to a process of LAU trigged by said user equipment ;
and a response message sent by said network side in response to a process of TAU trigged by said user equipment .

US20110028143A1
CLAIM 14
. The method of claim 1 , wherein information stored in said CSG/PSG list comprises at least one of : CSG/PSG network identifier ;
CSG/PSG cell identifier ;
Location Area identifier ;
Tracking Area identifier ;
location information (location information) of CSG/PSG network/cell ;
frequency information of CSG/PSG network/cell ;
and information of neighbor macro cell .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20110013600A1

Filed: 2010-07-15     Issued: 2011-01-20

Method of transmitting data for reducing interference in hierarchical cell structure

(Original Assignee) Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute ETRI     (Current Assignee) Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute ETRI

Juhee KIM, Jae Sun CHA, Kwang Jae Lim, Soojung Jung, Eunkyung Kim, Hyun Lee, Chul Sik Yoon
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B (measurement report, handover command, target carrier) of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20110013600A1
CLAIM 1
. A method of transmitting data for reducing interference in a hierarchical cell structure comprising a macro base station (base station) (BS) providing multi carriers and a femto BS providing a . single carrier , the method comprising : scanning a channel of an interfered carrier to acquire channel state information and neighbor femto BS information if interference with the femto BS occurs ;
transmitting a channel measurement report (handover control, performing handover control, step B) comprising the channel state information and the neighbor femto BS information to the macro BS ;
and transmitting data through a changed carrier indicated by carrier change information received from the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 3
. The method of claim 1 , further comprising performing a channel scan of a frequency band other than the interfered carrier for an inter-frequency handover within one cell (first base station) .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 5
. The method of claim 4 , wherein the initiated handover of the UE comprises indicating the inter-frequency handover within one cell and transmitting a handover request message comprising target carrier (handover control, performing handover control, step B) recommendation to the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 6
. The method of claim 5 , wherein the initiated handover of the UE comprises receiving a handover command (handover control, performing handover control, step B) message comprising target carrier information from the macro BS in response to the handover request message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B (measurement report, handover command, target carrier) , when the used carrier of the second base station (base station) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20110013600A1
CLAIM 1
. A method of transmitting data for reducing interference in a hierarchical cell structure comprising a macro base station (base station) (BS) providing multi carriers and a femto BS providing a . single carrier , the method comprising : scanning a channel of an interfered carrier to acquire channel state information and neighbor femto BS information if interference with the femto BS occurs ;
transmitting a channel measurement report (handover control, performing handover control, step B) comprising the channel state information and the neighbor femto BS information to the macro BS ;
and transmitting data through a changed carrier indicated by carrier change information received from the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 5
. The method of claim 4 , wherein the initiated handover of the UE comprises indicating the inter-frequency handover within one cell and transmitting a handover request message comprising target carrier (handover control, performing handover control, step B) recommendation to the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 6
. The method of claim 5 , wherein the initiated handover of the UE comprises receiving a handover command (handover control, performing handover control, step B) message comprising target carrier information from the macro BS in response to the handover request message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (measurement report, handover command, target carrier) , performing handover control (measurement report, handover command, target carrier) by the first base station (base station) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20110013600A1
CLAIM 1
. A method of transmitting data for reducing interference in a hierarchical cell structure comprising a macro base station (base station) (BS) providing multi carriers and a femto BS providing a . single carrier , the method comprising : scanning a channel of an interfered carrier to acquire channel state information and neighbor femto BS information if interference with the femto BS occurs ;
transmitting a channel measurement report (handover control, performing handover control, step B) comprising the channel state information and the neighbor femto BS information to the macro BS ;
and transmitting data through a changed carrier indicated by carrier change information received from the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 3
. The method of claim 1 , further comprising performing a channel scan of a frequency band other than the interfered carrier for an inter-frequency handover within one cell (first base station) .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 5
. The method of claim 4 , wherein the initiated handover of the UE comprises indicating the inter-frequency handover within one cell and transmitting a handover request message comprising target carrier (handover control, performing handover control, step B) recommendation to the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 6
. The method of claim 5 , wherein the initiated handover of the UE comprises receiving a handover command (handover control, performing handover control, step B) message comprising target carrier information from the macro BS in response to the handover request message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (measurement report, handover command, target carrier) , performing handover control (measurement report, handover command, target carrier) by the first base station (base station) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20110013600A1
CLAIM 1
. A method of transmitting data for reducing interference in a hierarchical cell structure comprising a macro base station (base station) (BS) providing multi carriers and a femto BS providing a . single carrier , the method comprising : scanning a channel of an interfered carrier to acquire channel state information and neighbor femto BS information if interference with the femto BS occurs ;
transmitting a channel measurement report (handover control, performing handover control, step B) comprising the channel state information and the neighbor femto BS information to the macro BS ;
and transmitting data through a changed carrier indicated by carrier change information received from the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 3
. The method of claim 1 , further comprising performing a channel scan of a frequency band other than the interfered carrier for an inter-frequency handover within one cell (first base station) .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 5
. The method of claim 4 , wherein the initiated handover of the UE comprises indicating the inter-frequency handover within one cell and transmitting a handover request message comprising target carrier (handover control, performing handover control, step B) recommendation to the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 6
. The method of claim 5 , wherein the initiated handover of the UE comprises receiving a handover command (handover control, performing handover control, step B) message comprising target carrier information from the macro BS in response to the handover request message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (base station) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20110013600A1
CLAIM 1
. A method of transmitting data for reducing interference in a hierarchical cell structure comprising a macro base station (base station) (BS) providing multi carriers and a femto BS providing a . single carrier , the method comprising : scanning a channel of an interfered carrier to acquire channel state information and neighbor femto BS information if interference with the femto BS occurs ;
transmitting a channel measurement report comprising the channel state information and the neighbor femto BS information to the macro BS ;
and transmitting data through a changed carrier indicated by carrier change information received from the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 3
. The method of claim 1 , further comprising performing a channel scan of a frequency band other than the interfered carrier for an inter-frequency handover within one cell (first base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (measurement report, handover command, target carrier) , performing control by the first base station (base station) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20110013600A1
CLAIM 1
. A method of transmitting data for reducing interference in a hierarchical cell structure comprising a macro base station (base station) (BS) providing multi carriers and a femto BS providing a . single carrier , the method comprising : scanning a channel of an interfered carrier to acquire channel state information and neighbor femto BS information if interference with the femto BS occurs ;
transmitting a channel measurement report (handover control, performing handover control, step B) comprising the channel state information and the neighbor femto BS information to the macro BS ;
and transmitting data through a changed carrier indicated by carrier change information received from the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 3
. The method of claim 1 , further comprising performing a channel scan of a frequency band other than the interfered carrier for an inter-frequency handover within one cell (first base station) .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 5
. The method of claim 4 , wherein the initiated handover of the UE comprises indicating the inter-frequency handover within one cell and transmitting a handover request message comprising target carrier (handover control, performing handover control, step B) recommendation to the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 6
. The method of claim 5 , wherein the initiated handover of the UE comprises receiving a handover command (handover control, performing handover control, step B) message comprising target carrier information from the macro BS in response to the handover request message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B (measurement report, handover command, target carrier) of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20110013600A1
CLAIM 1
. A method of transmitting data for reducing interference in a hierarchical cell structure comprising a macro base station (base station) (BS) providing multi carriers and a femto BS providing a . single carrier , the method comprising : scanning a channel of an interfered carrier to acquire channel state information and neighbor femto BS information if interference with the femto BS occurs ;
transmitting a channel measurement report (handover control, performing handover control, step B) comprising the channel state information and the neighbor femto BS information to the macro BS ;
and transmitting data through a changed carrier indicated by carrier change information received from the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 3
. The method of claim 1 , further comprising performing a channel scan of a frequency band other than the interfered carrier for an inter-frequency handover within one cell (first base station) .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 5
. The method of claim 4 , wherein the initiated handover of the UE comprises indicating the inter-frequency handover within one cell and transmitting a handover request message comprising target carrier (handover control, performing handover control, step B) recommendation to the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 6
. The method of claim 5 , wherein the initiated handover of the UE comprises receiving a handover command (handover control, performing handover control, step B) message comprising target carrier information from the macro BS in response to the handover request message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (base station) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20110013600A1
CLAIM 1
. A method of transmitting data for reducing interference in a hierarchical cell structure comprising a macro base station (base station) (BS) providing multi carriers and a femto BS providing a . single carrier , the method comprising : scanning a channel of an interfered carrier to acquire channel state information and neighbor femto BS information if interference with the femto BS occurs ;
transmitting a channel measurement report comprising the channel state information and the neighbor femto BS information to the macro BS ;
and transmitting data through a changed carrier indicated by carrier change information received from the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 3
. The method of claim 1 , further comprising performing a channel scan of a frequency band other than the interfered carrier for an inter-frequency handover within one cell (first base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (base station) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20110013600A1
CLAIM 1
. A method of transmitting data for reducing interference in a hierarchical cell structure comprising a macro base station (base station) (BS) providing multi carriers and a femto BS providing a . single carrier , the method comprising : scanning a channel of an interfered carrier to acquire channel state information and neighbor femto BS information if interference with the femto BS occurs ;
transmitting a channel measurement report comprising the channel state information and the neighbor femto BS information to the macro BS ;
and transmitting data through a changed carrier indicated by carrier change information received from the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 3
. The method of claim 1 , further comprising performing a channel scan of a frequency band other than the interfered carrier for an inter-frequency handover within one cell (first base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20110013600A1
CLAIM 1
. A method of transmitting data for reducing interference in a hierarchical cell structure comprising a macro base station (base station) (BS) providing multi carriers and a femto BS providing a . single carrier , the method comprising : scanning a channel of an interfered carrier to acquire channel state information and neighbor femto BS information if interference with the femto BS occurs ;
transmitting a channel measurement report comprising the channel state information and the neighbor femto BS information to the macro BS ;
and transmitting data through a changed carrier indicated by carrier change information received from the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 3
. The method of claim 1 , further comprising performing a channel scan of a frequency band other than the interfered carrier for an inter-frequency handover within one cell (first base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20110013600A1
CLAIM 1
. A method of transmitting data for reducing interference in a hierarchical cell structure comprising a macro base station (base station) (BS) providing multi carriers and a femto BS providing a . single carrier , the method comprising : scanning a channel of an interfered carrier to acquire channel state information and neighbor femto BS information if interference with the femto BS occurs ;
transmitting a channel measurement report comprising the channel state information and the neighbor femto BS information to the macro BS ;
and transmitting data through a changed carrier indicated by carrier change information received from the macro BS .

US20110013600A1
CLAIM 3
. The method of claim 1 , further comprising performing a channel scan of a frequency band other than the interfered carrier for an inter-frequency handover within one cell (first base station) .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
CN102187727A

Filed: 2010-03-12     Issued: 2011-09-14

无线通信系统中在用户设备处切换操作载波的方法

(Original Assignee) Lg电子株式会社     

权英现, 郑载薰, 韩承希, 金昭延
US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (切换操作) by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
CN102187727A
CLAIM 1
. 一种用于在无线通信系统中在用户设备(UE)处切换操作 (handover control, performing handover control) 载波的方法,所述方法包括:从基站(BQ接收指示所述UE的目标载波的目标载波信息和指示在跃迁指示接收定时和跃迁完成定时之间的时间差的目标载波跃迁时间信息;以及基于所接收到的所述目标载波跃迁时间信息和所述目标载波信息,将当前操作载波切换到所指示的目标载波。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (切换操作) by the first base station such that a primary carrier (波切换) is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
CN102187727A
CLAIM 1
. 一种用于在无线通信系统中在用户设备(UE)处切换操作 (handover control, performing handover control) 载波的方法,所述方法包括:从基站(BQ接收指示所述UE的目标载波的目标载波信息和指示在跃迁指示接收定时和跃迁完成定时之间的时间差的目标载波跃迁时间信息;以及基于所接收到的所述目标载波跃迁时间信息和所述目标载波信息,将当前操作载波切换 (primary carrier) 到所指示的目标载波。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier (波切换) to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
CN102187727A
CLAIM 1
. 一种用于在无线通信系统中在用户设备(UE)处切换操作载波的方法,所述方法包括:从基站(BQ接收指示所述UE的目标载波的目标载波信息和指示在跃迁指示接收定时和跃迁完成定时之间的时间差的目标载波跃迁时间信息;以及基于所接收到的所述目标载波跃迁时间信息和所述目标载波信息,将当前操作载波切换 (primary carrier) 到所指示的目标载波。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry (基站接收, 接收指示) configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN102187727A
CLAIM 1
. 一种用于在无线通信系统中在用户设备(UE)处切换操作载波的方法,所述方法包括:从基站(BQ接收指示 (reception circuitry, reception unit) 所述UE的目标载波的目标载波信息和指示在跃迁指示接收定时和跃迁完成定时之间的时间差的目标载波跃迁时间信息;以及基于所接收到的所述目标载波跃迁时间信息和所述目标载波信息,将当前操作载波切换到所指示的目标载波。

CN102187727A
CLAIM 11
. 一种用于在无线通信系统中切换操作载波的用户设备(UE),所述UE包括:接收模块,用于从基站接收 (reception circuitry, reception unit) 指示所述UE的目标载波的目标载波信息和指示在跃迁指示接收定时和跃迁完成定时之间的时间差的目标载波跃迁时间信息;以及切换模块,用于基于所接收到的所述目标载波跃迁时间信息和所述目标载波信息,从当前操作载波切换到所指示的目标载波。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry (基站接收, 接收指示) configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (基站接收, 接收指示) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN102187727A
CLAIM 1
. 一种用于在无线通信系统中在用户设备(UE)处切换操作载波的方法,所述方法包括:从基站(BQ接收指示 (reception circuitry, reception unit) 所述UE的目标载波的目标载波信息和指示在跃迁指示接收定时和跃迁完成定时之间的时间差的目标载波跃迁时间信息;以及基于所接收到的所述目标载波跃迁时间信息和所述目标载波信息,将当前操作载波切换到所指示的目标载波。

CN102187727A
CLAIM 11
. 一种用于在无线通信系统中切换操作载波的用户设备(UE),所述UE包括:接收模块,用于从基站接收 (reception circuitry, reception unit) 指示所述UE的目标载波的目标载波信息和指示在跃迁指示接收定时和跃迁完成定时之间的时间差的目标载波跃迁时间信息;以及切换模块,用于基于所接收到的所述目标载波跃迁时间信息和所述目标载波信息,从当前操作载波切换到所指示的目标载波。




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20090264134A1

Filed: 2009-04-14     Issued: 2009-10-22

Radio access terminal, base station controller, and handoff control method in radio communication system

(Original Assignee) Hitachi Ltd     (Current Assignee) Hitachi Ltd

Dan Xu, Yuichiro Katsu, Tsutomu Uchida, Shiro Mazawa
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (radio base stations) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (frequency f) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20090264134A1
CLAIM 1
. A handoff control method in a radio communication system having a plurality of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations which perform radio communications with the radio terminals , and a base station controller which controls the base stations , wherein radio frequencies with which the radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control) communicate with the radio terminals are allowed to differ in the radio communication system , wherein : the radio terminal , which has positional information detection means , transmits positional information detected by the positional information detection means , to the base station controller through the radio base station communicating with the radio terminal ;
a table is prepared beforehand in the base station controller , the table stores therein positional information items of the base stations , information items of frequencies used for transmissions/receptions to/from the radio terminals and decision conditions in handoff operations , as to the respective base stations connected to the base station controller itself ;
and the base station controller selects , when the positional information is received from the radio terminal , the base station being a handoff candidate on the basis of the positional information of the radio terminal , the positional information items of the respective base stations and the decision condition in the handoff operation , with reference to the table , and transmits a handoff request message in which the information of the frequency of the base station being the handoff candidate is contained , to the radio terminal through the base station communicating with the radio terminal .

US20090264134A1
CLAIM 3
. A radio terminal in a radio communication system having a plurality of base stations which perform radio communications with the radio terminal , and a base station controller which controls the base stations , wherein radio frequencies with which the radio base stations communicate with the radio terminal are allowed to differ in the radio communication system , the radio terminal comprises : positional information detection means ;
and means for altering a frequency f (step A) or communication set at hardware within the radio terminal , wherein the radio terminal : cyclically transmits positional information detected by said positional information detection means to the base station controller through the radio base station communicating with the radio terminal ;
and alters , when the radio terminal receives a handoff request message in which information of the frequency of the base station of a handoff candidate is contained from the base station controller , the frequency for communication set at the hardware within the radio terminal by the means for altering , and receives a radio signal from the base station of the handoff candidate .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (radio base stations) by the first base station (radio base stations) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20090264134A1
CLAIM 1
. A handoff control method in a radio communication system having a plurality of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations which perform radio communications with the radio terminals , and a base station controller which controls the base stations , wherein radio frequencies with which the radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control) communicate with the radio terminals are allowed to differ in the radio communication system , wherein : the radio terminal , which has positional information detection means , transmits positional information detected by the positional information detection means , to the base station controller through the radio base station communicating with the radio terminal ;
a table is prepared beforehand in the base station controller , the table stores therein positional information items of the base stations , information items of frequencies used for transmissions/receptions to/from the radio terminals and decision conditions in handoff operations , as to the respective base stations connected to the base station controller itself ;
and the base station controller selects , when the positional information is received from the radio terminal , the base station being a handoff candidate on the basis of the positional information of the radio terminal , the positional information items of the respective base stations and the decision condition in the handoff operation , with reference to the table , and transmits a handoff request message in which the information of the frequency of the base station being the handoff candidate is contained , to the radio terminal through the base station communicating with the radio terminal .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (radio base stations) by the first base station (radio base stations) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20090264134A1
CLAIM 1
. A handoff control method in a radio communication system having a plurality of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations which perform radio communications with the radio terminals , and a base station controller which controls the base stations , wherein radio frequencies with which the radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control) communicate with the radio terminals are allowed to differ in the radio communication system , wherein : the radio terminal , which has positional information detection means , transmits positional information detected by the positional information detection means , to the base station controller through the radio base station communicating with the radio terminal ;
a table is prepared beforehand in the base station controller , the table stores therein positional information items of the base stations , information items of frequencies used for transmissions/receptions to/from the radio terminals and decision conditions in handoff operations , as to the respective base stations connected to the base station controller itself ;
and the base station controller selects , when the positional information is received from the radio terminal , the base station being a handoff candidate on the basis of the positional information of the radio terminal , the positional information items of the respective base stations and the decision condition in the handoff operation , with reference to the table , and transmits a handoff request message in which the information of the frequency of the base station being the handoff candidate is contained , to the radio terminal through the base station communicating with the radio terminal .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (radio base stations) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20090264134A1
CLAIM 1
. A handoff control method in a radio communication system having a plurality of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations which perform radio communications with the radio terminals , and a base station controller which controls the base stations , wherein radio frequencies with which the radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control) communicate with the radio terminals are allowed to differ in the radio communication system , wherein : the radio terminal , which has positional information detection means , transmits positional information detected by the positional information detection means , to the base station controller through the radio base station communicating with the radio terminal ;
a table is prepared beforehand in the base station controller , the table stores therein positional information items of the base stations , information items of frequencies used for transmissions/receptions to/from the radio terminals and decision conditions in handoff operations , as to the respective base stations connected to the base station controller itself ;
and the base station controller selects , when the positional information is received from the radio terminal , the base station being a handoff candidate on the basis of the positional information of the radio terminal , the positional information items of the respective base stations and the decision condition in the handoff operation , with reference to the table , and transmits a handoff request message in which the information of the frequency of the base station being the handoff candidate is contained , to the radio terminal through the base station communicating with the radio terminal .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (radio base stations) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20090264134A1
CLAIM 1
. A handoff control method in a radio communication system having a plurality of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations which perform radio communications with the radio terminals , and a base station controller which controls the base stations , wherein radio frequencies with which the radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control) communicate with the radio terminals are allowed to differ in the radio communication system , wherein : the radio terminal , which has positional information detection means , transmits positional information detected by the positional information detection means , to the base station controller through the radio base station communicating with the radio terminal ;
a table is prepared beforehand in the base station controller , the table stores therein positional information items of the base stations , information items of frequencies used for transmissions/receptions to/from the radio terminals and decision conditions in handoff operations , as to the respective base stations connected to the base station controller itself ;
and the base station controller selects , when the positional information is received from the radio terminal , the base station being a handoff candidate on the basis of the positional information of the radio terminal , the positional information items of the respective base stations and the decision condition in the handoff operation , with reference to the table , and transmits a handoff request message in which the information of the frequency of the base station being the handoff candidate is contained , to the radio terminal through the base station communicating with the radio terminal .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (radio base stations) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (frequency f) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20090264134A1
CLAIM 1
. A handoff control method in a radio communication system having a plurality of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations which perform radio communications with the radio terminals , and a base station controller which controls the base stations , wherein radio frequencies with which the radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control) communicate with the radio terminals are allowed to differ in the radio communication system , wherein : the radio terminal , which has positional information detection means , transmits positional information detected by the positional information detection means , to the base station controller through the radio base station communicating with the radio terminal ;
a table is prepared beforehand in the base station controller , the table stores therein positional information items of the base stations , information items of frequencies used for transmissions/receptions to/from the radio terminals and decision conditions in handoff operations , as to the respective base stations connected to the base station controller itself ;
and the base station controller selects , when the positional information is received from the radio terminal , the base station being a handoff candidate on the basis of the positional information of the radio terminal , the positional information items of the respective base stations and the decision condition in the handoff operation , with reference to the table , and transmits a handoff request message in which the information of the frequency of the base station being the handoff candidate is contained , to the radio terminal through the base station communicating with the radio terminal .

US20090264134A1
CLAIM 3
. A radio terminal in a radio communication system having a plurality of base stations which perform radio communications with the radio terminal , and a base station controller which controls the base stations , wherein radio frequencies with which the radio base stations communicate with the radio terminal are allowed to differ in the radio communication system , the radio terminal comprises : positional information detection means ;
and means for altering a frequency f (step A) or communication set at hardware within the radio terminal , wherein the radio terminal : cyclically transmits positional information detected by said positional information detection means to the base station controller through the radio base station communicating with the radio terminal ;
and alters , when the radio terminal receives a handoff request message in which information of the frequency of the base station of a handoff candidate is contained from the base station controller , the frequency for communication set at the hardware within the radio terminal by the means for altering , and receives a radio signal from the base station of the handoff candidate .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A (frequency f) , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (radio base stations) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20090264134A1
CLAIM 1
. A handoff control method in a radio communication system having a plurality of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations which perform radio communications with the radio terminals , and a base station controller which controls the base stations , wherein radio frequencies with which the radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control) communicate with the radio terminals are allowed to differ in the radio communication system , wherein : the radio terminal , which has positional information detection means , transmits positional information detected by the positional information detection means , to the base station controller through the radio base station communicating with the radio terminal ;
a table is prepared beforehand in the base station controller , the table stores therein positional information items of the base stations , information items of frequencies used for transmissions/receptions to/from the radio terminals and decision conditions in handoff operations , as to the respective base stations connected to the base station controller itself ;
and the base station controller selects , when the positional information is received from the radio terminal , the base station being a handoff candidate on the basis of the positional information of the radio terminal , the positional information items of the respective base stations and the decision condition in the handoff operation , with reference to the table , and transmits a handoff request message in which the information of the frequency of the base station being the handoff candidate is contained , to the radio terminal through the base station communicating with the radio terminal .

US20090264134A1
CLAIM 3
. A radio terminal in a radio communication system having a plurality of base stations which perform radio communications with the radio terminal , and a base station controller which controls the base stations , wherein radio frequencies with which the radio base stations communicate with the radio terminal are allowed to differ in the radio communication system , the radio terminal comprises : positional information detection means ;
and means for altering a frequency f (step A) or communication set at hardware within the radio terminal , wherein the radio terminal : cyclically transmits positional information detected by said positional information detection means to the base station controller through the radio base station communicating with the radio terminal ;
and alters , when the radio terminal receives a handoff request message in which information of the frequency of the base station of a handoff candidate is contained from the base station controller , the frequency for communication set at the hardware within the radio terminal by the means for altering , and receives a radio signal from the base station of the handoff candidate .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (radio base stations) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20090264134A1
CLAIM 1
. A handoff control method in a radio communication system having a plurality of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations which perform radio communications with the radio terminals , and a base station controller which controls the base stations , wherein radio frequencies with which the radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control) communicate with the radio terminals are allowed to differ in the radio communication system , wherein : the radio terminal , which has positional information detection means , transmits positional information detected by the positional information detection means , to the base station controller through the radio base station communicating with the radio terminal ;
a table is prepared beforehand in the base station controller , the table stores therein positional information items of the base stations , information items of frequencies used for transmissions/receptions to/from the radio terminals and decision conditions in handoff operations , as to the respective base stations connected to the base station controller itself ;
and the base station controller selects , when the positional information is received from the radio terminal , the base station being a handoff candidate on the basis of the positional information of the radio terminal , the positional information items of the respective base stations and the decision condition in the handoff operation , with reference to the table , and transmits a handoff request message in which the information of the frequency of the base station being the handoff candidate is contained , to the radio terminal through the base station communicating with the radio terminal .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (radio base stations) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20090264134A1
CLAIM 1
. A handoff control method in a radio communication system having a plurality of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations which perform radio communications with the radio terminals , and a base station controller which controls the base stations , wherein radio frequencies with which the radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control) communicate with the radio terminals are allowed to differ in the radio communication system , wherein : the radio terminal , which has positional information detection means , transmits positional information detected by the positional information detection means , to the base station controller through the radio base station communicating with the radio terminal ;
a table is prepared beforehand in the base station controller , the table stores therein positional information items of the base stations , information items of frequencies used for transmissions/receptions to/from the radio terminals and decision conditions in handoff operations , as to the respective base stations connected to the base station controller itself ;
and the base station controller selects , when the positional information is received from the radio terminal , the base station being a handoff candidate on the basis of the positional information of the radio terminal , the positional information items of the respective base stations and the decision condition in the handoff operation , with reference to the table , and transmits a handoff request message in which the information of the frequency of the base station being the handoff candidate is contained , to the radio terminal through the base station communicating with the radio terminal .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (radio base stations) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20090264134A1
CLAIM 1
. A handoff control method in a radio communication system having a plurality of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations which perform radio communications with the radio terminals , and a base station controller which controls the base stations , wherein radio frequencies with which the radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control) communicate with the radio terminals are allowed to differ in the radio communication system , wherein : the radio terminal , which has positional information detection means , transmits positional information detected by the positional information detection means , to the base station controller through the radio base station communicating with the radio terminal ;
a table is prepared beforehand in the base station controller , the table stores therein positional information items of the base stations , information items of frequencies used for transmissions/receptions to/from the radio terminals and decision conditions in handoff operations , as to the respective base stations connected to the base station controller itself ;
and the base station controller selects , when the positional information is received from the radio terminal , the base station being a handoff candidate on the basis of the positional information of the radio terminal , the positional information items of the respective base stations and the decision condition in the handoff operation , with reference to the table , and transmits a handoff request message in which the information of the frequency of the base station being the handoff candidate is contained , to the radio terminal through the base station communicating with the radio terminal .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
CN101785336A

Filed: 2008-08-15     Issued: 2010-07-21

用于ad-hoc小覆盖基站的接入控制

(Original Assignee) 高通股份有限公司     

S·南达, R·雷扎法, M·亚武兹
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (的第一消息) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (于发送) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN101785336A
CLAIM 32
. —种无线通信方法,包括:在第一接入终端处接收来自相关联的接入节点的关于第二接入终端对接入所述接入节点的请求的第一消息 (step A) ;响应于所述第一消息,确定是否允许所请求的接入;向所述接入节点发送指示所述确定的第二消息。

CN101785336A
CLAIM 51
. 根据权利要求49所述的装置,其中所述用于确定的模块还用于规定允许至少一个 访客接入终端接入所述接入节点的策略,其中所述用于发送 (transmitting proximity notification information) 的模块用于将所述策略发送到 所述接入节点。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (的第一消息) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (于发送) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
CN101785336A
CLAIM 32
. —种无线通信方法,包括:在第一接入终端处接收来自相关联的接入节点的关于第二接入终端对接入所述接入节点的请求的第一消息 (step A) ;响应于所述第一消息,确定是否允许所请求的接入;向所述接入节点发送指示所述确定的第二消息。

CN101785336A
CLAIM 51
. 根据权利要求49所述的装置,其中所述用于确定的模块还用于规定允许至少一个 访客接入终端接入所述接入节点的策略,其中所述用于发送 (transmitting proximity notification information) 的模块用于将所述策略发送到 所述接入节点。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A (的第一消息) , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
CN101785336A
CLAIM 32
. —种无线通信方法,包括:在第一接入终端处接收来自相关联的接入节点的关于第二接入终端对接入所述接入节点的请求的第一消息 (step A) ;响应于所述第一消息,确定是否允许所请求的接入;向所述接入节点发送指示所述确定的第二消息。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (包括接收, 接收指示) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101785336A
CLAIM 62
. 根据权利要求60所述的方法,还包括:响应于所述经过认证的标识参数,从所述第二接入终端接收指示 (reception unit) 是否允许所述第一接入终端接入所述覆盖区域的指示。

CN101785336A
CLAIM 67
. 根据权利要求66所述的装置,还包括接收 (reception unit) 机,用于响应于所述经过认证的标识参 数,从所述第二接入终端接收指示是否允许所述第一接入终端接入所述覆盖区域的指示。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (于发送) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101785336A
CLAIM 51
. 根据权利要求49所述的装置,其中所述用于确定的模块还用于规定允许至少一个 访客接入终端接入所述接入节点的策略,其中所述用于发送 (transmitting proximity notification information) 的模块用于将所述策略发送到 所述接入节点。




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
JP2009260448A

Filed: 2008-04-14     Issued: 2009-11-05

Wireless terminal, base station control station, and handoff control method in wireless communication system

(Original Assignee) Hitachi Communication Technologies Ltd; 株式会社日立コミュニケーションテクノロジー     

Yuichiro Katsu, Tan Kyo, Shiro Mazawa, Tsutomu Uchida, 勇一朗 且, 努 内田, 史郎 眞澤, 丹 許
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (システム, plurality) in a mobile communication system (different frequencies) including a first base station (frequency information) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (location information) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (前記通知) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
JP2009260448A
CLAIM 1
複数の無線端末と、該無線端末と無線通信を行う複数の基地局と、それらの基地局の制御を行う基地局制御局とを有し、前記無線基地局が前記無線端末と通信を行う無線周波数が異なることを許容する無線通信システム (communication control method) におけるハンドオフ制御方法であって、 前記無線端末は、位置情報検出手段を有し、該位置情報検出手段で検出した位置情報を通信中の無線基地局を介して基地局制御局に送信し、 基地局制御局には、自身に接続されている各基地局について、位置情報と、端末との送受信に用いている周波数の情報と、ハンドオフ時の判定条件とが記憶されているテーブルが予め用意されており、 基地局制御局は、無線端末から位置情報を受信すると、前記テーブルを参照して、前記無線端末の位置情報と、各基地局の位置情報と、前記ハンドオフ時の判定条件とに基づいて、ハンドオフ候補の基地局を選択し、該ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数の情報を含めたハンドオフ要求メッセージを前記無線端末と通信中の基地局を介して前記無線端末に送信することを特徴とする無線通信システムにおけるハンドオフ制御方法。 A radio having a plurality (communication control method) of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations that perform radio communication with the radio terminals , and a base station control station that controls the base stations , wherein the radio base station communicates with the radio terminals A handoff control method in a wireless communication system that allows different frequencies (mobile communication system) , The wireless terminal has position information detection means , and transmits the position information detected by the position information detection means to the base station control station via the communicating wireless base station , For each base station connected to itself , the base station control station is prepared in advance with a table storing location information (location information) , frequency information (base station) used for transmission / reception with the terminal , and determination conditions during handoff . Has been When the base station control station receives the position information from the wireless terminal , the base station control station refers to the table and determines the handoff based on the position information of the wireless terminal , the position information of each base station , and the determination condition at the time of handoff . Radio communication characterized by selecting a candidate base station and transmitting a handoff request message including frequency information of the handoff candidate base station to the radio terminal via the base station in communication with the radio terminal Handoff control method in the system .

JP2009260448A
CLAIM 2
前記テーブルに記憶されているハンドオフの判定条件としては、各基地局毎に、無線端末と各基地局との距離の閾値および無線端末における各基地局の無線信号の電力値の閾値が設定されており、 基地局制御局は、 無線端末より受信した位置情報および前記テーブルに格納された各基地局の位置情報とから前記無線端末と各基地局との距離を求めて各基地局毎に設定されている距離の閾値と比較し、 比較結果が距離の閾値以下の場合には、その基地局をハンドオフ候補の基地局として、前記無線端末に該ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数に変換するよう指示し、 周波数の変換指示を受け取った無線端末は、指示に従い周波数の変更を行って、前記ハンドオフ候補の基地局からの無線信号の電力値を測定して通信中の基地局を介して基地局制御局に通知し、 基地局制御局は、前記テーブルを参照し、前記通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information) された電力値が前記テーブルに記憶されたハンドオフ候補の基地局の電力値の閾値以上である場合には、前記無線端末に対して該ハンドオフ候補の基地局にハンドオフを行うように制御することを特徴とする前記請求項1に記載のハンドオフ制御方法。 As handoff determination conditions stored in the table , for each base station , a threshold for the distance between the radio terminal and each base station and a threshold for the power value of the radio signal of each base station in the radio terminal are set . And The base station control station The distance between the wireless terminal and each base station is obtained from the position information received from the wireless terminal and the position information of each base station stored in the table , and compared with the distance threshold set for each base station . , If the comparison result is less than or equal to the distance threshold , the base station is designated as a handoff candidate base station , and the wireless terminal is instructed to convert to the frequency of the handoff candidate base station , The wireless terminal that has received the frequency conversion instruction changes the frequency according to the instruction , measures the power value of the wireless signal from the base station that is the handoff candidate , and communicates with the base station control station via the communicating base station . Notify The base station control station refers to the table , and when the notified power value is equal to or greater than the threshold value of the power value of the handoff candidate base station stored in the table , the base station control station performs the handoff to the wireless terminal . The handoff control method according to claim 1 , wherein control is performed to perform handoff to a candidate base station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (システム, plurality) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (frequency information) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information (前記通知) including information indicating the same carrier .
JP2009260448A
CLAIM 1
複数の無線端末と、該無線端末と無線通信を行う複数の基地局と、それらの基地局の制御を行う基地局制御局とを有し、前記無線基地局が前記無線端末と通信を行う無線周波数が異なることを許容する無線通信システム (communication control method) におけるハンドオフ制御方法であって、 前記無線端末は、位置情報検出手段を有し、該位置情報検出手段で検出した位置情報を通信中の無線基地局を介して基地局制御局に送信し、 基地局制御局には、自身に接続されている各基地局について、位置情報と、端末との送受信に用いている周波数の情報と、ハンドオフ時の判定条件とが記憶されているテーブルが予め用意されており、 基地局制御局は、無線端末から位置情報を受信すると、前記テーブルを参照して、前記無線端末の位置情報と、各基地局の位置情報と、前記ハンドオフ時の判定条件とに基づいて、ハンドオフ候補の基地局を選択し、該ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数の情報を含めたハンドオフ要求メッセージを前記無線端末と通信中の基地局を介して前記無線端末に送信することを特徴とする無線通信システムにおけるハンドオフ制御方法。 A radio having a plurality (communication control method) of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations that perform radio communication with the radio terminals , and a base station control station that controls the base stations , wherein the radio base station communicates with the radio terminals A handoff control method in a wireless communication system that allows different frequencies , The wireless terminal has position information detection means , and transmits the position information detected by the position information detection means to the base station control station via the communicating wireless base station , For each base station connected to itself , the base station control station is prepared in advance with a table storing location information , frequency information (base station) used for transmission / reception with the terminal , and determination conditions during handoff . Has been When the base station control station receives the position information from the wireless terminal , the base station control station refers to the table and determines the handoff based on the position information of the wireless terminal , the position information of each base station , and the determination condition at the time of handoff . Radio communication characterized by selecting a candidate base station and transmitting a handoff request message including frequency information of the handoff candidate base station to the radio terminal via the base station in communication with the radio terminal Handoff control method in the system .

JP2009260448A
CLAIM 2
前記テーブルに記憶されているハンドオフの判定条件としては、各基地局毎に、無線端末と各基地局との距離の閾値および無線端末における各基地局の無線信号の電力値の閾値が設定されており、 基地局制御局は、 無線端末より受信した位置情報および前記テーブルに格納された各基地局の位置情報とから前記無線端末と各基地局との距離を求めて各基地局毎に設定されている距離の閾値と比較し、 比較結果が距離の閾値以下の場合には、その基地局をハンドオフ候補の基地局として、前記無線端末に該ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数に変換するよう指示し、 周波数の変換指示を受け取った無線端末は、指示に従い周波数の変更を行って、前記ハンドオフ候補の基地局からの無線信号の電力値を測定して通信中の基地局を介して基地局制御局に通知し、 基地局制御局は、前記テーブルを参照し、前記通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information) された電力値が前記テーブルに記憶されたハンドオフ候補の基地局の電力値の閾値以上である場合には、前記無線端末に対して該ハンドオフ候補の基地局にハンドオフを行うように制御することを特徴とする前記請求項1に記載のハンドオフ制御方法。 As handoff determination conditions stored in the table , for each base station , a threshold for the distance between the radio terminal and each base station and a threshold for the power value of the radio signal of each base station in the radio terminal are set . And The base station control station The distance between the wireless terminal and each base station is obtained from the position information received from the wireless terminal and the position information of each base station stored in the table , and compared with the distance threshold set for each base station . , If the comparison result is less than or equal to the distance threshold , the base station is designated as a handoff candidate base station , and the wireless terminal is instructed to convert to the frequency of the handoff candidate base station , The wireless terminal that has received the frequency conversion instruction changes the frequency according to the instruction , measures the power value of the wireless signal from the base station that is the handoff candidate , and communicates with the base station control station via the communicating base station . Notify The base station control station refers to the table , and when the notified power value is equal to or greater than the threshold value of the power value of the handoff candidate base station stored in the table , the base station control station performs the handoff to the wireless terminal . The handoff control method according to claim 1 , wherein control is performed to perform handoff to a candidate base station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (システム, plurality) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (前記通知) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (制御方法) by the first base station (frequency information) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
JP2009260448A
CLAIM 1
複数の無線端末と、該無線端末と無線通信を行う複数の基地局と、それらの基地局の制御を行う基地局制御局とを有し、前記無線基地局が前記無線端末と通信を行う無線周波数が異なることを許容する無線通信システム (communication control method) におけるハンドオフ制御方法 (performing handover control) であって、 前記無線端末は、位置情報検出手段を有し、該位置情報検出手段で検出した位置情報を通信中の無線基地局を介して基地局制御局に送信し、 基地局制御局には、自身に接続されている各基地局について、位置情報と、端末との送受信に用いている周波数の情報と、ハンドオフ時の判定条件とが記憶されているテーブルが予め用意されており、 基地局制御局は、無線端末から位置情報を受信すると、前記テーブルを参照して、前記無線端末の位置情報と、各基地局の位置情報と、前記ハンドオフ時の判定条件とに基づいて、ハンドオフ候補の基地局を選択し、該ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数の情報を含めたハンドオフ要求メッセージを前記無線端末と通信中の基地局を介して前記無線端末に送信することを特徴とする無線通信システムにおけるハンドオフ制御方法。 A radio having a plurality (communication control method) of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations that perform radio communication with the radio terminals , and a base station control station that controls the base stations , wherein the radio base station communicates with the radio terminals A handoff control method in a wireless communication system that allows different frequencies , The wireless terminal has position information detection means , and transmits the position information detected by the position information detection means to the base station control station via the communicating wireless base station , For each base station connected to itself , the base station control station is prepared in advance with a table storing location information , frequency information (base station) used for transmission / reception with the terminal , and determination conditions during handoff . Has been When the base station control station receives the position information from the wireless terminal , the base station control station refers to the table and determines the handoff based on the position information of the wireless terminal , the position information of each base station , and the determination condition at the time of handoff . Radio communication characterized by selecting a candidate base station and transmitting a handoff request message including frequency information of the handoff candidate base station to the radio terminal via the base station in communication with the radio terminal Handoff control method in the system .

JP2009260448A
CLAIM 2
前記テーブルに記憶されているハンドオフの判定条件としては、各基地局毎に、無線端末と各基地局との距離の閾値および無線端末における各基地局の無線信号の電力値の閾値が設定されており、 基地局制御局は、 無線端末より受信した位置情報および前記テーブルに格納された各基地局の位置情報とから前記無線端末と各基地局との距離を求めて各基地局毎に設定されている距離の閾値と比較し、 比較結果が距離の閾値以下の場合には、その基地局をハンドオフ候補の基地局として、前記無線端末に該ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数に変換するよう指示し、 周波数の変換指示を受け取った無線端末は、指示に従い周波数の変更を行って、前記ハンドオフ候補の基地局からの無線信号の電力値を測定して通信中の基地局を介して基地局制御局に通知し、 基地局制御局は、前記テーブルを参照し、前記通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information) された電力値が前記テーブルに記憶されたハンドオフ候補の基地局の電力値の閾値以上である場合には、前記無線端末に対して該ハンドオフ候補の基地局にハンドオフを行うように制御することを特徴とする前記請求項1に記載のハンドオフ制御方法。 As handoff determination conditions stored in the table , for each base station , a threshold for the distance between the radio terminal and each base station and a threshold for the power value of the radio signal of each base station in the radio terminal are set . And The base station control station The distance between the wireless terminal and each base station is obtained from the position information received from the wireless terminal and the position information of each base station stored in the table , and compared with the distance threshold set for each base station . , If the comparison result is less than or equal to the distance threshold , the base station is designated as a handoff candidate base station , and the wireless terminal is instructed to convert to the frequency of the handoff candidate base station , The wireless terminal that has received the frequency conversion instruction changes the frequency according to the instruction , measures the power value of the wireless signal from the base station that is the handoff candidate , and communicates with the base station control station via the communicating base station . Notify The base station control station refers to the table , and when the notified power value is equal to or greater than the threshold value of the power value of the handoff candidate base station stored in the table , the base station control station performs the handoff to the wireless terminal . The handoff control method according to claim 1 , wherein control is performed to perform handoff to a candidate base station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (システム, plurality) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (前記通知) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (制御方法) by the first base station (frequency information) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2009260448A
CLAIM 1
複数の無線端末と、該無線端末と無線通信を行う複数の基地局と、それらの基地局の制御を行う基地局制御局とを有し、前記無線基地局が前記無線端末と通信を行う無線周波数が異なることを許容する無線通信システム (communication control method) におけるハンドオフ制御方法 (performing handover control) であって、 前記無線端末は、位置情報検出手段を有し、該位置情報検出手段で検出した位置情報を通信中の無線基地局を介して基地局制御局に送信し、 基地局制御局には、自身に接続されている各基地局について、位置情報と、端末との送受信に用いている周波数の情報と、ハンドオフ時の判定条件とが記憶されているテーブルが予め用意されており、 基地局制御局は、無線端末から位置情報を受信すると、前記テーブルを参照して、前記無線端末の位置情報と、各基地局の位置情報と、前記ハンドオフ時の判定条件とに基づいて、ハンドオフ候補の基地局を選択し、該ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数の情報を含めたハンドオフ要求メッセージを前記無線端末と通信中の基地局を介して前記無線端末に送信することを特徴とする無線通信システムにおけるハンドオフ制御方法。 A radio having a plurality (communication control method) of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations that perform radio communication with the radio terminals , and a base station control station that controls the base stations , wherein the radio base station communicates with the radio terminals A handoff control method in a wireless communication system that allows different frequencies , The wireless terminal has position information detection means , and transmits the position information detected by the position information detection means to the base station control station via the communicating wireless base station , For each base station connected to itself , the base station control station is prepared in advance with a table storing location information , frequency information (base station) used for transmission / reception with the terminal , and determination conditions during handoff . Has been When the base station control station receives the position information from the wireless terminal , the base station control station refers to the table and determines the handoff based on the position information of the wireless terminal , the position information of each base station , and the determination condition at the time of handoff . Radio communication characterized by selecting a candidate base station and transmitting a handoff request message including frequency information of the handoff candidate base station to the radio terminal via the base station in communication with the radio terminal Handoff control method in the system .

JP2009260448A
CLAIM 2
前記テーブルに記憶されているハンドオフの判定条件としては、各基地局毎に、無線端末と各基地局との距離の閾値および無線端末における各基地局の無線信号の電力値の閾値が設定されており、 基地局制御局は、 無線端末より受信した位置情報および前記テーブルに格納された各基地局の位置情報とから前記無線端末と各基地局との距離を求めて各基地局毎に設定されている距離の閾値と比較し、 比較結果が距離の閾値以下の場合には、その基地局をハンドオフ候補の基地局として、前記無線端末に該ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数に変換するよう指示し、 周波数の変換指示を受け取った無線端末は、指示に従い周波数の変更を行って、前記ハンドオフ候補の基地局からの無線信号の電力値を測定して通信中の基地局を介して基地局制御局に通知し、 基地局制御局は、前記テーブルを参照し、前記通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information) された電力値が前記テーブルに記憶されたハンドオフ候補の基地局の電力値の閾値以上である場合には、前記無線端末に対して該ハンドオフ候補の基地局にハンドオフを行うように制御することを特徴とする前記請求項1に記載のハンドオフ制御方法。 As handoff determination conditions stored in the table , for each base station , a threshold for the distance between the radio terminal and each base station and a threshold for the power value of the radio signal of each base station in the radio terminal are set . And The base station control station The distance between the wireless terminal and each base station is obtained from the position information received from the wireless terminal and the position information of each base station stored in the table , and compared with the distance threshold set for each base station . , If the comparison result is less than or equal to the distance threshold , the base station is designated as a handoff candidate base station , and the wireless terminal is instructed to convert to the frequency of the handoff candidate base station , The wireless terminal that has received the frequency conversion instruction changes the frequency according to the instruction , measures the power value of the wireless signal from the base station that is the handoff candidate , and communicates with the base station control station via the communicating base station . Notify The base station control station refers to the table , and when the notified power value is equal to or greater than the threshold value of the power value of the handoff candidate base station stored in the table , the base station control station performs the handoff to the wireless terminal . The handoff control method according to claim 1 , wherein control is performed to perform handoff to a candidate base station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (システム, plurality) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (frequency information) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2009260448A
CLAIM 1
複数の無線端末と、該無線端末と無線通信を行う複数の基地局と、それらの基地局の制御を行う基地局制御局とを有し、前記無線基地局が前記無線端末と通信を行う無線周波数が異なることを許容する無線通信システム (communication control method) におけるハンドオフ制御方法であって、 前記無線端末は、位置情報検出手段を有し、該位置情報検出手段で検出した位置情報を通信中の無線基地局を介して基地局制御局に送信し、 基地局制御局には、自身に接続されている各基地局について、位置情報と、端末との送受信に用いている周波数の情報と、ハンドオフ時の判定条件とが記憶されているテーブルが予め用意されており、 基地局制御局は、無線端末から位置情報を受信すると、前記テーブルを参照して、前記無線端末の位置情報と、各基地局の位置情報と、前記ハンドオフ時の判定条件とに基づいて、ハンドオフ候補の基地局を選択し、該ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数の情報を含めたハンドオフ要求メッセージを前記無線端末と通信中の基地局を介して前記無線端末に送信することを特徴とする無線通信システムにおけるハンドオフ制御方法。 A radio having a plurality (communication control method) of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations that perform radio communication with the radio terminals , and a base station control station that controls the base stations , wherein the radio base station communicates with the radio terminals A handoff control method in a wireless communication system that allows different frequencies , The wireless terminal has position information detection means , and transmits the position information detected by the position information detection means to the base station control station via the communicating wireless base station , For each base station connected to itself , the base station control station is prepared in advance with a table storing location information , frequency information (base station) used for transmission / reception with the terminal , and determination conditions during handoff . Has been When the base station control station receives the position information from the wireless terminal , the base station control station refers to the table and determines the handoff based on the position information of the wireless terminal , the position information of each base station , and the determination condition at the time of handoff . Radio communication characterized by selecting a candidate base station and transmitting a handoff request message including frequency information of the handoff candidate base station to the radio terminal via the base station in communication with the radio terminal Handoff control method in the system .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (システム, plurality) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (前記通知) transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (frequency information) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2009260448A
CLAIM 1
複数の無線端末と、該無線端末と無線通信を行う複数の基地局と、それらの基地局の制御を行う基地局制御局とを有し、前記無線基地局が前記無線端末と通信を行う無線周波数が異なることを許容する無線通信システム (communication control method) におけるハンドオフ制御方法であって、 前記無線端末は、位置情報検出手段を有し、該位置情報検出手段で検出した位置情報を通信中の無線基地局を介して基地局制御局に送信し、 基地局制御局には、自身に接続されている各基地局について、位置情報と、端末との送受信に用いている周波数の情報と、ハンドオフ時の判定条件とが記憶されているテーブルが予め用意されており、 基地局制御局は、無線端末から位置情報を受信すると、前記テーブルを参照して、前記無線端末の位置情報と、各基地局の位置情報と、前記ハンドオフ時の判定条件とに基づいて、ハンドオフ候補の基地局を選択し、該ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数の情報を含めたハンドオフ要求メッセージを前記無線端末と通信中の基地局を介して前記無線端末に送信することを特徴とする無線通信システムにおけるハンドオフ制御方法。 A radio having a plurality (communication control method) of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations that perform radio communication with the radio terminals , and a base station control station that controls the base stations , wherein the radio base station communicates with the radio terminals A handoff control method in a wireless communication system that allows different frequencies , The wireless terminal has position information detection means , and transmits the position information detected by the position information detection means to the base station control station via the communicating wireless base station , For each base station connected to itself , the base station control station is prepared in advance with a table storing location information , frequency information (base station) used for transmission / reception with the terminal , and determination conditions during handoff . Has been When the base station control station receives the position information from the wireless terminal , the base station control station refers to the table and determines the handoff based on the position information of the wireless terminal , the position information of each base station , and the determination condition at the time of handoff . Radio communication characterized by selecting a candidate base station and transmitting a handoff request message including frequency information of the handoff candidate base station to the radio terminal via the base station in communication with the radio terminal Handoff control method in the system .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (システム, plurality) in a mobile communication system (different frequencies) including a first base station (frequency information) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (location information) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (前記通知) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
JP2009260448A
CLAIM 1
複数の無線端末と、該無線端末と無線通信を行う複数の基地局と、それらの基地局の制御を行う基地局制御局とを有し、前記無線基地局が前記無線端末と通信を行う無線周波数が異なることを許容する無線通信システム (communication control method) におけるハンドオフ制御方法であって、 前記無線端末は、位置情報検出手段を有し、該位置情報検出手段で検出した位置情報を通信中の無線基地局を介して基地局制御局に送信し、 基地局制御局には、自身に接続されている各基地局について、位置情報と、端末との送受信に用いている周波数の情報と、ハンドオフ時の判定条件とが記憶されているテーブルが予め用意されており、 基地局制御局は、無線端末から位置情報を受信すると、前記テーブルを参照して、前記無線端末の位置情報と、各基地局の位置情報と、前記ハンドオフ時の判定条件とに基づいて、ハンドオフ候補の基地局を選択し、該ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数の情報を含めたハンドオフ要求メッセージを前記無線端末と通信中の基地局を介して前記無線端末に送信することを特徴とする無線通信システムにおけるハンドオフ制御方法。 A radio having a plurality (communication control method) of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations that perform radio communication with the radio terminals , and a base station control station that controls the base stations , wherein the radio base station communicates with the radio terminals A handoff control method in a wireless communication system that allows different frequencies (mobile communication system) , The wireless terminal has position information detection means , and transmits the position information detected by the position information detection means to the base station control station via the communicating wireless base station , For each base station connected to itself , the base station control station is prepared in advance with a table storing location information (location information) , frequency information (base station) used for transmission / reception with the terminal , and determination conditions during handoff . Has been When the base station control station receives the position information from the wireless terminal , the base station control station refers to the table and determines the handoff based on the position information of the wireless terminal , the position information of each base station , and the determination condition at the time of handoff . Radio communication characterized by selecting a candidate base station and transmitting a handoff request message including frequency information of the handoff candidate base station to the radio terminal via the base station in communication with the radio terminal Handoff control method in the system .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (システム, plurality) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (frequency information) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (location information) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
JP2009260448A
CLAIM 1
複数の無線端末と、該無線端末と無線通信を行う複数の基地局と、それらの基地局の制御を行う基地局制御局とを有し、前記無線基地局が前記無線端末と通信を行う無線周波数が異なることを許容する無線通信システム (communication control method) におけるハンドオフ制御方法であって、 前記無線端末は、位置情報検出手段を有し、該位置情報検出手段で検出した位置情報を通信中の無線基地局を介して基地局制御局に送信し、 基地局制御局には、自身に接続されている各基地局について、位置情報と、端末との送受信に用いている周波数の情報と、ハンドオフ時の判定条件とが記憶されているテーブルが予め用意されており、 基地局制御局は、無線端末から位置情報を受信すると、前記テーブルを参照して、前記無線端末の位置情報と、各基地局の位置情報と、前記ハンドオフ時の判定条件とに基づいて、ハンドオフ候補の基地局を選択し、該ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数の情報を含めたハンドオフ要求メッセージを前記無線端末と通信中の基地局を介して前記無線端末に送信することを特徴とする無線通信システムにおけるハンドオフ制御方法。 A radio having a plurality (communication control method) of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations that perform radio communication with the radio terminals , and a base station control station that controls the base stations , wherein the radio base station communicates with the radio terminals A handoff control method in a wireless communication system that allows different frequencies , The wireless terminal has position information detection means , and transmits the position information detected by the position information detection means to the base station control station via the communicating wireless base station , For each base station connected to itself , the base station control station is prepared in advance with a table storing location information (location information) , frequency information (base station) used for transmission / reception with the terminal , and determination conditions during handoff . Has been When the base station control station receives the position information from the wireless terminal , the base station control station refers to the table and determines the handoff based on the position information of the wireless terminal , the position information of each base station , and the determination condition at the time of handoff . Radio communication characterized by selecting a candidate base station and transmitting a handoff request message including frequency information of the handoff candidate base station to the radio terminal via the base station in communication with the radio terminal Handoff control method in the system .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (frequency information) in a mobile communication system (different frequencies) , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (location information) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information (前記通知) from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
JP2009260448A
CLAIM 1
複数の無線端末と、該無線端末と無線通信を行う複数の基地局と、それらの基地局の制御 (transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) を行う基地局制御局とを有し、前記無線基地局が前記無線端末と通信を行う無線周波数が異なることを許容する無線通信システムにおけるハンドオフ制御方法であって、 前記無線端末は、位置情報検出手段を有し、該位置情報検出手段で検出した位置情報を通信中の無線基地局を介して基地局制御局に送信し、 基地局制御局には、自身に接続されている各基地局について、位置情報と、端末との送受信に用いている周波数の情報と、ハンドオフ時の判定条件とが記憶されているテーブルが予め用意されており、 基地局制御局は、無線端末から位置情報を受信すると、前記テーブルを参照して、前記無線端末の位置情報と、各基地局の位置情報と、前記ハンドオフ時の判定条件とに基づいて、ハンドオフ候補の基地局を選択し、該ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数の情報を含めたハンドオフ要求メッセージを前記無線端末と通信中の基地局を介して前記無線端末に送信することを特徴とする無線通信システムにおけるハンドオフ制御方法。 A radio having a plurality of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations that perform radio communication with the radio terminals , and a base station control station that controls the base stations , wherein the radio base station communicates with the radio terminals A handoff control method in a wireless communication system that allows different frequencies (mobile communication system) , The wireless terminal has position information detection means , and transmits the position information detected by the position information detection means to the base station control station via the communicating wireless base station , For each base station connected to itself , the base station control station is prepared in advance with a table storing location information (location information) , frequency information (base station) used for transmission / reception with the terminal , and determination conditions during handoff . Has been When the base station control station receives the position information from the wireless terminal , the base station control station refers to the table and determines the handoff based on the position information of the wireless terminal , the position information of each base station , and the determination condition at the time of handoff . Radio communication characterized by selecting a candidate base station and transmitting a handoff request message including frequency information of the handoff candidate base station to the radio terminal via the base station in communication with the radio terminal Handoff control method in the system .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system (different frequencies) , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (frequency information) , location information (location information) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information (前記通知) to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
JP2009260448A
CLAIM 3
複数の無線端末と、該無線端末と無線通信を行う複数の基地局と、それらの基地局の制御 (transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) を行う基地局制御局とを有し、前記無線基地局が前記無線端末と通信を行う無線周波数が異なることを許容する無線通信システムにおける無線端末であって、 位置情報検出手段と、端末内部のハードウェアの周波数を切り換える手段を有し、 該位置情報検出手段で検出した位置情報を通信中の無線基地局を介して基地局制御局に周期的送信するとともに 基地局制御局から、ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数の情報を含めたハンドオフ要求メッセージを受信すると、 前記周波数切り換え手段により無線端末内部のハードウェアの周波数を切り換えて、前記ハンドオフ候補の基地局からの無線信号を受信することを特徴とする無線端末。 A radio having a plurality of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations that perform radio communication with the radio terminals , and a base station control station that controls the base stations , wherein the radio base station communicates with the radio terminals A wireless terminal in a wireless communication system that allows different frequencies (mobile communication system) , Position information detection means and means for switching the frequency of hardware inside the terminal , The position information detected by the position information detecting means is periodically transmitted to the base station control station via the communicating radio base station , and the handoff request including the frequency information (base station) of the handoff candidate base station is received from the base station control station . When you receive a message A radio terminal which receives a radio signal from a base station as a handoff candidate by switching a frequency of hardware inside the radio terminal by the frequency switching means .

JP2009260448A
CLAIM 5
複数の無線端末と、該無線端末と無線通信を行う複数の基地局と、それらの基地局の制御を行う基地局制御局とを有し、前記無線基地局が前記無線端末と通信を行う無線周波数が異なることを許容する無線通信システムにおける基地局制御局であって、 自身に接続されている各基地局について、位置情報と、端末との送受信に用いている周波数の情報と、ハンドオフ時の判定条件とが記憶されているテーブルを有し、 無線端末から周期的に送信されてくる位置情報を受信すると、前記テーブルを参照して、前記無線端末の位置情報と、各基地局の位置情報と、前記ハンドオフ時の判定条件とに基づいて、ハンドオフ候補の基地局を選択し、該ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数の情報を含めたハンドオフ要求メッセージを前記無線端末と通信中の基地局を介して前記無線端末に送信することを特徴とする基地局制御局。 A radio having a plurality of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations that perform radio communication with the radio terminals , and a base station control station that controls the base stations , wherein the radio base station communicates with the radio terminals A base station control station in a wireless communication system that allows different frequencies , For each base station connected to itself , it has a table storing location information (location information) , frequency information used for transmission / reception with the terminal , and determination conditions at handoff , When receiving position information periodically transmitted from the wireless terminal , referring to the table , based on the position information of the wireless terminal , the position information of each base station , and the determination condition at the time of handoff , A base station that selects a handoff candidate base station , and transmits a handoff request message including frequency information of the handoff candidate base station to the wireless terminal via the base station in communication with the wireless terminal ;
Station control station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system (different frequencies) , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (frequency information) , location information (location information) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (前記通知) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
JP2009260448A
CLAIM 3
複数の無線端末と、該無線端末と無線通信を行う複数の基地局と、それらの基地局の制御を行う基地局制御局とを有し、前記無線基地局が前記無線端末と通信を行う無線周波数が異なることを許容する無線通信システムにおける無線端末であって、 位置情報検出手段と、端末内部のハードウェアの周波数を切り換える手段を有し、 該位置情報検出手段で検出した位置情報を通信中の無線基地局を介して基地局制御局に周期的送信するとともに 基地局制御局から、ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数の情報を含めたハンドオフ要求メッセージを受信すると、 前記周波数切り換え手段により無線端末内部のハードウェアの周波数を切り換えて、前記ハンドオフ候補の基地局からの無線信号を受信することを特徴とする無線端末。 A radio having a plurality of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations that perform radio communication with the radio terminals , and a base station control station that controls the base stations , wherein the radio base station communicates with the radio terminals A wireless terminal in a wireless communication system that allows different frequencies (mobile communication system) , Position information detection means and means for switching the frequency of hardware inside the terminal , The position information detected by the position information detecting means is periodically transmitted to the base station control station via the communicating radio base station , and the handoff request including the frequency information (base station) of the handoff candidate base station is received from the base station control station . When you receive a message A radio terminal which receives a radio signal from a base station as a handoff candidate by switching a frequency of hardware inside the radio terminal by the frequency switching means .

JP2009260448A
CLAIM 5
複数の無線端末と、該無線端末と無線通信を行う複数の基地局と、それらの基地局の制御を行う基地局制御局とを有し、前記無線基地局が前記無線端末と通信を行う無線周波数が異なることを許容する無線通信システムにおける基地局制御局であって、 自身に接続されている各基地局について、位置情報と、端末との送受信に用いている周波数の情報と、ハンドオフ時の判定条件とが記憶されているテーブルを有し、 無線端末から周期的に送信されてくる位置情報を受信すると、前記テーブルを参照して、前記無線端末の位置情報と、各基地局の位置情報と、前記ハンドオフ時の判定条件とに基づいて、ハンドオフ候補の基地局を選択し、該ハンドオフ候補の基地局の周波数の情報を含めたハンドオフ要求メッセージを前記無線端末と通信中の基地局を介して前記無線端末に送信することを特徴とする基地局制御局。 A radio having a plurality of radio terminals , a plurality of base stations that perform radio communication with the radio terminals , and a base station control station that controls the base stations , wherein the radio base station communicates with the radio terminals A base station control station in a wireless communication system that allows different frequencies , For each base station connected to itself , it has a table storing location information (location information) , frequency information used for transmission / reception with the terminal , and determination conditions at handoff , When receiving position information periodically transmitted from the wireless terminal , referring to the table , based on the position information of the wireless terminal , the position information of each base station , and the determination condition at the time of handoff , A base station that selects a handoff candidate base station , and transmits a handoff request message including frequency information of the handoff candidate base station to the wireless terminal via the base station in communication with the wireless terminal ;
Station control station .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20070248039A1

Filed: 2007-03-07     Issued: 2007-10-25

Wireless Network Architecture

(Original Assignee) Floyd Backes; Gary Vacon; Paul Callahan; William Hawe     (Current Assignee) Piccata Fund LLC

Floyd Backes, Gary Vacon, Paul Callahan, William Hawe
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) and at least one second base station (mobile stations) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20070248039A1
CLAIM 9
. a program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20070248039A1
CLAIM 9
. a program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20070248039A1
CLAIM 9
. a program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20070248039A1
CLAIM 9
. a program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20070248039A1
CLAIM 9
. a program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20070248039A1
CLAIM 9
. a program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) and at least one second base station (mobile stations) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20070248039A1
CLAIM 9
. a program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (mobile stations) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20070248039A1
CLAIM 9
. a program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (mobile stations) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (mobile stations) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (mobile stations) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20070248039A1
CLAIM 9
. a program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (mobile stations) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20070248039A1
CLAIM 9
. a program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (mobile stations) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20070248039A1
CLAIM 9
. a program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20070195721A1

Filed: 2007-02-20     Issued: 2007-08-23

Program for Distributed Channel Selection, Power Adjustment and Load Balancing Decisions in a Wireless Network

(Original Assignee) Autocell Laboratories Inc     (Current Assignee) Xenogenic Development LLC

Floyd Backes, Gary Vacon, Paul Callahan, William Hawe
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) and at least one second base station (mobile stations) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20070195721A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20070195721A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20070195721A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20070195721A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20070195721A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20070195721A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) and at least one second base station (mobile stations) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20070195721A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (mobile stations) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20070195721A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (mobile stations) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (mobile stations) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (mobile stations) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20070195721A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (mobile stations) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20070195721A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (mobile stations) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20070195721A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless local area network communications environment including a plurality of access points and a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , the program product comprising a computer readable medium having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for generating protocol messages , the protocol generating logic including logic for causing a first access point to transmit , on a first wireless channel , and before utilizing the channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station , a claim message indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel for transmission of non-management data to a mobile station ;
logic , operative in response to receipt of a claim message from a second access point indicative of an intent to utilize the selected channel , for causing the first access point to communicate with the second access point to determine which of the first and second access points will utilize the selected channel ;
logic for causing a first mobile station that is associated with a third access point to calculate whether a greater data rate is available from a fourth access point than the third access point , and for transmitting a bid message requesting association with the fourth access point if it is calculated that the fourth access point would provide a greater data rate than the third access point ;
and logic , operative in response to receipt of a plurality of bid messages submitted by a plurality of mobile stations , for causing the fourth access point to select one of the received bid messages , and to transmit an accept message indicating that the mobile station which submitted the selected bid message is permitted to become associated with the fourth access point .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
CN1812288A

Filed: 2005-04-14     Issued: 2006-08-02

多天线蜂窝式移动通信系统中重选天线的系统和方法

(Original Assignee) 三星电子株式会社; 得克萨斯系统大学董事会     

赵成贤, 罗伯特·W·希思
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base (的本地) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (于发送) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN1812288A
CLAIM 1
. 一种通过蜂窝式移动通信系统中的移动站重选用于数据信道的天线的方法,所述蜂窝式移动通信系统包括具有至少两个天线的移动站、具有多个天线的本地 (second base, second base station) 基站,天线之中的至少一个被用于形成到移动站的数据信道,和至少一个本地基站的相邻基站,该方法包括以下步骤:根据本地基站的第一天线和相邻基站的第二天线的信道质量确定是否重选天线;和从第一天线和第二天线当中选择至少两个天线;其中,至少两个天线是根据所测量的信道质量选择的。

CN1812288A
CLAIM 16
. 根据权利要求15所述的系统,其中,移动站包括:存储器,用于存储有关本地基站和第一天线的信息以及有关相邻基站和第二天线的信息;参数测量器,基于存储在存储器中的信息测量信道质量;天线选择控制器,用于确定是否重选天线,并且响应本地基站形成的天线选择命令来选择至少两个天线;和反馈信号发生器,用于发送 (transmitting proximity notification information) 所测量的信道质量和有关所选择的至少两个天线的信息到本地基站。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base (的本地) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
CN1812288A
CLAIM 1
. 一种通过蜂窝式移动通信系统中的移动站重选用于数据信道的天线的方法,所述蜂窝式移动通信系统包括具有至少两个天线的移动站、具有多个天线的本地 (second base, second base station) 基站,天线之中的至少一个被用于形成到移动站的数据信道,和至少一个本地基站的相邻基站,该方法包括以下步骤:根据本地基站的第一天线和相邻基站的第二天线的信道质量确定是否重选天线;和从第一天线和第二天线当中选择至少两个天线;其中,至少两个天线是根据所测量的信道质量选择的。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (的本地) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
CN1812288A
CLAIM 1
. 一种通过蜂窝式移动通信系统中的移动站重选用于数据信道的天线的方法,所述蜂窝式移动通信系统包括具有至少两个天线的移动站、具有多个天线的本地 (second base, second base station) 基站,天线之中的至少一个被用于形成到移动站的数据信道,和至少一个本地基站的相邻基站,该方法包括以下步骤:根据本地基站的第一天线和相邻基站的第二天线的信道质量确定是否重选天线;和从第一天线和第二天线当中选择至少两个天线;其中,至少两个天线是根据所测量的信道质量选择的。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (的本地) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
CN1812288A
CLAIM 1
. 一种通过蜂窝式移动通信系统中的移动站重选用于数据信道的天线的方法,所述蜂窝式移动通信系统包括具有至少两个天线的移动站、具有多个天线的本地 (second base, second base station) 基站,天线之中的至少一个被用于形成到移动站的数据信道,和至少一个本地基站的相邻基站,该方法包括以下步骤:根据本地基站的第一天线和相邻基站的第二天线的信道质量确定是否重选天线;和从第一天线和第二天线当中选择至少两个天线;其中,至少两个天线是根据所测量的信道质量选择的。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base (的本地) station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
CN1812288A
CLAIM 1
. 一种通过蜂窝式移动通信系统中的移动站重选用于数据信道的天线的方法,所述蜂窝式移动通信系统包括具有至少两个天线的移动站、具有多个天线的本地 (second base, second base station) 基站,天线之中的至少一个被用于形成到移动站的数据信道,和至少一个本地基站的相邻基站,该方法包括以下步骤:根据本地基站的第一天线和相邻基站的第二天线的信道质量确定是否重选天线;和从第一天线和第二天线当中选择至少两个天线;其中,至少两个天线是根据所测量的信道质量选择的。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base (的本地) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (于发送) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
CN1812288A
CLAIM 1
. 一种通过蜂窝式移动通信系统中的移动站重选用于数据信道的天线的方法,所述蜂窝式移动通信系统包括具有至少两个天线的移动站、具有多个天线的本地 (second base, second base station) 基站,天线之中的至少一个被用于形成到移动站的数据信道,和至少一个本地基站的相邻基站,该方法包括以下步骤:根据本地基站的第一天线和相邻基站的第二天线的信道质量确定是否重选天线;和从第一天线和第二天线当中选择至少两个天线;其中,至少两个天线是根据所测量的信道质量选择的。

CN1812288A
CLAIM 16
. 根据权利要求15所述的系统,其中,移动站包括:存储器,用于存储有关本地基站和第一天线的信息以及有关相邻基站和第二天线的信息;参数测量器,基于存储在存储器中的信息测量信道质量;天线选择控制器,用于确定是否重选天线,并且响应本地基站形成的天线选择命令来选择至少两个天线;和反馈信号发生器,用于发送 (transmitting proximity notification information) 所测量的信道质量和有关所选择的至少两个天线的信息到本地基站。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base (的本地) station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
CN1812288A
CLAIM 1
. 一种通过蜂窝式移动通信系统中的移动站重选用于数据信道的天线的方法,所述蜂窝式移动通信系统包括具有至少两个天线的移动站、具有多个天线的本地 (second base, second base station) 基站,天线之中的至少一个被用于形成到移动站的数据信道,和至少一个本地基站的相邻基站,该方法包括以下步骤:根据本地基站的第一天线和相邻基站的第二天线的信道质量确定是否重选天线;和从第一天线和第二天线当中选择至少两个天线;其中,至少两个天线是根据所测量的信道质量选择的。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry (基站接收) configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base (的本地) station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN1812288A
CLAIM 1
. 一种通过蜂窝式移动通信系统中的移动站重选用于数据信道的天线的方法,所述蜂窝式移动通信系统包括具有至少两个天线的移动站、具有多个天线的本地 (second base, second base station) 基站,天线之中的至少一个被用于形成到移动站的数据信道,和至少一个本地基站的相邻基站,该方法包括以下步骤:根据本地基站的第一天线和相邻基站的第二天线的信道质量确定是否重选天线;和从第一天线和第二天线当中选择至少两个天线;其中,至少两个天线是根据所测量的信道质量选择的。

CN1812288A
CLAIM 8
. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,一旦从本地基站接收 (reception circuitry, reception unit) 到使用所选择的至少两个天线的许可,移动站就释放到形成当前数据信道的天线的连接,并且通过所选择的至少两个天线形成新的数据信道。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry (基站接收) configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base (的本地) station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (基站接收) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN1812288A
CLAIM 1
. 一种通过蜂窝式移动通信系统中的移动站重选用于数据信道的天线的方法,所述蜂窝式移动通信系统包括具有至少两个天线的移动站、具有多个天线的本地 (second base, second base station) 基站,天线之中的至少一个被用于形成到移动站的数据信道,和至少一个本地基站的相邻基站,该方法包括以下步骤:根据本地基站的第一天线和相邻基站的第二天线的信道质量确定是否重选天线;和从第一天线和第二天线当中选择至少两个天线;其中,至少两个天线是根据所测量的信道质量选择的。

CN1812288A
CLAIM 8
. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,一旦从本地基站接收 (reception circuitry, reception unit) 到使用所选择的至少两个天线的许可,移动站就释放到形成当前数据信道的天线的连接,并且通过所选择的至少两个天线形成新的数据信道。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base (的本地) station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (于发送) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN1812288A
CLAIM 1
. 一种通过蜂窝式移动通信系统中的移动站重选用于数据信道的天线的方法,所述蜂窝式移动通信系统包括具有至少两个天线的移动站、具有多个天线的本地 (second base, second base station) 基站,天线之中的至少一个被用于形成到移动站的数据信道,和至少一个本地基站的相邻基站,该方法包括以下步骤:根据本地基站的第一天线和相邻基站的第二天线的信道质量确定是否重选天线;和从第一天线和第二天线当中选择至少两个天线;其中,至少两个天线是根据所测量的信道质量选择的。

CN1812288A
CLAIM 16
. 根据权利要求15所述的系统,其中,移动站包括:存储器,用于存储有关本地基站和第一天线的信息以及有关相邻基站和第二天线的信息;参数测量器,基于存储在存储器中的信息测量信道质量;天线选择控制器,用于确定是否重选天线,并且响应本地基站形成的天线选择命令来选择至少两个天线;和反馈信号发生器,用于发送 (transmitting proximity notification information) 所测量的信道质量和有关所选择的至少两个天线的信息到本地基站。




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
EP1503608A2

Filed: 2004-07-30     Issued: 2005-02-02

Mobile communication system, mobile communication method, and mobile station

(Original Assignee) NEC Corp     (Current Assignee) NEC Corp

Toshiyuki Okuyama
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
EP1503608A2
CLAIM 1
A mobile communication system (mobile communication system) comprising : a base station (base station) for transmitting neighboring cell information to a mobile station ;
and the mobile station for monitoring a signal of a neighboring cell based on the neighboring cell information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (base station) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
EP1503608A2
CLAIM 1
A mobile communication system comprising : a base station (base station) for transmitting neighboring cell information to a mobile station ;
and the mobile station for monitoring a signal of a neighboring cell based on the neighboring cell information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (access method) by the first base station (base station) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
EP1503608A2
CLAIM 1
A mobile communication system comprising : a base station (base station) for transmitting neighboring cell information to a mobile station ;
and the mobile station for monitoring a signal of a neighboring cell based on the neighboring cell information .

EP1503608A2
CLAIM 8
The mobile communication system according to one of claims 1 to 7 ,    wherein the mobile communication system adopts a code division multiple access method (performing handover control) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (access method) by the first base station (base station) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
EP1503608A2
CLAIM 1
A mobile communication system comprising : a base station (base station) for transmitting neighboring cell information to a mobile station ;
and the mobile station for monitoring a signal of a neighboring cell based on the neighboring cell information .

EP1503608A2
CLAIM 8
The mobile communication system according to one of claims 1 to 7 ,    wherein the mobile communication system adopts a code division multiple access method (performing handover control) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (base station) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
EP1503608A2
CLAIM 1
A mobile communication system comprising : a base station (base station) for transmitting neighboring cell information to a mobile station ;
and the mobile station for monitoring a signal of a neighboring cell based on the neighboring cell information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (base station) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
EP1503608A2
CLAIM 1
A mobile communication system comprising : a base station (base station) for transmitting neighboring cell information to a mobile station ;
and the mobile station for monitoring a signal of a neighboring cell based on the neighboring cell information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
EP1503608A2
CLAIM 1
A mobile communication system (mobile communication system) comprising : a base station (base station) for transmitting neighboring cell information to a mobile station ;
and the mobile station for monitoring a signal of a neighboring cell based on the neighboring cell information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (base station) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
EP1503608A2
CLAIM 1
A mobile communication system comprising : a base station (base station) for transmitting neighboring cell information to a mobile station ;
and the mobile station for monitoring a signal of a neighboring cell based on the neighboring cell information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (base station) in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
EP1503608A2
CLAIM 1
A mobile communication system (mobile communication system) comprising : a base station (base station) for transmitting neighboring cell information to a mobile station ;
and the mobile station for monitoring a signal of a neighboring cell based on the neighboring cell information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
EP1503608A2
CLAIM 1
A mobile communication system (mobile communication system) comprising : a base station (base station) for transmitting neighboring cell information to a mobile station ;
and the mobile station for monitoring a signal of a neighboring cell based on the neighboring cell information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
EP1503608A2
CLAIM 1
A mobile communication system (mobile communication system) comprising : a base station (base station) for transmitting neighboring cell information to a mobile station ;
and the mobile station for monitoring a signal of a neighboring cell based on the neighboring cell information .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2004077724A2

Filed: 2004-02-18     Issued: 2004-09-10

System and method for channel selection in a wireless network

(Original Assignee) Autocell Laboratories, Inc.     

Floyd Backes, Laura Bridge, Paul D. Callahan, William R. Hawe, Gary Vacon
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2004077724A2
CLAIM 7
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : Logic capable of automatically selecting one of a plurality of radio frequency channels for communication with other devices , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is performed such that radio frequency interference with other devices is reduced , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is communicated to other devices via a message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2004077724A2
CLAIM 7
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : Logic capable of automatically selecting one of a plurality of radio frequency channels for communication with other devices , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is performed such that radio frequency interference with other devices is reduced , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is communicated to other devices via a message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2004077724A2
CLAIM 7
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : Logic capable of automatically selecting one of a plurality of radio frequency channels for communication with other devices , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is performed such that radio frequency interference with other devices is reduced , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is communicated to other devices via a message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2004077724A2
CLAIM 7
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : Logic capable of automatically selecting one of a plurality of radio frequency channels for communication with other devices , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is performed such that radio frequency interference with other devices is reduced , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is communicated to other devices via a message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2004077724A2
CLAIM 7
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : Logic capable of automatically selecting one of a plurality of radio frequency channels for communication with other devices , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is performed such that radio frequency interference with other devices is reduced , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is communicated to other devices via a message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2004077724A2
CLAIM 7
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : Logic capable of automatically selecting one of a plurality of radio frequency channels for communication with other devices , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is performed such that radio frequency interference with other devices is reduced , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is communicated to other devices via a message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2004077724A2
CLAIM 7
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : Logic capable of automatically selecting one of a plurality of radio frequency channels for communication with other devices , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is performed such that radio frequency interference with other devices is reduced , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is communicated to other devices via a message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2004077724A2
CLAIM 7
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : Logic capable of automatically selecting one of a plurality of radio frequency channels for communication with other devices , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is performed such that radio frequency interference with other devices is reduced , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is communicated to other devices via a message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions (stored power) to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2004077724A2
CLAIM 3
. The apparatus of claim 2 wherein the logic for maintaining a channel map further stores a power level for each device ID for each entry in the channel map , and wherein the logic for selecting a channel from the channel map selects a channel having either no device ID or a device ID that has the lowest stored power (memory storing instructions) level . Broad method :




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20040165549A1

Filed: 2004-02-18     Issued: 2004-08-26

Program for associating access points with stations in a wireless network

(Original Assignee) PROPAGATE NETWORKS Inc     (Current Assignee) Xenogenic Development LLC

Floyd Backes, Gary Vacon, Paul Callahan, William Hawe
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040165549A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use in an access point in a wireless communications environment including multiple access points and stations , wherein stations gain network access by associating with one or more of the access points , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for keeping track of one or more parameters related to stations in the network ;
logic for causing a station to become associated with the access point based upon the one or more parameters .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20040165549A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use in an access point in a wireless communications environment including multiple access points and stations , wherein stations gain network access by associating with one or more of the access points , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for keeping track of one or more parameters related to stations in the network ;
logic for causing a station to become associated with the access point based upon the one or more parameters .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20040165549A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use in an access point in a wireless communications environment including multiple access points and stations , wherein stations gain network access by associating with one or more of the access points , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for keeping track of one or more parameters related to stations in the network ;
logic for causing a station to become associated with the access point based upon the one or more parameters .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040165549A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use in an access point in a wireless communications environment including multiple access points and stations , wherein stations gain network access by associating with one or more of the access points , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for keeping track of one or more parameters related to stations in the network ;
logic for causing a station to become associated with the access point based upon the one or more parameters .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040165549A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use in an access point in a wireless communications environment including multiple access points and stations , wherein stations gain network access by associating with one or more of the access points , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for keeping track of one or more parameters related to stations in the network ;
logic for causing a station to become associated with the access point based upon the one or more parameters .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040165549A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use in an access point in a wireless communications environment including multiple access points and stations , wherein stations gain network access by associating with one or more of the access points , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for keeping track of one or more parameters related to stations in the network ;
logic for causing a station to become associated with the access point based upon the one or more parameters .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20040165549A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use in an access point in a wireless communications environment including multiple access points and stations , wherein stations gain network access by associating with one or more of the access points , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for keeping track of one or more parameters related to stations in the network ;
logic for causing a station to become associated with the access point based upon the one or more parameters .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20040165549A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use in an access point in a wireless communications environment including multiple access points and stations , wherein stations gain network access by associating with one or more of the access points , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for keeping track of one or more parameters related to stations in the network ;
logic for causing a station to become associated with the access point based upon the one or more parameters .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (point b) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040165549A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use in an access point in a wireless communications environment including multiple access points and stations , wherein stations gain network access by associating with one or more of the access points , the program product comprising a computer readable medium having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for keeping track of one or more parameters related to stations in the network ;
logic for causing a station to become associated with the access point b (reception unit) ased upon the one or more parameters .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20040165555A1

Filed: 2004-02-18     Issued: 2004-08-26

Program for selecting an optimum access point in a wireless network

(Original Assignee) PROPAGATE NETWORKS Inc     (Current Assignee) AUTOCELL LABORATIES Inc ; Xenogenic Development LLC

Floyd Backes, Laura Bridge
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040165555A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a wireless device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for associating with a current access point on one channel ;
logic for ascertaining whether the wireless device should attempt to associate with an access point operating on another channel ;
logic for requesting association with the access point operating on another channel if it is ascertained that the wireless device should attempt to associate with said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20040165555A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a wireless device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for associating with a current access point on one channel ;
logic for ascertaining whether the wireless device should attempt to associate with an access point operating on another channel ;
logic for requesting association with the access point operating on another channel if it is ascertained that the wireless device should attempt to associate with said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20040165555A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a wireless device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for associating with a current access point on one channel ;
logic for ascertaining whether the wireless device should attempt to associate with an access point operating on another channel ;
logic for requesting association with the access point operating on another channel if it is ascertained that the wireless device should attempt to associate with said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040165555A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a wireless device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for associating with a current access point on one channel ;
logic for ascertaining whether the wireless device should attempt to associate with an access point operating on another channel ;
logic for requesting association with the access point operating on another channel if it is ascertained that the wireless device should attempt to associate with said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040165555A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a wireless device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for associating with a current access point on one channel ;
logic for ascertaining whether the wireless device should attempt to associate with an access point operating on another channel ;
logic for requesting association with the access point operating on another channel if it is ascertained that the wireless device should attempt to associate with said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040165555A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a wireless device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for associating with a current access point on one channel ;
logic for ascertaining whether the wireless device should attempt to associate with an access point operating on another channel ;
logic for requesting association with the access point operating on another channel if it is ascertained that the wireless device should attempt to associate with said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20040165555A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a wireless device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for associating with a current access point on one channel ;
logic for ascertaining whether the wireless device should attempt to associate with an access point operating on another channel ;
logic for requesting association with the access point operating on another channel if it is ascertained that the wireless device should attempt to associate with said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20040165555A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a wireless device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for associating with a current access point on one channel ;
logic for ascertaining whether the wireless device should attempt to associate with an access point operating on another channel ;
logic for requesting association with the access point operating on another channel if it is ascertained that the wireless device should attempt to associate with said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (point b) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040165555A1
CLAIM 4
. The program product of claim 3 wherein the logic for ascertaining ascertains that the access point on said different channel is closer than the current access point b (reception unit) y : calculating a first biased distance between the wireless device and the current access point based on “x” samples ;
calculating a second biased distance between the wireless device and the access point operating on said another channel based on “y” samples where “y” is less than “x” ;
Ascertaining that the access point operating on said another channel is closer than the current access point if the second biased distance is less than the first biased distance .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20040165556A1

Filed: 2004-02-18     Issued: 2004-08-26

Distance determination method for use by devices in a wireless network

(Original Assignee) PROPAGATE NETWORKS Inc     (Current Assignee) Piccata Fund LLC

Floyd Backes, Laura Bridge
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (load factor) including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040165556A1
CLAIM 1
. A method use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , the method comprising the steps of : calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
using the data rate to ascertain a load factor (mobile communication system) ;
calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier (third wire) is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040165556A1
CLAIM 1
. A method use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wire (primary carrier) less device , the method comprising the steps of : calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
using the data rate to ascertain a load factor ;
calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier (third wire) to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040165556A1
CLAIM 1
. A method use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wire (primary carrier) less device , the method comprising the steps of : calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
using the data rate to ascertain a load factor ;
calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (load factor) including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20040165556A1
CLAIM 1
. A method use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , the method comprising the steps of : calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
using the data rate to ascertain a load factor (mobile communication system) ;
calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system (load factor) , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040165556A1
CLAIM 1
. A method use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , the method comprising the steps of : calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
using the data rate to ascertain a load factor (mobile communication system) ;
calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system (load factor) , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040165556A1
CLAIM 1
. A method use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , the method comprising the steps of : calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
using the data rate to ascertain a load factor (mobile communication system) ;
calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system (load factor) , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040165556A1
CLAIM 1
. A method use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , the method comprising the steps of : calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
using the data rate to ascertain a load factor (mobile communication system) ;
calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20040165612A1

Filed: 2004-02-18     Issued: 2004-08-26

Transmission channel selection program

(Original Assignee) PROPAGATE NETWORKS Inc     (Current Assignee) Xenogenic Development LLC

Floyd Backes, Gary Vacon, Paul Callahan, William Hawe, Laura Bridge
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040165612A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : Logic capable of automatically selecting one of a plurality of radio frequency channels for communication with other devices , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is performed such that radio frequency interference with other devices is reduced , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is communicated to other devices via a message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20040165612A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : Logic capable of automatically selecting one of a plurality of radio frequency channels for communication with other devices , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is performed such that radio frequency interference with other devices is reduced , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is communicated to other devices via a message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20040165612A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : Logic capable of automatically selecting one of a plurality of radio frequency channels for communication with other devices , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is performed such that radio frequency interference with other devices is reduced , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is communicated to other devices via a message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040165612A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : Logic capable of automatically selecting one of a plurality of radio frequency channels for communication with other devices , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is performed such that radio frequency interference with other devices is reduced , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is communicated to other devices via a message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040165612A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : Logic capable of automatically selecting one of a plurality of radio frequency channels for communication with other devices , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is performed such that radio frequency interference with other devices is reduced , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is communicated to other devices via a message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040165612A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : Logic capable of automatically selecting one of a plurality of radio frequency channels for communication with other devices , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is performed such that radio frequency interference with other devices is reduced , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is communicated to other devices via a message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20040165612A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : Logic capable of automatically selecting one of a plurality of radio frequency channels for communication with other devices , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is performed such that radio frequency interference with other devices is reduced , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is communicated to other devices via a message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20040165612A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : Logic capable of automatically selecting one of a plurality of radio frequency channels for communication with other devices , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is performed such that radio frequency interference with other devices is reduced , wherein the selection of a radio frequency channel is communicated to other devices via a message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions (stored power) to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040165612A1
CLAIM 3
. The program product of claim 2 wherein the logic for maintaining a channel map further stores a power level for each device ID for each entry in the channel map , and wherein the logic for selecting a channel from the channel map selects a channel having either no device ID or a device ID that has the lowest stored power (memory storing instructions) level .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20040166838A1

Filed: 2004-02-18     Issued: 2004-08-26

Wireless channel selection program

(Original Assignee) PROPAGATE NETWORKS Inc     (Current Assignee) Xenogenic Development LLC

Floyd Backes, Gary Vacon, Paul Callahan, William Hawe
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040166838A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program for use by an access point in a wireless networking communications environment , the computer program comprising : Logic for scanning a plurality of radio frequency channels during a scan interval ;
Logic for receiving messages from other access points on the plurality of radio frequency channels during the scan interval ;
Logic for maintaining a channel map having an entry for each of the plurality of radio frequency channels , and if one or more messages was received on a channel , the corresponding entry further including an AP-ID for at least one of the access points that sent a message on the channel ;
Logic for selecting a channel from the channel map ;
Logic for transmitting messages on the selected channel during a claim interval ;
Logic for receiving messages from other access points on the selected channel during the claim interval ;
Logic for ascertaining whether the apparatus should commence communications with other wireless devices on the selected channel based upon characteristics of the messages received on the channel .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20040166838A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program for use by an access point in a wireless networking communications environment , the computer program comprising : Logic for scanning a plurality of radio frequency channels during a scan interval ;
Logic for receiving messages from other access points on the plurality of radio frequency channels during the scan interval ;
Logic for maintaining a channel map having an entry for each of the plurality of radio frequency channels , and if one or more messages was received on a channel , the corresponding entry further including an AP-ID for at least one of the access points that sent a message on the channel ;
Logic for selecting a channel from the channel map ;
Logic for transmitting messages on the selected channel during a claim interval ;
Logic for receiving messages from other access points on the selected channel during the claim interval ;
Logic for ascertaining whether the apparatus should commence communications with other wireless devices on the selected channel based upon characteristics of the messages received on the channel .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20040166838A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program for use by an access point in a wireless networking communications environment , the computer program comprising : Logic for scanning a plurality of radio frequency channels during a scan interval ;
Logic for receiving messages from other access points on the plurality of radio frequency channels during the scan interval ;
Logic for maintaining a channel map having an entry for each of the plurality of radio frequency channels , and if one or more messages was received on a channel , the corresponding entry further including an AP-ID for at least one of the access points that sent a message on the channel ;
Logic for selecting a channel from the channel map ;
Logic for transmitting messages on the selected channel during a claim interval ;
Logic for receiving messages from other access points on the selected channel during the claim interval ;
Logic for ascertaining whether the apparatus should commence communications with other wireless devices on the selected channel based upon characteristics of the messages received on the channel .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040166838A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program for use by an access point in a wireless networking communications environment , the computer program comprising : Logic for scanning a plurality of radio frequency channels during a scan interval ;
Logic for receiving messages from other access points on the plurality of radio frequency channels during the scan interval ;
Logic for maintaining a channel map having an entry for each of the plurality of radio frequency channels , and if one or more messages was received on a channel , the corresponding entry further including an AP-ID for at least one of the access points that sent a message on the channel ;
Logic for selecting a channel from the channel map ;
Logic for transmitting messages on the selected channel during a claim interval ;
Logic for receiving messages from other access points on the selected channel during the claim interval ;
Logic for ascertaining whether the apparatus should commence communications with other wireless devices on the selected channel based upon characteristics of the messages received on the channel .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040166838A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program for use by an access point in a wireless networking communications environment , the computer program comprising : Logic for scanning a plurality of radio frequency channels during a scan interval ;
Logic for receiving messages from other access points on the plurality of radio frequency channels during the scan interval ;
Logic for maintaining a channel map having an entry for each of the plurality of radio frequency channels , and if one or more messages was received on a channel , the corresponding entry further including an AP-ID for at least one of the access points that sent a message on the channel ;
Logic for selecting a channel from the channel map ;
Logic for transmitting messages on the selected channel during a claim interval ;
Logic for receiving messages from other access points on the selected channel during the claim interval ;
Logic for ascertaining whether the apparatus should commence communications with other wireless devices on the selected channel based upon characteristics of the messages received on the channel .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040166838A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program for use by an access point in a wireless networking communications environment , the computer program comprising : Logic for scanning a plurality of radio frequency channels during a scan interval ;
Logic for receiving messages from other access points on the plurality of radio frequency channels during the scan interval ;
Logic for maintaining a channel map having an entry for each of the plurality of radio frequency channels , and if one or more messages was received on a channel , the corresponding entry further including an AP-ID for at least one of the access points that sent a message on the channel ;
Logic for selecting a channel from the channel map ;
Logic for transmitting messages on the selected channel during a claim interval ;
Logic for receiving messages from other access points on the selected channel during the claim interval ;
Logic for ascertaining whether the apparatus should commence communications with other wireless devices on the selected channel based upon characteristics of the messages received on the channel .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20040166838A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program for use by an access point in a wireless networking communications environment , the computer program comprising : Logic for scanning a plurality of radio frequency channels during a scan interval ;
Logic for receiving messages from other access points on the plurality of radio frequency channels during the scan interval ;
Logic for maintaining a channel map having an entry for each of the plurality of radio frequency channels , and if one or more messages was received on a channel , the corresponding entry further including an AP-ID for at least one of the access points that sent a message on the channel ;
Logic for selecting a channel from the channel map ;
Logic for transmitting messages on the selected channel during a claim interval ;
Logic for receiving messages from other access points on the selected channel during the claim interval ;
Logic for ascertaining whether the apparatus should commence communications with other wireless devices on the selected channel based upon characteristics of the messages received on the channel .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20040166838A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program for use by an access point in a wireless networking communications environment , the computer program comprising : Logic for scanning a plurality of radio frequency channels during a scan interval ;
Logic for receiving messages from other access points on the plurality of radio frequency channels during the scan interval ;
Logic for maintaining a channel map having an entry for each of the plurality of radio frequency channels , and if one or more messages was received on a channel , the corresponding entry further including an AP-ID for at least one of the access points that sent a message on the channel ;
Logic for selecting a channel from the channel map ;
Logic for transmitting messages on the selected channel during a claim interval ;
Logic for receiving messages from other access points on the selected channel during the claim interval ;
Logic for ascertaining whether the apparatus should commence communications with other wireless devices on the selected channel based upon characteristics of the messages received on the channel .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions (stored power) to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040166838A1
CLAIM 2
. The program product of claim 2 wherein the logic for maintaining a channel map further stores a power level for each AP-ID for each entry in the channel map , and wherein the logic for selecting a channel from the channel map selects a channel having either no AP-ID or an AP-ID that has the lowest stored power (memory storing instructions) level .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20040192278A1

Filed: 2004-02-18     Issued: 2004-09-30

Program for selecting an optimum access point in a wireless network on a common channel

(Original Assignee) PROPAGATE NETWORKS Inc     (Current Assignee) Xenogenic Development LLC

Floyd Backes, Laura Bridge
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040192278A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a wireless device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for associating with a current access point ;
logic for ascertaining whether the wireless device should attempt to associate with another access point ;
logic for requesting association with the another access point if it is ascertained that the wireless device should attempt to associate with said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20040192278A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a wireless device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for associating with a current access point ;
logic for ascertaining whether the wireless device should attempt to associate with another access point ;
logic for requesting association with the another access point if it is ascertained that the wireless device should attempt to associate with said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20040192278A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a wireless device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for associating with a current access point ;
logic for ascertaining whether the wireless device should attempt to associate with another access point ;
logic for requesting association with the another access point if it is ascertained that the wireless device should attempt to associate with said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040192278A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a wireless device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for associating with a current access point ;
logic for ascertaining whether the wireless device should attempt to associate with another access point ;
logic for requesting association with the another access point if it is ascertained that the wireless device should attempt to associate with said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040192278A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a wireless device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for associating with a current access point ;
logic for ascertaining whether the wireless device should attempt to associate with another access point ;
logic for requesting association with the another access point if it is ascertained that the wireless device should attempt to associate with said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040192278A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a wireless device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for associating with a current access point ;
logic for ascertaining whether the wireless device should attempt to associate with another access point ;
logic for requesting association with the another access point if it is ascertained that the wireless device should attempt to associate with said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20040192278A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a wireless device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for associating with a current access point ;
logic for ascertaining whether the wireless device should attempt to associate with another access point ;
logic for requesting association with the another access point if it is ascertained that the wireless device should attempt to associate with said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20040192278A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a wireless device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for associating with a current access point ;
logic for ascertaining whether the wireless device should attempt to associate with another access point ;
logic for requesting association with the another access point if it is ascertained that the wireless device should attempt to associate with said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (point b) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040192278A1
CLAIM 4
. The program product of claim 3 wherein the logic for ascertaining ascertains that the access point is closer than the current access point b (reception unit) y : calculating a first biased distance between the wireless device and the current access point based on “x” samples ;
calculating a second biased distance between the wireless device and the access point operating on said another channel based on “y” samples where “y” is less than “x” ;
Ascertaining that the access point operating on said another channel is closer than the current access point if the second biased distance is less than the first biased distance .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20050020266A1

Filed: 2004-02-18     Issued: 2005-01-27

Distance determination apparatus for use by devices in a wireless network

(Original Assignee) PROPAGATE NETWORKS Inc     (Current Assignee) Piccata Fund LLC

Floyd Backes, Laura Bridge
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (load factor) including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20050020266A1
CLAIM 1
. Apparatus for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor (mobile communication system) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier (third wire) is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20050020266A1
CLAIM 1
. Apparatus for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wire (primary carrier) less device , comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier (third wire) to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20050020266A1
CLAIM 1
. Apparatus for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wire (primary carrier) less device , comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (load factor) including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20050020266A1
CLAIM 1
. Apparatus for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor (mobile communication system) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system (load factor) , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20050020266A1
CLAIM 1
. Apparatus for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor (mobile communication system) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system (load factor) , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20050020266A1
CLAIM 1
. Apparatus for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor (mobile communication system) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system (load factor) , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20050020266A1
CLAIM 1
. Apparatus for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor (mobile communication system) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20050070264A1

Filed: 2004-02-18     Issued: 2005-03-31

Distance determination program for use by devices in a wireless network

(Original Assignee) AUTOCELL LABORATIES Inc     (Current Assignee) Xenogenic Development LLC

Floyd Backes, Laura Bridge
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system (load factor) including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20050070264A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor (mobile communication system) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20050070264A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20050070264A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier (third wire) is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20050070264A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wire (primary carrier) less device , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier (third wire) to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20050070264A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wire (primary carrier) less device , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20050070264A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system (load factor) including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20050070264A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor (mobile communication system) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20050070264A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system (load factor) , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20050070264A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , the program product comprising a computer readable medium having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor (mobile communication system) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system (load factor) , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20050070264A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , the program product comprising a computer readable medium having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor (mobile communication system) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system (load factor) , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20050070264A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a first wireless device in a wireless communications environment to evaluate the distance between the first wireless device and a second wireless device , and the first wireless device and a third wireless device , the program product comprising a computer readable medium having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : logic for calculating a corrected distance from the first wireless device to the third wireless device based on a first distance to the second wireless device averaged over a first sample size , a second distance to the third wireless device averaged over a second sample size , and a first error value related to the first sample size and a second error value related to the second sample size ;
wherein the corrected distance is the first distance if the first distance minus the second distance is less than or equal to the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
wherein the corrected distance is the second distance if the first distance minus the second distance is greater than the total of the first error value plus the second error value ;
logic for using the corrected distance to ascertain a data rate ;
logic for using the data rate to ascertain a load factor (mobile communication system) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the third device equal to (corrected distance*(load factor+(a known load factor related to the second device))/load factor ;
logic for calculating a biased distance to the second device equal to the (first distance*(the known load factor related to the second device)/(the known load factor related to the second device)+load factor) ;
logic for calculating a biased distance delta equal to the biased distance delta to the second device minus the biased distance delta to the third device ;
logic for requesting association with the third device if the biased distance delta is positive .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20050090241A1

Filed: 2004-02-18     Issued: 2005-04-28

Wireless network architecture

(Original Assignee) AUTOCELL LABORATIES Inc     (Current Assignee) Piccata Fund LLC

Floyd Backes, Gary Vacon, Paul Callahan, William Hawe
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20050090241A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : platform independent logic for passing platform independent protocol messages between wireless devices , the platform independent protocol messages for controlling channel selection and for causing power adjustment and load balancing of wireless devices , wherein the platform independent logic is not dependent upon the underlying hardware upon which it is employed ;
wherein the platform independent logic can communicate with platform dependent logic , the platform dependent logic for use by each wireless device to translate the platform independent protocol messages into platform dependent commands for execution , the platform dependent commands being dependent upon the hardware upon which they are employed .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20050090241A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : platform independent logic for passing platform independent protocol messages between wireless devices , the platform independent protocol messages for controlling channel selection and for causing power adjustment and load balancing of wireless devices , wherein the platform independent logic is not dependent upon the underlying hardware upon which it is employed ;
wherein the platform independent logic can communicate with platform dependent logic , the platform dependent logic for use by each wireless device to translate the platform independent protocol messages into platform dependent commands for execution , the platform dependent commands being dependent upon the hardware upon which they are employed .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (load balancing) by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20050090241A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : platform independent logic for passing platform independent protocol messages between wireless devices , the platform independent protocol messages for controlling channel selection and for causing power adjustment and load balancing (performing handover control) of wireless devices , wherein the platform independent logic is not dependent upon the underlying hardware upon which it is employed ;
wherein the platform independent logic can communicate with platform dependent logic , the platform dependent logic for use by each wireless device to translate the platform independent protocol messages into platform dependent commands for execution , the platform dependent commands being dependent upon the hardware upon which they are employed .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (load balancing) by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20050090241A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : platform independent logic for passing platform independent protocol messages between wireless devices , the platform independent protocol messages for controlling channel selection and for causing power adjustment and load balancing (performing handover control) of wireless devices , wherein the platform independent logic is not dependent upon the underlying hardware upon which it is employed ;
wherein the platform independent logic can communicate with platform dependent logic , the platform dependent logic for use by each wireless device to translate the platform independent protocol messages into platform dependent commands for execution , the platform dependent commands being dependent upon the hardware upon which they are employed .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20050090241A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : platform independent logic for passing platform independent protocol messages between wireless devices , the platform independent protocol messages for controlling channel selection and for causing power adjustment and load balancing of wireless devices , wherein the platform independent logic is not dependent upon the underlying hardware upon which it is employed ;
wherein the platform independent logic can communicate with platform dependent logic , the platform dependent logic for use by each wireless device to translate the platform independent protocol messages into platform dependent commands for execution , the platform dependent commands being dependent upon the hardware upon which they are employed .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20050090241A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : platform independent logic for passing platform independent protocol messages between wireless devices , the platform independent protocol messages for controlling channel selection and for causing power adjustment and load balancing of wireless devices , wherein the platform independent logic is not dependent upon the underlying hardware upon which it is employed ;
wherein the platform independent logic can communicate with platform dependent logic , the platform dependent logic for use by each wireless device to translate the platform independent protocol messages into platform dependent commands for execution , the platform dependent commands being dependent upon the hardware upon which they are employed .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20050090241A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : platform independent logic for passing platform independent protocol messages between wireless devices , the platform independent protocol messages for controlling channel selection and for causing power adjustment and load balancing of wireless devices , wherein the platform independent logic is not dependent upon the underlying hardware upon which it is employed ;
wherein the platform independent logic can communicate with platform dependent logic , the platform dependent logic for use by each wireless device to translate the platform independent protocol messages into platform dependent commands for execution , the platform dependent commands being dependent upon the hardware upon which they are employed .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20050090241A1
CLAIM 1
. A program product for use by a device in a wireless communications environment , the program product comprising a computer readable medium (communication control method) having embodied therein a computer program for storing data , the computer program comprising : platform independent logic for passing platform independent protocol messages between wireless devices , the platform independent protocol messages for controlling channel selection and for causing power adjustment and load balancing of wireless devices , wherein the platform independent logic is not dependent upon the underlying hardware upon which it is employed ;
wherein the platform independent logic can communicate with platform dependent logic , the platform dependent logic for use by each wireless device to translate the platform independent protocol messages into platform dependent commands for execution , the platform dependent commands being dependent upon the hardware upon which they are employed .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
EP1185124A1

Filed: 2001-03-29     Issued: 2002-03-06

Mobile station apparatus and radio communication method

(Original Assignee) Panasonic Corp     (Current Assignee) Panasonic Corp

Katsuhiko Hiramatsu, Takashi Kitade
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station (said base station) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (said base station) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
EP1185124A1
CLAIM 10
A base station apparatus that communicates with a mobile station apparatus , wherein said base station (second base station, user terminal) apparatus informs said mobile station apparatus of a switching cycle of a transmission destination .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (said base station) in the proximity of the user terminal (said base station) is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
EP1185124A1
CLAIM 10
A base station apparatus that communicates with a mobile station apparatus , wherein said base station (second base station, user terminal) apparatus informs said mobile station apparatus of a switching cycle of a transmission destination .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal (said base station) is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (said base station) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
EP1185124A1
CLAIM 10
A base station apparatus that communicates with a mobile station apparatus , wherein said base station (second base station, user terminal) apparatus informs said mobile station apparatus of a switching cycle of a transmission destination .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (said base station) in the proximity of the user terminal (said base station) is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
EP1185124A1
CLAIM 10
A base station apparatus that communicates with a mobile station apparatus , wherein said base station (second base station, user terminal) apparatus informs said mobile station apparatus of a switching cycle of a transmission destination .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (said base station) .
EP1185124A1
CLAIM 10
A base station apparatus that communicates with a mobile station apparatus , wherein said base station (second base station, user terminal) apparatus informs said mobile station apparatus of a switching cycle of a transmission destination .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (said base station) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (said base station) .
EP1185124A1
CLAIM 10
A base station apparatus that communicates with a mobile station apparatus , wherein said base station (second base station, user terminal) apparatus informs said mobile station apparatus of a switching cycle of a transmission destination .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station (said base station) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (said base station) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
EP1185124A1
CLAIM 10
A base station apparatus that communicates with a mobile station apparatus , wherein said base station (second base station, user terminal) apparatus informs said mobile station apparatus of a switching cycle of a transmission destination .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal (said base station) , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (said base station) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
EP1185124A1
CLAIM 10
A base station apparatus that communicates with a mobile station apparatus , wherein said base station (second base station, user terminal) apparatus informs said mobile station apparatus of a switching cycle of a transmission destination .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal (said base station) connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (said base station) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
EP1185124A1
CLAIM 10
A base station apparatus that communicates with a mobile station apparatus , wherein said base station (second base station, user terminal) apparatus informs said mobile station apparatus of a switching cycle of a transmission destination .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal (said base station) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station (said base station) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (transmits signals) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
EP1185124A1
CLAIM 2
The mobile station apparatus according to claim 1 , wherein said measurer measures the propagation loss in each of a plurality of cells ;
and said transmitter transmits signals (reception unit) to a base station apparatus corresponding to the cell with the minimum propagation loss .

EP1185124A1
CLAIM 10
A base station apparatus that communicates with a mobile station apparatus , wherein said base station (second base station, user terminal) apparatus informs said mobile station apparatus of a switching cycle of a transmission destination .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal (said base station) in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station (said base station) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
EP1185124A1
CLAIM 10
A base station apparatus that communicates with a mobile station apparatus , wherein said base station (second base station, user terminal) apparatus informs said mobile station apparatus of a switching cycle of a transmission destination .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO9965264A1

Filed: 1999-05-26     Issued: 1999-12-16

Mobile communication network and method of operation thereof

(Original Assignee) Motorola Limited     

Howard Thomas, Thomas Quirke, Rorie O'neill
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (radio environment, received signal) (radio environment, received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO9965264A1
CLAIM 1
. A mobile communication network comprising a group of cells (2) with a common simulcast carrier carrying signaling information , at least a first cell being associated with a first traffic carrier , wherein at least a first mobile station (4 , 4' ;
) is arranged to intermittently perform an intracell handover to the common simulcast carrier , and means for performing measurements of the radio environment (transmitting location information, location information) when the mobile station (4 , 4' ;
) is using the common simulcast carrier .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 4
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 3 wherein said clock (10) means is located in a fixed part of the network and is arranged to transmit said signal to one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 5
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein a signal instructing said intracell handover is arranged to be generated in response to a measurement of received signal (transmitting location information, location information) level or quality of a radio transmission from a mobile station .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 6
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (1 , 1' ;
, 8) are arranged to measure a received signal level and/or quality of the signal transmitted by the mobile station on the common simulcast carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
WO9965264A1
CLAIM 4
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 3 wherein said clock (10) means is located in a fixed part of the network and is arranged to transmit said signal to one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 6
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (1 , 1' ;
, 8) are arranged to measure a received signal level and/or quality of the signal transmitted by the mobile station on the common simulcast carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO9965264A1
CLAIM 4
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 3 wherein said clock (10) means is located in a fixed part of the network and is arranged to transmit said signal to one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 6
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (1 , 1' ;
, 8) are arranged to measure a received signal level and/or quality of the signal transmitted by the mobile station on the common simulcast carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO9965264A1
CLAIM 4
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 3 wherein said clock (10) means is located in a fixed part of the network and is arranged to transmit said signal to one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 6
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (1 , 1' ;
, 8) are arranged to measure a received signal level and/or quality of the signal transmitted by the mobile station on the common simulcast carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO9965264A1
CLAIM 4
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 3 wherein said clock (10) means is located in a fixed part of the network and is arranged to transmit said signal to one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 6
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (1 , 1' ;
, 8) are arranged to measure a received signal level and/or quality of the signal transmitted by the mobile station on the common simulcast carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO9965264A1
CLAIM 4
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 3 wherein said clock (10) means is located in a fixed part of the network and is arranged to transmit said signal to one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 6
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (1 , 1' ;
, 8) are arranged to measure a received signal level and/or quality of the signal transmitted by the mobile station on the common simulcast carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (radio environment, received signal) (radio environment, received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO9965264A1
CLAIM 1
. A mobile communication network comprising a group of cells (2) with a common simulcast carrier carrying signaling information , at least a first cell being associated with a first traffic carrier , wherein at least a first mobile station (4 , 4' ;
) is arranged to intermittently perform an intracell handover to the common simulcast carrier , and means for performing measurements of the radio environment (transmitting location information, location information) when the mobile station (4 , 4' ;
) is using the common simulcast carrier .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 4
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 3 wherein said clock (10) means is located in a fixed part of the network and is arranged to transmit said signal to one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 5
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein a signal instructing said intracell handover is arranged to be generated in response to a measurement of received signal (transmitting location information, location information) level or quality of a radio transmission from a mobile station .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 6
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (1 , 1' ;
, 8) are arranged to measure a received signal level and/or quality of the signal transmitted by the mobile station on the common simulcast carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (radio environment, received signal) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO9965264A1
CLAIM 1
. A mobile communication network comprising a group of cells (2) with a common simulcast carrier carrying signaling information , at least a first cell being associated with a first traffic carrier , wherein at least a first mobile station (4 , 4' ;
) is arranged to intermittently perform an intracell handover to the common simulcast carrier , and means for performing measurements of the radio environment (transmitting location information, location information) when the mobile station (4 , 4' ;
) is using the common simulcast carrier .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 4
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 3 wherein said clock (10) means is located in a fixed part of the network and is arranged to transmit said signal to one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 5
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein a signal instructing said intracell handover is arranged to be generated in response to a measurement of received signal (transmitting location information, location information) level or quality of a radio transmission from a mobile station .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 6
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (1 , 1' ;
, 8) are arranged to measure a received signal level and/or quality of the signal transmitted by the mobile station on the common simulcast carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (radio environment, received signal) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO9965264A1
CLAIM 1
. A mobile communication network comprising a group of cells (2) with a common simulcast carrier carrying signaling information , at least a first cell being associated with a first traffic carrier , wherein at least a first mobile station (4 , 4' ;
) is arranged to intermittently perform an intracell handover to the common simulcast carrier , and means for performing measurements of the radio environment (transmitting location information, location information) when the mobile station (4 , 4' ;
) is using the common simulcast carrier .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 4
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 3 wherein said clock (10) means is located in a fixed part of the network and is arranged to transmit said signal to one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 5
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein a signal instructing said intracell handover is arranged to be generated in response to a measurement of received signal (transmitting location information, location information) level or quality of a radio transmission from a mobile station .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 6
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (1 , 1' ;
, 8) are arranged to measure a received signal level and/or quality of the signal transmitted by the mobile station on the common simulcast carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) , location information (radio environment, received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO9965264A1
CLAIM 1
. A mobile communication network comprising a group of cells (2) with a common simulcast carrier carrying signaling information , at least a first cell being associated with a first traffic carrier , wherein at least a first mobile station (4 , 4' ;
) is arranged to intermittently perform an intracell handover to the common simulcast carrier , and means for performing measurements of the radio environment (transmitting location information, location information) when the mobile station (4 , 4' ;
) is using the common simulcast carrier .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 4
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 3 wherein said clock (10) means is located in a fixed part of the network and is arranged to transmit said signal to one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 5
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein a signal instructing said intracell handover is arranged to be generated in response to a measurement of received signal (transmitting location information, location information) level or quality of a radio transmission from a mobile station .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 6
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (1 , 1' ;
, 8) are arranged to measure a received signal level and/or quality of the signal transmitted by the mobile station on the common simulcast carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) , location information (radio environment, received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO9965264A1
CLAIM 1
. A mobile communication network comprising a group of cells (2) with a common simulcast carrier carrying signaling information , at least a first cell being associated with a first traffic carrier , wherein at least a first mobile station (4 , 4' ;
) is arranged to intermittently perform an intracell handover to the common simulcast carrier , and means for performing measurements of the radio environment (transmitting location information, location information) when the mobile station (4 , 4' ;
) is using the common simulcast carrier .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 4
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 3 wherein said clock (10) means is located in a fixed part of the network and is arranged to transmit said signal to one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 5
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein a signal instructing said intracell handover is arranged to be generated in response to a measurement of received signal (transmitting location information, location information) level or quality of a radio transmission from a mobile station .

WO9965264A1
CLAIM 6
. A mobile communication network as claimed in claim 1 wherein one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (1 , 1' ;
, 8) are arranged to measure a received signal level and/or quality of the signal transmitted by the mobile station on the common simulcast carrier .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
EP0964595A2

Filed: 1999-05-17     Issued: 1999-12-15

Evaluation of a channel by handover measurements

(Original Assignee) Motorola Solutions UK Ltd     (Current Assignee) Motorola Mobility LLC

Howard Peter Benn, Thomas Quirke, Howard John Thomas
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (fixed network) including a first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
EP0964595A2
CLAIM 1
A method of evaluating a communications channel between a mobile station (4) and a base station (8) in a cellular mobile communication network , wherein a radio resource management process relating to the mobile station (4) is initiated ;
a characteristic of a received signal (location information, transmitting location information) from the mobile station (4) is measured during this process ;
and the radio resource management process is unconditionally aborted .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 2
A method as claimed in claim 1 wherein the radio resource management process is initiated by the fixed network (mobile communication system) .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 9
A method as claimed in any preceding claim wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (8) .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 10
A method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 8 wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
EP0964595A2
CLAIM 9
A method as claimed in any preceding claim wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (8) .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 10
A method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 8 wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
EP0964595A2
CLAIM 9
A method as claimed in any preceding claim wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (8) .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 10
A method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 8 wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
EP0964595A2
CLAIM 9
A method as claimed in any preceding claim wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (8) .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 10
A method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 8 wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
EP0964595A2
CLAIM 9
A method as claimed in any preceding claim wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (8) .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 10
A method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 8 wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
EP0964595A2
CLAIM 9
A method as claimed in any preceding claim wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (8) .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 10
A method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 8 wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (fixed network) including a first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
EP0964595A2
CLAIM 1
A method of evaluating a communications channel between a mobile station (4) and a base station (8) in a cellular mobile communication network , wherein a radio resource management process relating to the mobile station (4) is initiated ;
a characteristic of a received signal (location information, transmitting location information) from the mobile station (4) is measured during this process ;
and the radio resource management process is unconditionally aborted .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 2
A method as claimed in claim 1 wherein the radio resource management process is initiated by the fixed network (mobile communication system) .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 9
A method as claimed in any preceding claim wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (8) .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 10
A method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 8 wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (received signal) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
EP0964595A2
CLAIM 1
A method of evaluating a communications channel between a mobile station (4) and a base station (8) in a cellular mobile communication network , wherein a radio resource management process relating to the mobile station (4) is initiated ;
a characteristic of a received signal (location information, transmitting location information) from the mobile station (4) is measured during this process ;
and the radio resource management process is unconditionally aborted .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 9
A method as claimed in any preceding claim wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (8) .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 10
A method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 8 wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) in a mobile communication system (fixed network) , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (received signal) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
EP0964595A2
CLAIM 1
A method of evaluating a communications channel between a mobile station (4) and a base station (8) in a cellular mobile communication network , wherein a radio resource management process relating to the mobile station (4) is initiated ;
a characteristic of a received signal (location information, transmitting location information) from the mobile station (4) is measured during this process ;
and the radio resource management process is unconditionally aborted .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 2
A method as claimed in claim 1 wherein the radio resource management process is initiated by the fixed network (mobile communication system) .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 9
A method as claimed in any preceding claim wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (8) .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 10
A method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 8 wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system (fixed network) , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) , location information (received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
EP0964595A2
CLAIM 1
A method of evaluating a communications channel between a mobile station (4) and a base station (8) in a cellular mobile communication network , wherein a radio resource management process relating to the mobile station (4) is initiated ;
a characteristic of a received signal (location information, transmitting location information) from the mobile station (4) is measured during this process ;
and the radio resource management process is unconditionally aborted .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 2
A method as claimed in claim 1 wherein the radio resource management process is initiated by the fixed network (mobile communication system) .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 9
A method as claimed in any preceding claim wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (8) .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 10
A method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 8 wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system (fixed network) , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (more mobile stations, more base stations) (more mobile stations, more base stations) , location information (received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
EP0964595A2
CLAIM 1
A method of evaluating a communications channel between a mobile station (4) and a base station (8) in a cellular mobile communication network , wherein a radio resource management process relating to the mobile station (4) is initiated ;
a characteristic of a received signal (location information, transmitting location information) from the mobile station (4) is measured during this process ;
and the radio resource management process is unconditionally aborted .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 2
A method as claimed in claim 1 wherein the radio resource management process is initiated by the fixed network (mobile communication system) .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 9
A method as claimed in any preceding claim wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more base stations (first base station, base station) (8) .

EP0964595A2
CLAIM 10
A method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 8 wherein the characteristic of a received signal from the mobile station (4) is measured by one or more mobile stations (first base station, base station) .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2011100548A1

Filed: 2011-02-11     Issued: 2011-08-18

System and method for intra-cell frequency reuse in a relay network

(Original Assignee) Research In Motion Limited     

Zhijun Cai, Yi Song, Yi Yu, Rose Qingyang Hu
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (second resource) (second resource) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (physical downlink control) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 4
. The method of claim 1 , including transmitting a physical downlink control (step A) channel (PDCCH) downlink control information (DCI) message to the first UE , the PDCCH DCI message identifying a power spectral density (PSD) level of a transmission from the base station to the first UE .

WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 23
. A method for communicating using a wireless communications network , comprising : broadcasting a first transmission to a UE , the UE being associated with a relay node (RN) ;
and at least one of : receiving a first acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK NACK) message from the UE , the first ACK/NACK being transmitted within a first resource in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , and receiving a second ACK/NACK message from the RN , the second ACK/NACK being transmitted within a second resource (first base station, base station) in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , the second resource being different from the first resource .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (second resource) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 23
. A method for communicating using a wireless communications network , comprising : broadcasting a first transmission to a UE , the UE being associated with a relay node (RN) ;
and at least one of : receiving a first acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK NACK) message from the UE , the first ACK/NACK being transmitted within a first resource in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , and receiving a second ACK/NACK message from the RN , the second ACK/NACK being transmitted within a second resource (first base station, base station) in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , the second resource being different from the first resource .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (second resource) (second resource) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 23
. A method for communicating using a wireless communications network , comprising : broadcasting a first transmission to a UE , the UE being associated with a relay node (RN) ;
and at least one of : receiving a first acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK NACK) message from the UE , the first ACK/NACK being transmitted within a first resource in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , and receiving a second ACK/NACK message from the RN , the second ACK/NACK being transmitted within a second resource (first base station, base station) in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , the second resource being different from the first resource .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (second resource) (second resource) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 23
. A method for communicating using a wireless communications network , comprising : broadcasting a first transmission to a UE , the UE being associated with a relay node (RN) ;
and at least one of : receiving a first acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK NACK) message from the UE , the first ACK/NACK being transmitted within a first resource in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , and receiving a second ACK/NACK message from the RN , the second ACK/NACK being transmitted within a second resource (first base station, base station) in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , the second resource being different from the first resource .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (second resource) (second resource) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 23
. A method for communicating using a wireless communications network , comprising : broadcasting a first transmission to a UE , the UE being associated with a relay node (RN) ;
and at least one of : receiving a first acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK NACK) message from the UE , the first ACK/NACK being transmitted within a first resource in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , and receiving a second ACK/NACK message from the RN , the second ACK/NACK being transmitted within a second resource (first base station, base station) in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , the second resource being different from the first resource .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (second resource) (second resource) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 23
. A method for communicating using a wireless communications network , comprising : broadcasting a first transmission to a UE , the UE being associated with a relay node (RN) ;
and at least one of : receiving a first acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK NACK) message from the UE , the first ACK/NACK being transmitted within a first resource in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , and receiving a second ACK/NACK message from the RN , the second ACK/NACK being transmitted within a second resource (first base station, base station) in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , the second resource being different from the first resource .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (second resource) (second resource) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (physical downlink control) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 4
. The method of claim 1 , including transmitting a physical downlink control (step A) channel (PDCCH) downlink control information (DCI) message to the first UE , the PDCCH DCI message identifying a power spectral density (PSD) level of a transmission from the base station to the first UE .

WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 23
. A method for communicating using a wireless communications network , comprising : broadcasting a first transmission to a UE , the UE being associated with a relay node (RN) ;
and at least one of : receiving a first acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK NACK) message from the UE , the first ACK/NACK being transmitted within a first resource in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , and receiving a second ACK/NACK message from the RN , the second ACK/NACK being transmitted within a second resource (first base station, base station) in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , the second resource being different from the first resource .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A (physical downlink control) , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (second resource) (second resource) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 4
. The method of claim 1 , including transmitting a physical downlink control (step A) channel (PDCCH) downlink control information (DCI) message to the first UE , the PDCCH DCI message identifying a power spectral density (PSD) level of a transmission from the base station to the first UE .

WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 23
. A method for communicating using a wireless communications network , comprising : broadcasting a first transmission to a UE , the UE being associated with a relay node (RN) ;
and at least one of : receiving a first acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK NACK) message from the UE , the first ACK/NACK being transmitted within a first resource in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , and receiving a second ACK/NACK message from the RN , the second ACK/NACK being transmitted within a second resource (first base station, base station) in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , the second resource being different from the first resource .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (second resource) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry (SRS transmissions) configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (second resource) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 9
. The method of claim 8 , including , when the second SRS transmissions (transmission circuitry) is weaker than the first SRS , causing the first UE to modify a power spectral density (PSD) of transmissions of the first UE to reach a base station .

WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 23
. A method for communicating using a wireless communications network , comprising : broadcasting a first transmission to a UE , the UE being associated with a relay node (RN) ;
and at least one of : receiving a first acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK NACK) message from the UE , the first ACK/NACK being transmitted within a first resource in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , and receiving a second ACK/NACK message from the RN , the second ACK/NACK being transmitted within a second resource (first base station, base station) in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , the second resource being different from the first resource .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (second resource) (second resource) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry (SRS transmissions) configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 9
. The method of claim 8 , including , when the second SRS transmissions (transmission circuitry) is weaker than the first SRS , causing the first UE to modify a power spectral density (PSD) of transmissions of the first UE to reach a base station .

WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 23
. A method for communicating using a wireless communications network , comprising : broadcasting a first transmission to a UE , the UE being associated with a relay node (RN) ;
and at least one of : receiving a first acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK NACK) message from the UE , the first ACK/NACK being transmitted within a first resource in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , and receiving a second ACK/NACK message from the RN , the second ACK/NACK being transmitted within a second resource (first base station, base station) in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , the second resource being different from the first resource .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions (second processor) to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (second resource) (second resource) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 23
. A method for communicating using a wireless communications network , comprising : broadcasting a first transmission to a UE , the UE being associated with a relay node (RN) ;
and at least one of : receiving a first acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK NACK) message from the UE , the first ACK/NACK being transmitted within a first resource in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , and receiving a second ACK/NACK message from the RN , the second ACK/NACK being transmitted within a second resource (first base station, base station) in an uplink control channel and being responsive to the first transmission , the second resource being different from the first resource .

WO2011100548A1
CLAIM 25
. A communication system for communicating with a user equipment (UE) , including : a base station , the base station including : a first processor , the first processor being configured to : transmit a first message to the UE ;
and a relay node (RN) in communication with the base station , the RN including : a second processor (memory storing instructions) , the second processor being configured to : receive the first message , and when the UE fails to decode the first message , transmit a data portion of the first message to the UE .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
CN101964994A

Filed: 2010-11-02     Issued: 2011-02-02

一种基站及ue切换时测量配置的设置方法

(Original Assignee) 北京北方烽火科技有限公司     

刘强, 齐志强, 余建国, 马赛
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (周期测量) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (于发送) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN101964994A
CLAIM 1
一种UE切换时测量配置的设置方法,其特征在于,包括:接收切换请求消息,所述切换请求消息中包括能够体现无线终端位移情况的驻留小区信息;根据所述驻留小区信息,确定用于表征所述无线终端移动速度的参量值;根据所述参量值设置测量配置,当所述参量值大于等于第一阈值时,确定测量配置为周期测量 (communication control method) ,当所述参量值小于等于第二阈值时,确定测量配置为事件触发测量;发送切换应答消息,所述切换应答消息中包括所述测量配置,以使源基站根据所述切换应答消息设置所述无线终端的测量配置。

CN101964994A
CLAIM 8
. 一种基站,其特征在于,包括:消息接收单元,用于接收切换请求消息,所述切换请求消息中包括能够体现无线终端 位移情况的驻留小区信息;速度确定单元,用于根据所述驻留小区信息,确定用于表征所述无线终端移动速度的参量值;配置确定单元,用于根据所述参量值设置测量配置,当所述参量值大于等于第一阈值 时,确定测量配置为周期测量,当所述参量值小于等于第二阈值时,确定测量配置为事件触 发测量;消息应答单元,用于发送 (transmitting proximity notification information) 切换应答消息,所述切换应答消息中包括所述测量配置,以使 源基站根据所述切换应答消息设置所述无线终端的测量配置。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (周期测量) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
CN101964994A
CLAIM 1
一种UE切换时测量配置的设置方法,其特征在于,包括:接收切换请求消息,所述切换请求消息中包括能够体现无线终端位移情况的驻留小区信息;根据所述驻留小区信息,确定用于表征所述无线终端移动速度的参量值;根据所述参量值设置测量配置,当所述参量值大于等于第一阈值时,确定测量配置为周期测量 (communication control method) ,当所述参量值小于等于第二阈值时,确定测量配置为事件触发测量;发送切换应答消息,所述切换应答消息中包括所述测量配置,以使源基站根据所述切换应答消息设置所述无线终端的测量配置。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (周期测量) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (切换请求) by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
CN101964994A
CLAIM 1
一种UE切换时测量配置的设置方法,其特征在于,包括:接收切换请求 (performing handover control) 消息,所述切换请求消息中包括能够体现无线终端位移情况的驻留小区信息;根据所述驻留小区信息,确定用于表征所述无线终端移动速度的参量值;根据所述参量值设置测量配置,当所述参量值大于等于第一阈值时,确定测量配置为周期测量 (communication control method) ,当所述参量值小于等于第二阈值时,确定测量配置为事件触发测量;发送切换应答消息,所述切换应答消息中包括所述测量配置,以使源基站根据所述切换应答消息设置所述无线终端的测量配置。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (周期测量) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (切换请求) by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101964994A
CLAIM 1
一种UE切换时测量配置的设置方法,其特征在于,包括:接收切换请求 (performing handover control) 消息,所述切换请求消息中包括能够体现无线终端位移情况的驻留小区信息;根据所述驻留小区信息,确定用于表征所述无线终端移动速度的参量值;根据所述参量值设置测量配置,当所述参量值大于等于第一阈值时,确定测量配置为周期测量 (communication control method) ,当所述参量值小于等于第二阈值时,确定测量配置为事件触发测量;发送切换应答消息,所述切换应答消息中包括所述测量配置,以使源基站根据所述切换应答消息设置所述无线终端的测量配置。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (周期测量) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101964994A
CLAIM 1
一种UE切换时测量配置的设置方法,其特征在于,包括:接收切换请求消息,所述切换请求消息中包括能够体现无线终端位移情况的驻留小区信息;根据所述驻留小区信息,确定用于表征所述无线终端移动速度的参量值;根据所述参量值设置测量配置,当所述参量值大于等于第一阈值时,确定测量配置为周期测量 (communication control method) ,当所述参量值小于等于第二阈值时,确定测量配置为事件触发测量;发送切换应答消息,所述切换应答消息中包括所述测量配置,以使源基站根据所述切换应答消息设置所述无线终端的测量配置。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (周期测量) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101964994A
CLAIM 1
一种UE切换时测量配置的设置方法,其特征在于,包括:接收切换请求消息,所述切换请求消息中包括能够体现无线终端位移情况的驻留小区信息;根据所述驻留小区信息,确定用于表征所述无线终端移动速度的参量值;根据所述参量值设置测量配置,当所述参量值大于等于第一阈值时,确定测量配置为周期测量 (communication control method) ,当所述参量值小于等于第二阈值时,确定测量配置为事件触发测量;发送切换应答消息,所述切换应答消息中包括所述测量配置,以使源基站根据所述切换应答消息设置所述无线终端的测量配置。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (周期测量) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (于发送) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
CN101964994A
CLAIM 1
一种UE切换时测量配置的设置方法,其特征在于,包括:接收切换请求消息,所述切换请求消息中包括能够体现无线终端位移情况的驻留小区信息;根据所述驻留小区信息,确定用于表征所述无线终端移动速度的参量值;根据所述参量值设置测量配置,当所述参量值大于等于第一阈值时,确定测量配置为周期测量 (communication control method) ,当所述参量值小于等于第二阈值时,确定测量配置为事件触发测量;发送切换应答消息,所述切换应答消息中包括所述测量配置,以使源基站根据所述切换应答消息设置所述无线终端的测量配置。

CN101964994A
CLAIM 8
. 一种基站,其特征在于,包括:消息接收单元,用于接收切换请求消息,所述切换请求消息中包括能够体现无线终端 位移情况的驻留小区信息;速度确定单元,用于根据所述驻留小区信息,确定用于表征所述无线终端移动速度的参量值;配置确定单元,用于根据所述参量值设置测量配置,当所述参量值大于等于第一阈值 时,确定测量配置为周期测量,当所述参量值小于等于第二阈值时,确定测量配置为事件触 发测量;消息应答单元,用于发送 (transmitting proximity notification information) 切换应答消息,所述切换应答消息中包括所述测量配置,以使 源基站根据所述切换应答消息设置所述无线终端的测量配置。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (周期测量) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
CN101964994A
CLAIM 1
一种UE切换时测量配置的设置方法,其特征在于,包括:接收切换请求消息,所述切换请求消息中包括能够体现无线终端位移情况的驻留小区信息;根据所述驻留小区信息,确定用于表征所述无线终端移动速度的参量值;根据所述参量值设置测量配置,当所述参量值大于等于第一阈值时,确定测量配置为周期测量 (communication control method) ,当所述参量值小于等于第二阈值时,确定测量配置为事件触发测量;发送切换应答消息,所述切换应答消息中包括所述测量配置,以使源基站根据所述切换应答消息设置所述无线终端的测量配置。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (不同小区) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101964994A
CLAIM 2
. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述驻留小区信息,确定用于表 征所述无线终端移动速度的参量值,包括:确定所述驻留小区信息中不同小区 (reception unit) 全局标识的数量,将所述不同小区全局标识的数量 作为所述参量值。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (于发送) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101964994A
CLAIM 8
. 一种基站,其特征在于,包括:消息接收单元,用于接收切换请求消息,所述切换请求消息中包括能够体现无线终端 位移情况的驻留小区信息;速度确定单元,用于根据所述驻留小区信息,确定用于表征所述无线终端移动速度的参量值;配置确定单元,用于根据所述参量值设置测量配置,当所述参量值大于等于第一阈值 时,确定测量配置为周期测量,当所述参量值小于等于第二阈值时,确定测量配置为事件触 发测量;消息应答单元,用于发送 (transmitting proximity notification information) 切换应答消息,所述切换应答消息中包括所述测量配置,以使 源基站根据所述切换应答消息设置所述无线终端的测量配置。




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2011041753A2

Filed: 2010-10-01     Issued: 2011-04-07

System and method for performing measurement reporting

(Original Assignee) Research In Motion Limited; Research In Motion Uk Limited; Research In Motion Corporation     

Mo-Han Fong, David P. Hole, Jeffrey William Wirtanen, Johanna L. Dwyer, Young Ae Kim
US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (measurement report, macro cells) by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011041753A2
CLAIM 1
. A user equipment (UE) comprising : a processor configured to receive a measurement configuration comprising different measurement report (handover control, performing handover control) ing criteria for different types of cells .

WO2011041753A2
CLAIM 14
. The network component of claim 12 , wherein the one or more parameters comprise at least one of a list of macro cells (handover control, performing handover control) for which the UE receives the strongest signals , a list of closed subscriber group (CSG) cells for which the UE receives the strongest signals , a list of hybrid cells for which the UE receives the strongest signals , and a combination thereof .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (measurement report, macro cells) by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011041753A2
CLAIM 1
. A user equipment (UE) comprising : a processor configured to receive a measurement configuration comprising different measurement report (handover control, performing handover control) ing criteria for different types of cells .

WO2011041753A2
CLAIM 14
. The network component of claim 12 , wherein the one or more parameters comprise at least one of a list of macro cells (handover control, performing handover control) for which the UE receives the strongest signals , a list of closed subscriber group (CSG) cells for which the UE receives the strongest signals , a list of hybrid cells for which the UE receives the strongest signals , and a combination thereof .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access) configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2011041753A2
CLAIM 6
. The network component of claim 5 , wherein the network component comprises an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (reception circuitry) Network Node B (eNB) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access) configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2011041753A2
CLAIM 6
. The network component of claim 5 , wherein the network component comprises an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (reception circuitry) Network Node B (eNB) .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2011039930A1

Filed: 2010-08-19     Issued: 2011-04-07

Method and system for determining position of moving wireless communication

(Original Assignee) International Business Machines Corporation; Ibm Japan Ltd.     

Yan Feng Zhu, Zhi Guo Gao, Ping Pan, Li Li
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (following condition) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (mobile station) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 3
The method according to claim 1 or 2 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station (base station) , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile base station , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 6
The method according to claim 5 , wherein the determining the GPS wireless communication device whose cell handover sequence matches with the cell handover sequence of the wireless communication device comprising determining the GPS wireless communication device whose cell handover sequence S2 = {T2 , (C1 , t1 ' ;
) , (C2 , t2' ;
) , . . . (CK , tK ' ;
)} , in comparison to the cell handover sequence S1 = {T1 , (C1 , t1) , (C2 , t2) , . . . (CK , tK)} of the wireless communication device , satisfies the following condition (step A) of : |T 1 -T 2 |< ;
Delta T and |t i -t i ' ;
|< ;
Delta t , i=1 , 2 , . . . , K wherein , t i and t i ' ;
are residence times of the wireless communication device and the GPS wireless communication device in cell C i respectively , T 1 and T 2 are moments when the wireless communication device and the GPS wireless communication device leave the last cell C K respectively , and Delta T and Delta t are predetermined thresholds respectively .

WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 11
The system according to claim 9 or 10 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile station (user terminal) , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (base station) in the proximity of the user terminal (mobile station) is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 3
The method according to claim 1 or 2 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station (base station) , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile base station , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 11
The system according to claim 9 or 10 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile station (user terminal) , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (base station) such that the used carrier of the user terminal (mobile station) is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 3
The method according to claim 1 or 2 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station (base station) , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile base station , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 11
The system according to claim 9 or 10 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile station (user terminal) , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (base station) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal (mobile station) is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 3
The method according to claim 1 or 2 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station (base station) , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile base station , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 11
The system according to claim 9 or 10 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile station (user terminal) , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (base station) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (mobile station) .
WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 3
The method according to claim 1 or 2 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station (base station) , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile base station , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 11
The system according to claim 9 or 10 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile station (user terminal) , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (base station) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (mobile station) .
WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 3
The method according to claim 1 or 2 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station (base station) , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile base station , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 11
The system according to claim 9 or 10 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile station (user terminal) , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (following condition) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (mobile station) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 3
The method according to claim 1 or 2 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station (base station) , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile base station , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 6
The method according to claim 5 , wherein the determining the GPS wireless communication device whose cell handover sequence matches with the cell handover sequence of the wireless communication device comprising determining the GPS wireless communication device whose cell handover sequence S2 = {T2 , (C1 , t1 ' ;
) , (C2 , t2' ;
) , . . . (CK , tK ' ;
)} , in comparison to the cell handover sequence S1 = {T1 , (C1 , t1) , (C2 , t2) , . . . (CK , tK)} of the wireless communication device , satisfies the following condition (step A) of : |T 1 -T 2 |< ;
Delta T and |t i -t i ' ;
|< ;
Delta t , i=1 , 2 , . . . , K wherein , t i and t i ' ;
are residence times of the wireless communication device and the GPS wireless communication device in cell C i respectively , T 1 and T 2 are moments when the wireless communication device and the GPS wireless communication device leave the last cell C K respectively , and Delta T and Delta t are predetermined thresholds respectively .

WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 11
The system according to claim 9 or 10 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile station (user terminal) , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A (following condition) , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal (mobile station) , the first base station (base station) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 3
The method according to claim 1 or 2 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station (base station) , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile base station , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 6
The method according to claim 5 , wherein the determining the GPS wireless communication device whose cell handover sequence matches with the cell handover sequence of the wireless communication device comprising determining the GPS wireless communication device whose cell handover sequence S2 = {T2 , (C1 , t1 ' ;
) , (C2 , t2' ;
) , . . . (CK , tK ' ;
)} , in comparison to the cell handover sequence S1 = {T1 , (C1 , t1) , (C2 , t2) , . . . (CK , tK)} of the wireless communication device , satisfies the following condition (step A) of : |T 1 -T 2 |< ;
Delta T and |t i -t i ' ;
|< ;
Delta t , i=1 , 2 , . . . , K wherein , t i and t i ' ;
are residence times of the wireless communication device and the GPS wireless communication device in cell C i respectively , T 1 and T 2 are moments when the wireless communication device and the GPS wireless communication device leave the last cell C K respectively , and Delta T and Delta t are predetermined thresholds respectively .

WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 11
The system according to claim 9 or 10 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile station (user terminal) , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (base station) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal (mobile station) connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 3
The method according to claim 1 or 2 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station (base station) , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile base station , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 11
The system according to claim 9 or 10 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile station (user terminal) , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal (mobile station) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 3
The method according to claim 1 or 2 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station (base station) , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile base station , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 11
The system according to claim 9 or 10 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile station (user terminal) , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal (mobile station) in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 3
The method according to claim 1 or 2 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station (base station) , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile base station , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .

WO2011039930A1
CLAIM 11
The system according to claim 9 or 10 , wherein the moving path of the wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the wireless communication device according to cell identification signaling broadcasted by a mobile base station , wherein the cell where the wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained ;
the moving path of the GPS wireless communication device in cells of the cellular wireless communication network is cell handover information obtained by the GPS wireless communication device according to the cell identification signaling broadcasted by the mobile station (user terminal) , wherein the cell where the GPS wireless communication device enters and entering time are contained .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2011021388A1

Filed: 2010-08-18     Issued: 2011-02-24

移動通信システム、ネットワーク管理装置、マクロセル基地局装置、および干渉制御方法

(Original Assignee) パナソニック株式会社     

蛯子恵介, 福井章人, 上豊樹
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2011021388A1
CLAIM 2
 前記マクロセル基地局は、マクロセル接続端末において測定されたフェムトセルの下り参照信号の受信強度が第一しきい値以上の場合、当該フェムトセル基地局の識別子をネットワーク管理装置に送付する、請求項1に記載の移動通信システム。 The macro cell base station sends an identifier of the femto cell base station to a network management apparatus when the reception strength of a downlink reference signal of the femto cell measured at a macro cell connection terminal is equal to or higher than a first threshold value . The mobile communication system (mobile communication system) according to 1 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (transmission source) by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011021388A1
CLAIM 7
 マクロセル基地局に無線接続するマクロセル接続端末の識別子と、前記マクロセル接続端末が検出したフェムトセル基地局の識別子の対応関係情報を保持する記憶部と、  前記フェムトセル基地局から送信された干渉低減要求を受信する受信部と、  前記干渉低減要求の送付元であるフェムトセル基地局に対応する前記マクロセル接続端末の識別子を前記対応関係情報に基づき選定する選定部と、  前記干渉低減要求と前記記憶部に保持された対応関係情報に基づき、前記フェムトセル基地局と前記マクロセル基地局との使用周波数帯域が重ならないように周波数帯域割り当てを決定する干渉制御部と、  前記選定部で選定された前記マクロセル接続端末の識別子および前記周波数帯域割り当ての情報を含む干渉低減指示を、前記マクロセル基地局に送付する送信部と、  を具備するネットワーク管理装置。 A storage unit that holds correspondence information of an identifier of a macro cell connection terminal that is wirelessly connected to the macro cell base station , and an identifier of the femto cell base station detected by the macro cell connection terminal ;
A receiver for receiving an interference reduction request transmitted from the femtocell base station ;
A selection unit that selects an identifier of the macro cell connection terminal corresponding to the femtocell base station that is the transmission source (handover control) of the interference reduction request , based on the correspondence information ;
An interference control unit that determines frequency band allocation so that use frequency bands of the femtocell base station and the macrocell base station do not overlap based on the interference reduction request and correspondence information held in the storage unit ;
An interference reduction instruction including the identifier of the macro cell connection terminal selected by the selection unit and the information of the frequency band allocation , and a transmission unit that sends the instruction to the macro cell base station ;
A network management apparatus comprising :

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (transmission source) by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011021388A1
CLAIM 7
 マクロセル基地局に無線接続するマクロセル接続端末の識別子と、前記マクロセル接続端末が検出したフェムトセル基地局の識別子の対応関係情報を保持する記憶部と、  前記フェムトセル基地局から送信された干渉低減要求を受信する受信部と、  前記干渉低減要求の送付元であるフェムトセル基地局に対応する前記マクロセル接続端末の識別子を前記対応関係情報に基づき選定する選定部と、  前記干渉低減要求と前記記憶部に保持された対応関係情報に基づき、前記フェムトセル基地局と前記マクロセル基地局との使用周波数帯域が重ならないように周波数帯域割り当てを決定する干渉制御部と、  前記選定部で選定された前記マクロセル接続端末の識別子および前記周波数帯域割り当ての情報を含む干渉低減指示を、前記マクロセル基地局に送付する送信部と、  を具備するネットワーク管理装置。 A storage unit that holds correspondence information of an identifier of a macro cell connection terminal that is wirelessly connected to the macro cell base station , and an identifier of the femto cell base station detected by the macro cell connection terminal ;
A receiver for receiving an interference reduction request transmitted from the femtocell base station ;
A selection unit that selects an identifier of the macro cell connection terminal corresponding to the femtocell base station that is the transmission source (handover control) of the interference reduction request , based on the correspondence information ;
An interference control unit that determines frequency band allocation so that use frequency bands of the femtocell base station and the macrocell base station do not overlap based on the interference reduction request and correspondence information held in the storage unit ;
An interference reduction instruction including the identifier of the macro cell connection terminal selected by the selection unit and the information of the frequency band allocation , and a transmission unit that sends the instruction to the macro cell base station ;
A network management apparatus comprising :

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2011021388A1
CLAIM 2
 前記マクロセル基地局は、マクロセル接続端末において測定されたフェムトセルの下り参照信号の受信強度が第一しきい値以上の場合、当該フェムトセル基地局の識別子をネットワーク管理装置に送付する、請求項1に記載の移動通信システム。 The macro cell base station sends an identifier of the femto cell base station to a network management apparatus when the reception strength of a downlink reference signal of the femto cell measured at a macro cell connection terminal is equal to or higher than a first threshold value . The mobile communication system (mobile communication system) according to 1 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) , comprising : a transmission circuitry (second threshold value) configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2011021388A1
CLAIM 2
 前記マクロセル基地局は、マクロセル接続端末において測定されたフェムトセルの下り参照信号の受信強度が第一しきい値以上の場合、当該フェムトセル基地局の識別子をネットワーク管理装置に送付する、請求項1に記載の移動通信システム。 The macro cell base station sends an identifier of the femto cell base station to a network management apparatus when the reception strength of a downlink reference signal of the femto cell measured at a macro cell connection terminal is equal to or higher than a first threshold value . The mobile communication system (mobile communication system) according to 1 .

WO2011021388A1
CLAIM 4
 前記マクロセル基地局は、マクロセル接続端末の送信電力が第二しきい値以上のときに限り、フェムトセル基地局の識別子をネットワーク管理装置に送付する、請求項1記載の移動通信システム。 The mobile communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the macro cell base station sends the identifier of the femto cell base station to the network management apparatus only when the transmission power of the macro cell connection terminal is equal to or greater than a second threshold value (transmission circuitry) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry (second threshold value) configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (reception unit) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2011021388A1
CLAIM 2
 前記マクロセル基地局は、マクロセル接続端末において測定されたフェムトセルの下り参照信号の受信強度が第一しきい値以上の場合、当該フェムトセル基地局の識別子をネットワーク管理装置に送付する、請求項1に記載の移動通信システム。 The macro cell base station sends an identifier of the femto cell base station to a network management apparatus when the reception strength of a downlink reference signal of the femto cell measured at a macro cell connection terminal is equal to or higher than a first threshold value . The mobile communication system (mobile communication system) according to 1 .

WO2011021388A1
CLAIM 4
 前記マクロセル基地局は、マクロセル接続端末の送信電力が第二しきい値以上のときに限り、フェムトセル基地局の識別子をネットワーク管理装置に送付する、請求項1記載の移動通信システム。 The mobile communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the macro cell base station sends the identifier of the femto cell base station to the network management apparatus only when the transmission power of the macro cell connection terminal is equal to or greater than a second threshold value (transmission circuitry) .

WO2011021388A1
CLAIM 8
 自セルに接続するマクロセル接続端末に対し、周辺にあるフェムトセル基地局のセル識別子検出を指示する指示部と、  前記マクロセル接続端末から送信されてきた周辺フェムトセル基地局の検出結果と、前記ネットワーク管理装置から送信された干渉低減指示および端末識別子情報を受信する受信部と、  前記マクロセル接続端末からの検出結果に基づいて、前記マクロセル接続端末の識別子及び前記周辺フェムトセル検出結果を前記ネットワーク管理装置に送信する送信部と、  前記干渉低減指示に基づき、前記識別子情報で指定された前記マクロセル接続端末への無線資源割り当てを調整する干渉制御部と、  前記干渉制御部の調整に従って前記マクロセル接続端末に対して周波数帯域の割り当てを制限するスケジューラ部と、  を具備するマクロセル基地局装置。 An instruction unit for instructing a cell identifier detection of a nearby femtocell base station to a macro cell connection terminal connected to the own cell ;
A reception unit (reception unit) that receives a detection result of a neighboring femtocell base station transmitted from the macro cell connection terminal , an interference reduction instruction and terminal identifier information transmitted from the network management device , and Based on the detection result from the macro cell connection terminal , a transmitter for transmitting the identifier of the macro cell connection terminal and the peripheral femto cell detection result to the network management device ;
Based on the interference reduction instruction , an interference control unit that adjusts radio resource allocation to the macro cell connection terminal specified by the identifier information ;
A scheduler unit that limits allocation of frequency bands to the macro cell connected terminal according to the adjustment of the interference control unit ;
A macrocell base station apparatus comprising :

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2011021388A1
CLAIM 2
 前記マクロセル基地局は、マクロセル接続端末において測定されたフェムトセルの下り参照信号の受信強度が第一しきい値以上の場合、当該フェムトセル基地局の識別子をネットワーク管理装置に送付する、請求項1に記載の移動通信システム。 The macro cell base station sends an identifier of the femto cell base station to a network management apparatus when the reception strength of a downlink reference signal of the femto cell measured at a macro cell connection terminal is equal to or higher than a first threshold value . The mobile communication system (mobile communication system) according to 1 .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20100311349A1

Filed: 2010-06-03     Issued: 2010-12-09

Method for Estimating Channel State in a Wireless Communication System Using Fractional Frequency Reuse and Mobile Station Using the Same

(Original Assignee) LG Electronics Inc     (Current Assignee) LG Electronics Inc

Ja Ho KOO, Wook Bong Lee, Su Nam Kim, Bin Chul Ihm, Hyun Soo Ko
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (Mobile Station) and at least one second base station (more frequency) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (physical cell) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (channel estimation) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20100311349A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for estimating a channel state at a Mobile Station (base station) (MS) in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the method comprising : acquiring cell Identifiers (IDs) of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency (second base station) partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US20100311349A1
CLAIM 9
. The method according to claim 1 , wherein each of the cell IDs is a physical cell (transmitting location information) ID or a global cell ID .

US20100311349A1
CLAIM 13
. A Mobile Station (MS) for estimating a channel state in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the MS comprising : a cell Identifier (ID) acquisition module for acquiring cell IDs of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
a power level pattern acquisition module for acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and a channel estimation (user terminal) module for estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (Mobile Station) (more frequency) in the proximity of the user terminal (channel estimation) is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20100311349A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for estimating a channel state at a Mobile Station (base station) (MS) in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the method comprising : acquiring cell Identifiers (IDs) of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency (second base station) partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US20100311349A1
CLAIM 13
. A Mobile Station (MS) for estimating a channel state in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the MS comprising : a cell Identifier (ID) acquisition module for acquiring cell IDs of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
a power level pattern acquisition module for acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and a channel estimation (user terminal) module for estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (Mobile Station) such that the used carrier of the user terminal (channel estimation) is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (more frequency) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20100311349A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for estimating a channel state at a Mobile Station (base station) (MS) in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the method comprising : acquiring cell Identifiers (IDs) of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency (second base station) partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US20100311349A1
CLAIM 13
. A Mobile Station (MS) for estimating a channel state in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the MS comprising : a cell Identifier (ID) acquisition module for acquiring cell IDs of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
a power level pattern acquisition module for acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and a channel estimation (user terminal) module for estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (Mobile Station) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (more frequency) in the proximity of the user terminal (channel estimation) is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20100311349A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for estimating a channel state at a Mobile Station (base station) (MS) in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the method comprising : acquiring cell Identifiers (IDs) of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency (second base station) partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US20100311349A1
CLAIM 13
. A Mobile Station (MS) for estimating a channel state in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the MS comprising : a cell Identifier (ID) acquisition module for acquiring cell IDs of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
a power level pattern acquisition module for acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and a channel estimation (user terminal) module for estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (Mobile Station) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (channel estimation) .
US20100311349A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for estimating a channel state at a Mobile Station (base station) (MS) in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the method comprising : acquiring cell Identifiers (IDs) of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US20100311349A1
CLAIM 13
. A Mobile Station (MS) for estimating a channel state in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the MS comprising : a cell Identifier (ID) acquisition module for acquiring cell IDs of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
a power level pattern acquisition module for acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and a channel estimation (user terminal) module for estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (Mobile Station) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (more frequency) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (channel estimation) .
US20100311349A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for estimating a channel state at a Mobile Station (base station) (MS) in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the method comprising : acquiring cell Identifiers (IDs) of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency (second base station) partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US20100311349A1
CLAIM 13
. A Mobile Station (MS) for estimating a channel state in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the MS comprising : a cell Identifier (ID) acquisition module for acquiring cell IDs of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
a power level pattern acquisition module for acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and a channel estimation (user terminal) module for estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (Mobile Station) and at least one second base station (more frequency) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (physical cell) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (channel estimation) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20100311349A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for estimating a channel state at a Mobile Station (base station) (MS) in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the method comprising : acquiring cell Identifiers (IDs) of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency (second base station) partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US20100311349A1
CLAIM 9
. The method according to claim 1 , wherein each of the cell IDs is a physical cell (transmitting location information) ID or a global cell ID .

US20100311349A1
CLAIM 13
. A Mobile Station (MS) for estimating a channel state in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the MS comprising : a cell Identifier (ID) acquisition module for acquiring cell IDs of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
a power level pattern acquisition module for acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and a channel estimation (user terminal) module for estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal (channel estimation) , the first base station (Mobile Station) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (more frequency) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20100311349A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for estimating a channel state at a Mobile Station (base station) (MS) in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the method comprising : acquiring cell Identifiers (IDs) of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency (second base station) partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US20100311349A1
CLAIM 13
. A Mobile Station (MS) for estimating a channel state in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the MS comprising : a cell Identifier (ID) acquisition module for acquiring cell IDs of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
a power level pattern acquisition module for acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and a channel estimation (user terminal) module for estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (Mobile Station) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal (channel estimation) connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (more frequency) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20100311349A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for estimating a channel state at a Mobile Station (base station) (MS) in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the method comprising : acquiring cell Identifiers (IDs) of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency (second base station) partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US20100311349A1
CLAIM 13
. A Mobile Station (MS) for estimating a channel state in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the MS comprising : a cell Identifier (ID) acquisition module for acquiring cell IDs of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
a power level pattern acquisition module for acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and a channel estimation (user terminal) module for estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal (channel estimation) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (Mobile Station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (more frequency) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20100311349A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for estimating a channel state at a Mobile Station (base station) (MS) in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the method comprising : acquiring cell Identifiers (IDs) of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency (second base station) partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US20100311349A1
CLAIM 13
. A Mobile Station (MS) for estimating a channel state in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the MS comprising : a cell Identifier (ID) acquisition module for acquiring cell IDs of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
a power level pattern acquisition module for acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and a channel estimation (user terminal) module for estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal (channel estimation) in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (Mobile Station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (more frequency) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20100311349A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for estimating a channel state at a Mobile Station (base station) (MS) in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the method comprising : acquiring cell Identifiers (IDs) of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency (second base station) partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .

US20100311349A1
CLAIM 13
. A Mobile Station (MS) for estimating a channel state in a wireless communication system using Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) , the MS comprising : a cell Identifier (ID) acquisition module for acquiring cell IDs of a serving cell and one or more neighbor cells ;
a power level pattern acquisition module for acquiring information about predefined power level patterns for one or more frequency partitions to which FFR is applied according to the acquired cell IDs ;
and a channel estimation (user terminal) module for estimating a channel state of the serving cell based on the power level pattern information .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2010126344A2

Filed: 2010-05-03     Issued: 2010-11-04

Method for accessing femto cell

(Original Assignee) Lg Electronics Inc.     

Gi Won Park, Yong Ho Kim, Ki Seon Ryu
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (ranging request) and at least one second base station (ranging request) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (response message) to the first base station from a user terminal (coordinate information) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the location information of the femto cell includes local coordinate information (user terminal) of the femto cell and radius information R of a surrounding radius of the femto cell .

WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 3
The method of claim 2 , wherein the first message is one of a ranging request (second base station, base station) message , a registration request message , and a basic capability negotiation request message , and the second message is one of a ranging response message (proximity notification information) , a registration response message , and a basic capability negotiation response message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (ranging request) (ranging request) in the proximity of the user terminal (coordinate information) is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information (response message) including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the location information of the femto cell includes local coordinate information (user terminal) of the femto cell and radius information R of a surrounding radius of the femto cell .

WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 3
The method of claim 2 , wherein the first message is one of a ranging request (second base station, base station) message , a registration request message , and a basic capability negotiation request message , and the second message is one of a ranging response message (proximity notification information) , a registration response message , and a basic capability negotiation response message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (response message) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (ranging request) such that the used carrier of the user terminal (coordinate information) is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (ranging request) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the location information of the femto cell includes local coordinate information (user terminal) of the femto cell and radius information R of a surrounding radius of the femto cell .

WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 3
The method of claim 2 , wherein the first message is one of a ranging request (second base station, base station) message , a registration request message , and a basic capability negotiation request message , and the second message is one of a ranging response message (proximity notification information) , a registration response message , and a basic capability negotiation response message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (response message) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (ranging request) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (ranging request) in the proximity of the user terminal (coordinate information) is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the location information of the femto cell includes local coordinate information (user terminal) of the femto cell and radius information R of a surrounding radius of the femto cell .

WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 3
The method of claim 2 , wherein the first message is one of a ranging request (second base station, base station) message , a registration request message , and a basic capability negotiation request message , and the second message is one of a ranging response message (proximity notification information) , a registration response message , and a basic capability negotiation response message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (ranging request) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (coordinate information) .
WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the location information of the femto cell includes local coordinate information (user terminal) of the femto cell and radius information R of a surrounding radius of the femto cell .

WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 3
The method of claim 2 , wherein the first message is one of a ranging request (second base station, base station) message , a registration request message , and a basic capability negotiation request message , and the second message is one of a ranging response message , a registration response message , and a basic capability negotiation response message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (response message) transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (ranging request) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (ranging request) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (coordinate information) .
WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the location information of the femto cell includes local coordinate information (user terminal) of the femto cell and radius information R of a surrounding radius of the femto cell .

WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 3
The method of claim 2 , wherein the first message is one of a ranging request (second base station, base station) message , a registration request message , and a basic capability negotiation request message , and the second message is one of a ranging response message (proximity notification information) , a registration response message , and a basic capability negotiation response message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (ranging request) and at least one second base station (ranging request) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (response message) to the first base station from a user terminal (coordinate information) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the location information of the femto cell includes local coordinate information (user terminal) of the femto cell and radius information R of a surrounding radius of the femto cell .

WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 3
The method of claim 2 , wherein the first message is one of a ranging request (second base station, base station) message , a registration request message , and a basic capability negotiation request message , and the second message is one of a ranging response message (proximity notification information) , a registration response message , and a basic capability negotiation response message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal (coordinate information) , the first base station (ranging request) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (ranging request) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the location information of the femto cell includes local coordinate information (user terminal) of the femto cell and radius information R of a surrounding radius of the femto cell .

WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 3
The method of claim 2 , wherein the first message is one of a ranging request (second base station, base station) message , a registration request message , and a basic capability negotiation request message , and the second message is one of a ranging response message , a registration response message , and a basic capability negotiation response message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (ranging request) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information (response message) from a user terminal (coordinate information) connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (ranging request) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the location information of the femto cell includes local coordinate information (user terminal) of the femto cell and radius information R of a surrounding radius of the femto cell .

WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 3
The method of claim 2 , wherein the first message is one of a ranging request (second base station, base station) message , a registration request message , and a basic capability negotiation request message , and the second message is one of a ranging response message (proximity notification information) , a registration response message , and a basic capability negotiation response message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal (coordinate information) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (ranging request) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (ranging request) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information (response message) to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the location information of the femto cell includes local coordinate information (user terminal) of the femto cell and radius information R of a surrounding radius of the femto cell .

WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 3
The method of claim 2 , wherein the first message is one of a ranging request (second base station, base station) message , a registration request message , and a basic capability negotiation request message , and the second message is one of a ranging response message (proximity notification information) , a registration response message , and a basic capability negotiation response message .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal (coordinate information) in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (ranging request) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (ranging request) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (response message) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the location information of the femto cell includes local coordinate information (user terminal) of the femto cell and radius information R of a surrounding radius of the femto cell .

WO2010126344A2
CLAIM 3
The method of claim 2 , wherein the first message is one of a ranging request (second base station, base station) message , a registration request message , and a basic capability negotiation request message , and the second message is one of a ranging response message (proximity notification information) , a registration response message , and a basic capability negotiation response message .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2010117235A2

Filed: 2010-04-09     Issued: 2010-10-14

Apparatus and method for detecting femto base station in wireless communication system

(Original Assignee) Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.     

Jae-Hee Cho, Byung-Wook Jun, Jin-Hee Won, Yung-Soo Kim, Jong-Hyung Kwun, Ju-Mi Lee, Young-Bo Cho
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (Mobile Station, Base Station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (location information, received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 1
An operating method of a femto Base Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (BS) to support a Mobile Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (MS) for detecting the femto BS in a wireless communication system comprising a macro BS and the femto BS , the method comprising : receiving a request , from the macro BS , to monitor an UpLink (UL) signal of the MS permissible by the femto BS to access ;
and monitoring the UL signal of the MS permissible to access .

WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the receiving of the request to monitor the UL signal receives a UL monitoring request message comprising UL resource allocation information (location information, transmitting location information) of the MS , from the macro BS , and the monitoring of the UL signal of the MS monitors UL traffic transmitted by the MS during a UL traffic transmission interval of the MS using the UL resource allocation information .

WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 4
The method of claim 1 , further comprising : determining at least one of a reception quality of the UL signal , one of reception success and failure of the UL signal , and an attenuation degree of the UL signal through the monitoring ;
determining one of success and failure of the monitoring on the MS based on the at least one of the reception quality of the UL signal , the one of reception success and failure of the UL signal , and the attenuation degree of the UL signal ;
and transmitting a UL monitoring report message reporting the determined one of success and failure of the monitoring on the MS , to the macro BS , wherein the attenuation degree of the UL signal is determined as a difference between a received signal (location information, transmitting location information) strength determined from the UL signal of the MS and the transmission power value of the MS .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (Mobile Station, Base Station) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 1
An operating method of a femto Base Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (BS) to support a Mobile Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (MS) for detecting the femto BS in a wireless communication system comprising a macro BS and the femto BS , the method comprising : receiving a request , from the macro BS , to monitor an UpLink (UL) signal of the MS permissible by the femto BS to access ;
and monitoring the UL signal of the MS permissible to access .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (Mobile Station, Base Station) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 1
An operating method of a femto Base Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (BS) to support a Mobile Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (MS) for detecting the femto BS in a wireless communication system comprising a macro BS and the femto BS , the method comprising : receiving a request , from the macro BS , to monitor an UpLink (UL) signal of the MS permissible by the femto BS to access ;
and monitoring the UL signal of the MS permissible to access .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (Mobile Station, Base Station) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 1
An operating method of a femto Base Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (BS) to support a Mobile Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (MS) for detecting the femto BS in a wireless communication system comprising a macro BS and the femto BS , the method comprising : receiving a request , from the macro BS , to monitor an UpLink (UL) signal of the MS permissible by the femto BS to access ;
and monitoring the UL signal of the MS permissible to access .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (Mobile Station, Base Station) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 1
An operating method of a femto Base Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (BS) to support a Mobile Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (MS) for detecting the femto BS in a wireless communication system comprising a macro BS and the femto BS , the method comprising : receiving a request , from the macro BS , to monitor an UpLink (UL) signal of the MS permissible by the femto BS to access ;
and monitoring the UL signal of the MS permissible to access .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (Mobile Station, Base Station) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 1
An operating method of a femto Base Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (BS) to support a Mobile Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (MS) for detecting the femto BS in a wireless communication system comprising a macro BS and the femto BS , the method comprising : receiving a request , from the macro BS , to monitor an UpLink (UL) signal of the MS permissible by the femto BS to access ;
and monitoring the UL signal of the MS permissible to access .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (Mobile Station, Base Station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (location information, received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 1
An operating method of a femto Base Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (BS) to support a Mobile Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (MS) for detecting the femto BS in a wireless communication system comprising a macro BS and the femto BS , the method comprising : receiving a request , from the macro BS , to monitor an UpLink (UL) signal of the MS permissible by the femto BS to access ;
and monitoring the UL signal of the MS permissible to access .

WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the receiving of the request to monitor the UL signal receives a UL monitoring request message comprising UL resource allocation information (location information, transmitting location information) of the MS , from the macro BS , and the monitoring of the UL signal of the MS monitors UL traffic transmitted by the MS during a UL traffic transmission interval of the MS using the UL resource allocation information .

WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 4
The method of claim 1 , further comprising : determining at least one of a reception quality of the UL signal , one of reception success and failure of the UL signal , and an attenuation degree of the UL signal through the monitoring ;
determining one of success and failure of the monitoring on the MS based on the at least one of the reception quality of the UL signal , the one of reception success and failure of the UL signal , and the attenuation degree of the UL signal ;
and transmitting a UL monitoring report message reporting the determined one of success and failure of the monitoring on the MS , to the macro BS , wherein the attenuation degree of the UL signal is determined as a difference between a received signal (location information, transmitting location information) strength determined from the UL signal of the MS and the transmission power value of the MS .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (Mobile Station, Base Station) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (location information, received signal) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 1
An operating method of a femto Base Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (BS) to support a Mobile Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (MS) for detecting the femto BS in a wireless communication system comprising a macro BS and the femto BS , the method comprising : receiving a request , from the macro BS , to monitor an UpLink (UL) signal of the MS permissible by the femto BS to access ;
and monitoring the UL signal of the MS permissible to access .

WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the receiving of the request to monitor the UL signal receives a UL monitoring request message comprising UL resource allocation information (location information, transmitting location information) of the MS , from the macro BS , and the monitoring of the UL signal of the MS monitors UL traffic transmitted by the MS during a UL traffic transmission interval of the MS using the UL resource allocation information .

WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 4
The method of claim 1 , further comprising : determining at least one of a reception quality of the UL signal , one of reception success and failure of the UL signal , and an attenuation degree of the UL signal through the monitoring ;
determining one of success and failure of the monitoring on the MS based on the at least one of the reception quality of the UL signal , the one of reception success and failure of the UL signal , and the attenuation degree of the UL signal ;
and transmitting a UL monitoring report message reporting the determined one of success and failure of the monitoring on the MS , to the macro BS , wherein the attenuation degree of the UL signal is determined as a difference between a received signal (location information, transmitting location information) strength determined from the UL signal of the MS and the transmission power value of the MS .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (Mobile Station, Base Station) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (location information, received signal) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 1
An operating method of a femto Base Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (BS) to support a Mobile Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (MS) for detecting the femto BS in a wireless communication system comprising a macro BS and the femto BS , the method comprising : receiving a request , from the macro BS , to monitor an UpLink (UL) signal of the MS permissible by the femto BS to access ;
and monitoring the UL signal of the MS permissible to access .

WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the receiving of the request to monitor the UL signal receives a UL monitoring request message comprising UL resource allocation information (location information, transmitting location information) of the MS , from the macro BS , and the monitoring of the UL signal of the MS monitors UL traffic transmitted by the MS during a UL traffic transmission interval of the MS using the UL resource allocation information .

WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 4
The method of claim 1 , further comprising : determining at least one of a reception quality of the UL signal , one of reception success and failure of the UL signal , and an attenuation degree of the UL signal through the monitoring ;
determining one of success and failure of the monitoring on the MS based on the at least one of the reception quality of the UL signal , the one of reception success and failure of the UL signal , and the attenuation degree of the UL signal ;
and transmitting a UL monitoring report message reporting the determined one of success and failure of the monitoring on the MS , to the macro BS , wherein the attenuation degree of the UL signal is determined as a difference between a received signal (location information, transmitting location information) strength determined from the UL signal of the MS and the transmission power value of the MS .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (Mobile Station, Base Station) , location information (location information, received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 1
An operating method of a femto Base Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (BS) to support a Mobile Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (MS) for detecting the femto BS in a wireless communication system comprising a macro BS and the femto BS , the method comprising : receiving a request , from the macro BS , to monitor an UpLink (UL) signal of the MS permissible by the femto BS to access ;
and monitoring the UL signal of the MS permissible to access .

WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the receiving of the request to monitor the UL signal receives a UL monitoring request message comprising UL resource allocation information (location information, transmitting location information) of the MS , from the macro BS , and the monitoring of the UL signal of the MS monitors UL traffic transmitted by the MS during a UL traffic transmission interval of the MS using the UL resource allocation information .

WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 4
The method of claim 1 , further comprising : determining at least one of a reception quality of the UL signal , one of reception success and failure of the UL signal , and an attenuation degree of the UL signal through the monitoring ;
determining one of success and failure of the monitoring on the MS based on the at least one of the reception quality of the UL signal , the one of reception success and failure of the UL signal , and the attenuation degree of the UL signal ;
and transmitting a UL monitoring report message reporting the determined one of success and failure of the monitoring on the MS , to the macro BS , wherein the attenuation degree of the UL signal is determined as a difference between a received signal (location information, transmitting location information) strength determined from the UL signal of the MS and the transmission power value of the MS .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (Mobile Station, Base Station) , location information (location information, received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 1
An operating method of a femto Base Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (BS) to support a Mobile Station (base station, first base station, second base station) (MS) for detecting the femto BS in a wireless communication system comprising a macro BS and the femto BS , the method comprising : receiving a request , from the macro BS , to monitor an UpLink (UL) signal of the MS permissible by the femto BS to access ;
and monitoring the UL signal of the MS permissible to access .

WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 2
The method of claim 1 , wherein the receiving of the request to monitor the UL signal receives a UL monitoring request message comprising UL resource allocation information (location information, transmitting location information) of the MS , from the macro BS , and the monitoring of the UL signal of the MS monitors UL traffic transmitted by the MS during a UL traffic transmission interval of the MS using the UL resource allocation information .

WO2010117235A2
CLAIM 4
The method of claim 1 , further comprising : determining at least one of a reception quality of the UL signal , one of reception success and failure of the UL signal , and an attenuation degree of the UL signal through the monitoring ;
determining one of success and failure of the monitoring on the MS based on the at least one of the reception quality of the UL signal , the one of reception success and failure of the UL signal , and the attenuation degree of the UL signal ;
and transmitting a UL monitoring report message reporting the determined one of success and failure of the monitoring on the MS , to the macro BS , wherein the attenuation degree of the UL signal is determined as a difference between a received signal (location information, transmitting location information) strength determined from the UL signal of the MS and the transmission power value of the MS .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2011111111A1

Filed: 2010-03-12     Issued: 2011-09-15

通信区間設定方法、中継局、移動通信システム

(Original Assignee) 富士通株式会社     

太田好明, 河▲崎▼義博, 田島喜晴, 田中良紀, 杉山勝正
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) including a first base station (communication frequency) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2011111111A1
CLAIM 1
 基地局と移動局の間の無線通信を中継する移動可能な中継局を備えた移動通信システムにおける通信区間設定方法であって、  中継局から移動局への信号の送信を制限することにより中継局で基地局からの送信信号を受信する下り通信区間と、移動局から中継局への信号の送信を制限することにより中継局で基地局への送信信号を送信する上り通信区間と、の少なくともいずれかの通信区間を設定し、  中継局でのハンドオーバの検出から、中継局とハンドオーバ先の基地局との間で前記通信区間を設定するまでの第1期間、中継局が接続する移動局との間の信号の送受信を制限または停止し、前記第1期間のうちの所望の区間を前記通信区間として用いる、  ことを含む、通信区間設定方法。 A communication section setting method in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) including a movable relay station that relays wireless communication between a base station and a mobile station , By restricting signal transmission from the relay station to the mobile station , the relay station receives a transmission signal from the base station at the relay station , and by restricting signal transmission from the mobile station to the relay station at the relay station . Set up at least one communication section of the uplink communication section that transmits the transmission signal to the base station , Limiting transmission / reception of signals to / from the mobile station to which the relay station is connected during the first period from detection of handover at the relay station to setting of the communication section between the relay station and the handover destination base station or Stop and use a desired section of the first period as the communication section , Communication section setting method .

WO2011111111A1
CLAIM 3
 前記通信制限期間は、中継局と移動局の間の通信周波数とは異なる周波数の無線信号の移動局による測定のための測定期間、に相当する、  請求項2に記載された通信区間設定方法。 The communication restriction period corresponds to a measurement period for measurement by a mobile station of a radio signal having a frequency different from the communication frequency (first base station) between the relay station and the mobile station . The communication section setting method according to claim 2 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (communication frequency) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011111111A1
CLAIM 3
 前記通信制限期間は、中継局と移動局の間の通信周波数とは異なる周波数の無線信号の移動局による測定のための測定期間、に相当する、  請求項2に記載された通信区間設定方法。 The communication restriction period corresponds to a measurement period for measurement by a mobile station of a radio signal having a frequency different from the communication frequency (first base station) between the relay station and the mobile station . The communication section setting method according to claim 2 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (communication frequency) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011111111A1
CLAIM 3
 前記通信制限期間は、中継局と移動局の間の通信周波数とは異なる周波数の無線信号の移動局による測定のための測定期間、に相当する、  請求項2に記載された通信区間設定方法。 The communication restriction period corresponds to a measurement period for measurement by a mobile station of a radio signal having a frequency different from the communication frequency (first base station) between the relay station and the mobile station . The communication section setting method according to claim 2 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (communication frequency) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011111111A1
CLAIM 3
 前記通信制限期間は、中継局と移動局の間の通信周波数とは異なる周波数の無線信号の移動局による測定のための測定期間、に相当する、  請求項2に記載された通信区間設定方法。 The communication restriction period corresponds to a measurement period for measurement by a mobile station of a radio signal having a frequency different from the communication frequency (first base station) between the relay station and the mobile station . The communication section setting method according to claim 2 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (communication frequency) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011111111A1
CLAIM 3
 前記通信制限期間は、中継局と移動局の間の通信周波数とは異なる周波数の無線信号の移動局による測定のための測定期間、に相当する、  請求項2に記載された通信区間設定方法。 The communication restriction period corresponds to a measurement period for measurement by a mobile station of a radio signal having a frequency different from the communication frequency (first base station) between the relay station and the mobile station . The communication section setting method according to claim 2 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) including a first base station (communication frequency) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2011111111A1
CLAIM 1
 基地局と移動局の間の無線通信を中継する移動可能な中継局を備えた移動通信システムにおける通信区間設定方法であって、  中継局から移動局への信号の送信を制限することにより中継局で基地局からの送信信号を受信する下り通信区間と、移動局から中継局への信号の送信を制限することにより中継局で基地局への送信信号を送信する上り通信区間と、の少なくともいずれかの通信区間を設定し、  中継局でのハンドオーバの検出から、中継局とハンドオーバ先の基地局との間で前記通信区間を設定するまでの第1期間、中継局が接続する移動局との間の信号の送受信を制限または停止し、前記第1期間のうちの所望の区間を前記通信区間として用いる、  ことを含む、通信区間設定方法。 A communication section setting method in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) including a movable relay station that relays wireless communication between a base station and a mobile station , By restricting signal transmission from the relay station to the mobile station , the relay station receives a transmission signal from the base station at the relay station , and by restricting signal transmission from the mobile station to the relay station at the relay station . Set up at least one communication section of the uplink communication section that transmits the transmission signal to the base station , Limiting transmission / reception of signals to / from the mobile station to which the relay station is connected during the first period from detection of handover at the relay station to setting of the communication section between the relay station and the handover destination base station or Stop and use a desired section of the first period as the communication section , Communication section setting method .

WO2011111111A1
CLAIM 3
 前記通信制限期間は、中継局と移動局の間の通信周波数とは異なる周波数の無線信号の移動局による測定のための測定期間、に相当する、  請求項2に記載された通信区間設定方法。 The communication restriction period corresponds to a measurement period for measurement by a mobile station of a radio signal having a frequency different from the communication frequency (first base station) between the relay station and the mobile station . The communication section setting method according to claim 2 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (communication frequency) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2011111111A1
CLAIM 3
 前記通信制限期間は、中継局と移動局の間の通信周波数とは異なる周波数の無線信号の移動局による測定のための測定期間、に相当する、  請求項2に記載された通信区間設定方法。 The communication restriction period corresponds to a measurement period for measurement by a mobile station of a radio signal having a frequency different from the communication frequency (first base station) between the relay station and the mobile station . The communication section setting method according to claim 2 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (communication frequency) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2011111111A1
CLAIM 1
 基地局と移動局の間の無線通信を中継する移動可能な中継局を備えた移動通信システムにおける通信区間設定方法であって、  中継局から移動局への信号の送信を制限することにより中継局で基地局からの送信信号を受信する下り通信区間と、移動局から中継局への信号の送信を制限することにより中継局で基地局への送信信号を送信する上り通信区間と、の少なくともいずれかの通信区間を設定し、  中継局でのハンドオーバの検出から、中継局とハンドオーバ先の基地局との間で前記通信区間を設定するまでの第1期間、中継局が接続する移動局との間の信号の送受信を制限または停止し、前記第1期間のうちの所望の区間を前記通信区間として用いる、  ことを含む、通信区間設定方法。 A communication section setting method in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) including a movable relay station that relays wireless communication between a base station and a mobile station , By restricting signal transmission from the relay station to the mobile station , the relay station receives a transmission signal from the base station at the relay station , and by restricting signal transmission from the mobile station to the relay station at the relay station . Set up at least one communication section of the uplink communication section that transmits the transmission signal to the base station , Limiting transmission / reception of signals to / from the mobile station to which the relay station is connected during the first period from detection of handover at the relay station to setting of the communication section between the relay station and the handover destination base station or Stop and use a desired section of the first period as the communication section , Communication section setting method .

WO2011111111A1
CLAIM 3
 前記通信制限期間は、中継局と移動局の間の通信周波数とは異なる周波数の無線信号の移動局による測定のための測定期間、に相当する、  請求項2に記載された通信区間設定方法。 The communication restriction period corresponds to a measurement period for measurement by a mobile station of a radio signal having a frequency different from the communication frequency (first base station) between the relay station and the mobile station . The communication section setting method according to claim 2 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (communication frequency) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (reception unit) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2011111111A1
CLAIM 1
 基地局と移動局の間の無線通信を中継する移動可能な中継局を備えた移動通信システムにおける通信区間設定方法であって、  中継局から移動局への信号の送信を制限することにより中継局で基地局からの送信信号を受信する下り通信区間と、移動局から中継局への信号の送信を制限することにより中継局で基地局への送信信号を送信する上り通信区間と、の少なくともいずれかの通信区間を設定し、  中継局でのハンドオーバの検出から、中継局とハンドオーバ先の基地局との間で前記通信区間を設定するまでの第1期間、中継局が接続する移動局との間の信号の送受信を制限または停止し、前記第1期間のうちの所望の区間を前記通信区間として用いる、  ことを含む、通信区間設定方法。 A communication section setting method in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) including a movable relay station that relays wireless communication between a base station and a mobile station , By restricting signal transmission from the relay station to the mobile station , the relay station receives a transmission signal from the base station at the relay station , and by restricting signal transmission from the mobile station to the relay station at the relay station . Set up at least one communication section of the uplink communication section that transmits the transmission signal to the base station , Limiting transmission / reception of signals to / from the mobile station to which the relay station is connected during the first period from detection of handover at the relay station to setting of the communication section between the relay station and the handover destination base station or Stop and use a desired section of the first period as the communication section , Communication section setting method .

WO2011111111A1
CLAIM 3
 前記通信制限期間は、中継局と移動局の間の通信周波数とは異なる周波数の無線信号の移動局による測定のための測定期間、に相当する、  請求項2に記載された通信区間設定方法。 The communication restriction period corresponds to a measurement period for measurement by a mobile station of a radio signal having a frequency different from the communication frequency (first base station) between the relay station and the mobile station . The communication section setting method according to claim 2 .

WO2011111111A1
CLAIM 11
 基地局と移動局の間の無線通信を中継する移動可能な中継局であって、  基地局との間でデータの送受信を行う第1送受信部と、  移動局との間でデータの送受信を行う第2送受信部と、  中継局から移動局への信号の送信を制限することにより中継局で基地局からの送信信号を受信する下り通信区間と、移動局から中継局への信号の送信を制限することにより中継局で基地局への送信信号を送信する上り通信区間と、の少なくともいずれかの通信区間を設定する制御部と、  を備え、  前記制御部は、中継局でのハンドオーバの検出から、中継局とハンドオーバ先の基地局との間で前記通信区間を設定するまでの第1期間、中継局が接続する移動局との間の信号の送受信を制限または停止し、前記第1期間のうちの所望の区間を前記通信区間として用いる、  中継局。 A mobile relay station that relays wireless communication between a base station and a mobile station , A first transmission / reception unit (reception unit) for transmitting / receiving data to / from a base station ;
A second transmitting / receiving unit that transmits and receives data to and from the mobile station ;
By restricting signal transmission from the relay station to the mobile station , the relay station receives a transmission signal from the base station at the relay station , and by restricting signal transmission from the mobile station to the relay station at the relay station . An uplink communication section for transmitting a transmission signal to the base station , and a control unit for setting at least one of the communication sections ;
With The control unit performs a signal between the relay station and a mobile station to which the relay station is connected during a first period from detection of a handover at the relay station to setting of the communication section between the relay station and a handover destination base station . The transmission / reception of the first period is limited or stopped , and a desired section of the first period is used as the communication section . Relay station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (communication frequency) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2011111111A1
CLAIM 1
 基地局と移動局の間の無線通信を中継する移動可能な中継局を備えた移動通信システムにおける通信区間設定方法であって、  中継局から移動局への信号の送信を制限することにより中継局で基地局からの送信信号を受信する下り通信区間と、移動局から中継局への信号の送信を制限することにより中継局で基地局への送信信号を送信する上り通信区間と、の少なくともいずれかの通信区間を設定し、  中継局でのハンドオーバの検出から、中継局とハンドオーバ先の基地局との間で前記通信区間を設定するまでの第1期間、中継局が接続する移動局との間の信号の送受信を制限または停止し、前記第1期間のうちの所望の区間を前記通信区間として用いる、  ことを含む、通信区間設定方法。 A communication section setting method in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) including a movable relay station that relays wireless communication between a base station and a mobile station , By restricting signal transmission from the relay station to the mobile station , the relay station receives a transmission signal from the base station at the relay station , and by restricting signal transmission from the mobile station to the relay station at the relay station . Set up at least one communication section of the uplink communication section that transmits the transmission signal to the base station , Limiting transmission / reception of signals to / from the mobile station to which the relay station is connected during the first period from detection of handover at the relay station to setting of the communication section between the relay station and the handover destination base station or Stop and use a desired section of the first period as the communication section , Communication section setting method .

WO2011111111A1
CLAIM 3
 前記通信制限期間は、中継局と移動局の間の通信周波数とは異なる周波数の無線信号の移動局による測定のための測定期間、に相当する、  請求項2に記載された通信区間設定方法。 The communication restriction period corresponds to a measurement period for measurement by a mobile station of a radio signal having a frequency different from the communication frequency (first base station) between the relay station and the mobile station . The communication section setting method according to claim 2 .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2011110229A1

Filed: 2010-03-12     Issued: 2011-09-15

Relaying in a communication system

(Original Assignee) Nokia Siemens Networks Oy     

Vinh Van Phan, Ling Yu, Kari Veikko Horneman
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (other relay, one second) including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for relaying communications between a mobile device and a network access node , comprising : establishing a connection between a first relay node of a group of relay nodes and the network access node to serve the mobile device ;
serving the mobile device by the first relay node and at least one second (mobile communication system) relay node of the group in wireless connection with the mobile device such that the mobile device remains connected to the network access node via at least one of the first and second relay nodes when one of the first and second relay nodes changes ;
and communicating control information by at least one of said relay nodes on an interface between relevant relay nodes in the group to maintain the relayed communications for the mobile device after the change in the relay nodes .

WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 4
. A method according to any preceding claim , wherein the change comprises handover of the connection for the mobile device between the first relay node and the network access node to another relay (mobile communication system) node of the group .

WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 29
. A base station (base station) comprising the apparatus of any of claims 16 to 28 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (base station) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 29
. A base station (base station) comprising the apparatus of any of claims 16 to 28 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (handover control) by the first base station (base station) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 6
. A method according to any preceding claim , comprising providing layer 2 radio-link level handover control (handover control) by at least one of the relay nodes .

WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 29
. A base station (base station) comprising the apparatus of any of claims 16 to 28 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (handover control) by the first base station (base station) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 6
. A method according to any preceding claim , comprising providing layer 2 radio-link level handover control (handover control) by at least one of the relay nodes .

WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 29
. A base station (base station) comprising the apparatus of any of claims 16 to 28 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (base station) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 29
. A base station (base station) comprising the apparatus of any of claims 16 to 28 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (base station) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 29
. A base station (base station) comprising the apparatus of any of claims 16 to 28 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (other relay, one second) including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for relaying communications between a mobile device and a network access node , comprising : establishing a connection between a first relay node of a group of relay nodes and the network access node to serve the mobile device ;
serving the mobile device by the first relay node and at least one second (mobile communication system) relay node of the group in wireless connection with the mobile device such that the mobile device remains connected to the network access node via at least one of the first and second relay nodes when one of the first and second relay nodes changes ;
and communicating control information by at least one of said relay nodes on an interface between relevant relay nodes in the group to maintain the relayed communications for the mobile device after the change in the relay nodes .

WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 4
. A method according to any preceding claim , wherein the change comprises handover of the connection for the mobile device between the first relay node and the network access node to another relay (mobile communication system) node of the group .

WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 29
. A base station (base station) comprising the apparatus of any of claims 16 to 28 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (base station) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 29
. A base station (base station) comprising the apparatus of any of claims 16 to 28 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (base station) in a mobile communication system (other relay, one second) , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for relaying communications between a mobile device and a network access node , comprising : establishing a connection between a first relay node of a group of relay nodes and the network access node to serve the mobile device ;
serving the mobile device by the first relay node and at least one second (mobile communication system) relay node of the group in wireless connection with the mobile device such that the mobile device remains connected to the network access node via at least one of the first and second relay nodes when one of the first and second relay nodes changes ;
and communicating control information by at least one of said relay nodes on an interface between relevant relay nodes in the group to maintain the relayed communications for the mobile device after the change in the relay nodes .

WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 4
. A method according to any preceding claim , wherein the change comprises handover of the connection for the mobile device between the first relay node and the network access node to another relay (mobile communication system) node of the group .

WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 29
. A base station (base station) comprising the apparatus of any of claims 16 to 28 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system (other relay, one second) , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for relaying communications between a mobile device and a network access node , comprising : establishing a connection between a first relay node of a group of relay nodes and the network access node to serve the mobile device ;
serving the mobile device by the first relay node and at least one second (mobile communication system) relay node of the group in wireless connection with the mobile device such that the mobile device remains connected to the network access node via at least one of the first and second relay nodes when one of the first and second relay nodes changes ;
and communicating control information by at least one of said relay nodes on an interface between relevant relay nodes in the group to maintain the relayed communications for the mobile device after the change in the relay nodes .

WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 4
. A method according to any preceding claim , wherein the change comprises handover of the connection for the mobile device between the first relay node and the network access node to another relay (mobile communication system) node of the group .

WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 29
. A base station (base station) comprising the apparatus of any of claims 16 to 28 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system (other relay, one second) , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for relaying communications between a mobile device and a network access node , comprising : establishing a connection between a first relay node of a group of relay nodes and the network access node to serve the mobile device ;
serving the mobile device by the first relay node and at least one second (mobile communication system) relay node of the group in wireless connection with the mobile device such that the mobile device remains connected to the network access node via at least one of the first and second relay nodes when one of the first and second relay nodes changes ;
and communicating control information by at least one of said relay nodes on an interface between relevant relay nodes in the group to maintain the relayed communications for the mobile device after the change in the relay nodes .

WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 4
. A method according to any preceding claim , wherein the change comprises handover of the connection for the mobile device between the first relay node and the network access node to another relay (mobile communication system) node of the group .

WO2011110229A1
CLAIM 29
. A base station (base station) comprising the apparatus of any of claims 16 to 28 .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2010104334A2

Filed: 2010-03-11     Issued: 2010-09-16

Method of configuring radio connection in multiple cell system

(Original Assignee) Lg Electronics Inc.     

Su Hwan Lim, Sang Wook Lee, Injae Jung, Inkwon Seo, Bonghoe Kim
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (physical downlink control) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010104334A2
CLAIM 1
A method of configuring a radio connection in a multiple cell system , the method comprising : configuring a first radio connection between a user equipment (UE) and a primary base station (base station) (BS) and a second radio connection between the UE and a secondary BS based on a cooperative transmission configuration in which a plurality of BSs transmit the same data to the UE ;
receiving first channel state regarding the first radio connection and second channel state regarding the second radio connection from the UE ;
releasing at least one radio connection of the first radio connection and the second radio connection , the at least one radio connection having a worse channel state than a threshold ;
transmitting to the UE , a new cooperative transmission configuration changed by the release of the at least one radio connection ;
and receiving a layer reconfiguration complete message indicating completion of layer reconfiguration based on the new cooperative transmission configuration .

WO2010104334A2
CLAIM 3
The method of claim 1 , wherein a physical downlink control (step A) channel (PDCCH) is transmitted to the UE through the first radio connection .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (base station) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2010104334A2
CLAIM 1
A method of configuring a radio connection in a multiple cell system , the method comprising : configuring a first radio connection between a user equipment (UE) and a primary base station (base station) (BS) and a second radio connection between the UE and a secondary BS based on a cooperative transmission configuration in which a plurality of BSs transmit the same data to the UE ;
receiving first channel state regarding the first radio connection and second channel state regarding the second radio connection from the UE ;
releasing at least one radio connection of the first radio connection and the second radio connection , the at least one radio connection having a worse channel state than a threshold ;
transmitting to the UE , a new cooperative transmission configuration changed by the release of the at least one radio connection ;
and receiving a layer reconfiguration complete message indicating completion of layer reconfiguration based on the new cooperative transmission configuration .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (base station) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010104334A2
CLAIM 1
A method of configuring a radio connection in a multiple cell system , the method comprising : configuring a first radio connection between a user equipment (UE) and a primary base station (base station) (BS) and a second radio connection between the UE and a secondary BS based on a cooperative transmission configuration in which a plurality of BSs transmit the same data to the UE ;
receiving first channel state regarding the first radio connection and second channel state regarding the second radio connection from the UE ;
releasing at least one radio connection of the first radio connection and the second radio connection , the at least one radio connection having a worse channel state than a threshold ;
transmitting to the UE , a new cooperative transmission configuration changed by the release of the at least one radio connection ;
and receiving a layer reconfiguration complete message indicating completion of layer reconfiguration based on the new cooperative transmission configuration .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (base station) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010104334A2
CLAIM 1
A method of configuring a radio connection in a multiple cell system , the method comprising : configuring a first radio connection between a user equipment (UE) and a primary base station (base station) (BS) and a second radio connection between the UE and a secondary BS based on a cooperative transmission configuration in which a plurality of BSs transmit the same data to the UE ;
receiving first channel state regarding the first radio connection and second channel state regarding the second radio connection from the UE ;
releasing at least one radio connection of the first radio connection and the second radio connection , the at least one radio connection having a worse channel state than a threshold ;
transmitting to the UE , a new cooperative transmission configuration changed by the release of the at least one radio connection ;
and receiving a layer reconfiguration complete message indicating completion of layer reconfiguration based on the new cooperative transmission configuration .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (base station) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010104334A2
CLAIM 1
A method of configuring a radio connection in a multiple cell system , the method comprising : configuring a first radio connection between a user equipment (UE) and a primary base station (base station) (BS) and a second radio connection between the UE and a secondary BS based on a cooperative transmission configuration in which a plurality of BSs transmit the same data to the UE ;
receiving first channel state regarding the first radio connection and second channel state regarding the second radio connection from the UE ;
releasing at least one radio connection of the first radio connection and the second radio connection , the at least one radio connection having a worse channel state than a threshold ;
transmitting to the UE , a new cooperative transmission configuration changed by the release of the at least one radio connection ;
and receiving a layer reconfiguration complete message indicating completion of layer reconfiguration based on the new cooperative transmission configuration .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (base station) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010104334A2
CLAIM 1
A method of configuring a radio connection in a multiple cell system , the method comprising : configuring a first radio connection between a user equipment (UE) and a primary base station (base station) (BS) and a second radio connection between the UE and a secondary BS based on a cooperative transmission configuration in which a plurality of BSs transmit the same data to the UE ;
receiving first channel state regarding the first radio connection and second channel state regarding the second radio connection from the UE ;
releasing at least one radio connection of the first radio connection and the second radio connection , the at least one radio connection having a worse channel state than a threshold ;
transmitting to the UE , a new cooperative transmission configuration changed by the release of the at least one radio connection ;
and receiving a layer reconfiguration complete message indicating completion of layer reconfiguration based on the new cooperative transmission configuration .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (physical downlink control) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2010104334A2
CLAIM 1
A method of configuring a radio connection in a multiple cell system , the method comprising : configuring a first radio connection between a user equipment (UE) and a primary base station (base station) (BS) and a second radio connection between the UE and a secondary BS based on a cooperative transmission configuration in which a plurality of BSs transmit the same data to the UE ;
receiving first channel state regarding the first radio connection and second channel state regarding the second radio connection from the UE ;
releasing at least one radio connection of the first radio connection and the second radio connection , the at least one radio connection having a worse channel state than a threshold ;
transmitting to the UE , a new cooperative transmission configuration changed by the release of the at least one radio connection ;
and receiving a layer reconfiguration complete message indicating completion of layer reconfiguration based on the new cooperative transmission configuration .

WO2010104334A2
CLAIM 3
The method of claim 1 , wherein a physical downlink control (step A) channel (PDCCH) is transmitted to the UE through the first radio connection .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A (physical downlink control) , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (base station) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2010104334A2
CLAIM 1
A method of configuring a radio connection in a multiple cell system , the method comprising : configuring a first radio connection between a user equipment (UE) and a primary base station (base station) (BS) and a second radio connection between the UE and a secondary BS based on a cooperative transmission configuration in which a plurality of BSs transmit the same data to the UE ;
receiving first channel state regarding the first radio connection and second channel state regarding the second radio connection from the UE ;
releasing at least one radio connection of the first radio connection and the second radio connection , the at least one radio connection having a worse channel state than a threshold ;
transmitting to the UE , a new cooperative transmission configuration changed by the release of the at least one radio connection ;
and receiving a layer reconfiguration complete message indicating completion of layer reconfiguration based on the new cooperative transmission configuration .

WO2010104334A2
CLAIM 3
The method of claim 1 , wherein a physical downlink control (step A) channel (PDCCH) is transmitted to the UE through the first radio connection .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (base station) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010104334A2
CLAIM 1
A method of configuring a radio connection in a multiple cell system , the method comprising : configuring a first radio connection between a user equipment (UE) and a primary base station (base station) (BS) and a second radio connection between the UE and a secondary BS based on a cooperative transmission configuration in which a plurality of BSs transmit the same data to the UE ;
receiving first channel state regarding the first radio connection and second channel state regarding the second radio connection from the UE ;
releasing at least one radio connection of the first radio connection and the second radio connection , the at least one radio connection having a worse channel state than a threshold ;
transmitting to the UE , a new cooperative transmission configuration changed by the release of the at least one radio connection ;
and receiving a layer reconfiguration complete message indicating completion of layer reconfiguration based on the new cooperative transmission configuration .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2010104334A2
CLAIM 1
A method of configuring a radio connection in a multiple cell system , the method comprising : configuring a first radio connection between a user equipment (UE) and a primary base station (base station) (BS) and a second radio connection between the UE and a secondary BS based on a cooperative transmission configuration in which a plurality of BSs transmit the same data to the UE ;
receiving first channel state regarding the first radio connection and second channel state regarding the second radio connection from the UE ;
releasing at least one radio connection of the first radio connection and the second radio connection , the at least one radio connection having a worse channel state than a threshold ;
transmitting to the UE , a new cooperative transmission configuration changed by the release of the at least one radio connection ;
and receiving a layer reconfiguration complete message indicating completion of layer reconfiguration based on the new cooperative transmission configuration .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2010104334A2
CLAIM 1
A method of configuring a radio connection in a multiple cell system , the method comprising : configuring a first radio connection between a user equipment (UE) and a primary base station (base station) (BS) and a second radio connection between the UE and a secondary BS based on a cooperative transmission configuration in which a plurality of BSs transmit the same data to the UE ;
receiving first channel state regarding the first radio connection and second channel state regarding the second radio connection from the UE ;
releasing at least one radio connection of the first radio connection and the second radio connection , the at least one radio connection having a worse channel state than a threshold ;
transmitting to the UE , a new cooperative transmission configuration changed by the release of the at least one radio connection ;
and receiving a layer reconfiguration complete message indicating completion of layer reconfiguration based on the new cooperative transmission configuration .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
EP2355582A1

Filed: 2010-01-22     Issued: 2011-08-10

Method for managing handover of a terminal and associated terminal

(Original Assignee) Alcatel Lucent SAS     (Current Assignee) Alcatel Lucent SAS

Barbara Orlandi, Olivier Marce, Dominique Barth, Leila Kloul, Samir Bellahsene
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (sending information) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
EP2355582A1
CLAIM 1
Method for managing handover of a terminal (15) between cells (25) , said method comprising the steps of : - by said terminal , performing measurements on signals from neighboring cells , - by said terminal , determining an appropriate cell (P) to connect to based on historical mobility information of said terminal (15) stored by said terminal (15) , wherein said historical mobility information comprises information on former cells which said terminal (15) has been connected to during former displacements of said terminal (15) , - by said terminal , sending information (user terminal) related to said measurements (MR1) and to said appropriate cell (P) to a handover controller , - performing handover based on both said measurements (MR1) and said appropriate cell (P) information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal (sending information) is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
EP2355582A1
CLAIM 1
Method for managing handover of a terminal (15) between cells (25) , said method comprising the steps of : - by said terminal , performing measurements on signals from neighboring cells , - by said terminal , determining an appropriate cell (P) to connect to based on historical mobility information of said terminal (15) stored by said terminal (15) , wherein said historical mobility information comprises information on former cells which said terminal (15) has been connected to during former displacements of said terminal (15) , - by said terminal , sending information (user terminal) related to said measurements (MR1) and to said appropriate cell (P) to a handover controller , - performing handover based on both said measurements (MR1) and said appropriate cell (P) information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (handover control) by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal (sending information) is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
EP2355582A1
CLAIM 1
Method for managing handover of a terminal (15) between cells (25) , said method comprising the steps of : - by said terminal , performing measurements on signals from neighboring cells , - by said terminal , determining an appropriate cell (P) to connect to based on historical mobility information of said terminal (15) stored by said terminal (15) , wherein said historical mobility information comprises information on former cells which said terminal (15) has been connected to during former displacements of said terminal (15) , - by said terminal , sending information (user terminal) related to said measurements (MR1) and to said appropriate cell (P) to a handover control (handover control) ler , - performing handover based on both said measurements (MR1) and said appropriate cell (P) information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (handover control) by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal (sending information) is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
EP2355582A1
CLAIM 1
Method for managing handover of a terminal (15) between cells (25) , said method comprising the steps of : - by said terminal , performing measurements on signals from neighboring cells , - by said terminal , determining an appropriate cell (P) to connect to based on historical mobility information of said terminal (15) stored by said terminal (15) , wherein said historical mobility information comprises information on former cells which said terminal (15) has been connected to during former displacements of said terminal (15) , - by said terminal , sending information (user terminal) related to said measurements (MR1) and to said appropriate cell (P) to a handover control (handover control) ler , - performing handover based on both said measurements (MR1) and said appropriate cell (P) information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (sending information) .
EP2355582A1
CLAIM 1
Method for managing handover of a terminal (15) between cells (25) , said method comprising the steps of : - by said terminal , performing measurements on signals from neighboring cells , - by said terminal , determining an appropriate cell (P) to connect to based on historical mobility information of said terminal (15) stored by said terminal (15) , wherein said historical mobility information comprises information on former cells which said terminal (15) has been connected to during former displacements of said terminal (15) , - by said terminal , sending information (user terminal) related to said measurements (MR1) and to said appropriate cell (P) to a handover controller , - performing handover based on both said measurements (MR1) and said appropriate cell (P) information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (sending information) .
EP2355582A1
CLAIM 1
Method for managing handover of a terminal (15) between cells (25) , said method comprising the steps of : - by said terminal , performing measurements on signals from neighboring cells , - by said terminal , determining an appropriate cell (P) to connect to based on historical mobility information of said terminal (15) stored by said terminal (15) , wherein said historical mobility information comprises information on former cells which said terminal (15) has been connected to during former displacements of said terminal (15) , - by said terminal , sending information (user terminal) related to said measurements (MR1) and to said appropriate cell (P) to a handover controller , - performing handover based on both said measurements (MR1) and said appropriate cell (P) information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (sending information) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
EP2355582A1
CLAIM 1
Method for managing handover of a terminal (15) between cells (25) , said method comprising the steps of : - by said terminal , performing measurements on signals from neighboring cells , - by said terminal , determining an appropriate cell (P) to connect to based on historical mobility information of said terminal (15) stored by said terminal (15) , wherein said historical mobility information comprises information on former cells which said terminal (15) has been connected to during former displacements of said terminal (15) , - by said terminal , sending information (user terminal) related to said measurements (MR1) and to said appropriate cell (P) to a handover controller , - performing handover based on both said measurements (MR1) and said appropriate cell (P) information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal (sending information) , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
EP2355582A1
CLAIM 1
Method for managing handover of a terminal (15) between cells (25) , said method comprising the steps of : - by said terminal , performing measurements on signals from neighboring cells , - by said terminal , determining an appropriate cell (P) to connect to based on historical mobility information of said terminal (15) stored by said terminal (15) , wherein said historical mobility information comprises information on former cells which said terminal (15) has been connected to during former displacements of said terminal (15) , - by said terminal , sending information (user terminal) related to said measurements (MR1) and to said appropriate cell (P) to a handover controller , - performing handover based on both said measurements (MR1) and said appropriate cell (P) information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal (sending information) connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
EP2355582A1
CLAIM 1
Method for managing handover of a terminal (15) between cells (25) , said method comprising the steps of : - by said terminal , performing measurements on signals from neighboring cells , - by said terminal , determining an appropriate cell (P) to connect to based on historical mobility information of said terminal (15) stored by said terminal (15) , wherein said historical mobility information comprises information on former cells which said terminal (15) has been connected to during former displacements of said terminal (15) , - by said terminal , sending information (user terminal) related to said measurements (MR1) and to said appropriate cell (P) to a handover controller , - performing handover based on both said measurements (MR1) and said appropriate cell (P) information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal (sending information) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
EP2355582A1
CLAIM 1
Method for managing handover of a terminal (15) between cells (25) , said method comprising the steps of : - by said terminal , performing measurements on signals from neighboring cells , - by said terminal , determining an appropriate cell (P) to connect to based on historical mobility information of said terminal (15) stored by said terminal (15) , wherein said historical mobility information comprises information on former cells which said terminal (15) has been connected to during former displacements of said terminal (15) , - by said terminal , sending information (user terminal) related to said measurements (MR1) and to said appropriate cell (P) to a handover controller , - performing handover based on both said measurements (MR1) and said appropriate cell (P) information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal (sending information) in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
EP2355582A1
CLAIM 1
Method for managing handover of a terminal (15) between cells (25) , said method comprising the steps of : - by said terminal , performing measurements on signals from neighboring cells , - by said terminal , determining an appropriate cell (P) to connect to based on historical mobility information of said terminal (15) stored by said terminal (15) , wherein said historical mobility information comprises information on former cells which said terminal (15) has been connected to during former displacements of said terminal (15) , - by said terminal , sending information (user terminal) related to said measurements (MR1) and to said appropriate cell (P) to a handover controller , - performing handover based on both said measurements (MR1) and said appropriate cell (P) information .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2010079824A1

Filed: 2010-01-08     Issued: 2010-07-15

移動通信方法及び無線基地局

(Original Assignee) 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ     

幹生 岩村, イヴァン コソヴィッチ
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) and at least one second base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (step A) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B (step B) of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 1
 第1無線基地局が、第2無線基地局に対して、該第1無線基地局配下の第1セルにおいて所定信号を送信するために割り当てられている無線リソース、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて使用可能な無線リソース、或いは、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて使用不可能な無線リソースを通知するスケジューリング情報を送信する工程Aを有することを特徴とする移動通信方法。 The first radio base station is assigned to the second radio base station to transmit a predetermined signal in the first cell under the first radio base station , and the second radio base station is under the second radio base station . A mobile communication method comprising the step A (step A) of transmitting scheduling information for notifying a radio resource that can be used in the second cell or a radio resource that cannot be used in the second cell under the second radio base station . .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 2
 前記第2無線基地局が、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Bを更に有し、  前記工程Aにおいて、前記第1無線基地局は、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2無線基地局に対する前記スケジューリング情報の送信を開始することを特徴とする請求項1に記載の移動通信方法。 The second radio base station further includes a step B (step B) of transmitting a notification start request to the first radio base station ;
The mobile communication method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step A , the first radio base station starts transmission of the scheduling information to the second radio base station in response to the notification start request . .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 5
 前記工程Cにおいて、前記第2無線基地局は、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて全ての移動局との間の通信コネクションを解放した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して前記通知停止要求を送信することを特徴とする請求項4に記載の移動通信方法。 In the step C , when the second radio base station releases communication connections with all mobile stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) in the second cell under the second radio base station , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 4 , wherein the notification stop request is transmitted .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 10
 前記第1無線基地局が、前記第1セルで通信中の移動局から、前記第2セルにおける下り無線品質が所定閾値以上であることを示す測定報告を受信した場合に、前記第2無線基地局の状態を前記通知状態として管理する工程Eを更に有することを特徴とする請求項6又は9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the first radio base station receives a measurement report (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) indicating that the downlink radio quality in the second cell is equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold value from the mobile station communicating in the first cell , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 6 or 9 , further comprising a step E of managing a station state as the notification state .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 13
 前記第2無線基地局を集約するゲートウェイ装置が、前記第2セルにおいて少なくとも1つの移動局との間の通信コネクションが確立されたことを検出した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Gを更に有し、  前記工程Eにおいて、前記第1無線基地局が、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2セルにおいて通信中の移動局の存在を検知することを特徴とする請求項9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the gateway device that aggregates the second radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) detects that a communication connection with at least one mobile station has been established in the second cell , it notifies the first radio base station . And further comprising a step G for transmitting a start request , The mobile communication method according to claim 9 , wherein , in the step E , the first radio base station detects the presence of a mobile station in communication in the second cell in response to the notification start request . .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B (step B) , when the used carrier of the second base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 2
 前記第2無線基地局が、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Bを更に有し、  前記工程Aにおいて、前記第1無線基地局は、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2無線基地局に対する前記スケジューリング情報の送信を開始することを特徴とする請求項1に記載の移動通信方法。 The second radio base station further includes a step B (step B) of transmitting a notification start request to the first radio base station ;
The mobile communication method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step A , the first radio base station starts transmission of the scheduling information to the second radio base station in response to the notification start request . .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 5
 前記工程Cにおいて、前記第2無線基地局は、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて全ての移動局との間の通信コネクションを解放した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して前記通知停止要求を送信することを特徴とする請求項4に記載の移動通信方法。 In the step C , when the second radio base station releases communication connections with all mobile stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) in the second cell under the second radio base station , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 4 , wherein the notification stop request is transmitted .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 10
 前記第1無線基地局が、前記第1セルで通信中の移動局から、前記第2セルにおける下り無線品質が所定閾値以上であることを示す測定報告を受信した場合に、前記第2無線基地局の状態を前記通知状態として管理する工程Eを更に有することを特徴とする請求項6又は9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the first radio base station receives a measurement report (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) indicating that the downlink radio quality in the second cell is equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold value from the mobile station communicating in the first cell , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 6 or 9 , further comprising a step E of managing a station state as the notification state .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 13
 前記第2無線基地局を集約するゲートウェイ装置が、前記第2セルにおいて少なくとも1つの移動局との間の通信コネクションが確立されたことを検出した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Gを更に有し、  前記工程Eにおいて、前記第1無線基地局が、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2セルにおいて通信中の移動局の存在を検知することを特徴とする請求項9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the gateway device that aggregates the second radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) detects that a communication connection with at least one mobile station has been established in the second cell , it notifies the first radio base station . And further comprising a step G for transmitting a start request , The mobile communication method according to claim 9 , wherein , in the step E , the first radio base station detects the presence of a mobile station in communication in the second cell in response to the notification start request . .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (step B) , performing handover control (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) by the first base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 2
 前記第2無線基地局が、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Bを更に有し、  前記工程Aにおいて、前記第1無線基地局は、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2無線基地局に対する前記スケジューリング情報の送信を開始することを特徴とする請求項1に記載の移動通信方法。 The second radio base station further includes a step B (step B) of transmitting a notification start request to the first radio base station ;
The mobile communication method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step A , the first radio base station starts transmission of the scheduling information to the second radio base station in response to the notification start request . .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 5
 前記工程Cにおいて、前記第2無線基地局は、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて全ての移動局との間の通信コネクションを解放した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して前記通知停止要求を送信することを特徴とする請求項4に記載の移動通信方法。 In the step C , when the second radio base station releases communication connections with all mobile stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) in the second cell under the second radio base station , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 4 , wherein the notification stop request is transmitted .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 10
 前記第1無線基地局が、前記第1セルで通信中の移動局から、前記第2セルにおける下り無線品質が所定閾値以上であることを示す測定報告を受信した場合に、前記第2無線基地局の状態を前記通知状態として管理する工程Eを更に有することを特徴とする請求項6又は9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the first radio base station receives a measurement report (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) indicating that the downlink radio quality in the second cell is equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold value from the mobile station communicating in the first cell , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 6 or 9 , further comprising a step E of managing a station state as the notification state .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 13
 前記第2無線基地局を集約するゲートウェイ装置が、前記第2セルにおいて少なくとも1つの移動局との間の通信コネクションが確立されたことを検出した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Gを更に有し、  前記工程Eにおいて、前記第1無線基地局が、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2セルにおいて通信中の移動局の存在を検知することを特徴とする請求項9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the gateway device that aggregates the second radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) detects that a communication connection with at least one mobile station has been established in the second cell , it notifies the first radio base station . And further comprising a step G for transmitting a start request , The mobile communication method according to claim 9 , wherein , in the step E , the first radio base station detects the presence of a mobile station in communication in the second cell in response to the notification start request . .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (step B) , performing handover control (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) by the first base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 2
 前記第2無線基地局が、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Bを更に有し、  前記工程Aにおいて、前記第1無線基地局は、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2無線基地局に対する前記スケジューリング情報の送信を開始することを特徴とする請求項1に記載の移動通信方法。 The second radio base station further includes a step B (step B) of transmitting a notification start request to the first radio base station ;
The mobile communication method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step A , the first radio base station starts transmission of the scheduling information to the second radio base station in response to the notification start request . .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 5
 前記工程Cにおいて、前記第2無線基地局は、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて全ての移動局との間の通信コネクションを解放した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して前記通知停止要求を送信することを特徴とする請求項4に記載の移動通信方法。 In the step C , when the second radio base station releases communication connections with all mobile stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) in the second cell under the second radio base station , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 4 , wherein the notification stop request is transmitted .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 10
 前記第1無線基地局が、前記第1セルで通信中の移動局から、前記第2セルにおける下り無線品質が所定閾値以上であることを示す測定報告を受信した場合に、前記第2無線基地局の状態を前記通知状態として管理する工程Eを更に有することを特徴とする請求項6又は9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the first radio base station receives a measurement report (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) indicating that the downlink radio quality in the second cell is equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold value from the mobile station communicating in the first cell , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 6 or 9 , further comprising a step E of managing a station state as the notification state .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 13
 前記第2無線基地局を集約するゲートウェイ装置が、前記第2セルにおいて少なくとも1つの移動局との間の通信コネクションが確立されたことを検出した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Gを更に有し、  前記工程Eにおいて、前記第1無線基地局が、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2セルにおいて通信中の移動局の存在を検知することを特徴とする請求項9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the gateway device that aggregates the second radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) detects that a communication connection with at least one mobile station has been established in the second cell , it notifies the first radio base station . And further comprising a step G for transmitting a start request , The mobile communication method according to claim 9 , wherein , in the step E , the first radio base station detects the presence of a mobile station in communication in the second cell in response to the notification start request . .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 5
 前記工程Cにおいて、前記第2無線基地局は、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて全ての移動局との間の通信コネクションを解放した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して前記通知停止要求を送信することを特徴とする請求項4に記載の移動通信方法。 In the step C , when the second radio base station releases communication connections with all mobile stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) in the second cell under the second radio base station , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 4 , wherein the notification stop request is transmitted .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 10
 前記第1無線基地局が、前記第1セルで通信中の移動局から、前記第2セルにおける下り無線品質が所定閾値以上であることを示す測定報告を受信した場合に、前記第2無線基地局の状態を前記通知状態として管理する工程Eを更に有することを特徴とする請求項6又は9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the first radio base station receives a measurement report (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) indicating that the downlink radio quality in the second cell is equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold value from the mobile station communicating in the first cell , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 6 or 9 , further comprising a step E of managing a station state as the notification state .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 13
 前記第2無線基地局を集約するゲートウェイ装置が、前記第2セルにおいて少なくとも1つの移動局との間の通信コネクションが確立されたことを検出した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Gを更に有し、  前記工程Eにおいて、前記第1無線基地局が、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2セルにおいて通信中の移動局の存在を検知することを特徴とする請求項9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the gateway device that aggregates the second radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) detects that a communication connection with at least one mobile station has been established in the second cell , it notifies the first radio base station . And further comprising a step G for transmitting a start request , The mobile communication method according to claim 9 , wherein , in the step E , the first radio base station detects the presence of a mobile station in communication in the second cell in response to the notification start request . .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (step B) , performing control by the first base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 2
 前記第2無線基地局が、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Bを更に有し、  前記工程Aにおいて、前記第1無線基地局は、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2無線基地局に対する前記スケジューリング情報の送信を開始することを特徴とする請求項1に記載の移動通信方法。 The second radio base station further includes a step B (step B) of transmitting a notification start request to the first radio base station ;
The mobile communication method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step A , the first radio base station starts transmission of the scheduling information to the second radio base station in response to the notification start request . .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 5
 前記工程Cにおいて、前記第2無線基地局は、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて全ての移動局との間の通信コネクションを解放した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して前記通知停止要求を送信することを特徴とする請求項4に記載の移動通信方法。 In the step C , when the second radio base station releases communication connections with all mobile stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) in the second cell under the second radio base station , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 4 , wherein the notification stop request is transmitted .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 10
 前記第1無線基地局が、前記第1セルで通信中の移動局から、前記第2セルにおける下り無線品質が所定閾値以上であることを示す測定報告を受信した場合に、前記第2無線基地局の状態を前記通知状態として管理する工程Eを更に有することを特徴とする請求項6又は9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the first radio base station receives a measurement report (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) indicating that the downlink radio quality in the second cell is equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold value from the mobile station communicating in the first cell , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 6 or 9 , further comprising a step E of managing a station state as the notification state .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 13
 前記第2無線基地局を集約するゲートウェイ装置が、前記第2セルにおいて少なくとも1つの移動局との間の通信コネクションが確立されたことを検出した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Gを更に有し、  前記工程Eにおいて、前記第1無線基地局が、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2セルにおいて通信中の移動局の存在を検知することを特徴とする請求項9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the gateway device that aggregates the second radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) detects that a communication connection with at least one mobile station has been established in the second cell , it notifies the first radio base station . And further comprising a step G for transmitting a start request , The mobile communication method according to claim 9 , wherein , in the step E , the first radio base station detects the presence of a mobile station in communication in the second cell in response to the notification start request . .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) and at least one second base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (step A) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B (step B) of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 1
 第1無線基地局が、第2無線基地局に対して、該第1無線基地局配下の第1セルにおいて所定信号を送信するために割り当てられている無線リソース、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて使用可能な無線リソース、或いは、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて使用不可能な無線リソースを通知するスケジューリング情報を送信する工程Aを有することを特徴とする移動通信方法。 The first radio base station is assigned to the second radio base station to transmit a predetermined signal in the first cell under the first radio base station , and the second radio base station is under the second radio base station . A mobile communication method comprising the step A (step A) of transmitting scheduling information for notifying a radio resource that can be used in the second cell or a radio resource that cannot be used in the second cell under the second radio base station . .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 2
 前記第2無線基地局が、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Bを更に有し、  前記工程Aにおいて、前記第1無線基地局は、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2無線基地局に対する前記スケジューリング情報の送信を開始することを特徴とする請求項1に記載の移動通信方法。 The second radio base station further includes a step B (step B) of transmitting a notification start request to the first radio base station ;
The mobile communication method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step A , the first radio base station starts transmission of the scheduling information to the second radio base station in response to the notification start request . .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 5
 前記工程Cにおいて、前記第2無線基地局は、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて全ての移動局との間の通信コネクションを解放した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して前記通知停止要求を送信することを特徴とする請求項4に記載の移動通信方法。 In the step C , when the second radio base station releases communication connections with all mobile stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) in the second cell under the second radio base station , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 4 , wherein the notification stop request is transmitted .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 10
 前記第1無線基地局が、前記第1セルで通信中の移動局から、前記第2セルにおける下り無線品質が所定閾値以上であることを示す測定報告を受信した場合に、前記第2無線基地局の状態を前記通知状態として管理する工程Eを更に有することを特徴とする請求項6又は9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the first radio base station receives a measurement report (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) indicating that the downlink radio quality in the second cell is equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold value from the mobile station communicating in the first cell , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 6 or 9 , further comprising a step E of managing a station state as the notification state .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 13
 前記第2無線基地局を集約するゲートウェイ装置が、前記第2セルにおいて少なくとも1つの移動局との間の通信コネクションが確立されたことを検出した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Gを更に有し、  前記工程Eにおいて、前記第1無線基地局が、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2セルにおいて通信中の移動局の存在を検知することを特徴とする請求項9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the gateway device that aggregates the second radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) detects that a communication connection with at least one mobile station has been established in the second cell , it notifies the first radio base station . And further comprising a step G for transmitting a start request , The mobile communication method according to claim 9 , wherein , in the step E , the first radio base station detects the presence of a mobile station in communication in the second cell in response to the notification start request . .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A (step A) , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 1
 第1無線基地局が、第2無線基地局に対して、該第1無線基地局配下の第1セルにおいて所定信号を送信するために割り当てられている無線リソース、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて使用可能な無線リソース、或いは、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて使用不可能な無線リソースを通知するスケジューリング情報を送信する工程Aを有することを特徴とする移動通信方法。 The first radio base station is assigned to the second radio base station to transmit a predetermined signal in the first cell under the first radio base station , and the second radio base station is under the second radio base station . A mobile communication method comprising the step A (step A) of transmitting scheduling information for notifying a radio resource that can be used in the second cell or a radio resource that cannot be used in the second cell under the second radio base station . .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 5
 前記工程Cにおいて、前記第2無線基地局は、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて全ての移動局との間の通信コネクションを解放した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して前記通知停止要求を送信することを特徴とする請求項4に記載の移動通信方法。 In the step C , when the second radio base station releases communication connections with all mobile stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) in the second cell under the second radio base station , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 4 , wherein the notification stop request is transmitted .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 10
 前記第1無線基地局が、前記第1セルで通信中の移動局から、前記第2セルにおける下り無線品質が所定閾値以上であることを示す測定報告を受信した場合に、前記第2無線基地局の状態を前記通知状態として管理する工程Eを更に有することを特徴とする請求項6又は9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the first radio base station receives a measurement report (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) indicating that the downlink radio quality in the second cell is equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold value from the mobile station communicating in the first cell , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 6 or 9 , further comprising a step E of managing a station state as the notification state .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 13
 前記第2無線基地局を集約するゲートウェイ装置が、前記第2セルにおいて少なくとも1つの移動局との間の通信コネクションが確立されたことを検出した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Gを更に有し、  前記工程Eにおいて、前記第1無線基地局が、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2セルにおいて通信中の移動局の存在を検知することを特徴とする請求項9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the gateway device that aggregates the second radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) detects that a communication connection with at least one mobile station has been established in the second cell , it notifies the first radio base station . And further comprising a step G for transmitting a start request , The mobile communication method according to claim 9 , wherein , in the step E , the first radio base station detects the presence of a mobile station in communication in the second cell in response to the notification start request . .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 5
 前記工程Cにおいて、前記第2無線基地局は、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて全ての移動局との間の通信コネクションを解放した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して前記通知停止要求を送信することを特徴とする請求項4に記載の移動通信方法。 In the step C , when the second radio base station releases communication connections with all mobile stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) in the second cell under the second radio base station , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 4 , wherein the notification stop request is transmitted .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 10
 前記第1無線基地局が、前記第1セルで通信中の移動局から、前記第2セルにおける下り無線品質が所定閾値以上であることを示す測定報告を受信した場合に、前記第2無線基地局の状態を前記通知状態として管理する工程Eを更に有することを特徴とする請求項6又は9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the first radio base station receives a measurement report (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) indicating that the downlink radio quality in the second cell is equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold value from the mobile station communicating in the first cell , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 6 or 9 , further comprising a step E of managing a station state as the notification state .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 13
 前記第2無線基地局を集約するゲートウェイ装置が、前記第2セルにおいて少なくとも1つの移動局との間の通信コネクションが確立されたことを検出した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Gを更に有し、  前記工程Eにおいて、前記第1無線基地局が、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2セルにおいて通信中の移動局の存在を検知することを特徴とする請求項9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the gateway device that aggregates the second radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) detects that a communication connection with at least one mobile station has been established in the second cell , it notifies the first radio base station . And further comprising a step G for transmitting a start request , The mobile communication method according to claim 9 , wherein , in the step E , the first radio base station detects the presence of a mobile station in communication in the second cell in response to the notification start request . .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 5
 前記工程Cにおいて、前記第2無線基地局は、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて全ての移動局との間の通信コネクションを解放した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して前記通知停止要求を送信することを特徴とする請求項4に記載の移動通信方法。 In the step C , when the second radio base station releases communication connections with all mobile stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) in the second cell under the second radio base station , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 4 , wherein the notification stop request is transmitted .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 10
 前記第1無線基地局が、前記第1セルで通信中の移動局から、前記第2セルにおける下り無線品質が所定閾値以上であることを示す測定報告を受信した場合に、前記第2無線基地局の状態を前記通知状態として管理する工程Eを更に有することを特徴とする請求項6又は9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the first radio base station receives a measurement report (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) indicating that the downlink radio quality in the second cell is equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold value from the mobile station communicating in the first cell , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 6 or 9 , further comprising a step E of managing a station state as the notification state .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 13
 前記第2無線基地局を集約するゲートウェイ装置が、前記第2セルにおいて少なくとも1つの移動局との間の通信コネクションが確立されたことを検出した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Gを更に有し、  前記工程Eにおいて、前記第1無線基地局が、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2セルにおいて通信中の移動局の存在を検知することを特徴とする請求項9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the gateway device that aggregates the second radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) detects that a communication connection with at least one mobile station has been established in the second cell , it notifies the first radio base station . And further comprising a step G for transmitting a start request , The mobile communication method according to claim 9 , wherein , in the step E , the first radio base station detects the presence of a mobile station in communication in the second cell in response to the notification start request . .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (radio base stations, mobile stations, measurement report) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 5
 前記工程Cにおいて、前記第2無線基地局は、該第2無線基地局配下の第2セルにおいて全ての移動局との間の通信コネクションを解放した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して前記通知停止要求を送信することを特徴とする請求項4に記載の移動通信方法。 In the step C , when the second radio base station releases communication connections with all mobile stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) in the second cell under the second radio base station , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 4 , wherein the notification stop request is transmitted .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 10
 前記第1無線基地局が、前記第1セルで通信中の移動局から、前記第2セルにおける下り無線品質が所定閾値以上であることを示す測定報告を受信した場合に、前記第2無線基地局の状態を前記通知状態として管理する工程Eを更に有することを特徴とする請求項6又は9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the first radio base station receives a measurement report (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) indicating that the downlink radio quality in the second cell is equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold value from the mobile station communicating in the first cell , the second radio base station The mobile communication method according to claim 6 or 9 , further comprising a step E of managing a station state as the notification state .

WO2010079824A1
CLAIM 13
 前記第2無線基地局を集約するゲートウェイ装置が、前記第2セルにおいて少なくとも1つの移動局との間の通信コネクションが確立されたことを検出した場合に、前記第1無線基地局に対して通知開始要求を送信する工程Gを更に有し、  前記工程Eにおいて、前記第1無線基地局が、前記通知開始要求に応じて、前記第2セルにおいて通信中の移動局の存在を検知することを特徴とする請求項9に記載の移動通信方法。 When the gateway device that aggregates the second radio base stations (first base station, performing handover control, handover control, second base station, base station) detects that a communication connection with at least one mobile station has been established in the second cell , it notifies the first radio base station . And further comprising a step G for transmitting a start request , The mobile communication method according to claim 9 , wherein , in the step E , the first radio base station detects the presence of a mobile station in communication in the second cell in response to the notification start request . .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
JP2011124732A

Filed: 2009-12-09     Issued: 2011-06-23

無線通信システム、大出力基地局、小出力基地局及び通信制御方法

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp; 京セラ株式会社     

Kenta Okino, 健太 沖野
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (システム) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (前記通知, 示す通知, の通知) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
JP2011124732A
CLAIM 1
大セルを形成する大出力基地局と、前記大出力基地局よりも送信出力が小さく、前記大セルよりも小さい小セルを形成する小出力基地局とを備え、前記小出力基地局が前記大セル内に設置される無線通信システム (communication control method) であって、 前記大出力基地局は、 自大出力基地局に接続する無線端末のうち、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉量が所定値以上であるとみなされる無線端末を特定する特定部と、 前記特定部により特定された前記無線端末が使用する周波数帯域を決定する決定部と、 前記決定部により決定された前記周波数帯域を示す通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) を前記小出力基地局へ送信する通知部と、 を備え、 前記小出力基地局は、 前記大出力基地局からの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に基づいて、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信を制御する制御部を備える無線通信システム

JP2011124732A
CLAIM 4
前記制御部は、前記大出力基地局に接続する無線端末が、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉を考慮した制御を行うことが適切である場合に、前記通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) で示される前記周波数帯域以外の帯域を、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末が使用可能な周波数帯域とする請求項1乃至3の何れかに記載の無線通信システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information (前記通知, 示す通知, の通知) including information indicating the same carrier .
JP2011124732A
CLAIM 1
大セルを形成する大出力基地局と、前記大出力基地局よりも送信出力が小さく、前記大セルよりも小さい小セルを形成する小出力基地局とを備え、前記小出力基地局が前記大セル内に設置される無線通信システム (communication control method) であって、 前記大出力基地局は、 自大出力基地局に接続する無線端末のうち、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉量が所定値以上であるとみなされる無線端末を特定する特定部と、 前記特定部により特定された前記無線端末が使用する周波数帯域を決定する決定部と、 前記決定部により決定された前記周波数帯域を示す通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) を前記小出力基地局へ送信する通知部と、 を備え、 前記小出力基地局は、 前記大出力基地局からの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に基づいて、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信を制御する制御部を備える無線通信システム

JP2011124732A
CLAIM 4
前記制御部は、前記大出力基地局に接続する無線端末が、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉を考慮した制御を行うことが適切である場合に、前記通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) で示される前記周波数帯域以外の帯域を、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末が使用可能な周波数帯域とする請求項1乃至3の何れかに記載の無線通信システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (前記通知, 示す通知, の通知) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (制御方法) by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
JP2011124732A
CLAIM 1
大セルを形成する大出力基地局と、前記大出力基地局よりも送信出力が小さく、前記大セルよりも小さい小セルを形成する小出力基地局とを備え、前記小出力基地局が前記大セル内に設置される無線通信システム (communication control method) であって、 前記大出力基地局は、 自大出力基地局に接続する無線端末のうち、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉量が所定値以上であるとみなされる無線端末を特定する特定部と、 前記特定部により特定された前記無線端末が使用する周波数帯域を決定する決定部と、 前記決定部により決定された前記周波数帯域を示す通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) を前記小出力基地局へ送信する通知部と、 を備え、 前記小出力基地局は、 前記大出力基地局からの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に基づいて、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信を制御する制御部を備える無線通信システム

JP2011124732A
CLAIM 4
前記制御部は、前記大出力基地局に接続する無線端末が、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉を考慮した制御を行うことが適切である場合に、前記通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) で示される前記周波数帯域以外の帯域を、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末が使用可能な周波数帯域とする請求項1乃至3の何れかに記載の無線通信システム。

JP2011124732A
CLAIM 11
大セルを形成する大出力基地局と、前記大出力基地局よりも送信出力が小さく、前記大セルよりも小さい小セルを形成する小出力基地局とを備え、前記小出力基地局が前記大セル内に設置される無線通信システムにおける通信制御方法 (performing handover control) であって、 前記大出力基地局が、自大出力基地局に接続する無線端末のうち、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉量が所定値以上であるとみなされる無線端末を特定するステップと、 前記大出力基地局が、特定された前記無線端末が使用する周波数帯域を決定するステップと、 前記大出力基地局が、決定された前記周波数帯域を示す通知を前記小出力基地局へ通知するステップと、 前記小出力基地局が、前記大出力基地局からの通知に基づいて、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信を制御するステップと、 を備える通信制御方法

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (前記通知, 示す通知, の通知) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (制御方法) by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2011124732A
CLAIM 1
大セルを形成する大出力基地局と、前記大出力基地局よりも送信出力が小さく、前記大セルよりも小さい小セルを形成する小出力基地局とを備え、前記小出力基地局が前記大セル内に設置される無線通信システム (communication control method) であって、 前記大出力基地局は、 自大出力基地局に接続する無線端末のうち、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉量が所定値以上であるとみなされる無線端末を特定する特定部と、 前記特定部により特定された前記無線端末が使用する周波数帯域を決定する決定部と、 前記決定部により決定された前記周波数帯域を示す通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) を前記小出力基地局へ送信する通知部と、 を備え、 前記小出力基地局は、 前記大出力基地局からの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に基づいて、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信を制御する制御部を備える無線通信システム

JP2011124732A
CLAIM 4
前記制御部は、前記大出力基地局に接続する無線端末が、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉を考慮した制御を行うことが適切である場合に、前記通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) で示される前記周波数帯域以外の帯域を、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末が使用可能な周波数帯域とする請求項1乃至3の何れかに記載の無線通信システム。

JP2011124732A
CLAIM 11
大セルを形成する大出力基地局と、前記大出力基地局よりも送信出力が小さく、前記大セルよりも小さい小セルを形成する小出力基地局とを備え、前記小出力基地局が前記大セル内に設置される無線通信システムにおける通信制御方法 (performing handover control) であって、 前記大出力基地局が、自大出力基地局に接続する無線端末のうち、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉量が所定値以上であるとみなされる無線端末を特定するステップと、 前記大出力基地局が、特定された前記無線端末が使用する周波数帯域を決定するステップと、 前記大出力基地局が、決定された前記周波数帯域を示す通知を前記小出力基地局へ通知するステップと、 前記小出力基地局が、前記大出力基地局からの通知に基づいて、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信を制御するステップと、 を備える通信制御方法

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2011124732A
CLAIM 1
大セルを形成する大出力基地局と、前記大出力基地局よりも送信出力が小さく、前記大セルよりも小さい小セルを形成する小出力基地局とを備え、前記小出力基地局が前記大セル内に設置される無線通信システム (communication control method) であって、 前記大出力基地局は、 自大出力基地局に接続する無線端末のうち、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉量が所定値以上であるとみなされる無線端末を特定する特定部と、 前記特定部により特定された前記無線端末が使用する周波数帯域を決定する決定部と、 前記決定部により決定された前記周波数帯域を示す通知を前記小出力基地局へ送信する通知部と、 を備え、 前記小出力基地局は、 前記大出力基地局からの通知に基づいて、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信を制御する制御部を備える無線通信システム

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (前記通知, 示す通知, の通知) transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2011124732A
CLAIM 1
大セルを形成する大出力基地局と、前記大出力基地局よりも送信出力が小さく、前記大セルよりも小さい小セルを形成する小出力基地局とを備え、前記小出力基地局が前記大セル内に設置される無線通信システム (communication control method) であって、 前記大出力基地局は、 自大出力基地局に接続する無線端末のうち、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉量が所定値以上であるとみなされる無線端末を特定する特定部と、 前記特定部により特定された前記無線端末が使用する周波数帯域を決定する決定部と、 前記決定部により決定された前記周波数帯域を示す通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) を前記小出力基地局へ送信する通知部と、 を備え、 前記小出力基地局は、 前記大出力基地局からの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に基づいて、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信を制御する制御部を備える無線通信システム

JP2011124732A
CLAIM 4
前記制御部は、前記大出力基地局に接続する無線端末が、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉を考慮した制御を行うことが適切である場合に、前記通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) で示される前記周波数帯域以外の帯域を、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末が使用可能な周波数帯域とする請求項1乃至3の何れかに記載の無線通信システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (システム) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (前記通知, 示す通知, の通知) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
JP2011124732A
CLAIM 1
大セルを形成する大出力基地局と、前記大出力基地局よりも送信出力が小さく、前記大セルよりも小さい小セルを形成する小出力基地局とを備え、前記小出力基地局が前記大セル内に設置される無線通信システム (communication control method) であって、 前記大出力基地局は、 自大出力基地局に接続する無線端末のうち、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉量が所定値以上であるとみなされる無線端末を特定する特定部と、 前記特定部により特定された前記無線端末が使用する周波数帯域を決定する決定部と、 前記決定部により決定された前記周波数帯域を示す通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) を前記小出力基地局へ送信する通知部と、 を備え、 前記小出力基地局は、 前記大出力基地局からの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に基づいて、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信を制御する制御部を備える無線通信システム

JP2011124732A
CLAIM 4
前記制御部は、前記大出力基地局に接続する無線端末が、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉を考慮した制御を行うことが適切である場合に、前記通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) で示される前記周波数帯域以外の帯域を、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末が使用可能な周波数帯域とする請求項1乃至3の何れかに記載の無線通信システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
JP2011124732A
CLAIM 1
大セルを形成する大出力基地局と、前記大出力基地局よりも送信出力が小さく、前記大セルよりも小さい小セルを形成する小出力基地局とを備え、前記小出力基地局が前記大セル内に設置される無線通信システム (communication control method) であって、 前記大出力基地局は、 自大出力基地局に接続する無線端末のうち、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉量が所定値以上であるとみなされる無線端末を特定する特定部と、 前記特定部により特定された前記無線端末が使用する周波数帯域を決定する決定部と、 前記決定部により決定された前記周波数帯域を示す通知を前記小出力基地局へ送信する通知部と、 を備え、 前記小出力基地局は、 前記大出力基地局からの通知に基づいて、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信を制御する制御部を備える無線通信システム

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information (前記通知, 示す通知, の通知) from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
JP2011124732A
CLAIM 1
大セルを形成する大出力基地局と、前記大出力基地局よりも送信出力が小さく、前記大セルよりも小さい小セルを形成する小出力基地局とを備え、前記小出力基地局が前記大セル内に設置される無線通信システムであって、 前記大出力基地局は、 自大出力基地局に接続する無線端末のうち、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉量が所定値以上であるとみなされる無線端末を特定する特定部と、 前記特定部により特定された前記無線端末が使用する周波数帯域を決定する決定部と、 前記決定部により決定された前記周波数帯域を示す通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) を前記小出力基地局へ送信する通知部と、 を備え、 前記小出力基地局は、 前記大出力基地局からの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に基づいて、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信を制御する制御部を備える無線通信システム。

JP2011124732A
CLAIM 4
前記制御部は、前記大出力基地局に接続する無線端末が、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉を考慮した制御を行うことが適切である場合に、前記通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) で示される前記周波数帯域以外の帯域を、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末が使用可能な周波数帯域とする請求項1乃至3の何れかに記載の無線通信システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information (前記通知, 示す通知, の通知) to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
JP2011124732A
CLAIM 1
大セルを形成する大出力基地局と、前記大出力基地局よりも送信出力が小さく、前記大セルよりも小さい小セルを形成する小出力基地局とを備え、前記小出力基地局が前記大セル内に設置される無線通信システムであって、 前記大出力基地局は、 自大出力基地局に接続する無線端末のうち、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉量が所定値以上であるとみなされる無線端末を特定する特定部と、 前記特定部により特定された前記無線端末が使用する周波数帯域を決定する決定部と、 前記決定部により決定された前記周波数帯域を示す通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) を前記小出力基地局へ送信する通知部と、 を備え、 前記小出力基地局は、 前記大出力基地局からの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に基づいて、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信を制御する制御部を備える無線通信システム。

JP2011124732A
CLAIM 4
前記制御部は、前記大出力基地局に接続する無線端末が、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉を考慮した制御を行うことが適切である場合に、前記通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) で示される前記周波数帯域以外の帯域を、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末が使用可能な周波数帯域とする請求項1乃至3の何れかに記載の無線通信システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (前記通知, 示す通知, の通知) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
JP2011124732A
CLAIM 1
大セルを形成する大出力基地局と、前記大出力基地局よりも送信出力が小さく、前記大セルよりも小さい小セルを形成する小出力基地局とを備え、前記小出力基地局が前記大セル内に設置される無線通信システムであって、 前記大出力基地局は、 自大出力基地局に接続する無線端末のうち、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉量が所定値以上であるとみなされる無線端末を特定する特定部と、 前記特定部により特定された前記無線端末が使用する周波数帯域を決定する決定部と、 前記決定部により決定された前記周波数帯域を示す通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) を前記小出力基地局へ送信する通知部と、 を備え、 前記小出力基地局は、 前記大出力基地局からの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に基づいて、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信を制御する制御部を備える無線通信システム。

JP2011124732A
CLAIM 4
前記制御部は、前記大出力基地局に接続する無線端末が、前記小出力基地局と前記小出力基地局に接続する無線端末との間の通信に与える干渉を考慮した制御を行うことが適切である場合に、前記通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) で示される前記周波数帯域以外の帯域を、自小出力基地局に接続する無線端末が使用可能な周波数帯域とする請求項1乃至3の何れかに記載の無線通信システム。




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2010059003A2

Filed: 2009-11-23     Issued: 2010-05-27

Method of transmitting and receiving carrier configuration information

(Original Assignee) Lg Electronics Inc.     

Gi Won Park, Young Soo Yuk, Yong Ho Kim, Ki Seon Ryu
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (second base station) and at least one second base station (second base station) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (mobile station) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 1
A method for controlling a mobile station (user terminal) to receive carrier configuration information (CCI) in a wireless access system supporting multiple carriers , the method comprising : a) receiving a first CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a first base station (first base station) ;
b) receiving a second CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a second BS ;
and c) determining whether to perform location update and carrier switching using the first CCI and the second CCI .

WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 2
The method according to claim 1 , wherein the first CCI and the second CCI each include at least one of configuration information of the multiple carriers supplied from the first base station and the second base station (second base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (second base station) (second base station) in the proximity of the user terminal (mobile station) is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 1
A method for controlling a mobile station (user terminal) to receive carrier configuration information (CCI) in a wireless access system supporting multiple carriers , the method comprising : a) receiving a first CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a first base station ;
b) receiving a second CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a second BS ;
and c) determining whether to perform location update and carrier switching using the first CCI and the second CCI .

WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 2
The method according to claim 1 , wherein the first CCI and the second CCI each include at least one of configuration information of the multiple carriers supplied from the first base station and the second base station (second base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (second base station) such that the used carrier of the user terminal (mobile station) is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (second base station) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 1
A method for controlling a mobile station (user terminal) to receive carrier configuration information (CCI) in a wireless access system supporting multiple carriers , the method comprising : a) receiving a first CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a first base station (first base station) ;
b) receiving a second CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a second BS ;
and c) determining whether to perform location update and carrier switching using the first CCI and the second CCI .

WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 2
The method according to claim 1 , wherein the first CCI and the second CCI each include at least one of configuration information of the multiple carriers supplied from the first base station and the second base station (second base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (second base station) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (second base station) in the proximity of the user terminal (mobile station) is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 1
A method for controlling a mobile station (user terminal) to receive carrier configuration information (CCI) in a wireless access system supporting multiple carriers , the method comprising : a) receiving a first CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a first base station (first base station) ;
b) receiving a second CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a second BS ;
and c) determining whether to perform location update and carrier switching using the first CCI and the second CCI .

WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 2
The method according to claim 1 , wherein the first CCI and the second CCI each include at least one of configuration information of the multiple carriers supplied from the first base station and the second base station (second base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (second base station) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (mobile station) .
WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 1
A method for controlling a mobile station (user terminal) to receive carrier configuration information (CCI) in a wireless access system supporting multiple carriers , the method comprising : a) receiving a first CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a first base station (first base station) ;
b) receiving a second CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a second BS ;
and c) determining whether to perform location update and carrier switching using the first CCI and the second CCI .

WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 2
The method according to claim 1 , wherein the first CCI and the second CCI each include at least one of configuration information of the multiple carriers supplied from the first base station and the second base station (second base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (second base station) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (second base station) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (mobile station) .
WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 1
A method for controlling a mobile station (user terminal) to receive carrier configuration information (CCI) in a wireless access system supporting multiple carriers , the method comprising : a) receiving a first CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a first base station (first base station) ;
b) receiving a second CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a second BS ;
and c) determining whether to perform location update and carrier switching using the first CCI and the second CCI .

WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 2
The method according to claim 1 , wherein the first CCI and the second CCI each include at least one of configuration information of the multiple carriers supplied from the first base station and the second base station (second base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (second base station) and at least one second base station (second base station) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (mobile station) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 1
A method for controlling a mobile station (user terminal) to receive carrier configuration information (CCI) in a wireless access system supporting multiple carriers , the method comprising : a) receiving a first CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a first base station (first base station) ;
b) receiving a second CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a second BS ;
and c) determining whether to perform location update and carrier switching using the first CCI and the second CCI .

WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 2
The method according to claim 1 , wherein the first CCI and the second CCI each include at least one of configuration information of the multiple carriers supplied from the first base station and the second base station (second base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal (mobile station) , the first base station (second base station) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (second base station) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 1
A method for controlling a mobile station (user terminal) to receive carrier configuration information (CCI) in a wireless access system supporting multiple carriers , the method comprising : a) receiving a first CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a first base station (first base station) ;
b) receiving a second CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a second BS ;
and c) determining whether to perform location update and carrier switching using the first CCI and the second CCI .

WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 2
The method according to claim 1 , wherein the first CCI and the second CCI each include at least one of configuration information of the multiple carriers supplied from the first base station and the second base station (second base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (second base station) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal (mobile station) connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (second base station) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 1
A method for controlling a mobile station (user terminal) to receive carrier configuration information (CCI) in a wireless access system supporting multiple carriers , the method comprising : a) receiving a first CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a first base station (first base station) ;
b) receiving a second CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a second BS ;
and c) determining whether to perform location update and carrier switching using the first CCI and the second CCI .

WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 2
The method according to claim 1 , wherein the first CCI and the second CCI each include at least one of configuration information of the multiple carriers supplied from the first base station and the second base station (second base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal (mobile station) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (second base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (second base station) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 1
A method for controlling a mobile station (user terminal) to receive carrier configuration information (CCI) in a wireless access system supporting multiple carriers , the method comprising : a) receiving a first CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a first base station (first base station) ;
b) receiving a second CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a second BS ;
and c) determining whether to perform location update and carrier switching using the first CCI and the second CCI .

WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 2
The method according to claim 1 , wherein the first CCI and the second CCI each include at least one of configuration information of the multiple carriers supplied from the first base station and the second base station (second base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal (mobile station) in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (second base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (second base station) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 1
A method for controlling a mobile station (user terminal) to receive carrier configuration information (CCI) in a wireless access system supporting multiple carriers , the method comprising : a) receiving a first CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a first base station (first base station) ;
b) receiving a second CCI including information about configuration of the multiple carriers from a second BS ;
and c) determining whether to perform location update and carrier switching using the first CCI and the second CCI .

WO2010059003A2
CLAIM 2
The method according to claim 1 , wherein the first CCI and the second CCI each include at least one of configuration information of the multiple carriers supplied from the first base station and the second base station (second base station, base station) .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2010050885A1

Filed: 2009-10-26     Issued: 2010-05-06

Cell type information sharing between neighbour base stations

(Original Assignee) Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ)     

Tarmo Kuningas
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (first base station) and at least one second base (station information) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010050885A1
CLAIM 5
. Method according to any one of claims 1-4 , further comprising : receiving (430) in return in the first base station information (second base) on the cell type of the cell served by the second base station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base (station information) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2010050885A1
CLAIM 5
. Method according to any one of claims 1-4 , further comprising : receiving (430) in return in the first base station information (second base) on the cell type of the cell served by the second base station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (first base station) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (station information) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010050885A1
CLAIM 5
. Method according to any one of claims 1-4 , further comprising : receiving (430) in return in the first base station information (second base) on the cell type of the cell served by the second base station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (first base station) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (station information) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010050885A1
CLAIM 5
. Method according to any one of claims 1-4 , further comprising : receiving (430) in return in the first base station information (second base) on the cell type of the cell served by the second base station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (first base station) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010050885A1
CLAIM 5
. Method according to any one of claims 1-4 , further comprising : receiving (430) in return in the first base station (first base station) information on the cell type of the cell served by the second base station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (first base station) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base (station information) station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010050885A1
CLAIM 5
. Method according to any one of claims 1-4 , further comprising : receiving (430) in return in the first base station information (second base) on the cell type of the cell served by the second base station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (first base station) and at least one second base (station information) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2010050885A1
CLAIM 5
. Method according to any one of claims 1-4 , further comprising : receiving (430) in return in the first base station information (second base) on the cell type of the cell served by the second base station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (first base station) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base (station information) station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2010050885A1
CLAIM 5
. Method according to any one of claims 1-4 , further comprising : receiving (430) in return in the first base station information (second base) on the cell type of the cell served by the second base station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base (station information) station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (first base station) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010050885A1
CLAIM 5
. Method according to any one of claims 1-4 , further comprising : receiving (430) in return in the first base station information (second base) on the cell type of the cell served by the second base station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (first base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base (station information) station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2010050885A1
CLAIM 5
. Method according to any one of claims 1-4 , further comprising : receiving (430) in return in the first base station information (second base) on the cell type of the cell served by the second base station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (first base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base (station information) station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2010050885A1
CLAIM 5
. Method according to any one of claims 1-4 , further comprising : receiving (430) in return in the first base station information (second base) on the cell type of the cell served by the second base station .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
JP2011077964A

Filed: 2009-10-01     Issued: 2011-04-14

通信システム、干渉調整方法、基地局装置及び移動局装置

(Original Assignee) Sharp Corp; シャープ株式会社     

Katsunari Kamimura, 克成 上村
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (少なくとも, システム) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (セルグローバル) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
JP2011077964A
CLAIM 1
移動局装置と、マクロセルを管理する第1の基地局装置及びホームセルを管理する第2の基地局装置とを備え、上りリンクの干渉調整を前記第1の基地局装置と前記第2の基地局装置の間で行なう通信システム (communication control method) であって、 前記第1の基地局装置は、干渉調整のために前記移動局装置の近辺にある前記第2の基地局装置を特定する必要があるか否かを判定し、特定する必要があると判定した場合に前記移動局装置に対して前記第2の基地局装置の特定に必要な追加情報の送信を要求し、 前記移動局装置は、前記第1の基地局装置の要求に基づき前記追加情報を取得し、少なくとも (communication control method) 前記追加情報を前記第1の基地局装置に送信し、 前記第1の基地局装置は、前記追加情報に基づき干渉調整に関する制御メッセージを生成し、前記制御メッセージを前記第2の基地局装置へ送信することを特徴とする通信システム

JP2011077964A
CLAIM 5
前記追加情報は、前記第2の基地局装置の報知情報に含まれるセルグローバル (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information) 識別子とトラッキングエリア識別子のいずれか、または両方であることを特徴とする請求項2から請求項4のいずれかに記載の通信システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (少なくとも, システム) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information (セルグローバル) including information indicating the same carrier .
JP2011077964A
CLAIM 1
移動局装置と、マクロセルを管理する第1の基地局装置及びホームセルを管理する第2の基地局装置とを備え、上りリンクの干渉調整を前記第1の基地局装置と前記第2の基地局装置の間で行なう通信システム (communication control method) であって、 前記第1の基地局装置は、干渉調整のために前記移動局装置の近辺にある前記第2の基地局装置を特定する必要があるか否かを判定し、特定する必要があると判定した場合に前記移動局装置に対して前記第2の基地局装置の特定に必要な追加情報の送信を要求し、 前記移動局装置は、前記第1の基地局装置の要求に基づき前記追加情報を取得し、少なくとも (communication control method) 前記追加情報を前記第1の基地局装置に送信し、 前記第1の基地局装置は、前記追加情報に基づき干渉調整に関する制御メッセージを生成し、前記制御メッセージを前記第2の基地局装置へ送信することを特徴とする通信システム

JP2011077964A
CLAIM 5
前記追加情報は、前記第2の基地局装置の報知情報に含まれるセルグローバル (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information) 識別子とトラッキングエリア識別子のいずれか、または両方であることを特徴とする請求項2から請求項4のいずれかに記載の通信システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (少なくとも, システム) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (セルグローバル) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (のセル) by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
JP2011077964A
CLAIM 1
移動局装置と、マクロセルを管理する第1の基地局装置及びホームセルを管理する第2の基地局装置とを備え、上りリンクの干渉調整を前記第1の基地局装置と前記第2の基地局装置の間で行なう通信システム (communication control method) であって、 前記第1の基地局装置は、干渉調整のために前記移動局装置の近辺にある前記第2の基地局装置を特定する必要があるか否かを判定し、特定する必要があると判定した場合に前記移動局装置に対して前記第2の基地局装置の特定に必要な追加情報の送信を要求し、 前記移動局装置は、前記第1の基地局装置の要求に基づき前記追加情報を取得し、少なくとも (communication control method) 前記追加情報を前記第1の基地局装置に送信し、 前記第1の基地局装置は、前記追加情報に基づき干渉調整に関する制御メッセージを生成し、前記制御メッセージを前記第2の基地局装置へ送信することを特徴とする通信システム

JP2011077964A
CLAIM 2
前記第1の基地局装置は、同一のセル (performing handover control) 識別子を持つ前記第2の基地局装置が前記第1の基地局装置が管理するマクロセル内に存在する場合に、前記移動局装置に対して前記第2の基地局装置の特定に必要な追加情報の送信を要求する必要があると判定することを特徴とする請求項1に記載の通信システム。

JP2011077964A
CLAIM 5
前記追加情報は、前記第2の基地局装置の報知情報に含まれるセルグローバル (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information) 識別子とトラッキングエリア識別子のいずれか、または両方であることを特徴とする請求項2から請求項4のいずれかに記載の通信システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (少なくとも, システム) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (セルグローバル) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (のセル) by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2011077964A
CLAIM 1
移動局装置と、マクロセルを管理する第1の基地局装置及びホームセルを管理する第2の基地局装置とを備え、上りリンクの干渉調整を前記第1の基地局装置と前記第2の基地局装置の間で行なう通信システム (communication control method) であって、 前記第1の基地局装置は、干渉調整のために前記移動局装置の近辺にある前記第2の基地局装置を特定する必要があるか否かを判定し、特定する必要があると判定した場合に前記移動局装置に対して前記第2の基地局装置の特定に必要な追加情報の送信を要求し、 前記移動局装置は、前記第1の基地局装置の要求に基づき前記追加情報を取得し、少なくとも (communication control method) 前記追加情報を前記第1の基地局装置に送信し、 前記第1の基地局装置は、前記追加情報に基づき干渉調整に関する制御メッセージを生成し、前記制御メッセージを前記第2の基地局装置へ送信することを特徴とする通信システム

JP2011077964A
CLAIM 2
前記第1の基地局装置は、同一のセル (performing handover control) 識別子を持つ前記第2の基地局装置が前記第1の基地局装置が管理するマクロセル内に存在する場合に、前記移動局装置に対して前記第2の基地局装置の特定に必要な追加情報の送信を要求する必要があると判定することを特徴とする請求項1に記載の通信システム。

JP2011077964A
CLAIM 5
前記追加情報は、前記第2の基地局装置の報知情報に含まれるセルグローバル (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information) 識別子とトラッキングエリア識別子のいずれか、または両方であることを特徴とする請求項2から請求項4のいずれかに記載の通信システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (少なくとも, システム) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2011077964A
CLAIM 1
移動局装置と、マクロセルを管理する第1の基地局装置及びホームセルを管理する第2の基地局装置とを備え、上りリンクの干渉調整を前記第1の基地局装置と前記第2の基地局装置の間で行なう通信システム (communication control method) であって、 前記第1の基地局装置は、干渉調整のために前記移動局装置の近辺にある前記第2の基地局装置を特定する必要があるか否かを判定し、特定する必要があると判定した場合に前記移動局装置に対して前記第2の基地局装置の特定に必要な追加情報の送信を要求し、 前記移動局装置は、前記第1の基地局装置の要求に基づき前記追加情報を取得し、少なくとも (communication control method) 前記追加情報を前記第1の基地局装置に送信し、 前記第1の基地局装置は、前記追加情報に基づき干渉調整に関する制御メッセージを生成し、前記制御メッセージを前記第2の基地局装置へ送信することを特徴とする通信システム

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (少なくとも, システム) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (セルグローバル) transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2011077964A
CLAIM 1
移動局装置と、マクロセルを管理する第1の基地局装置及びホームセルを管理する第2の基地局装置とを備え、上りリンクの干渉調整を前記第1の基地局装置と前記第2の基地局装置の間で行なう通信システム (communication control method) であって、 前記第1の基地局装置は、干渉調整のために前記移動局装置の近辺にある前記第2の基地局装置を特定する必要があるか否かを判定し、特定する必要があると判定した場合に前記移動局装置に対して前記第2の基地局装置の特定に必要な追加情報の送信を要求し、 前記移動局装置は、前記第1の基地局装置の要求に基づき前記追加情報を取得し、少なくとも (communication control method) 前記追加情報を前記第1の基地局装置に送信し、 前記第1の基地局装置は、前記追加情報に基づき干渉調整に関する制御メッセージを生成し、前記制御メッセージを前記第2の基地局装置へ送信することを特徴とする通信システム

JP2011077964A
CLAIM 5
前記追加情報は、前記第2の基地局装置の報知情報に含まれるセルグローバル (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information) 識別子とトラッキングエリア識別子のいずれか、または両方であることを特徴とする請求項2から請求項4のいずれかに記載の通信システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (少なくとも, システム) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (セルグローバル) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
JP2011077964A
CLAIM 1
移動局装置と、マクロセルを管理する第1の基地局装置及びホームセルを管理する第2の基地局装置とを備え、上りリンクの干渉調整を前記第1の基地局装置と前記第2の基地局装置の間で行なう通信システム (communication control method) であって、 前記第1の基地局装置は、干渉調整のために前記移動局装置の近辺にある前記第2の基地局装置を特定する必要があるか否かを判定し、特定する必要があると判定した場合に前記移動局装置に対して前記第2の基地局装置の特定に必要な追加情報の送信を要求し、 前記移動局装置は、前記第1の基地局装置の要求に基づき前記追加情報を取得し、少なくとも (communication control method) 前記追加情報を前記第1の基地局装置に送信し、 前記第1の基地局装置は、前記追加情報に基づき干渉調整に関する制御メッセージを生成し、前記制御メッセージを前記第2の基地局装置へ送信することを特徴とする通信システム

JP2011077964A
CLAIM 5
前記追加情報は、前記第2の基地局装置の報知情報に含まれるセルグローバル (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information) 識別子とトラッキングエリア識別子のいずれか、または両方であることを特徴とする請求項2から請求項4のいずれかに記載の通信システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (少なくとも, システム) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
JP2011077964A
CLAIM 1
移動局装置と、マクロセルを管理する第1の基地局装置及びホームセルを管理する第2の基地局装置とを備え、上りリンクの干渉調整を前記第1の基地局装置と前記第2の基地局装置の間で行なう通信システム (communication control method) であって、 前記第1の基地局装置は、干渉調整のために前記移動局装置の近辺にある前記第2の基地局装置を特定する必要があるか否かを判定し、特定する必要があると判定した場合に前記移動局装置に対して前記第2の基地局装置の特定に必要な追加情報の送信を要求し、 前記移動局装置は、前記第1の基地局装置の要求に基づき前記追加情報を取得し、少なくとも (communication control method) 前記追加情報を前記第1の基地局装置に送信し、 前記第1の基地局装置は、前記追加情報に基づき干渉調整に関する制御メッセージを生成し、前記制御メッセージを前記第2の基地局装置へ送信することを特徴とする通信システム

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information (セルグローバル) from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
JP2011077964A
CLAIM 5
前記追加情報は、前記第2の基地局装置の報知情報に含まれるセルグローバル (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information) 識別子とトラッキングエリア識別子のいずれか、または両方であることを特徴とする請求項2から請求項4のいずれかに記載の通信システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information (セルグローバル) to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
JP2011077964A
CLAIM 5
前記追加情報は、前記第2の基地局装置の報知情報に含まれるセルグローバル (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information) 識別子とトラッキングエリア識別子のいずれか、または両方であることを特徴とする請求項2から請求項4のいずれかに記載の通信システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (セルグローバル) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
JP2011077964A
CLAIM 5
前記追加情報は、前記第2の基地局装置の報知情報に含まれるセルグローバル (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information) 識別子とトラッキングエリア識別子のいずれか、または両方であることを特徴とする請求項2から請求項4のいずれかに記載の通信システム。




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2010090568A1

Filed: 2009-06-26     Issued: 2010-08-12

Methods and arrangements for handover

(Original Assignee) Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ)     

Konstantinos Dimou, Erik Dahlman
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (determined base) and at least one second base station (determined base) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010090568A1
CLAIM 7
. Method according to any of the claims 1-6 , wherein the threshold value is determined base (second base station, base station) d on at least one value of a handover hysteresis value or the speed of the mobile terminal (110) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (determined base) (determined base) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2010090568A1
CLAIM 7
. Method according to any of the claims 1-6 , wherein the threshold value is determined base (second base station, base station) d on at least one value of a handover hysteresis value or the speed of the mobile terminal (110) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (measurement report) by the first base station (determined base) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (determined base) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010090568A1
CLAIM 1
. Method in a mobile terminal (110) for performing handover from a first radio network node (120) to a second radio network node (130) in a radio communication system (100) , the radio communication system (100) comprises the mobile terminal (110) , the first radio network node (120) and the second radio network node (130) , the method comprises the steps of : measuring (401) a first signal evaluation value on a first signal received from the first radio network node (120) , sending (402) a measurement report (handover control, performing handover control) comprising the first signal evaluation value to the first network node (120) , in association with the moment of sending (402) the measurement report , starting (403) a timer (530) for measuring a wait period , when the wait period has expired , measuring (404) a second signal evaluation value on a second signal received from the first radio network node (120) , obtaining (405) a signal evaluation value difference by subtracting the first signal evaluation value from the second signal evaluation value , comparing (406) the obtained signal evaluation value difference with a threshold value , if the signal evaluation value absolute difference is higher than the threshold value , performing (408) random access to the second radio network node (130) .

WO2010090568A1
CLAIM 7
. Method according to any of the claims 1-6 , wherein the threshold value is determined base (second base station, base station) d on at least one value of a handover hysteresis value or the speed of the mobile terminal (110) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (measurement report) by the first base station (determined base) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (determined base) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010090568A1
CLAIM 1
. Method in a mobile terminal (110) for performing handover from a first radio network node (120) to a second radio network node (130) in a radio communication system (100) , the radio communication system (100) comprises the mobile terminal (110) , the first radio network node (120) and the second radio network node (130) , the method comprises the steps of : measuring (401) a first signal evaluation value on a first signal received from the first radio network node (120) , sending (402) a measurement report (handover control, performing handover control) comprising the first signal evaluation value to the first network node (120) , in association with the moment of sending (402) the measurement report , starting (403) a timer (530) for measuring a wait period , when the wait period has expired , measuring (404) a second signal evaluation value on a second signal received from the first radio network node (120) , obtaining (405) a signal evaluation value difference by subtracting the first signal evaluation value from the second signal evaluation value , comparing (406) the obtained signal evaluation value difference with a threshold value , if the signal evaluation value absolute difference is higher than the threshold value , performing (408) random access to the second radio network node (130) .

WO2010090568A1
CLAIM 7
. Method according to any of the claims 1-6 , wherein the threshold value is determined base (second base station, base station) d on at least one value of a handover hysteresis value or the speed of the mobile terminal (110) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (determined base) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010090568A1
CLAIM 7
. Method according to any of the claims 1-6 , wherein the threshold value is determined base (second base station, base station) d on at least one value of a handover hysteresis value or the speed of the mobile terminal (110) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (determined base) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (determined base) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010090568A1
CLAIM 7
. Method according to any of the claims 1-6 , wherein the threshold value is determined base (second base station, base station) d on at least one value of a handover hysteresis value or the speed of the mobile terminal (110) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (determined base) and at least one second base station (determined base) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2010090568A1
CLAIM 7
. Method according to any of the claims 1-6 , wherein the threshold value is determined base (second base station, base station) d on at least one value of a handover hysteresis value or the speed of the mobile terminal (110) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (determined base) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (determined base) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2010090568A1
CLAIM 7
. Method according to any of the claims 1-6 , wherein the threshold value is determined base (second base station, base station) d on at least one value of a handover hysteresis value or the speed of the mobile terminal (110) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (determined base) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (determined base) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010090568A1
CLAIM 7
. Method according to any of the claims 1-6 , wherein the threshold value is determined base (second base station, base station) d on at least one value of a handover hysteresis value or the speed of the mobile terminal (110) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (determined base) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (determined base) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2010090568A1
CLAIM 7
. Method according to any of the claims 1-6 , wherein the threshold value is determined base (second base station, base station) d on at least one value of a handover hysteresis value or the speed of the mobile terminal (110) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions (second measurement) to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (determined base) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (determined base) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2010090568A1
CLAIM 7
. Method according to any of the claims 1-6 , wherein the threshold value is determined base (second base station, base station) d on at least one value of a handover hysteresis value or the speed of the mobile terminal (110) .

WO2010090568A1
CLAIM 8
. Arrangement (500) in a mobile terminal (110) for performing handover from a first radio network node (120) to a second radio network node (130) in a radio communication system (100) , the radio communication system (100) comprises the mobile terminal (110) , the first radio network node (120) and the second radio network node (130) , the arrangement (500) comprises : a first measurement unit (510) , adapted to measure a first signal evaluation value on a first signal received from the first radio network node (120) , a sending unit (520) , adapted to send a measurement report comprising the first signal evaluation value to the first network node (120) , a timer (530) , adapted to measure a wait period , a second measurement (memory storing instructions) unit (540) , adapted to measure a second signal evaluation value on a second signal received from the first radio network node (120) , an obtaining unit (550) , adapted to obtain a signal evaluation value difference by subtracting the first signal evaluation value from the second signal evaluation value , a comparison unit (560) , adapted to compare the obtained signal evaluation value difference with a predetermined threshold value , a random access performing unit (570) , adapted to perform random access to the second radio network node (130) .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
CN101888630A

Filed: 2009-05-11     Issued: 2010-11-17

一种切换接入网的认证方法、系统和装置

(Original Assignee) 华为终端有限公司     

杨永利, 丁志明, 树贵明
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (第二发送) and at least one second base station (第二发送) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN101888630A
CLAIM 23
. 如权利要求21所述的终端装置,其特征在于,所述终端包括:单收单发WiFi/WiMAX 双模终端;或,双收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终端,当所述终端为单收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终 端时,还包括:第二发送 (second base station, base station) 模块,向所述切换服务器发送基站查询请求,所述基站查询请求中包含当前 连接的WiFi接入点标识,以使所述切换服务器根据所述当前连接的WiFi接入点标识查找 目标WiMAX基站;第三接收模块,接收所述切换服务器发送的基站查询响应,所述基站查询响应中包含 目标WiMAX基站信息或为空。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (第二发送) (第二发送) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
CN101888630A
CLAIM 23
. 如权利要求21所述的终端装置,其特征在于,所述终端包括:单收单发WiFi/WiMAX 双模终端;或,双收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终端,当所述终端为单收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终 端时,还包括:第二发送 (second base station, base station) 模块,向所述切换服务器发送基站查询请求,所述基站查询请求中包含当前 连接的WiFi接入点标识,以使所述切换服务器根据所述当前连接的WiFi接入点标识查找 目标WiMAX基站;第三接收模块,接收所述切换服务器发送的基站查询响应,所述基站查询响应中包含 目标WiMAX基站信息或为空。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (第二发送) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (第二发送) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
CN101888630A
CLAIM 23
. 如权利要求21所述的终端装置,其特征在于,所述终端包括:单收单发WiFi/WiMAX 双模终端;或,双收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终端,当所述终端为单收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终 端时,还包括:第二发送 (second base station, base station) 模块,向所述切换服务器发送基站查询请求,所述基站查询请求中包含当前 连接的WiFi接入点标识,以使所述切换服务器根据所述当前连接的WiFi接入点标识查找 目标WiMAX基站;第三接收模块,接收所述切换服务器发送的基站查询响应,所述基站查询响应中包含 目标WiMAX基站信息或为空。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (第二发送) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (第二发送) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101888630A
CLAIM 23
. 如权利要求21所述的终端装置,其特征在于,所述终端包括:单收单发WiFi/WiMAX 双模终端;或,双收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终端,当所述终端为单收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终 端时,还包括:第二发送 (second base station, base station) 模块,向所述切换服务器发送基站查询请求,所述基站查询请求中包含当前 连接的WiFi接入点标识,以使所述切换服务器根据所述当前连接的WiFi接入点标识查找 目标WiMAX基站;第三接收模块,接收所述切换服务器发送的基站查询响应,所述基站查询响应中包含 目标WiMAX基站信息或为空。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (第二发送) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101888630A
CLAIM 23
. 如权利要求21所述的终端装置,其特征在于,所述终端包括:单收单发WiFi/WiMAX 双模终端;或,双收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终端,当所述终端为单收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终 端时,还包括:第二发送 (second base station, base station) 模块,向所述切换服务器发送基站查询请求,所述基站查询请求中包含当前 连接的WiFi接入点标识,以使所述切换服务器根据所述当前连接的WiFi接入点标识查找 目标WiMAX基站;第三接收模块,接收所述切换服务器发送的基站查询响应,所述基站查询响应中包含 目标WiMAX基站信息或为空。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (第二发送) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (第二发送) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101888630A
CLAIM 23
. 如权利要求21所述的终端装置,其特征在于,所述终端包括:单收单发WiFi/WiMAX 双模终端;或,双收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终端,当所述终端为单收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终 端时,还包括:第二发送 (second base station, base station) 模块,向所述切换服务器发送基站查询请求,所述基站查询请求中包含当前 连接的WiFi接入点标识,以使所述切换服务器根据所述当前连接的WiFi接入点标识查找 目标WiMAX基站;第三接收模块,接收所述切换服务器发送的基站查询响应,所述基站查询响应中包含 目标WiMAX基站信息或为空。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (第二发送) and at least one second base station (第二发送) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
CN101888630A
CLAIM 23
. 如权利要求21所述的终端装置,其特征在于,所述终端包括:单收单发WiFi/WiMAX 双模终端;或,双收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终端,当所述终端为单收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终 端时,还包括:第二发送 (second base station, base station) 模块,向所述切换服务器发送基站查询请求,所述基站查询请求中包含当前 连接的WiFi接入点标识,以使所述切换服务器根据所述当前连接的WiFi接入点标识查找 目标WiMAX基站;第三接收模块,接收所述切换服务器发送的基站查询响应,所述基站查询响应中包含 目标WiMAX基站信息或为空。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (第二发送) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (第二发送) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
CN101888630A
CLAIM 23
. 如权利要求21所述的终端装置,其特征在于,所述终端包括:单收单发WiFi/WiMAX 双模终端;或,双收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终端,当所述终端为单收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终 端时,还包括:第二发送 (second base station, base station) 模块,向所述切换服务器发送基站查询请求,所述基站查询请求中包含当前 连接的WiFi接入点标识,以使所述切换服务器根据所述当前连接的WiFi接入点标识查找 目标WiMAX基站;第三接收模块,接收所述切换服务器发送的基站查询响应,所述基站查询响应中包含 目标WiMAX基站信息或为空。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (第二发送) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (第二发送) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN101888630A
CLAIM 23
. 如权利要求21所述的终端装置,其特征在于,所述终端包括:单收单发WiFi/WiMAX 双模终端;或,双收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终端,当所述终端为单收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终 端时,还包括:第二发送 (second base station, base station) 模块,向所述切换服务器发送基站查询请求,所述基站查询请求中包含当前 连接的WiFi接入点标识,以使所述切换服务器根据所述当前连接的WiFi接入点标识查找 目标WiMAX基站;第三接收模块,接收所述切换服务器发送的基站查询响应,所述基站查询响应中包含 目标WiMAX基站信息或为空。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (第二发送) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (第二发送) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (第一接收模块) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101888630A
CLAIM 21
. 一种单射频无线保真WiFi/微波存取全球互通WiMAX双模终端装置,其特征在于, 当所述终端从无线局域网WLAN接入网切换到WiMAX接入网,所述装置包括:第一发送模块,用于通过WLAN接入网向切换服务器发送切换请求,所述切换请求中包 含当前连接的WiFi接入点标识和/或切换目标WiMAX基站标识;第一接收模块 (reception unit) ,用于通过WLAN接入网接收所述切换服务器的切换响应;第一协商模块,用于与所述切换服务器进行用户终端基本能力SBC协商,交换能力信 息,所述能力信息包括密钥管理PKM协议的版本和认证策略;第二接收模块,用于接收EAP请求/标识消息,向所述切换服务器返回EAP响应/标识 消息;第一认证模块,用于在WiMAX核心网中的认证服务器对用户进行认证后,与所述认证 服务器进行双向认证并协商得到主会话密钥MSK ;第二协商模块,用于与WiMAX接入网中的认证器协商得到成对结点间的主密钥PMK和 授权密钥AK ;

CN101888630A
CLAIM 23
. 如权利要求21所述的终端装置,其特征在于,所述终端包括:单收单发WiFi/WiMAX 双模终端;或,双收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终端,当所述终端为单收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终 端时,还包括:第二发送 (second base station, base station) 模块,向所述切换服务器发送基站查询请求,所述基站查询请求中包含当前 连接的WiFi接入点标识,以使所述切换服务器根据所述当前连接的WiFi接入点标识查找 目标WiMAX基站;第三接收模块,接收所述切换服务器发送的基站查询响应,所述基站查询响应中包含 目标WiMAX基站信息或为空。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (第二发送) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (第二发送) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101888630A
CLAIM 23
. 如权利要求21所述的终端装置,其特征在于,所述终端包括:单收单发WiFi/WiMAX 双模终端;或,双收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终端,当所述终端为单收单发WiFi/WiMAX双模终 端时,还包括:第二发送 (second base station, base station) 模块,向所述切换服务器发送基站查询请求,所述基站查询请求中包含当前 连接的WiFi接入点标识,以使所述切换服务器根据所述当前连接的WiFi接入点标识查找 目标WiMAX基站;第三接收模块,接收所述切换服务器发送的基站查询响应,所述基站查询响应中包含 目标WiMAX基站信息或为空。




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
CN101888631A

Filed: 2009-05-11     Issued: 2010-11-17

一种接入网的切换方法、系统和设备

(Original Assignee) 华为终端有限公司     

杨永利, 丁志明, 树贵明
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base (空闲状态) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN101888631A
CLAIM 11
. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端与所述模拟WiMAX基站以及 WiMAX接入网网关经第一隧道完成数据路径的注册和业务流的建立之后,还包括:所述终端发送请求消息,请求进入空闲状态 (second base, second base station) ;所述切换服务器拆除与所述终端建立的第一隧道。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base (空闲状态) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
CN101888631A
CLAIM 11
. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端与所述模拟WiMAX基站以及 WiMAX接入网网关经第一隧道完成数据路径的注册和业务流的建立之后,还包括:所述终端发送请求消息,请求进入空闲状态 (second base, second base station) ;所述切换服务器拆除与所述终端建立的第一隧道。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (空闲状态) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
CN101888631A
CLAIM 11
. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端与所述模拟WiMAX基站以及 WiMAX接入网网关经第一隧道完成数据路径的注册和业务流的建立之后,还包括:所述终端发送请求消息,请求进入空闲状态 (second base, second base station) ;所述切换服务器拆除与所述终端建立的第一隧道。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (空闲状态) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101888631A
CLAIM 11
. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端与所述模拟WiMAX基站以及 WiMAX接入网网关经第一隧道完成数据路径的注册和业务流的建立之后,还包括:所述终端发送请求消息,请求进入空闲状态 (second base, second base station) ;所述切换服务器拆除与所述终端建立的第一隧道。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base (空闲状态) station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101888631A
CLAIM 11
. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端与所述模拟WiMAX基站以及 WiMAX接入网网关经第一隧道完成数据路径的注册和业务流的建立之后,还包括:所述终端发送请求消息,请求进入空闲状态 (second base, second base station) ;所述切换服务器拆除与所述终端建立的第一隧道。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base (空闲状态) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
CN101888631A
CLAIM 11
. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端与所述模拟WiMAX基站以及 WiMAX接入网网关经第一隧道完成数据路径的注册和业务流的建立之后,还包括:所述终端发送请求消息,请求进入空闲状态 (second base, second base station) ;所述切换服务器拆除与所述终端建立的第一隧道。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base (空闲状态) station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
CN101888631A
CLAIM 11
. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端与所述模拟WiMAX基站以及 WiMAX接入网网关经第一隧道完成数据路径的注册和业务流的建立之后,还包括:所述终端发送请求消息,请求进入空闲状态 (second base, second base station) ;所述切换服务器拆除与所述终端建立的第一隧道。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry (第一接收模块, 基站接收) configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base (空闲状态) station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN101888631A
CLAIM 11
. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端与所述模拟WiMAX基站以及 WiMAX接入网网关经第一隧道完成数据路径的注册和业务流的建立之后,还包括:所述终端发送请求消息,请求进入空闲状态 (second base, second base station) ;所述切换服务器拆除与所述终端建立的第一隧道。

CN101888631A
CLAIM 25
. 一种接入网的切换系统,其特征在于,终端为单射频无线保真WiFi/微波存取全球 互通WiMAX多模终端,所述切换为从无线局域网WLAN接入网切换到WiMAX接入网,所述系 统包括:终端和切换服务器,所述终端,用于获取切换的目标WiMAX基站;通过WLAN接入网向切换服务器发送切换 请求,所述切换请求中携带目标WiMAX基站标识;和所述切换服务器建立第一隧道;通过所 述第一隧道与所述切换服务器进行测距;通过所述第一隧道与所述切换服务器进行用户终 端基本能力SBC协商,交换能力信息,所述能力信息包括密钥管理PKM协议的版本和认证策 略;接收认证器发送的EAP请求/标识消息后,通过所述切换服务器返回EAP响应/标识消 息给认证器,所述EAP响应/标识消息中包含终端的用户标识信息;在所述认证服务器根据 收到的EAP响应/标识消息中的用户标识信息对用户认证通过后,与所述认证服务器通过 所述切换服务器进行双向认证并协商得到主会话密钥MSK ;根据所述MSK,与所述认证器通 过所述切换服务器协商得到成对结点间的主密钥PMK和授权密钥AK ;在所述认证器将所述 AK传给切换服务器的模拟WiMAX基站后,和所述模拟WiMAX基站通过所述第一隧道进行报 文加密密钥TEK交换;与所述模拟WiMAX基站以及WiMAX接入网网关通过所述第一隧道完 成数据路径的注册和业务流的建立;打开WiMAX射频,关闭WiFi射频;所述切换服务器,用于通过WLAN接入网接收所述终端发送的切换请求;与所述终端建 立第一隧道;经过第一隧道的消息都是切换服务器上的模拟WiMAX基站接收 (reception unit, reception circuitry) 和发送的;通过所述第一隧道与所述终端进行测距;通过所述第一隧道与所述终端进行SBC协商,交换 能力信息,所述能力信息包括密钥管理PKM协议的版本和认证策略;接收所述终端认证器 发送的EAP请求/标识消息,并转发EAP响应/标识消息给所述认证器,所述EAP响应/标 识消息中包含终端的用户标识信息;和所述终端通过所述第一隧道进行TEK交换;通过所 述第一隧道与所述终端进行数据路径的注册和业务流的建立。

CN101888631A
CLAIM 38
. 一种切换服务器设备,其特征在于,当单射频无线保真WiFi/微波存取全球互通 WiMAX多模终端从无线局域网WLAN接入网切换到WiMAX接入网,所述切换服务器设备包 括:第一接收模块 (reception unit, reception circuitry) ,用于通过WLAN接入网接收所述终端发送的切换请求; 第二建立模块,用于与所述终端建立第一隧道; 第二测距模块,用于通过所述第一隧道与所述终端进行测距; 第二协商模块,用于通过所述第一隧道与所述终端进行SBC协商,交换能力信息,所述 能力信息包括密钥管理PKM协议的版本和认证策略;第二请求模块,接收所述终端认证器发送的EAP请求/标识消息,并转发EAP响应/标 识消息给所述认证器,所述EAP响应/标识消息中包含终端的用户标识信息;第二交换模块,用于在所述认证器将所述AK传给切换服务器的模拟WiMAX基站后,和 所述终端通过所述第一隧道进行报文加密密钥TEK交换;第一注册模块,通过所述第一隧道与所述终端以及与WiMAX接入网网关进行数据路径 的注册和业务流的建立。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry (第一接收模块, 基站接收) configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base (空闲状态) station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (第一接收模块, 基站接收) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101888631A
CLAIM 11
. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端与所述模拟WiMAX基站以及 WiMAX接入网网关经第一隧道完成数据路径的注册和业务流的建立之后,还包括:所述终端发送请求消息,请求进入空闲状态 (second base, second base station) ;所述切换服务器拆除与所述终端建立的第一隧道。

CN101888631A
CLAIM 25
. 一种接入网的切换系统,其特征在于,终端为单射频无线保真WiFi/微波存取全球 互通WiMAX多模终端,所述切换为从无线局域网WLAN接入网切换到WiMAX接入网,所述系 统包括:终端和切换服务器,所述终端,用于获取切换的目标WiMAX基站;通过WLAN接入网向切换服务器发送切换 请求,所述切换请求中携带目标WiMAX基站标识;和所述切换服务器建立第一隧道;通过所 述第一隧道与所述切换服务器进行测距;通过所述第一隧道与所述切换服务器进行用户终 端基本能力SBC协商,交换能力信息,所述能力信息包括密钥管理PKM协议的版本和认证策 略;接收认证器发送的EAP请求/标识消息后,通过所述切换服务器返回EAP响应/标识消 息给认证器,所述EAP响应/标识消息中包含终端的用户标识信息;在所述认证服务器根据 收到的EAP响应/标识消息中的用户标识信息对用户认证通过后,与所述认证服务器通过 所述切换服务器进行双向认证并协商得到主会话密钥MSK ;根据所述MSK,与所述认证器通 过所述切换服务器协商得到成对结点间的主密钥PMK和授权密钥AK ;在所述认证器将所述 AK传给切换服务器的模拟WiMAX基站后,和所述模拟WiMAX基站通过所述第一隧道进行报 文加密密钥TEK交换;与所述模拟WiMAX基站以及WiMAX接入网网关通过所述第一隧道完 成数据路径的注册和业务流的建立;打开WiMAX射频,关闭WiFi射频;所述切换服务器,用于通过WLAN接入网接收所述终端发送的切换请求;与所述终端建 立第一隧道;经过第一隧道的消息都是切换服务器上的模拟WiMAX基站接收 (reception unit, reception circuitry) 和发送的;通过所述第一隧道与所述终端进行测距;通过所述第一隧道与所述终端进行SBC协商,交换 能力信息,所述能力信息包括密钥管理PKM协议的版本和认证策略;接收所述终端认证器 发送的EAP请求/标识消息,并转发EAP响应/标识消息给所述认证器,所述EAP响应/标 识消息中包含终端的用户标识信息;和所述终端通过所述第一隧道进行TEK交换;通过所 述第一隧道与所述终端进行数据路径的注册和业务流的建立。

CN101888631A
CLAIM 38
. 一种切换服务器设备,其特征在于,当单射频无线保真WiFi/微波存取全球互通 WiMAX多模终端从无线局域网WLAN接入网切换到WiMAX接入网,所述切换服务器设备包 括:第一接收模块 (reception unit, reception circuitry) ,用于通过WLAN接入网接收所述终端发送的切换请求; 第二建立模块,用于与所述终端建立第一隧道; 第二测距模块,用于通过所述第一隧道与所述终端进行测距; 第二协商模块,用于通过所述第一隧道与所述终端进行SBC协商,交换能力信息,所述 能力信息包括密钥管理PKM协议的版本和认证策略;第二请求模块,接收所述终端认证器发送的EAP请求/标识消息,并转发EAP响应/标 识消息给所述认证器,所述EAP响应/标识消息中包含终端的用户标识信息;第二交换模块,用于在所述认证器将所述AK传给切换服务器的模拟WiMAX基站后,和 所述终端通过所述第一隧道进行报文加密密钥TEK交换;第一注册模块,通过所述第一隧道与所述终端以及与WiMAX接入网网关进行数据路径 的注册和业务流的建立。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base (空闲状态) station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101888631A
CLAIM 11
. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端与所述模拟WiMAX基站以及 WiMAX接入网网关经第一隧道完成数据路径的注册和业务流的建立之后,还包括:所述终端发送请求消息,请求进入空闲状态 (second base, second base station) ;所述切换服务器拆除与所述终端建立的第一隧道。




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2009117660A2

Filed: 2009-03-20     Issued: 2009-09-24

Method and apparatus for performing a serving hs-dsch cell change

(Original Assignee) Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc.     

Diana Pani, Christopher R. Cave, Paul Marinier
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (high speed) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station (receive unit) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2009117660A2
CLAIM 1
. A method for performing a serving high speed (communication control method) downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) cell change from a source cell to a target cell , the method comprising : a wireless transmit/receive unit (second base station) (WTRU) receiving , and storing , pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell ;
the WTRU detecting event ID with respect to the target cell ;
the WTRU starting a timer ;
and the WTRU starting monitoring a high speed shared control channel (HS- SCCH) on the target cell using the pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell on a condition that a measurement report is triggered by the event ID .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (high speed) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (receive unit) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2009117660A2
CLAIM 1
. A method for performing a serving high speed (communication control method) downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) cell change from a source cell to a target cell , the method comprising : a wireless transmit/receive unit (second base station) (WTRU) receiving , and storing , pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell ;
the WTRU detecting event ID with respect to the target cell ;
the WTRU starting a timer ;
and the WTRU starting monitoring a high speed shared control channel (HS- SCCH) on the target cell using the pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell on a condition that a measurement report is triggered by the event ID .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (high speed) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (measurement report, source cell, cell change) by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (receive unit) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2009117660A2
CLAIM 1
. A method for performing a serving high speed (communication control method) downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) cell change (handover control, performing handover control) from a source cell (handover control, performing handover control) to a target cell , the method comprising : a wireless transmit/receive unit (second base station) (WTRU) receiving , and storing , pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell ;
the WTRU detecting event ID with respect to the target cell ;
the WTRU starting a timer ;
and the WTRU starting monitoring a high speed shared control channel (HS- SCCH) on the target cell using the pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell on a condition that a measurement report (handover control, performing handover control) is triggered by the event ID .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (high speed) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (measurement report, source cell, cell change) by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (receive unit) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2009117660A2
CLAIM 1
. A method for performing a serving high speed (communication control method) downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) cell change (handover control, performing handover control) from a source cell (handover control, performing handover control) to a target cell , the method comprising : a wireless transmit/receive unit (second base station) (WTRU) receiving , and storing , pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell ;
the WTRU detecting event ID with respect to the target cell ;
the WTRU starting a timer ;
and the WTRU starting monitoring a high speed shared control channel (HS- SCCH) on the target cell using the pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell on a condition that a measurement report (handover control, performing handover control) is triggered by the event ID .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (high speed) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2009117660A2
CLAIM 1
. A method for performing a serving high speed (communication control method) downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) cell change from a source cell to a target cell , the method comprising : a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) receiving , and storing , pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell ;
the WTRU detecting event ID with respect to the target cell ;
the WTRU starting a timer ;
and the WTRU starting monitoring a high speed shared control channel (HS- SCCH) on the target cell using the pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell on a condition that a measurement report is triggered by the event ID .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (high speed) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (receive unit) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2009117660A2
CLAIM 1
. A method for performing a serving high speed (communication control method) downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) cell change from a source cell to a target cell , the method comprising : a wireless transmit/receive unit (second base station) (WTRU) receiving , and storing , pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell ;
the WTRU detecting event ID with respect to the target cell ;
the WTRU starting a timer ;
and the WTRU starting monitoring a high speed shared control channel (HS- SCCH) on the target cell using the pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell on a condition that a measurement report is triggered by the event ID .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (high speed) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station (receive unit) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2009117660A2
CLAIM 1
. A method for performing a serving high speed (communication control method) downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) cell change from a source cell to a target cell , the method comprising : a wireless transmit/receive unit (second base station) (WTRU) receiving , and storing , pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell ;
the WTRU detecting event ID with respect to the target cell ;
the WTRU starting a timer ;
and the WTRU starting monitoring a high speed shared control channel (HS- SCCH) on the target cell using the pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell on a condition that a measurement report is triggered by the event ID .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (high speed) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (receive unit) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2009117660A2
CLAIM 1
. A method for performing a serving high speed (communication control method) downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) cell change from a source cell to a target cell , the method comprising : a wireless transmit/receive unit (second base station) (WTRU) receiving , and storing , pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell ;
the WTRU detecting event ID with respect to the target cell ;
the WTRU starting a timer ;
and the WTRU starting monitoring a high speed shared control channel (HS- SCCH) on the target cell using the pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell on a condition that a measurement report is triggered by the event ID .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (receive unit) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2009117660A2
CLAIM 1
. A method for performing a serving high speed downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) cell change from a source cell to a target cell , the method comprising : a wireless transmit/receive unit (second base station) (WTRU) receiving , and storing , pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell ;
the WTRU detecting event ID with respect to the target cell ;
the WTRU starting a timer ;
and the WTRU starting monitoring a high speed shared control channel (HS- SCCH) on the target cell using the pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell on a condition that a measurement report is triggered by the event ID .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station (receive unit) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2009117660A2
CLAIM 1
. A method for performing a serving high speed downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) cell change from a source cell to a target cell , the method comprising : a wireless transmit/receive unit (second base station) (WTRU) receiving , and storing , pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell ;
the WTRU detecting event ID with respect to the target cell ;
the WTRU starting a timer ;
and the WTRU starting monitoring a high speed shared control channel (HS- SCCH) on the target cell using the pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell on a condition that a measurement report is triggered by the event ID .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station (receive unit) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2009117660A2
CLAIM 1
. A method for performing a serving high speed downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) cell change from a source cell to a target cell , the method comprising : a wireless transmit/receive unit (second base station) (WTRU) receiving , and storing , pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell ;
the WTRU detecting event ID with respect to the target cell ;
the WTRU starting a timer ;
and the WTRU starting monitoring a high speed shared control channel (HS- SCCH) on the target cell using the pre-loaded HS-DSCH configuration for the target cell on a condition that a measurement report is triggered by the event ID .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
JP2010218347A

Filed: 2009-03-18     Issued: 2010-09-30

シンクライアントサーバシステム及びusbデバイスのドライバの管理方法

(Original Assignee) Nec Corp; Nec System Technologies Ltd; Necシステムテクノロジー株式会社; 日本電気株式会社     

Kazuhiro Futamura, Nobuyuki Kugimoto, 和宏 二村, 信幸 釘本
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (システム) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (の通知) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
JP2010218347A
CLAIM 1
シンクライアントにて表示する画面情報をサーバが生成し、 前記シンクライアントにて動作するリモート接続シンクライアントプログラムと、前記サーバにて動作するリモート接続サーバプログラムとの間で確立するセッションSを介して、前記サーバから前記シンクライアントに前記画面情報を転送し、 前記シンクライアントは、予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスに対応するデバイスドライバであるUSB汎用デバイスドライバと、前記予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスのいずれかであるUSBデバイスDが前記シンクライアントに接続されたことをシンクライアントOSが検出すると、前記セッションSを介して、前記サーバに前記USBデバイスDの種類を通知するシンクライアント側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバは、前記サーバ上にて仮想的なUSBバスとして動作するプログラムであるUSB仮想バスドライバと、前記シンクライアント側サービスからの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に応じて、前記USB仮想バスドライバに前記USBデバイスDの種類をサーバOSに通知するサーバ側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバOSは、前記USB仮想バスドライバから通知された前記USBデバイスDの種類に応じたUSBデバイスドライバをロードする ことを特徴とするシンクライアントサーバシステム (communication control method)

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information (の通知) including information indicating the same carrier .
JP2010218347A
CLAIM 1
シンクライアントにて表示する画面情報をサーバが生成し、 前記シンクライアントにて動作するリモート接続シンクライアントプログラムと、前記サーバにて動作するリモート接続サーバプログラムとの間で確立するセッションSを介して、前記サーバから前記シンクライアントに前記画面情報を転送し、 前記シンクライアントは、予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスに対応するデバイスドライバであるUSB汎用デバイスドライバと、前記予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスのいずれかであるUSBデバイスDが前記シンクライアントに接続されたことをシンクライアントOSが検出すると、前記セッションSを介して、前記サーバに前記USBデバイスDの種類を通知するシンクライアント側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバは、前記サーバ上にて仮想的なUSBバスとして動作するプログラムであるUSB仮想バスドライバと、前記シンクライアント側サービスからの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に応じて、前記USB仮想バスドライバに前記USBデバイスDの種類をサーバOSに通知するサーバ側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバOSは、前記USB仮想バスドライバから通知された前記USBデバイスDの種類に応じたUSBデバイスドライバをロードする ことを特徴とするシンクライアントサーバシステム (communication control method)

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (の通知) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
JP2010218347A
CLAIM 1
シンクライアントにて表示する画面情報をサーバが生成し、 前記シンクライアントにて動作するリモート接続シンクライアントプログラムと、前記サーバにて動作するリモート接続サーバプログラムとの間で確立するセッションSを介して、前記サーバから前記シンクライアントに前記画面情報を転送し、 前記シンクライアントは、予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスに対応するデバイスドライバであるUSB汎用デバイスドライバと、前記予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスのいずれかであるUSBデバイスDが前記シンクライアントに接続されたことをシンクライアントOSが検出すると、前記セッションSを介して、前記サーバに前記USBデバイスDの種類を通知するシンクライアント側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバは、前記サーバ上にて仮想的なUSBバスとして動作するプログラムであるUSB仮想バスドライバと、前記シンクライアント側サービスからの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に応じて、前記USB仮想バスドライバに前記USBデバイスDの種類をサーバOSに通知するサーバ側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバOSは、前記USB仮想バスドライバから通知された前記USBデバイスDの種類に応じたUSBデバイスドライバをロードする ことを特徴とするシンクライアントサーバシステム (communication control method)

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (の通知) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2010218347A
CLAIM 1
シンクライアントにて表示する画面情報をサーバが生成し、 前記シンクライアントにて動作するリモート接続シンクライアントプログラムと、前記サーバにて動作するリモート接続サーバプログラムとの間で確立するセッションSを介して、前記サーバから前記シンクライアントに前記画面情報を転送し、 前記シンクライアントは、予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスに対応するデバイスドライバであるUSB汎用デバイスドライバと、前記予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスのいずれかであるUSBデバイスDが前記シンクライアントに接続されたことをシンクライアントOSが検出すると、前記セッションSを介して、前記サーバに前記USBデバイスDの種類を通知するシンクライアント側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバは、前記サーバ上にて仮想的なUSBバスとして動作するプログラムであるUSB仮想バスドライバと、前記シンクライアント側サービスからの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に応じて、前記USB仮想バスドライバに前記USBデバイスDの種類をサーバOSに通知するサーバ側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバOSは、前記USB仮想バスドライバから通知された前記USBデバイスDの種類に応じたUSBデバイスドライバをロードする ことを特徴とするシンクライアントサーバシステム (communication control method)

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2010218347A
CLAIM 1
シンクライアントにて表示する画面情報をサーバが生成し、 前記シンクライアントにて動作するリモート接続シンクライアントプログラムと、前記サーバにて動作するリモート接続サーバプログラムとの間で確立するセッションSを介して、前記サーバから前記シンクライアントに前記画面情報を転送し、 前記シンクライアントは、予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスに対応するデバイスドライバであるUSB汎用デバイスドライバと、前記予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスのいずれかであるUSBデバイスDが前記シンクライアントに接続されたことをシンクライアントOSが検出すると、前記セッションSを介して、前記サーバに前記USBデバイスDの種類を通知するシンクライアント側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバは、前記サーバ上にて仮想的なUSBバスとして動作するプログラムであるUSB仮想バスドライバと、前記シンクライアント側サービスからの通知に応じて、前記USB仮想バスドライバに前記USBデバイスDの種類をサーバOSに通知するサーバ側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバOSは、前記USB仮想バスドライバから通知された前記USBデバイスDの種類に応じたUSBデバイスドライバをロードする ことを特徴とするシンクライアントサーバシステム (communication control method)

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (の通知) transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2010218347A
CLAIM 1
シンクライアントにて表示する画面情報をサーバが生成し、 前記シンクライアントにて動作するリモート接続シンクライアントプログラムと、前記サーバにて動作するリモート接続サーバプログラムとの間で確立するセッションSを介して、前記サーバから前記シンクライアントに前記画面情報を転送し、 前記シンクライアントは、予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスに対応するデバイスドライバであるUSB汎用デバイスドライバと、前記予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスのいずれかであるUSBデバイスDが前記シンクライアントに接続されたことをシンクライアントOSが検出すると、前記セッションSを介して、前記サーバに前記USBデバイスDの種類を通知するシンクライアント側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバは、前記サーバ上にて仮想的なUSBバスとして動作するプログラムであるUSB仮想バスドライバと、前記シンクライアント側サービスからの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に応じて、前記USB仮想バスドライバに前記USBデバイスDの種類をサーバOSに通知するサーバ側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバOSは、前記USB仮想バスドライバから通知された前記USBデバイスDの種類に応じたUSBデバイスドライバをロードする ことを特徴とするシンクライアントサーバシステム (communication control method)

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (システム) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (の通知) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
JP2010218347A
CLAIM 1
シンクライアントにて表示する画面情報をサーバが生成し、 前記シンクライアントにて動作するリモート接続シンクライアントプログラムと、前記サーバにて動作するリモート接続サーバプログラムとの間で確立するセッションSを介して、前記サーバから前記シンクライアントに前記画面情報を転送し、 前記シンクライアントは、予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスに対応するデバイスドライバであるUSB汎用デバイスドライバと、前記予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスのいずれかであるUSBデバイスDが前記シンクライアントに接続されたことをシンクライアントOSが検出すると、前記セッションSを介して、前記サーバに前記USBデバイスDの種類を通知するシンクライアント側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバは、前記サーバ上にて仮想的なUSBバスとして動作するプログラムであるUSB仮想バスドライバと、前記シンクライアント側サービスからの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に応じて、前記USB仮想バスドライバに前記USBデバイスDの種類をサーバOSに通知するサーバ側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバOSは、前記USB仮想バスドライバから通知された前記USBデバイスDの種類に応じたUSBデバイスドライバをロードする ことを特徴とするシンクライアントサーバシステム (communication control method)

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
JP2010218347A
CLAIM 1
シンクライアントにて表示する画面情報をサーバが生成し、 前記シンクライアントにて動作するリモート接続シンクライアントプログラムと、前記サーバにて動作するリモート接続サーバプログラムとの間で確立するセッションSを介して、前記サーバから前記シンクライアントに前記画面情報を転送し、 前記シンクライアントは、予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスに対応するデバイスドライバであるUSB汎用デバイスドライバと、前記予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスのいずれかであるUSBデバイスDが前記シンクライアントに接続されたことをシンクライアントOSが検出すると、前記セッションSを介して、前記サーバに前記USBデバイスDの種類を通知するシンクライアント側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバは、前記サーバ上にて仮想的なUSBバスとして動作するプログラムであるUSB仮想バスドライバと、前記シンクライアント側サービスからの通知に応じて、前記USB仮想バスドライバに前記USBデバイスDの種類をサーバOSに通知するサーバ側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバOSは、前記USB仮想バスドライバから通知された前記USBデバイスDの種類に応じたUSBデバイスドライバをロードする ことを特徴とするシンクライアントサーバシステム (communication control method)

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information (の通知) from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
JP2010218347A
CLAIM 1
シンクライアントにて表示する画面情報をサーバが生成し、 前記シンクライアントにて動作するリモート接続シンクライアントプログラムと、前記サーバにて動作するリモート接続サーバプログラムとの間で確立するセッションSを介して、前記サーバから前記シンクライアントに前記画面情報を転送し、 前記シンクライアントは、予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスに対応するデバイスドライバであるUSB汎用デバイスドライバと、前記予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスのいずれかであるUSBデバイスDが前記シンクライアントに接続されたことをシンクライアントOSが検出すると、前記セッションSを介して、前記サーバに前記USBデバイスDの種類を通知するシンクライアント側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバは、前記サーバ上にて仮想的なUSBバスとして動作するプログラムであるUSB仮想バスドライバと、前記シンクライアント側サービスからの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に応じて、前記USB仮想バスドライバに前記USBデバイスDの種類をサーバOSに通知するサーバ側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバOSは、前記USB仮想バスドライバから通知された前記USBデバイスDの種類に応じたUSBデバイスドライバをロードする ことを特徴とするシンクライアントサーバシステム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information (の通知) to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
JP2010218347A
CLAIM 1
シンクライアントにて表示する画面情報をサーバが生成し、 前記シンクライアントにて動作するリモート接続シンクライアントプログラムと、前記サーバにて動作するリモート接続サーバプログラムとの間で確立するセッションSを介して、前記サーバから前記シンクライアントに前記画面情報を転送し、 前記シンクライアントは、予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスに対応するデバイスドライバであるUSB汎用デバイスドライバと、前記予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスのいずれかであるUSBデバイスDが前記シンクライアントに接続されたことをシンクライアントOSが検出すると、前記セッションSを介して、前記サーバに前記USBデバイスDの種類を通知するシンクライアント側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバは、前記サーバ上にて仮想的なUSBバスとして動作するプログラムであるUSB仮想バスドライバと、前記シンクライアント側サービスからの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に応じて、前記USB仮想バスドライバに前記USBデバイスDの種類をサーバOSに通知するサーバ側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバOSは、前記USB仮想バスドライバから通知された前記USBデバイスDの種類に応じたUSBデバイスドライバをロードする ことを特徴とするシンクライアントサーバシステム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (の通知) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
JP2010218347A
CLAIM 1
シンクライアントにて表示する画面情報をサーバが生成し、 前記シンクライアントにて動作するリモート接続シンクライアントプログラムと、前記サーバにて動作するリモート接続サーバプログラムとの間で確立するセッションSを介して、前記サーバから前記シンクライアントに前記画面情報を転送し、 前記シンクライアントは、予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスに対応するデバイスドライバであるUSB汎用デバイスドライバと、前記予め定められた複数のUSBデバイスのいずれかであるUSBデバイスDが前記シンクライアントに接続されたことをシンクライアントOSが検出すると、前記セッションSを介して、前記サーバに前記USBデバイスDの種類を通知するシンクライアント側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバは、前記サーバ上にて仮想的なUSBバスとして動作するプログラムであるUSB仮想バスドライバと、前記シンクライアント側サービスからの通知 (proximity notification information, transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) に応じて、前記USB仮想バスドライバに前記USBデバイスDの種類をサーバOSに通知するサーバ側サービスとを備え、 前記サーバOSは、前記USB仮想バスドライバから通知された前記USBデバイスDの種類に応じたUSBデバイスドライバをロードする ことを特徴とするシンクライアントサーバシステム。




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2010086979A1

Filed: 2009-01-29     Issued: 2010-08-05

無線通信システム

(Original Assignee) 富士通株式会社     

大出 高義, 大渕 一央
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (relay apparatus) in a mobile communication system (other relay) including a first base station (perform handover, mobile stations, normal power) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (communication unit) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 1
 無線基地局と、  前記無線基地局と通信を行う移動局と、  前記無線基地局と前記移動局との中継通信を行う中継局とを備え、  前記中継局は、前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数が所定数以下になったことを検知した場合に、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部を有する、  ことを特徴とする無線通信システム。 A radio base station ;
A mobile station communicating with the radio base station ;
A relay station that performs relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When the relay station detects that the number of mobile stations (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) communicating with the radio base station has become a predetermined number or less , at least one of power-off , intermittent operation , or power saving operation related to the relay communication Having a power control unit for performing power control , A wireless communication system .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 4
 前記中継局は、前記移動局から送信される、接続要求信号または制御信号を受信・抽出する信号抽出部を有し、前記信号抽出部は、抽出した前記接続要求信号または前記制御信号が自中継局に向けたものか、他中継局に向けたものかを判断し、前記自中継局に向けたものと判断した場合、前記電源制御部は、前記自中継局に向けた前記接続要求信号または前記制御信号を送信している前記移動局を、中継している前記移動局とし、前記他中継局に向けて前記接続要求信号または前記制御信号を送信している前記移動局を、中継していない前記移動局として、中継している前記移動局の数を認識することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The relay station includes a signal extraction unit that receives and extracts a connection request signal or a control signal transmitted from the mobile station , and the signal extraction unit relays the extracted connection request signal or the control signal by itself . If it is determined for the station or another relay (mobile communication system) station , and if it is determined for the local relay station , the power supply control unit , the connection request signal for the local relay station or The mobile station that is transmitting the control signal is the mobile station that is relaying , and the mobile station that is transmitting the connection request signal or the control signal to the other relay station is relayed . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the number of mobile stations that are relaying is recognized as the mobile station that is not present .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 5
 前記無線基地局は、通常電源動作から前記電源制御へ移行する際のタイミング信号を通知するタイミング信号通知部を有し、前記電源制御部は、前記電源制御を行う場合に、前記電源制御を行う旨の通知を前記無線基地局または前記移動局に対して行い、通知を受けた前記無線基地局の前記タイミング信号通知部は、前記タイミング信号を前記中継局へ通知し、前記電源制御部は、前記タイミング信号にしたがって、前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The radio base station includes a timing signal notification unit that notifies a timing signal when shifting from normal power (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) supply operation to the power control , and the power control unit performs the power control when performing the power control . To the radio base station or the mobile station , the timing signal notification unit of the radio base station that has received the notification notifies the relay station of the timing signal , the power supply control unit , The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the power control is executed in accordance with the timing signal .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 12
 前記中継局は、ハンドオーバ要求部を有し、前記ハンドオーバ要求部は、前記電源制御部にて前記電源制御が行われる際に、中継している前記移動局または前記無線基地局に対して、ハンドオーバを要求し、要求を受信した前記移動局と前記無線基地局は、他中継局や他無線基地局へハンドオーバを実施し、前記電源制御部は、ハンドオーバ後に前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The relay station has a handover request unit , and the handover request unit performs handover to the mobile station or the radio base station that is relaying when the power control is performed by the power control unit . The mobile station and the radio base station that have received the request perform handover (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) to another relay station or another radio base station , and the power control unit executes the power control after the handover . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 14
 無線基地局と移動局との中継通信の送受信制御を行う中継通信部と、  前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数を認識し、前記移動局の数が一定数以下になったことを検知した場合には、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部と、  を有することを特徴とする中継装置。 A relay communication unit (transmitting location information) that performs transmission / reception control of relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When recognizing the number of mobile stations communicating with the radio base station and detecting that the number of mobile stations is below a certain number , power off , intermittent operation or power saving related to the relay communication A power control unit that performs at least one power control of the operation ;
A relay apparatus (communication control method) comprising :

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (relay apparatus) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (perform handover, mobile stations, normal power) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 1
 無線基地局と、  前記無線基地局と通信を行う移動局と、  前記無線基地局と前記移動局との中継通信を行う中継局とを備え、  前記中継局は、前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数が所定数以下になったことを検知した場合に、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部を有する、  ことを特徴とする無線通信システム。 A radio base station ;
A mobile station communicating with the radio base station ;
A relay station that performs relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When the relay station detects that the number of mobile stations (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) communicating with the radio base station has become a predetermined number or less , at least one of power-off , intermittent operation , or power saving operation related to the relay communication Having a power control unit for performing power control , A wireless communication system .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 5
 前記無線基地局は、通常電源動作から前記電源制御へ移行する際のタイミング信号を通知するタイミング信号通知部を有し、前記電源制御部は、前記電源制御を行う場合に、前記電源制御を行う旨の通知を前記無線基地局または前記移動局に対して行い、通知を受けた前記無線基地局の前記タイミング信号通知部は、前記タイミング信号を前記中継局へ通知し、前記電源制御部は、前記タイミング信号にしたがって、前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The radio base station includes a timing signal notification unit that notifies a timing signal when shifting from normal power (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) supply operation to the power control , and the power control unit performs the power control when performing the power control . To the radio base station or the mobile station , the timing signal notification unit of the radio base station that has received the notification notifies the relay station of the timing signal , the power supply control unit , The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the power control is executed in accordance with the timing signal .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 12
 前記中継局は、ハンドオーバ要求部を有し、前記ハンドオーバ要求部は、前記電源制御部にて前記電源制御が行われる際に、中継している前記移動局または前記無線基地局に対して、ハンドオーバを要求し、要求を受信した前記移動局と前記無線基地局は、他中継局や他無線基地局へハンドオーバを実施し、前記電源制御部は、ハンドオーバ後に前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The relay station has a handover request unit , and the handover request unit performs handover to the mobile station or the radio base station that is relaying when the power control is performed by the power control unit . The mobile station and the radio base station that have received the request perform handover (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) to another relay station or another radio base station , and the power control unit executes the power control after the handover . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 14
 無線基地局と移動局との中継通信の送受信制御を行う中継通信部と、  前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数を認識し、前記移動局の数が一定数以下になったことを検知した場合には、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部と、  を有することを特徴とする中継装置。 A relay communication unit that performs transmission / reception control of relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When recognizing the number of mobile stations communicating with the radio base station and detecting that the number of mobile stations is below a certain number , power off , intermittent operation or power saving related to the relay communication A power control unit that performs at least one power control of the operation ;
A relay apparatus (communication control method) comprising :

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (relay apparatus) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (perform handover, mobile stations, normal power) by the first base station (perform handover, mobile stations, normal power) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 1
 無線基地局と、  前記無線基地局と通信を行う移動局と、  前記無線基地局と前記移動局との中継通信を行う中継局とを備え、  前記中継局は、前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数が所定数以下になったことを検知した場合に、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部を有する、  ことを特徴とする無線通信システム。 A radio base station ;
A mobile station communicating with the radio base station ;
A relay station that performs relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When the relay station detects that the number of mobile stations (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) communicating with the radio base station has become a predetermined number or less , at least one of power-off , intermittent operation , or power saving operation related to the relay communication Having a power control unit for performing power control , A wireless communication system .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 5
 前記無線基地局は、通常電源動作から前記電源制御へ移行する際のタイミング信号を通知するタイミング信号通知部を有し、前記電源制御部は、前記電源制御を行う場合に、前記電源制御を行う旨の通知を前記無線基地局または前記移動局に対して行い、通知を受けた前記無線基地局の前記タイミング信号通知部は、前記タイミング信号を前記中継局へ通知し、前記電源制御部は、前記タイミング信号にしたがって、前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The radio base station includes a timing signal notification unit that notifies a timing signal when shifting from normal power (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) supply operation to the power control , and the power control unit performs the power control when performing the power control . To the radio base station or the mobile station , the timing signal notification unit of the radio base station that has received the notification notifies the relay station of the timing signal , the power supply control unit , The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the power control is executed in accordance with the timing signal .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 12
 前記中継局は、ハンドオーバ要求部を有し、前記ハンドオーバ要求部は、前記電源制御部にて前記電源制御が行われる際に、中継している前記移動局または前記無線基地局に対して、ハンドオーバを要求し、要求を受信した前記移動局と前記無線基地局は、他中継局や他無線基地局へハンドオーバを実施し、前記電源制御部は、ハンドオーバ後に前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The relay station has a handover request unit , and the handover request unit performs handover to the mobile station or the radio base station that is relaying when the power control is performed by the power control unit . The mobile station and the radio base station that have received the request perform handover (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) to another relay station or another radio base station , and the power control unit executes the power control after the handover . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 14
 無線基地局と移動局との中継通信の送受信制御を行う中継通信部と、  前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数を認識し、前記移動局の数が一定数以下になったことを検知した場合には、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部と、  を有することを特徴とする中継装置。 A relay communication unit that performs transmission / reception control of relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When recognizing the number of mobile stations communicating with the radio base station and detecting that the number of mobile stations is below a certain number , power off , intermittent operation or power saving related to the relay communication A power control unit that performs at least one power control of the operation ;
A relay apparatus (communication control method) comprising :

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (relay apparatus) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (perform handover, mobile stations, normal power) by the first base station (perform handover, mobile stations, normal power) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 1
 無線基地局と、  前記無線基地局と通信を行う移動局と、  前記無線基地局と前記移動局との中継通信を行う中継局とを備え、  前記中継局は、前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数が所定数以下になったことを検知した場合に、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部を有する、  ことを特徴とする無線通信システム。 A radio base station ;
A mobile station communicating with the radio base station ;
A relay station that performs relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When the relay station detects that the number of mobile stations (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) communicating with the radio base station has become a predetermined number or less , at least one of power-off , intermittent operation , or power saving operation related to the relay communication Having a power control unit for performing power control , A wireless communication system .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 5
 前記無線基地局は、通常電源動作から前記電源制御へ移行する際のタイミング信号を通知するタイミング信号通知部を有し、前記電源制御部は、前記電源制御を行う場合に、前記電源制御を行う旨の通知を前記無線基地局または前記移動局に対して行い、通知を受けた前記無線基地局の前記タイミング信号通知部は、前記タイミング信号を前記中継局へ通知し、前記電源制御部は、前記タイミング信号にしたがって、前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The radio base station includes a timing signal notification unit that notifies a timing signal when shifting from normal power (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) supply operation to the power control , and the power control unit performs the power control when performing the power control . To the radio base station or the mobile station , the timing signal notification unit of the radio base station that has received the notification notifies the relay station of the timing signal , the power supply control unit , The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the power control is executed in accordance with the timing signal .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 12
 前記中継局は、ハンドオーバ要求部を有し、前記ハンドオーバ要求部は、前記電源制御部にて前記電源制御が行われる際に、中継している前記移動局または前記無線基地局に対して、ハンドオーバを要求し、要求を受信した前記移動局と前記無線基地局は、他中継局や他無線基地局へハンドオーバを実施し、前記電源制御部は、ハンドオーバ後に前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The relay station has a handover request unit , and the handover request unit performs handover to the mobile station or the radio base station that is relaying when the power control is performed by the power control unit . The mobile station and the radio base station that have received the request perform handover (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) to another relay station or another radio base station , and the power control unit executes the power control after the handover . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 14
 無線基地局と移動局との中継通信の送受信制御を行う中継通信部と、  前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数を認識し、前記移動局の数が一定数以下になったことを検知した場合には、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部と、  を有することを特徴とする中継装置。 A relay communication unit that performs transmission / reception control of relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When recognizing the number of mobile stations communicating with the radio base station and detecting that the number of mobile stations is below a certain number , power off , intermittent operation or power saving related to the relay communication A power control unit that performs at least one power control of the operation ;
A relay apparatus (communication control method) comprising :

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (relay apparatus) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (perform handover, mobile stations, normal power) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 1
 無線基地局と、  前記無線基地局と通信を行う移動局と、  前記無線基地局と前記移動局との中継通信を行う中継局とを備え、  前記中継局は、前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数が所定数以下になったことを検知した場合に、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部を有する、  ことを特徴とする無線通信システム。 A radio base station ;
A mobile station communicating with the radio base station ;
A relay station that performs relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When the relay station detects that the number of mobile stations (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) communicating with the radio base station has become a predetermined number or less , at least one of power-off , intermittent operation , or power saving operation related to the relay communication Having a power control unit for performing power control , A wireless communication system .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 5
 前記無線基地局は、通常電源動作から前記電源制御へ移行する際のタイミング信号を通知するタイミング信号通知部を有し、前記電源制御部は、前記電源制御を行う場合に、前記電源制御を行う旨の通知を前記無線基地局または前記移動局に対して行い、通知を受けた前記無線基地局の前記タイミング信号通知部は、前記タイミング信号を前記中継局へ通知し、前記電源制御部は、前記タイミング信号にしたがって、前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The radio base station includes a timing signal notification unit that notifies a timing signal when shifting from normal power (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) supply operation to the power control , and the power control unit performs the power control when performing the power control . To the radio base station or the mobile station , the timing signal notification unit of the radio base station that has received the notification notifies the relay station of the timing signal , the power supply control unit , The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the power control is executed in accordance with the timing signal .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 12
 前記中継局は、ハンドオーバ要求部を有し、前記ハンドオーバ要求部は、前記電源制御部にて前記電源制御が行われる際に、中継している前記移動局または前記無線基地局に対して、ハンドオーバを要求し、要求を受信した前記移動局と前記無線基地局は、他中継局や他無線基地局へハンドオーバを実施し、前記電源制御部は、ハンドオーバ後に前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The relay station has a handover request unit , and the handover request unit performs handover to the mobile station or the radio base station that is relaying when the power control is performed by the power control unit . The mobile station and the radio base station that have received the request perform handover (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) to another relay station or another radio base station , and the power control unit executes the power control after the handover . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 14
 無線基地局と移動局との中継通信の送受信制御を行う中継通信部と、  前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数を認識し、前記移動局の数が一定数以下になったことを検知した場合には、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部と、  を有することを特徴とする中継装置。 A relay communication unit that performs transmission / reception control of relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When recognizing the number of mobile stations communicating with the radio base station and detecting that the number of mobile stations is below a certain number , power off , intermittent operation or power saving related to the relay communication A power control unit that performs at least one power control of the operation ;
A relay apparatus (communication control method) comprising :

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (relay apparatus) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control (perform handover, mobile stations, normal power) by the first base station (perform handover, mobile stations, normal power) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 1
 無線基地局と、  前記無線基地局と通信を行う移動局と、  前記無線基地局と前記移動局との中継通信を行う中継局とを備え、  前記中継局は、前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数が所定数以下になったことを検知した場合に、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部を有する、  ことを特徴とする無線通信システム。 A radio base station ;
A mobile station communicating with the radio base station ;
A relay station that performs relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When the relay station detects that the number of mobile stations (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) communicating with the radio base station has become a predetermined number or less , at least one of power-off , intermittent operation , or power saving operation related to the relay communication Having a power control unit for performing power control , A wireless communication system .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 5
 前記無線基地局は、通常電源動作から前記電源制御へ移行する際のタイミング信号を通知するタイミング信号通知部を有し、前記電源制御部は、前記電源制御を行う場合に、前記電源制御を行う旨の通知を前記無線基地局または前記移動局に対して行い、通知を受けた前記無線基地局の前記タイミング信号通知部は、前記タイミング信号を前記中継局へ通知し、前記電源制御部は、前記タイミング信号にしたがって、前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The radio base station includes a timing signal notification unit that notifies a timing signal when shifting from normal power (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) supply operation to the power control , and the power control unit performs the power control when performing the power control . To the radio base station or the mobile station , the timing signal notification unit of the radio base station that has received the notification notifies the relay station of the timing signal , the power supply control unit , The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the power control is executed in accordance with the timing signal .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 12
 前記中継局は、ハンドオーバ要求部を有し、前記ハンドオーバ要求部は、前記電源制御部にて前記電源制御が行われる際に、中継している前記移動局または前記無線基地局に対して、ハンドオーバを要求し、要求を受信した前記移動局と前記無線基地局は、他中継局や他無線基地局へハンドオーバを実施し、前記電源制御部は、ハンドオーバ後に前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The relay station has a handover request unit , and the handover request unit performs handover to the mobile station or the radio base station that is relaying when the power control is performed by the power control unit . The mobile station and the radio base station that have received the request perform handover (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) to another relay station or another radio base station , and the power control unit executes the power control after the handover . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 14
 無線基地局と移動局との中継通信の送受信制御を行う中継通信部と、  前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数を認識し、前記移動局の数が一定数以下になったことを検知した場合には、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部と、  を有することを特徴とする中継装置。 A relay communication unit that performs transmission / reception control of relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When recognizing the number of mobile stations communicating with the radio base station and detecting that the number of mobile stations is below a certain number , power off , intermittent operation or power saving related to the relay communication A power control unit that performs at least one power control of the operation ;
A relay apparatus (communication control method) comprising :

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (relay apparatus) in a mobile communication system (other relay) including a first base station (perform handover, mobile stations, normal power) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (communication unit) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 1
 無線基地局と、  前記無線基地局と通信を行う移動局と、  前記無線基地局と前記移動局との中継通信を行う中継局とを備え、  前記中継局は、前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数が所定数以下になったことを検知した場合に、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部を有する、  ことを特徴とする無線通信システム。 A radio base station ;
A mobile station communicating with the radio base station ;
A relay station that performs relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When the relay station detects that the number of mobile stations (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) communicating with the radio base station has become a predetermined number or less , at least one of power-off , intermittent operation , or power saving operation related to the relay communication Having a power control unit for performing power control , A wireless communication system .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 4
 前記中継局は、前記移動局から送信される、接続要求信号または制御信号を受信・抽出する信号抽出部を有し、前記信号抽出部は、抽出した前記接続要求信号または前記制御信号が自中継局に向けたものか、他中継局に向けたものかを判断し、前記自中継局に向けたものと判断した場合、前記電源制御部は、前記自中継局に向けた前記接続要求信号または前記制御信号を送信している前記移動局を、中継している前記移動局とし、前記他中継局に向けて前記接続要求信号または前記制御信号を送信している前記移動局を、中継していない前記移動局として、中継している前記移動局の数を認識することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The relay station includes a signal extraction unit that receives and extracts a connection request signal or a control signal transmitted from the mobile station , and the signal extraction unit relays the extracted connection request signal or the control signal by itself . If it is determined for the station or another relay (mobile communication system) station , and if it is determined for the local relay station , the power supply control unit , the connection request signal for the local relay station or The mobile station that is transmitting the control signal is the mobile station that is relaying , and the mobile station that is transmitting the connection request signal or the control signal to the other relay station is relayed . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the number of mobile stations that are relaying is recognized as the mobile station that is not present .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 5
 前記無線基地局は、通常電源動作から前記電源制御へ移行する際のタイミング信号を通知するタイミング信号通知部を有し、前記電源制御部は、前記電源制御を行う場合に、前記電源制御を行う旨の通知を前記無線基地局または前記移動局に対して行い、通知を受けた前記無線基地局の前記タイミング信号通知部は、前記タイミング信号を前記中継局へ通知し、前記電源制御部は、前記タイミング信号にしたがって、前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The radio base station includes a timing signal notification unit that notifies a timing signal when shifting from normal power (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) supply operation to the power control , and the power control unit performs the power control when performing the power control . To the radio base station or the mobile station , the timing signal notification unit of the radio base station that has received the notification notifies the relay station of the timing signal , the power supply control unit , The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the power control is executed in accordance with the timing signal .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 12
 前記中継局は、ハンドオーバ要求部を有し、前記ハンドオーバ要求部は、前記電源制御部にて前記電源制御が行われる際に、中継している前記移動局または前記無線基地局に対して、ハンドオーバを要求し、要求を受信した前記移動局と前記無線基地局は、他中継局や他無線基地局へハンドオーバを実施し、前記電源制御部は、ハンドオーバ後に前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The relay station has a handover request unit , and the handover request unit performs handover to the mobile station or the radio base station that is relaying when the power control is performed by the power control unit . The mobile station and the radio base station that have received the request perform handover (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) to another relay station or another radio base station , and the power control unit executes the power control after the handover . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 14
 無線基地局と移動局との中継通信の送受信制御を行う中継通信部と、  前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数を認識し、前記移動局の数が一定数以下になったことを検知した場合には、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部と、  を有することを特徴とする中継装置。 A relay communication unit (transmitting location information) that performs transmission / reception control of relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When recognizing the number of mobile stations communicating with the radio base station and detecting that the number of mobile stations is below a certain number , power off , intermittent operation or power saving related to the relay communication A power control unit that performs at least one power control of the operation ;
A relay apparatus (communication control method) comprising :

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (relay apparatus) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (perform handover, mobile stations, normal power) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 1
 無線基地局と、  前記無線基地局と通信を行う移動局と、  前記無線基地局と前記移動局との中継通信を行う中継局とを備え、  前記中継局は、前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数が所定数以下になったことを検知した場合に、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部を有する、  ことを特徴とする無線通信システム。 A radio base station ;
A mobile station communicating with the radio base station ;
A relay station that performs relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When the relay station detects that the number of mobile stations (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) communicating with the radio base station has become a predetermined number or less , at least one of power-off , intermittent operation , or power saving operation related to the relay communication Having a power control unit for performing power control , A wireless communication system .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 5
 前記無線基地局は、通常電源動作から前記電源制御へ移行する際のタイミング信号を通知するタイミング信号通知部を有し、前記電源制御部は、前記電源制御を行う場合に、前記電源制御を行う旨の通知を前記無線基地局または前記移動局に対して行い、通知を受けた前記無線基地局の前記タイミング信号通知部は、前記タイミング信号を前記中継局へ通知し、前記電源制御部は、前記タイミング信号にしたがって、前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The radio base station includes a timing signal notification unit that notifies a timing signal when shifting from normal power (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) supply operation to the power control , and the power control unit performs the power control when performing the power control . To the radio base station or the mobile station , the timing signal notification unit of the radio base station that has received the notification notifies the relay station of the timing signal , the power supply control unit , The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the power control is executed in accordance with the timing signal .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 12
 前記中継局は、ハンドオーバ要求部を有し、前記ハンドオーバ要求部は、前記電源制御部にて前記電源制御が行われる際に、中継している前記移動局または前記無線基地局に対して、ハンドオーバを要求し、要求を受信した前記移動局と前記無線基地局は、他中継局や他無線基地局へハンドオーバを実施し、前記電源制御部は、ハンドオーバ後に前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The relay station has a handover request unit , and the handover request unit performs handover to the mobile station or the radio base station that is relaying when the power control is performed by the power control unit . The mobile station and the radio base station that have received the request perform handover (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) to another relay station or another radio base station , and the power control unit executes the power control after the handover . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 14
 無線基地局と移動局との中継通信の送受信制御を行う中継通信部と、  前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数を認識し、前記移動局の数が一定数以下になったことを検知した場合には、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部と、  を有することを特徴とする中継装置。 A relay communication unit that performs transmission / reception control of relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When recognizing the number of mobile stations communicating with the radio base station and detecting that the number of mobile stations is below a certain number , power off , intermittent operation or power saving related to the relay communication A power control unit that performs at least one power control of the operation ;
A relay apparatus (communication control method) comprising :

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (perform handover, mobile stations, normal power) in a mobile communication system (other relay) , comprising : a transmission circuitry (received power) configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 1
 無線基地局と、  前記無線基地局と通信を行う移動局と、  前記無線基地局と前記移動局との中継通信を行う中継局とを備え、  前記中継局は、前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数が所定数以下になったことを検知した場合に、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部を有する、  ことを特徴とする無線通信システム。 A radio base station ;
A mobile station communicating with the radio base station ;
A relay station that performs relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When the relay station detects that the number of mobile stations (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) communicating with the radio base station has become a predetermined number or less , at least one of power-off , intermittent operation , or power saving operation related to the relay communication Having a power control unit for performing power control , A wireless communication system .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 2
 前記電源制御部は、前記移動局からの受信電力を測定して受信電力閾値と比較し、前記受信電力閾値を超える前記移動局を、中継している前記移動局とし、前記受信電力閾値を超えない前記移動局を、中継していない前記移動局として、中継している前記移動局の数を認識することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The power control unit measures the received power (transmission circuitry) from the mobile station and compares it with a received power threshold , sets the mobile station that exceeds the received power threshold as the mobile station that is relaying , and exceeds the received power threshold The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the number of mobile stations relaying is recognized as the mobile station not relaying the mobile station not relayed .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 4
 前記中継局は、前記移動局から送信される、接続要求信号または制御信号を受信・抽出する信号抽出部を有し、前記信号抽出部は、抽出した前記接続要求信号または前記制御信号が自中継局に向けたものか、他中継局に向けたものかを判断し、前記自中継局に向けたものと判断した場合、前記電源制御部は、前記自中継局に向けた前記接続要求信号または前記制御信号を送信している前記移動局を、中継している前記移動局とし、前記他中継局に向けて前記接続要求信号または前記制御信号を送信している前記移動局を、中継していない前記移動局として、中継している前記移動局の数を認識することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The relay station includes a signal extraction unit that receives and extracts a connection request signal or a control signal transmitted from the mobile station , and the signal extraction unit relays the extracted connection request signal or the control signal by itself . If it is determined for the station or another relay (mobile communication system) station , and if it is determined for the local relay station , the power supply control unit , the connection request signal for the local relay station or The mobile station that is transmitting the control signal is the mobile station that is relaying , and the mobile station that is transmitting the connection request signal or the control signal to the other relay station is relayed . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the number of mobile stations that are relaying is recognized as the mobile station that is not present .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 5
 前記無線基地局は、通常電源動作から前記電源制御へ移行する際のタイミング信号を通知するタイミング信号通知部を有し、前記電源制御部は、前記電源制御を行う場合に、前記電源制御を行う旨の通知を前記無線基地局または前記移動局に対して行い、通知を受けた前記無線基地局の前記タイミング信号通知部は、前記タイミング信号を前記中継局へ通知し、前記電源制御部は、前記タイミング信号にしたがって、前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The radio base station includes a timing signal notification unit that notifies a timing signal when shifting from normal power (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) supply operation to the power control , and the power control unit performs the power control when performing the power control . To the radio base station or the mobile station , the timing signal notification unit of the radio base station that has received the notification notifies the relay station of the timing signal , the power supply control unit , The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the power control is executed in accordance with the timing signal .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 12
 前記中継局は、ハンドオーバ要求部を有し、前記ハンドオーバ要求部は、前記電源制御部にて前記電源制御が行われる際に、中継している前記移動局または前記無線基地局に対して、ハンドオーバを要求し、要求を受信した前記移動局と前記無線基地局は、他中継局や他無線基地局へハンドオーバを実施し、前記電源制御部は、ハンドオーバ後に前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The relay station has a handover request unit , and the handover request unit performs handover to the mobile station or the radio base station that is relaying when the power control is performed by the power control unit . The mobile station and the radio base station that have received the request perform handover (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) to another relay station or another radio base station , and the power control unit executes the power control after the handover . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system (other relay) , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (perform handover, mobile stations, normal power) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry (received power) configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (reception unit) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 1
 無線基地局と、  前記無線基地局と通信を行う移動局と、  前記無線基地局と前記移動局との中継通信を行う中継局とを備え、  前記中継局は、前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数が所定数以下になったことを検知した場合に、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部を有する、  ことを特徴とする無線通信システム。 A radio base station ;
A mobile station communicating with the radio base station ;
A relay station that performs relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When the relay station detects that the number of mobile stations (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) communicating with the radio base station has become a predetermined number or less , at least one of power-off , intermittent operation , or power saving operation related to the relay communication Having a power control unit for performing power control , A wireless communication system .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 2
 前記電源制御部は、前記移動局からの受信電力を測定して受信電力閾値と比較し、前記受信電力閾値を超える前記移動局を、中継している前記移動局とし、前記受信電力閾値を超えない前記移動局を、中継していない前記移動局として、中継している前記移動局の数を認識することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The power control unit measures the received power (transmission circuitry) from the mobile station and compares it with a received power threshold , sets the mobile station that exceeds the received power threshold as the mobile station that is relaying , and exceeds the received power threshold The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the number of mobile stations relaying is recognized as the mobile station not relaying the mobile station not relayed .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 4
 前記中継局は、前記移動局から送信される、接続要求信号または制御信号を受信・抽出する信号抽出部を有し、前記信号抽出部は、抽出した前記接続要求信号または前記制御信号が自中継局に向けたものか、他中継局に向けたものかを判断し、前記自中継局に向けたものと判断した場合、前記電源制御部は、前記自中継局に向けた前記接続要求信号または前記制御信号を送信している前記移動局を、中継している前記移動局とし、前記他中継局に向けて前記接続要求信号または前記制御信号を送信している前記移動局を、中継していない前記移動局として、中継している前記移動局の数を認識することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The relay station includes a signal extraction unit that receives and extracts a connection request signal or a control signal transmitted from the mobile station , and the signal extraction unit relays the extracted connection request signal or the control signal by itself . If it is determined for the station or another relay (mobile communication system) station , and if it is determined for the local relay station , the power supply control unit , the connection request signal for the local relay station or The mobile station that is transmitting the control signal is the mobile station that is relaying , and the mobile station that is transmitting the connection request signal or the control signal to the other relay station is relayed . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the number of mobile stations that are relaying is recognized as the mobile station that is not present .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 5
 前記無線基地局は、通常電源動作から前記電源制御へ移行する際のタイミング信号を通知するタイミング信号通知部を有し、前記電源制御部は、前記電源制御を行う場合に、前記電源制御を行う旨の通知を前記無線基地局または前記移動局に対して行い、通知を受けた前記無線基地局の前記タイミング信号通知部は、前記タイミング信号を前記中継局へ通知し、前記電源制御部は、前記タイミング信号にしたがって、前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The radio base station includes a timing signal notification unit that notifies a timing signal when shifting from normal power (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) supply operation to the power control , and the power control unit performs the power control when performing the power control . To the radio base station or the mobile station , the timing signal notification unit of the radio base station that has received the notification notifies the relay station of the timing signal , the power supply control unit , The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the power control is executed in accordance with the timing signal .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 9
 前記電源制御部は、前記電源制御として、前記無線基地局と前記中継通信を行う送受信部の電源はオフし、前記移動局と前記中継通信を行う送受信部の電源は間欠動作とすることを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The power control unit , as the power control , turns off the power of the transmission / reception unit (reception unit) that performs the relay communication with the radio base station , and the intermittent operation of the power of the transmission / reception unit that performs the relay communication with the mobile station . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 12
 前記中継局は、ハンドオーバ要求部を有し、前記ハンドオーバ要求部は、前記電源制御部にて前記電源制御が行われる際に、中継している前記移動局または前記無線基地局に対して、ハンドオーバを要求し、要求を受信した前記移動局と前記無線基地局は、他中継局や他無線基地局へハンドオーバを実施し、前記電源制御部は、ハンドオーバ後に前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The relay station has a handover request unit , and the handover request unit performs handover to the mobile station or the radio base station that is relaying when the power control is performed by the power control unit . The mobile station and the radio base station that have received the request perform handover (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) to another relay station or another radio base station , and the power control unit executes the power control after the handover . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system (other relay) , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (perform handover, mobile stations, normal power) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 1
 無線基地局と、  前記無線基地局と通信を行う移動局と、  前記無線基地局と前記移動局との中継通信を行う中継局とを備え、  前記中継局は、前記無線基地局と通信する前記移動局の数が所定数以下になったことを検知した場合に、前記中継通信に係る電源のオフ、間欠動作または省電力動作の少なくとも1つの電源制御を行う電源制御部を有する、  ことを特徴とする無線通信システム。 A radio base station ;
A mobile station communicating with the radio base station ;
A relay station that performs relay communication between the radio base station and the mobile station ;
When the relay station detects that the number of mobile stations (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) communicating with the radio base station has become a predetermined number or less , at least one of power-off , intermittent operation , or power saving operation related to the relay communication Having a power control unit for performing power control , A wireless communication system .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 4
 前記中継局は、前記移動局から送信される、接続要求信号または制御信号を受信・抽出する信号抽出部を有し、前記信号抽出部は、抽出した前記接続要求信号または前記制御信号が自中継局に向けたものか、他中継局に向けたものかを判断し、前記自中継局に向けたものと判断した場合、前記電源制御部は、前記自中継局に向けた前記接続要求信号または前記制御信号を送信している前記移動局を、中継している前記移動局とし、前記他中継局に向けて前記接続要求信号または前記制御信号を送信している前記移動局を、中継していない前記移動局として、中継している前記移動局の数を認識することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The relay station includes a signal extraction unit that receives and extracts a connection request signal or a control signal transmitted from the mobile station , and the signal extraction unit relays the extracted connection request signal or the control signal by itself . If it is determined for the station or another relay (mobile communication system) station , and if it is determined for the local relay station , the power supply control unit , the connection request signal for the local relay station or The mobile station that is transmitting the control signal is the mobile station that is relaying , and the mobile station that is transmitting the connection request signal or the control signal to the other relay station is relayed . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the number of mobile stations that are relaying is recognized as the mobile station that is not present .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 5
 前記無線基地局は、通常電源動作から前記電源制御へ移行する際のタイミング信号を通知するタイミング信号通知部を有し、前記電源制御部は、前記電源制御を行う場合に、前記電源制御を行う旨の通知を前記無線基地局または前記移動局に対して行い、通知を受けた前記無線基地局の前記タイミング信号通知部は、前記タイミング信号を前記中継局へ通知し、前記電源制御部は、前記タイミング信号にしたがって、前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The radio base station includes a timing signal notification unit that notifies a timing signal when shifting from normal power (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) supply operation to the power control , and the power control unit performs the power control when performing the power control . To the radio base station or the mobile station , the timing signal notification unit of the radio base station that has received the notification notifies the relay station of the timing signal , the power supply control unit , The wireless communication system according to claim 1 , wherein the power control is executed in accordance with the timing signal .

WO2010086979A1
CLAIM 12
 前記中継局は、ハンドオーバ要求部を有し、前記ハンドオーバ要求部は、前記電源制御部にて前記電源制御が行われる際に、中継している前記移動局または前記無線基地局に対して、ハンドオーバを要求し、要求を受信した前記移動局と前記無線基地局は、他中継局や他無線基地局へハンドオーバを実施し、前記電源制御部は、ハンドオーバ後に前記電源制御を実行することを特徴とする請求の範囲第1項記載の無線通信システム。 The relay station has a handover request unit , and the handover request unit performs handover to the mobile station or the radio base station that is relaying when the power control is performed by the power control unit . The mobile station and the radio base station that have received the request perform handover (base station, first base station, second base station, performing handover control, performing control) to another relay station or another radio base station , and the power control unit executes the power control after the handover . The wireless communication system according to claim 1 .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
JP2010171885A

Filed: 2009-01-26     Issued: 2010-08-05

移動通信方法及び無線基地局

(Original Assignee) Ntt Docomo Inc; 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ     

Ivan Cosovic, Mikio Iwamura, コソヴィッチ イヴァン, 幹生 岩村
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (システム) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (rol) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
JP2010171885A
CLAIM 3
LTE(Long Term Evolurion)方式の移動通信システム (communication control method) で用いられる移動通信方法であって、 前記上り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control (transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) Channel)を含み、 前記下り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel)を含むことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の移動通信方法。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
JP2010171885A
CLAIM 3
LTE(Long Term Evolurion)方式の移動通信システム (communication control method) で用いられる移動通信方法であって、 前記上り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control Channel)を含み、 前記下り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel)を含むことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の移動通信方法。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
JP2010171885A
CLAIM 3
LTE(Long Term Evolurion)方式の移動通信システム (communication control method) で用いられる移動通信方法であって、 前記上り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control Channel)を含み、 前記下り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel)を含むことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の移動通信方法。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2010171885A
CLAIM 3
LTE(Long Term Evolurion)方式の移動通信システム (communication control method) で用いられる移動通信方法であって、 前記上り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control Channel)を含み、 前記下り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel)を含むことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の移動通信方法。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2010171885A
CLAIM 3
LTE(Long Term Evolurion)方式の移動通信システム (communication control method) で用いられる移動通信方法であって、 前記上り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control Channel)を含み、 前記下り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel)を含むことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の移動通信方法。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2010171885A
CLAIM 3
LTE(Long Term Evolurion)方式の移動通信システム (communication control method) で用いられる移動通信方法であって、 前記上り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control Channel)を含み、 前記下り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel)を含むことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の移動通信方法。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (システム) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (rol) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
JP2010171885A
CLAIM 3
LTE(Long Term Evolurion)方式の移動通信システム (communication control method) で用いられる移動通信方法であって、 前記上り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control (transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) Channel)を含み、 前記下り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel)を含むことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の移動通信方法。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (システム) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
JP2010171885A
CLAIM 3
LTE(Long Term Evolurion)方式の移動通信システム (communication control method) で用いられる移動通信方法であって、 前記上り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control Channel)を含み、 前記下り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel)を含むことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の移動通信方法。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information (rol) to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
JP2010171885A
CLAIM 3
LTE(Long Term Evolurion)方式の移動通信システムで用いられる移動通信方法であって、 前記上り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control (transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) Channel)を含み、 前記下り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel)を含むことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の移動通信方法。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (rol) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
JP2010171885A
CLAIM 3
LTE(Long Term Evolurion)方式の移動通信システムで用いられる移動通信方法であって、 前記上り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control (transmitting proximity notification information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) Channel)を含み、 前記下り制御情報を送信する制御チャネルは、PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel)を含むことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の移動通信方法。




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2010077194A1

Filed: 2008-12-29     Issued: 2010-07-08

Method and device for installing applications on nfc-enabled devices

(Original Assignee) Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ)     

Mattias Johansson, Jakob Saros
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (communication unit) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2010077194A1
CLAIM 12
. An NFC-enabled device comprising : - an NFC communication unit (transmitting location information) adapted to receive , from a source device , a Generic Control record comprising a Target ID associated with a target application ;
- a network communication unit adapted to send and receive data to/from nodes in a network to which the device is connectable ;
- an application installer function adapted to install applications on the device , and characterized by : - an application discoverer function adapted to retrieve , from a look-up table in which at least one Target ID is associated with at least one target URI from which at least one installation file for the target application associated with the at least one Target ID can be downloaded , at least one target URI associated with the Target ID in the received Generic Control record by providing the Target ID as input to the look-up table , and - an application downloader function adapted to download at least one installation file for the target application from the retrieved target URI , and in that the application installer function is adapted to install the target application on the NFC-enabled device using the at least one downloaded installation file .

WO2010077194A1
CLAIM 21
. A computer program product comprising a computer program according to claim 20 and a computer readable medium (communication control method) on which the computer program is stored .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2010077194A1
CLAIM 21
. A computer program product comprising a computer program according to claim 20 and a computer readable medium (communication control method) on which the computer program is stored .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010077194A1
CLAIM 21
. A computer program product comprising a computer program according to claim 20 and a computer readable medium (communication control method) on which the computer program is stored .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010077194A1
CLAIM 21
. A computer program product comprising a computer program according to claim 20 and a computer readable medium (communication control method) on which the computer program is stored .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010077194A1
CLAIM 21
. A computer program product comprising a computer program according to claim 20 and a computer readable medium (communication control method) on which the computer program is stored .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2010077194A1
CLAIM 21
. A computer program product comprising a computer program according to claim 20 and a computer readable medium (communication control method) on which the computer program is stored .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (communication unit) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2010077194A1
CLAIM 12
. An NFC-enabled device comprising : - an NFC communication unit (transmitting location information) adapted to receive , from a source device , a Generic Control record comprising a Target ID associated with a target application ;
- a network communication unit adapted to send and receive data to/from nodes in a network to which the device is connectable ;
- an application installer function adapted to install applications on the device , and characterized by : - an application discoverer function adapted to retrieve , from a look-up table in which at least one Target ID is associated with at least one target URI from which at least one installation file for the target application associated with the at least one Target ID can be downloaded , at least one target URI associated with the Target ID in the received Generic Control record by providing the Target ID as input to the look-up table , and - an application downloader function adapted to download at least one installation file for the target application from the retrieved target URI , and in that the application installer function is adapted to install the target application on the NFC-enabled device using the at least one downloaded installation file .

WO2010077194A1
CLAIM 21
. A computer program product comprising a computer program according to claim 20 and a computer readable medium (communication control method) on which the computer program is stored .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2010077194A1
CLAIM 21
. A computer program product comprising a computer program according to claim 20 and a computer readable medium (communication control method) on which the computer program is stored .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
EP2207369A1

Filed: 2008-10-24     Issued: 2010-07-14

User device and signal power measuring method

(Original Assignee) NTT Docomo Inc     (Current Assignee) NTT Docomo Inc

Hiroyuki Ishii
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station (measuring signal power) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (cell reselection) from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
EP2207369A1
CLAIM 1
A user equipment terminal for measuring signal power (second base station) in a neighbor cell , comprising : a movement speed estimating unit configured to estimate a movement speed of the user equipment terminal or a fading frequency of a propagation ;
a measurement bandwidth determining unit configured to determine a measurement bandwidth according to the movement speed or the fading frequency of the propagation ;
and a measurement unit configured to measure signal power in the neighbor cell within the determined measurement bandwidth .

EP2207369A1
CLAIM 3
The user equipment terminal as claimed in Claim 1 , wherein : the movement speed estimating unit calculates the movement speed or the fading frequency of the propagation based on the number of cells for which handover or cell reselection (different carrier) is performed in a predetermined time interval .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (measuring signal power) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
EP2207369A1
CLAIM 1
A user equipment terminal for measuring signal power (second base station) in a neighbor cell , comprising : a movement speed estimating unit configured to estimate a movement speed of the user equipment terminal or a fading frequency of a propagation ;
a measurement bandwidth determining unit configured to determine a measurement bandwidth according to the movement speed or the fading frequency of the propagation ;
and a measurement unit configured to measure signal power in the neighbor cell within the determined measurement bandwidth .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (measuring signal power) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
EP2207369A1
CLAIM 1
A user equipment terminal for measuring signal power (second base station) in a neighbor cell , comprising : a movement speed estimating unit configured to estimate a movement speed of the user equipment terminal or a fading frequency of a propagation ;
a measurement bandwidth determining unit configured to determine a measurement bandwidth according to the movement speed or the fading frequency of the propagation ;
and a measurement unit configured to measure signal power in the neighbor cell within the determined measurement bandwidth .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (measuring signal power) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
EP2207369A1
CLAIM 1
A user equipment terminal for measuring signal power (second base station) in a neighbor cell , comprising : a movement speed estimating unit configured to estimate a movement speed of the user equipment terminal or a fading frequency of a propagation ;
a measurement bandwidth determining unit configured to determine a measurement bandwidth according to the movement speed or the fading frequency of the propagation ;
and a measurement unit configured to measure signal power in the neighbor cell within the determined measurement bandwidth .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (measuring signal power) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
EP2207369A1
CLAIM 1
A user equipment terminal for measuring signal power (second base station) in a neighbor cell , comprising : a movement speed estimating unit configured to estimate a movement speed of the user equipment terminal or a fading frequency of a propagation ;
a measurement bandwidth determining unit configured to determine a measurement bandwidth according to the movement speed or the fading frequency of the propagation ;
and a measurement unit configured to measure signal power in the neighbor cell within the determined measurement bandwidth .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station (measuring signal power) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (cell reselection) from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
EP2207369A1
CLAIM 1
A user equipment terminal for measuring signal power (second base station) in a neighbor cell , comprising : a movement speed estimating unit configured to estimate a movement speed of the user equipment terminal or a fading frequency of a propagation ;
a measurement bandwidth determining unit configured to determine a measurement bandwidth according to the movement speed or the fading frequency of the propagation ;
and a measurement unit configured to measure signal power in the neighbor cell within the determined measurement bandwidth .

EP2207369A1
CLAIM 3
The user equipment terminal as claimed in Claim 1 , wherein : the movement speed estimating unit calculates the movement speed or the fading frequency of the propagation based on the number of cells for which handover or cell reselection (different carrier) is performed in a predetermined time interval .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (measuring signal power) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
EP2207369A1
CLAIM 1
A user equipment terminal for measuring signal power (second base station) in a neighbor cell , comprising : a movement speed estimating unit configured to estimate a movement speed of the user equipment terminal or a fading frequency of a propagation ;
a measurement bandwidth determining unit configured to determine a measurement bandwidth according to the movement speed or the fading frequency of the propagation ;
and a measurement unit configured to measure signal power in the neighbor cell within the determined measurement bandwidth .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (cell reselection) from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (measuring signal power) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
EP2207369A1
CLAIM 1
A user equipment terminal for measuring signal power (second base station) in a neighbor cell , comprising : a movement speed estimating unit configured to estimate a movement speed of the user equipment terminal or a fading frequency of a propagation ;
a measurement bandwidth determining unit configured to determine a measurement bandwidth according to the movement speed or the fading frequency of the propagation ;
and a measurement unit configured to measure signal power in the neighbor cell within the determined measurement bandwidth .

EP2207369A1
CLAIM 3
The user equipment terminal as claimed in Claim 1 , wherein : the movement speed estimating unit calculates the movement speed or the fading frequency of the propagation based on the number of cells for which handover or cell reselection (different carrier) is performed in a predetermined time interval .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station (measuring signal power) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (cell reselection) from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
EP2207369A1
CLAIM 1
A user equipment terminal for measuring signal power (second base station) in a neighbor cell , comprising : a movement speed estimating unit configured to estimate a movement speed of the user equipment terminal or a fading frequency of a propagation ;
a measurement bandwidth determining unit configured to determine a measurement bandwidth according to the movement speed or the fading frequency of the propagation ;
and a measurement unit configured to measure signal power in the neighbor cell within the determined measurement bandwidth .

EP2207369A1
CLAIM 3
The user equipment terminal as claimed in Claim 1 , wherein : the movement speed estimating unit calculates the movement speed or the fading frequency of the propagation based on the number of cells for which handover or cell reselection (different carrier) is performed in a predetermined time interval .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station (measuring signal power) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (cell reselection) from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
EP2207369A1
CLAIM 1
A user equipment terminal for measuring signal power (second base station) in a neighbor cell , comprising : a movement speed estimating unit configured to estimate a movement speed of the user equipment terminal or a fading frequency of a propagation ;
a measurement bandwidth determining unit configured to determine a measurement bandwidth according to the movement speed or the fading frequency of the propagation ;
and a measurement unit configured to measure signal power in the neighbor cell within the determined measurement bandwidth .

EP2207369A1
CLAIM 3
The user equipment terminal as claimed in Claim 1 , wherein : the movement speed estimating unit calculates the movement speed or the fading frequency of the propagation based on the number of cells for which handover or cell reselection (different carrier) is performed in a predetermined time interval .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2009055619A1

Filed: 2008-10-23     Issued: 2009-04-30

Pilot report based on interference indications in wireless communication systems using relaying by mobile terminal

(Original Assignee) Qualcomm Incorporated     

Naga Bhushan, Avneesh Agrawal
US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier (common base) is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2009055619A1
CLAIM 19
. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 12 , wherein the first access terminal and the second , non-interfering access terminal are served by a common base (primary carrier) station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier (common base) to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2009055619A1
CLAIM 19
. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 12 , wherein the first access terminal and the second , non-interfering access terminal are served by a common base (primary carrier) station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (communication environment) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2009055619A1
CLAIM 1
. A method that facilitates mitigating reverse link interference in a wireless communication environment (reception unit) , comprising : monitoring reverse link interference at an affected base station caused by an access terminal served by a disparate base station ;
transmitting interference-overload indications as a function of the monitored reverse link interference to the access terminal served by the disparate base station triggering the access terminal to report an overload condition to the disparate base station to cause the disparate base station to inhibit use of a reserved subset of resources for transmission by the access terminal in order to mitigate interference to the affected base station ;
and scheduling at least one disparate access terminal served by the affected base station to transmit utilizing the reserved subset of resources .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
CN101836486A

Filed: 2008-10-16     Issued: 2010-09-15

用于wlan的位置感知背景接入点扫描

(Original Assignee) 马维尔国际贸易有限公司     

卡皮尔·查巴拉
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (信息来确定) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN101836486A
CLAIM 14
. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其中所述WLAN信道扫描控制单元被配置为:根据对 应于所述多个WLAN接入点的所述位置信息以及对应于所述通信设备的所述位置信息来确定 (base station) 所述通信设备和所述多个WLAN接入点之间的所述各自的距离。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (信息来确定) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
CN101836486A
CLAIM 14
. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其中所述WLAN信道扫描控制单元被配置为:根据对 应于所述多个WLAN接入点的所述位置信息以及对应于所述通信设备的所述位置信息来确定 (base station) 所述通信设备和所述多个WLAN接入点之间的所述各自的距离。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (信息来确定) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
CN101836486A
CLAIM 14
. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其中所述WLAN信道扫描控制单元被配置为:根据对 应于所述多个WLAN接入点的所述位置信息以及对应于所述通信设备的所述位置信息来确定 (base station) 所述通信设备和所述多个WLAN接入点之间的所述各自的距离。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (信息来确定) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101836486A
CLAIM 14
. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其中所述WLAN信道扫描控制单元被配置为:根据对 应于所述多个WLAN接入点的所述位置信息以及对应于所述通信设备的所述位置信息来确定 (base station) 所述通信设备和所述多个WLAN接入点之间的所述各自的距离。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (信息来确定) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101836486A
CLAIM 14
. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其中所述WLAN信道扫描控制单元被配置为:根据对 应于所述多个WLAN接入点的所述位置信息以及对应于所述通信设备的所述位置信息来确定 (base station) 所述通信设备和所述多个WLAN接入点之间的所述各自的距离。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (信息来确定) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101836486A
CLAIM 14
. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其中所述WLAN信道扫描控制单元被配置为:根据对 应于所述多个WLAN接入点的所述位置信息以及对应于所述通信设备的所述位置信息来确定 (base station) 所述通信设备和所述多个WLAN接入点之间的所述各自的距离。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (信息来确定) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
CN101836486A
CLAIM 14
. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其中所述WLAN信道扫描控制单元被配置为:根据对 应于所述多个WLAN接入点的所述位置信息以及对应于所述通信设备的所述位置信息来确定 (base station) 所述通信设备和所述多个WLAN接入点之间的所述各自的距离。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (信息来确定) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
CN101836486A
CLAIM 14
. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其中所述WLAN信道扫描控制单元被配置为:根据对 应于所述多个WLAN接入点的所述位置信息以及对应于所述通信设备的所述位置信息来确定 (base station) 所述通信设备和所述多个WLAN接入点之间的所述各自的距离。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (信息来确定) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN101836486A
CLAIM 14
. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其中所述WLAN信道扫描控制单元被配置为:根据对 应于所述多个WLAN接入点的所述位置信息以及对应于所述通信设备的所述位置信息来确定 (base station) 所述通信设备和所述多个WLAN接入点之间的所述各自的距离。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (信息来确定) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (包括接收) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101836486A
CLAIM 3
. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,还包括接收 (reception unit) 对应于所述多个WLAN接入点的所述位置信肩、o

CN101836486A
CLAIM 14
. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其中所述WLAN信道扫描控制单元被配置为:根据对 应于所述多个WLAN接入点的所述位置信息以及对应于所述通信设备的所述位置信息来确定 (base station) 所述通信设备和所述多个WLAN接入点之间的所述各自的距离。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (信息来确定) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101836486A
CLAIM 14
. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其中所述WLAN信道扫描控制单元被配置为:根据对 应于所述多个WLAN接入点的所述位置信息以及对应于所述通信设备的所述位置信息来确定 (base station) 所述通信设备和所述多个WLAN接入点之间的所述各自的距离。




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
CN101357616A

Filed: 2008-09-27     Issued: 2009-02-04

智能环境友好型汽车结构

(Original Assignee) 清华大学     

李克强, 陈涛, 罗禹贡, 连小珉, 王建强, 杨殿阁, 郑四发
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base (的状态) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN101357616A
CLAIM 1
、一种智能环境友好型汽车结构,包括车外壳、车轮、及车厢内设施,其特征在于,还包括外部环境及车辆感知系统、动力系统、传动系统、制动系统、转向系统以及车辆控制系统;其中,所述的外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统、车辆控制系统、转向系统、制动系统、传动系统和动力系统分别与车载CAN总线相连;该外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统,用于获得外部环境信息;该车辆控制系统,用于根据外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统获得的信息以及车辆状态进行信息融合,识别及预测车辆及环境信息,然后基于经济性,排放性,安全性,舒适性以及驾驶员特性制定车辆期望运动轨迹和需求功率,实时计算各个部件的控制指令,并通过控制,保证车辆始终工作最优的状态 (second base) ;该动力系统,用于根据车辆控制系统发出的控制指令产生相应的功率并输出;该传动系统,用于将动力传递至车轮,驱动车轮动作;该制动系统,用于根据车辆控制系统指令,执行制动指令,对车辆进行制动;该转向系统,用于根据车辆控制系统执行前轮转向的操作。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base (的状态) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
CN101357616A
CLAIM 1
、一种智能环境友好型汽车结构,包括车外壳、车轮、及车厢内设施,其特征在于,还包括外部环境及车辆感知系统、动力系统、传动系统、制动系统、转向系统以及车辆控制系统;其中,所述的外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统、车辆控制系统、转向系统、制动系统、传动系统和动力系统分别与车载CAN总线相连;该外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统,用于获得外部环境信息;该车辆控制系统,用于根据外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统获得的信息以及车辆状态进行信息融合,识别及预测车辆及环境信息,然后基于经济性,排放性,安全性,舒适性以及驾驶员特性制定车辆期望运动轨迹和需求功率,实时计算各个部件的控制指令,并通过控制,保证车辆始终工作最优的状态 (second base) ;该动力系统,用于根据车辆控制系统发出的控制指令产生相应的功率并输出;该传动系统,用于将动力传递至车轮,驱动车轮动作;该制动系统,用于根据车辆控制系统指令,执行制动指令,对车辆进行制动;该转向系统,用于根据车辆控制系统执行前轮转向的操作。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (启动电机) by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (的状态) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
CN101357616A
CLAIM 1
、一种智能环境友好型汽车结构,包括车外壳、车轮、及车厢内设施,其特征在于,还包括外部环境及车辆感知系统、动力系统、传动系统、制动系统、转向系统以及车辆控制系统;其中,所述的外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统、车辆控制系统、转向系统、制动系统、传动系统和动力系统分别与车载CAN总线相连;该外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统,用于获得外部环境信息;该车辆控制系统,用于根据外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统获得的信息以及车辆状态进行信息融合,识别及预测车辆及环境信息,然后基于经济性,排放性,安全性,舒适性以及驾驶员特性制定车辆期望运动轨迹和需求功率,实时计算各个部件的控制指令,并通过控制,保证车辆始终工作最优的状态 (second base) ;该动力系统,用于根据车辆控制系统发出的控制指令产生相应的功率并输出;该传动系统,用于将动力传递至车轮,驱动车轮动作;该制动系统,用于根据车辆控制系统指令,执行制动指令,对车辆进行制动;该转向系统,用于根据车辆控制系统执行前轮转向的操作。

CN101357616A
CLAIM 3
、如权利要求l所述的结构,其特征在于,所述动力系统包括分别与CAN总线相连 的发动机,主电机,发电机,高压电池组,传统启动电机 (handover control, performing handover control) ,低压蓄电池,直流/直流转换 器DC/DC ;
其中,发动机通过传动装置与其前端的发电机和后端的传动系统的离合器相连;高压电池组与主电机,通过高压连接;高压电池组与发电机通过高压连接;主电机通过齿 轮与变速器进行动力耦合;低压蓄电池通过直流/直流转换器DC/DC与高压电池组连接; 传统启动机与低压蓄电池连接•,传统启动机通过齿轮连接于发动机后端。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (启动电机) by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (的状态) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101357616A
CLAIM 1
、一种智能环境友好型汽车结构,包括车外壳、车轮、及车厢内设施,其特征在于,还包括外部环境及车辆感知系统、动力系统、传动系统、制动系统、转向系统以及车辆控制系统;其中,所述的外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统、车辆控制系统、转向系统、制动系统、传动系统和动力系统分别与车载CAN总线相连;该外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统,用于获得外部环境信息;该车辆控制系统,用于根据外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统获得的信息以及车辆状态进行信息融合,识别及预测车辆及环境信息,然后基于经济性,排放性,安全性,舒适性以及驾驶员特性制定车辆期望运动轨迹和需求功率,实时计算各个部件的控制指令,并通过控制,保证车辆始终工作最优的状态 (second base) ;该动力系统,用于根据车辆控制系统发出的控制指令产生相应的功率并输出;该传动系统,用于将动力传递至车轮,驱动车轮动作;该制动系统,用于根据车辆控制系统指令,执行制动指令,对车辆进行制动;该转向系统,用于根据车辆控制系统执行前轮转向的操作。

CN101357616A
CLAIM 3
、如权利要求l所述的结构,其特征在于,所述动力系统包括分别与CAN总线相连 的发动机,主电机,发电机,高压电池组,传统启动电机 (handover control, performing handover control) ,低压蓄电池,直流/直流转换 器DC/DC ;
其中,发动机通过传动装置与其前端的发电机和后端的传动系统的离合器相连;高压电池组与主电机,通过高压连接;高压电池组与发电机通过高压连接;主电机通过齿 轮与变速器进行动力耦合;低压蓄电池通过直流/直流转换器DC/DC与高压电池组连接; 传统启动机与低压蓄电池连接•,传统启动机通过齿轮连接于发动机后端。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base (的状态) station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101357616A
CLAIM 1
、一种智能环境友好型汽车结构,包括车外壳、车轮、及车厢内设施,其特征在于,还包括外部环境及车辆感知系统、动力系统、传动系统、制动系统、转向系统以及车辆控制系统;其中,所述的外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统、车辆控制系统、转向系统、制动系统、传动系统和动力系统分别与车载CAN总线相连;该外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统,用于获得外部环境信息;该车辆控制系统,用于根据外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统获得的信息以及车辆状态进行信息融合,识别及预测车辆及环境信息,然后基于经济性,排放性,安全性,舒适性以及驾驶员特性制定车辆期望运动轨迹和需求功率,实时计算各个部件的控制指令,并通过控制,保证车辆始终工作最优的状态 (second base) ;该动力系统,用于根据车辆控制系统发出的控制指令产生相应的功率并输出;该传动系统,用于将动力传递至车轮,驱动车轮动作;该制动系统,用于根据车辆控制系统指令,执行制动指令,对车辆进行制动;该转向系统,用于根据车辆控制系统执行前轮转向的操作。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base (的状态) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
CN101357616A
CLAIM 1
、一种智能环境友好型汽车结构,包括车外壳、车轮、及车厢内设施,其特征在于,还包括外部环境及车辆感知系统、动力系统、传动系统、制动系统、转向系统以及车辆控制系统;其中,所述的外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统、车辆控制系统、转向系统、制动系统、传动系统和动力系统分别与车载CAN总线相连;该外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统,用于获得外部环境信息;该车辆控制系统,用于根据外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统获得的信息以及车辆状态进行信息融合,识别及预测车辆及环境信息,然后基于经济性,排放性,安全性,舒适性以及驾驶员特性制定车辆期望运动轨迹和需求功率,实时计算各个部件的控制指令,并通过控制,保证车辆始终工作最优的状态 (second base) ;该动力系统,用于根据车辆控制系统发出的控制指令产生相应的功率并输出;该传动系统,用于将动力传递至车轮,驱动车轮动作;该制动系统,用于根据车辆控制系统指令,执行制动指令,对车辆进行制动;该转向系统,用于根据车辆控制系统执行前轮转向的操作。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base (的状态) station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
CN101357616A
CLAIM 1
、一种智能环境友好型汽车结构,包括车外壳、车轮、及车厢内设施,其特征在于,还包括外部环境及车辆感知系统、动力系统、传动系统、制动系统、转向系统以及车辆控制系统;其中,所述的外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统、车辆控制系统、转向系统、制动系统、传动系统和动力系统分别与车载CAN总线相连;该外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统,用于获得外部环境信息;该车辆控制系统,用于根据外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统获得的信息以及车辆状态进行信息融合,识别及预测车辆及环境信息,然后基于经济性,排放性,安全性,舒适性以及驾驶员特性制定车辆期望运动轨迹和需求功率,实时计算各个部件的控制指令,并通过控制,保证车辆始终工作最优的状态 (second base) ;该动力系统,用于根据车辆控制系统发出的控制指令产生相应的功率并输出;该传动系统,用于将动力传递至车轮,驱动车轮动作;该制动系统,用于根据车辆控制系统指令,执行制动指令,对车辆进行制动;该转向系统,用于根据车辆控制系统执行前轮转向的操作。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base (的状态) station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN101357616A
CLAIM 1
、一种智能环境友好型汽车结构,包括车外壳、车轮、及车厢内设施,其特征在于,还包括外部环境及车辆感知系统、动力系统、传动系统、制动系统、转向系统以及车辆控制系统;其中,所述的外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统、车辆控制系统、转向系统、制动系统、传动系统和动力系统分别与车载CAN总线相连;该外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统,用于获得外部环境信息;该车辆控制系统,用于根据外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统获得的信息以及车辆状态进行信息融合,识别及预测车辆及环境信息,然后基于经济性,排放性,安全性,舒适性以及驾驶员特性制定车辆期望运动轨迹和需求功率,实时计算各个部件的控制指令,并通过控制,保证车辆始终工作最优的状态 (second base) ;该动力系统,用于根据车辆控制系统发出的控制指令产生相应的功率并输出;该传动系统,用于将动力传递至车轮,驱动车轮动作;该制动系统,用于根据车辆控制系统指令,执行制动指令,对车辆进行制动;该转向系统,用于根据车辆控制系统执行前轮转向的操作。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base (的状态) station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101357616A
CLAIM 1
、一种智能环境友好型汽车结构,包括车外壳、车轮、及车厢内设施,其特征在于,还包括外部环境及车辆感知系统、动力系统、传动系统、制动系统、转向系统以及车辆控制系统;其中,所述的外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统、车辆控制系统、转向系统、制动系统、传动系统和动力系统分别与车载CAN总线相连;该外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统,用于获得外部环境信息;该车辆控制系统,用于根据外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统获得的信息以及车辆状态进行信息融合,识别及预测车辆及环境信息,然后基于经济性,排放性,安全性,舒适性以及驾驶员特性制定车辆期望运动轨迹和需求功率,实时计算各个部件的控制指令,并通过控制,保证车辆始终工作最优的状态 (second base) ;该动力系统,用于根据车辆控制系统发出的控制指令产生相应的功率并输出;该传动系统,用于将动力传递至车轮,驱动车轮动作;该制动系统,用于根据车辆控制系统指令,执行制动指令,对车辆进行制动;该转向系统,用于根据车辆控制系统执行前轮转向的操作。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base (的状态) station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101357616A
CLAIM 1
、一种智能环境友好型汽车结构,包括车外壳、车轮、及车厢内设施,其特征在于,还包括外部环境及车辆感知系统、动力系统、传动系统、制动系统、转向系统以及车辆控制系统;其中,所述的外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统、车辆控制系统、转向系统、制动系统、传动系统和动力系统分别与车载CAN总线相连;该外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统,用于获得外部环境信息;该车辆控制系统,用于根据外部环境及车辆姿态感知系统获得的信息以及车辆状态进行信息融合,识别及预测车辆及环境信息,然后基于经济性,排放性,安全性,舒适性以及驾驶员特性制定车辆期望运动轨迹和需求功率,实时计算各个部件的控制指令,并通过控制,保证车辆始终工作最优的状态 (second base) ;该动力系统,用于根据车辆控制系统发出的控制指令产生相应的功率并输出;该传动系统,用于将动力传递至车轮,驱动车轮动作;该制动系统,用于根据车辆控制系统指令,执行制动指令,对车辆进行制动;该转向系统,用于根据车辆控制系统执行前轮转向的操作。




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
CN101668340A

Filed: 2008-09-05     Issued: 2010-03-10

一种上行多址接入方式切换的方法及装置

(Original Assignee) 华为技术有限公司     

常俊仁, 李亚娟
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (于发送) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN101668340A
CLAIM 14
、 一种上行多址接入方式的切换处理装置,其特征在于,包括:消息处理模块,用于发送 (transmitting proximity notification information) 或接收上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息,所述切换指示信息用来指示所述切换指示信息的接收端执行切换操作;切换执行模块,用于在预设的时间到达时根据所述切换指示信息执行切换操作。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (切换操作, 切换请求, 用于切换) by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
CN101668340A
CLAIM 1
、一种上行多址接入方式的切换方法,其特征在于,包括: 发送上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息,所述切换指示信息用来指示所述切换指示信息的接收端执行切换操作 (handover control, performing handover control) ; 在预设的时间到达时执行切换操作

CN101668340A
CLAIM 6
、 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,该方法还包括:在预设的时间到达之 前,发送用于切换 (handover control, performing handover control) 到目标上行多址接入方式的物理层参数。

CN101668340A
CLAIM 7
、 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息的方式包括:发送上行多址接入方式切换请求 (handover control, performing handover control) 消息或切换命令消息;或者,在无线资源控制RRC连接重配置消息中携带所述上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息;或者,在RRC连接重建立请求消息中携带所述上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息;或者,在初始随机接入过程中的消息3中携带所述上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息; 或者,在RRC连接建立请求消息中携带所述上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息;或者,利用媒体接入控制层控制协议数据单元MAC CE PDU发送所述上行多址接入方式的切换指 示信息。 或者,利用物理层PHY信令发送上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (切换操作, 切换请求, 用于切换) by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101668340A
CLAIM 1
、一种上行多址接入方式的切换方法,其特征在于,包括: 发送上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息,所述切换指示信息用来指示所述切换指示信息的接收端执行切换操作 (handover control, performing handover control) ; 在预设的时间到达时执行切换操作

CN101668340A
CLAIM 6
、 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,该方法还包括:在预设的时间到达之 前,发送用于切换 (handover control, performing handover control) 到目标上行多址接入方式的物理层参数。

CN101668340A
CLAIM 7
、 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息的方式包括:发送上行多址接入方式切换请求 (handover control, performing handover control) 消息或切换命令消息;或者,在无线资源控制RRC连接重配置消息中携带所述上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息;或者,在RRC连接重建立请求消息中携带所述上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息;或者,在初始随机接入过程中的消息3中携带所述上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息; 或者,在RRC连接建立请求消息中携带所述上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息;或者,利用媒体接入控制层控制协议数据单元MAC CE PDU发送所述上行多址接入方式的切换指 示信息。 或者,利用物理层PHY信令发送上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (于发送) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
CN101668340A
CLAIM 14
、 一种上行多址接入方式的切换处理装置,其特征在于,包括:消息处理模块,用于发送 (transmitting proximity notification information) 或接收上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息,所述切换指示信息用来指示所述切换指示信息的接收端执行切换操作;切换执行模块,用于在预设的时间到达时根据所述切换指示信息执行切换操作。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (于发送) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101668340A
CLAIM 14
、 一种上行多址接入方式的切换处理装置,其特征在于,包括:消息处理模块,用于发送 (transmitting proximity notification information) 或接收上行多址接入方式的切换指示信息,所述切换指示信息用来指示所述切换指示信息的接收端执行切换操作;切换执行模块,用于在预设的时间到达时根据所述切换指示信息执行切换操作。




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2009140988A1

Filed: 2008-06-11     Issued: 2009-11-26

Re-activation of a base station in standby mode

(Original Assignee) Nokia Siemens Networks Oy     

Martin DÖTTLING, Michael Färber, Kari Hooli, Andreas Lobinger, Jürgen MICHEL, Kari Pajukoski, Bernhard Raaf, Esa Tirola, Ingo Viering
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (communication signal) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 1
. A method comprising : disabling transmitting means (31) of an apparatus (30 , 40) comprising said transmitting means (31) and receiving means (32) , said transmitting means (31) being configured to transmit a wireless communication signal (proximity notification information) and said receiving means (32) being configured to receive a wireless communication signal (S101) ;
receiving by said receiving means (32) an activation information indicating that said transmitting means (31) should be re-enabled (S102) ;
and re-enabling said transmitting means (31) if said activation information is received in said receiving step (S103) .

WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 41
. A base station (base station) device comprising an apparatus (30 , 40) according to any one of claims 20 to 25 or any one of claims 35 to 38 if dependent on any one of claims 20 to 25 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (base station) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information (communication signal) including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 1
. A method comprising : disabling transmitting means (31) of an apparatus (30 , 40) comprising said transmitting means (31) and receiving means (32) , said transmitting means (31) being configured to transmit a wireless communication signal (proximity notification information) and said receiving means (32) being configured to receive a wireless communication signal (S101) ;
receiving by said receiving means (32) an activation information indicating that said transmitting means (31) should be re-enabled (S102) ;
and re-enabling said transmitting means (31) if said activation information is received in said receiving step (S103) .

WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 41
. A base station (base station) device comprising an apparatus (30 , 40) according to any one of claims 20 to 25 or any one of claims 35 to 38 if dependent on any one of claims 20 to 25 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (communication signal) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (said operation) by the first base station (base station) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 1
. A method comprising : disabling transmitting means (31) of an apparatus (30 , 40) comprising said transmitting means (31) and receiving means (32) , said transmitting means (31) being configured to transmit a wireless communication signal (proximity notification information) and said receiving means (32) being configured to receive a wireless communication signal (S101) ;
receiving by said receiving means (32) an activation information indicating that said transmitting means (31) should be re-enabled (S102) ;
and re-enabling said transmitting means (31) if said activation information is received in said receiving step (S103) .

WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 40
. A system comprising : at least one apparatus (30 , 40) according to any one of claims 20 to 25 or any one of claims 35 to 38 if dependent on any one of claims 20 to 25 ;
and an operation and maintenance center (60) comprising an agent for monitor- ing a reception of said activation information , wherein said agent is configured to count a number of receptions of said activation information , and to activate procedures in said operation (performing handover control) and maintenance center (60) for re-enabling said transmitting means (31) of said at least one apparatus (30 , 40) if said counted number is above a certain threshold .

WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 41
. A base station (base station) device comprising an apparatus (30 , 40) according to any one of claims 20 to 25 or any one of claims 35 to 38 if dependent on any one of claims 20 to 25 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (communication signal) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (said operation) by the first base station (base station) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 1
. A method comprising : disabling transmitting means (31) of an apparatus (30 , 40) comprising said transmitting means (31) and receiving means (32) , said transmitting means (31) being configured to transmit a wireless communication signal (proximity notification information) and said receiving means (32) being configured to receive a wireless communication signal (S101) ;
receiving by said receiving means (32) an activation information indicating that said transmitting means (31) should be re-enabled (S102) ;
and re-enabling said transmitting means (31) if said activation information is received in said receiving step (S103) .

WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 40
. A system comprising : at least one apparatus (30 , 40) according to any one of claims 20 to 25 or any one of claims 35 to 38 if dependent on any one of claims 20 to 25 ;
and an operation and maintenance center (60) comprising an agent for monitor- ing a reception of said activation information , wherein said agent is configured to count a number of receptions of said activation information , and to activate procedures in said operation (performing handover control) and maintenance center (60) for re-enabling said transmitting means (31) of said at least one apparatus (30 , 40) if said counted number is above a certain threshold .

WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 41
. A base station (base station) device comprising an apparatus (30 , 40) according to any one of claims 20 to 25 or any one of claims 35 to 38 if dependent on any one of claims 20 to 25 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (base station) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 41
. A base station (base station) device comprising an apparatus (30 , 40) according to any one of claims 20 to 25 or any one of claims 35 to 38 if dependent on any one of claims 20 to 25 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (communication signal) transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (base station) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 1
. A method comprising : disabling transmitting means (31) of an apparatus (30 , 40) comprising said transmitting means (31) and receiving means (32) , said transmitting means (31) being configured to transmit a wireless communication signal (proximity notification information) and said receiving means (32) being configured to receive a wireless communication signal (S101) ;
receiving by said receiving means (32) an activation information indicating that said transmitting means (31) should be re-enabled (S102) ;
and re-enabling said transmitting means (31) if said activation information is received in said receiving step (S103) .

WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 41
. A base station (base station) device comprising an apparatus (30 , 40) according to any one of claims 20 to 25 or any one of claims 35 to 38 if dependent on any one of claims 20 to 25 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (communication signal) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 1
. A method comprising : disabling transmitting means (31) of an apparatus (30 , 40) comprising said transmitting means (31) and receiving means (32) , said transmitting means (31) being configured to transmit a wireless communication signal (proximity notification information) and said receiving means (32) being configured to receive a wireless communication signal (S101) ;
receiving by said receiving means (32) an activation information indicating that said transmitting means (31) should be re-enabled (S102) ;
and re-enabling said transmitting means (31) if said activation information is received in said receiving step (S103) .

WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 41
. A base station (base station) device comprising an apparatus (30 , 40) according to any one of claims 20 to 25 or any one of claims 35 to 38 if dependent on any one of claims 20 to 25 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (base station) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 41
. A base station (base station) device comprising an apparatus (30 , 40) according to any one of claims 20 to 25 or any one of claims 35 to 38 if dependent on any one of claims 20 to 25 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (base station) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information (communication signal) from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 1
. A method comprising : disabling transmitting means (31) of an apparatus (30 , 40) comprising said transmitting means (31) and receiving means (32) , said transmitting means (31) being configured to transmit a wireless communication signal (proximity notification information) and said receiving means (32) being configured to receive a wireless communication signal (S101) ;
receiving by said receiving means (32) an activation information indicating that said transmitting means (31) should be re-enabled (S102) ;
and re-enabling said transmitting means (31) if said activation information is received in said receiving step (S103) .

WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 41
. A base station (base station) device comprising an apparatus (30 , 40) according to any one of claims 20 to 25 or any one of claims 35 to 38 if dependent on any one of claims 20 to 25 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information (communication signal) to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 1
. A method comprising : disabling transmitting means (31) of an apparatus (30 , 40) comprising said transmitting means (31) and receiving means (32) , said transmitting means (31) being configured to transmit a wireless communication signal (proximity notification information) and said receiving means (32) being configured to receive a wireless communication signal (S101) ;
receiving by said receiving means (32) an activation information indicating that said transmitting means (31) should be re-enabled (S102) ;
and re-enabling said transmitting means (31) if said activation information is received in said receiving step (S103) .

WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 41
. A base station (base station) device comprising an apparatus (30 , 40) according to any one of claims 20 to 25 or any one of claims 35 to 38 if dependent on any one of claims 20 to 25 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (communication signal) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 1
. A method comprising : disabling transmitting means (31) of an apparatus (30 , 40) comprising said transmitting means (31) and receiving means (32) , said transmitting means (31) being configured to transmit a wireless communication signal (proximity notification information) and said receiving means (32) being configured to receive a wireless communication signal (S101) ;
receiving by said receiving means (32) an activation information indicating that said transmitting means (31) should be re-enabled (S102) ;
and re-enabling said transmitting means (31) if said activation information is received in said receiving step (S103) .

WO2009140988A1
CLAIM 41
. A base station (base station) device comprising an apparatus (30 , 40) according to any one of claims 20 to 25 or any one of claims 35 to 38 if dependent on any one of claims 20 to 25 .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
CN101507331A

Filed: 2007-07-20     Issued: 2009-08-12

在蜂窝系统中用于在切换期间提供移动性管理信息的方法

(Original Assignee) 诺基亚公司     

B·塞尔比, J·皮尔斯卡宁, M·J·林内
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (一个先前) including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN101507331A
CLAIM 26
. 根据权利要求25所述的计算机程序,其被配置成控制生成和传 送关于以下至少一个的信息:切换的频率、切换的次数、至少一个先前 (mobile communication system) 切 换的时间、移动i殳备进入第一接入节点的时间、与第一接入节点相关联的 服务区的大小,以及与第一接入节点相关联的身份。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (于切换) (切换请求) by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
CN101507331A
CLAIM 16
. 根据前述任何一项权利要求所述的方法,其中所述传送包括:在 切换请求 (performing handover control) 以及确认切换的消息中的至少 一个中发送所述移动性信息。

CN101507331A
CLAIM 17
. 根据前述任何一项权利要求所述的方法,其中所述生成包括:响 应于切换 (handover control) 而对移动性信息进行平均。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (于切换) (切换请求) by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101507331A
CLAIM 16
. 根据前述任何一项权利要求所述的方法,其中所述传送包括:在 切换请求 (performing handover control) 以及确认切换的消息中的至少 一个中发送所述移动性信息。

CN101507331A
CLAIM 17
. 根据前述任何一项权利要求所述的方法,其中所述生成包括:响 应于切换 (handover control) 而对移动性信息进行平均。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (一个先前) including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
CN101507331A
CLAIM 26
. 根据权利要求25所述的计算机程序,其被配置成控制生成和传 送关于以下至少一个的信息:切换的频率、切换的次数、至少一个先前 (mobile communication system) 切 换的时间、移动i殳备进入第一接入节点的时间、与第一接入节点相关联的 服务区的大小,以及与第一接入节点相关联的身份。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system (一个先前) , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN101507331A
CLAIM 26
. 根据权利要求25所述的计算机程序,其被配置成控制生成和传 送关于以下至少一个的信息:切换的频率、切换的次数、至少一个先前 (mobile communication system) 切 换的时间、移动i殳备进入第一接入节点的时间、与第一接入节点相关联的 服务区的大小,以及与第一接入节点相关联的身份。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system (一个先前) , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101507331A
CLAIM 26
. 根据权利要求25所述的计算机程序,其被配置成控制生成和传 送关于以下至少一个的信息:切换的频率、切换的次数、至少一个先前 (mobile communication system) 切 换的时间、移动i殳备进入第一接入节点的时间、与第一接入节点相关联的 服务区的大小,以及与第一接入节点相关联的身份。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system (一个先前) , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101507331A
CLAIM 26
. 根据权利要求25所述的计算机程序,其被配置成控制生成和传 送关于以下至少一个的信息:切换的频率、切换的次数、至少一个先前 (mobile communication system) 切 换的时间、移动i殳备进入第一接入节点的时间、与第一接入节点相关联的 服务区的大小,以及与第一接入节点相关联的身份。




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
JP2009010701A

Filed: 2007-06-28     Issued: 2009-01-15

Wireless communication network system, wireless terminal, program

(Original Assignee) Fuji Electric Systems Co Ltd; 富士電機システムズ株式会社     

Yoshikazu Fukuyama, Takaaki Hatakeuchi, Takayoshi Hayashi, Junichi Machida, Hodaka Matsui, 穂高 松井, 隆好 林, 潤一 町田, 孝明 畠内, 良和 福山
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (少なくとも, plurality) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
JP2009010701A
CLAIM 7
前記3種類の分類は、前向き隣接無線端末、横向き隣接無線端末、後向き隣接無線端末の3種類であり、 前記4種類の無線端末各々に対する所定の条件は、予め該4種類の各々に対応付けてパケットデータ送信先候補とする確率を設定しておくものであり、該確率は少なくとも (communication control method) 非隣接無線端末や前向き隣接無線端末は、後向き隣接無線端末よりも確率が高くなるように設定されるものであることを特徴とする請求項5記載の無線通信ネットワークシステム。 The three types of classifications are three types : forward adjacent wireless terminals , horizontal adjacent wireless terminals , and backward adjacent wireless terminals , The predetermined condition for each of the four types of wireless terminals is to set in advance a probability that the packet data transmission destination candidate is associated with each of the four types , and the probability is at least a non-adjacent wireless terminal or a forward-looking 6 . The wireless communication network system according to claim 5 , wherein the adjacent wireless terminal is set to have a higher probability than the backward adjacent wireless terminal .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (少なくとも, plurality) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
JP2009010701A
CLAIM 7
前記3種類の分類は、前向き隣接無線端末、横向き隣接無線端末、後向き隣接無線端末の3種類であり、 前記4種類の無線端末各々に対する所定の条件は、予め該4種類の各々に対応付けてパケットデータ送信先候補とする確率を設定しておくものであり、該確率は少なくとも (communication control method) 非隣接無線端末や前向き隣接無線端末は、後向き隣接無線端末よりも確率が高くなるように設定されるものであることを特徴とする請求項5記載の無線通信ネットワークシステム。 The three types of classifications are three types : forward adjacent wireless terminals , horizontal adjacent wireless terminals , and backward adjacent wireless terminals , The predetermined condition for each of the four types of wireless terminals is to set in advance a probability that the packet data transmission destination candidate is associated with each of the four types , and the probability is at least a non-adjacent wireless terminal or a forward-looking 6 . The wireless communication network system according to claim 5 , wherein the adjacent wireless terminal is set to have a higher probability than the backward adjacent wireless terminal .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (少なくとも, plurality) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (するデータパケット) by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
JP2009010701A
CLAIM 7
前記3種類の分類は、前向き隣接無線端末、横向き隣接無線端末、後向き隣接無線端末の3種類であり、 前記4種類の無線端末各々に対する所定の条件は、予め該4種類の各々に対応付けてパケットデータ送信先候補とする確率を設定しておくものであり、該確率は少なくとも (communication control method) 非隣接無線端末や前向き隣接無線端末は、後向き隣接無線端末よりも確率が高くなるように設定されるものであることを特徴とする請求項5記載の無線通信ネットワークシステム。 The three types of classifications are three types : forward adjacent wireless terminals , horizontal adjacent wireless terminals , and backward adjacent wireless terminals , The predetermined condition for each of the four types of wireless terminals is to set in advance a probability that the packet data transmission destination candidate is associated with each of the four types , and the probability is at least a non-adjacent wireless terminal or a forward-looking 6 . The wireless communication network system according to claim 5 , wherein the adjacent wireless terminal is set to have a higher probability than the backward adjacent wireless terminal .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (少なくとも, plurality) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (するデータパケット) by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2009010701A
CLAIM 7
前記3種類の分類は、前向き隣接無線端末、横向き隣接無線端末、後向き隣接無線端末の3種類であり、 前記4種類の無線端末各々に対する所定の条件は、予め該4種類の各々に対応付けてパケットデータ送信先候補とする確率を設定しておくものであり、該確率は少なくとも (communication control method) 非隣接無線端末や前向き隣接無線端末は、後向き隣接無線端末よりも確率が高くなるように設定されるものであることを特徴とする請求項5記載の無線通信ネットワークシステム。 The three types of classifications are three types : forward adjacent wireless terminals , horizontal adjacent wireless terminals , and backward adjacent wireless terminals , The predetermined condition for each of the four types of wireless terminals is to set in advance a probability that the packet data transmission destination candidate is associated with each of the four types , and the probability is at least a non-adjacent wireless terminal or a forward-looking 6 . The wireless communication network system according to claim 5 , wherein the adjacent wireless terminal is set to have a higher probability than the backward adjacent wireless terminal .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (少なくとも, plurality) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2009010701A
CLAIM 7
前記3種類の分類は、前向き隣接無線端末、横向き隣接無線端末、後向き隣接無線端末の3種類であり、 前記4種類の無線端末各々に対する所定の条件は、予め該4種類の各々に対応付けてパケットデータ送信先候補とする確率を設定しておくものであり、該確率は少なくとも (communication control method) 非隣接無線端末や前向き隣接無線端末は、後向き隣接無線端末よりも確率が高くなるように設定されるものであることを特徴とする請求項5記載の無線通信ネットワークシステム。 The three types of classifications are three types : forward adjacent wireless terminals , horizontal adjacent wireless terminals , and backward adjacent wireless terminals , The predetermined condition for each of the four types of wireless terminals is to set in advance a probability that the packet data transmission destination candidate is associated with each of the four types , and the probability is at least a non-adjacent wireless terminal or a forward-looking 6 . The wireless communication network system according to claim 5 , wherein the adjacent wireless terminal is set to have a higher probability than the backward adjacent wireless terminal .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (少なくとも, plurality) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control (するデータパケット) by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2009010701A
CLAIM 7
前記3種類の分類は、前向き隣接無線端末、横向き隣接無線端末、後向き隣接無線端末の3種類であり、 前記4種類の無線端末各々に対する所定の条件は、予め該4種類の各々に対応付けてパケットデータ送信先候補とする確率を設定しておくものであり、該確率は少なくとも (communication control method) 非隣接無線端末や前向き隣接無線端末は、後向き隣接無線端末よりも確率が高くなるように設定されるものであることを特徴とする請求項5記載の無線通信ネットワークシステム。 The three types of classifications are three types : forward adjacent wireless terminals , horizontal adjacent wireless terminals , and backward adjacent wireless terminals , The predetermined condition for each of the four types of wireless terminals is to set in advance a probability that the packet data transmission destination candidate is associated with each of the four types , and the probability is at least a non-adjacent wireless terminal or a forward-looking 6 . The wireless communication network system according to claim 5 , wherein the adjacent wireless terminal is set to have a higher probability than the backward adjacent wireless terminal .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (少なくとも, plurality) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
JP2009010701A
CLAIM 7
前記3種類の分類は、前向き隣接無線端末、横向き隣接無線端末、後向き隣接無線端末の3種類であり、 前記4種類の無線端末各々に対する所定の条件は、予め該4種類の各々に対応付けてパケットデータ送信先候補とする確率を設定しておくものであり、該確率は少なくとも (communication control method) 非隣接無線端末や前向き隣接無線端末は、後向き隣接無線端末よりも確率が高くなるように設定されるものであることを特徴とする請求項5記載の無線通信ネットワークシステム。 The three types of classifications are three types : forward adjacent wireless terminals , horizontal adjacent wireless terminals , and backward adjacent wireless terminals , The predetermined condition for each of the four types of wireless terminals is to set in advance a probability that the packet data transmission destination candidate is associated with each of the four types , and the probability is at least a non-adjacent wireless terminal or a forward-looking 6 . The wireless communication network system according to claim 5 , wherein the adjacent wireless terminal is set to have a higher probability than the backward adjacent wireless terminal .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (少なくとも, plurality) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
JP2009010701A
CLAIM 7
前記3種類の分類は、前向き隣接無線端末、横向き隣接無線端末、後向き隣接無線端末の3種類であり、 前記4種類の無線端末各々に対する所定の条件は、予め該4種類の各々に対応付けてパケットデータ送信先候補とする確率を設定しておくものであり、該確率は少なくとも (communication control method) 非隣接無線端末や前向き隣接無線端末は、後向き隣接無線端末よりも確率が高くなるように設定されるものであることを特徴とする請求項5記載の無線通信ネットワークシステム。 The three types of classifications are three types : forward adjacent wireless terminals , horizontal adjacent wireless terminals , and backward adjacent wireless terminals , The predetermined condition for each of the four types of wireless terminals is to set in advance a probability that the packet data transmission destination candidate is associated with each of the four types , and the probability is at least a non-adjacent wireless terminal or a forward-looking 6 . The wireless communication network system according to claim 5 , wherein the adjacent wireless terminal is set to have a higher probability than the backward adjacent wireless terminal .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
JP2008279862A

Filed: 2007-05-09     Issued: 2008-11-20

車載設備制御システム及びプログラム

(Original Assignee) Denso Corp; 株式会社デンソー     

Hirotane Ikeda, 裕胤 池田
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (少なくとも) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
JP2008279862A
CLAIM 6
請求項5に記載の車載設備制御システムにおいて、 前記状態判定手段は、前記視聴覚設備が出力するコンテンツに対する後席搭乗者の興味の有無、又は眠気の有無の少なくとも (communication control method) 何れかを判定し、 前記報知制御手段は、前記視聴覚設備のオン/オフの制御に関する提案情報を前記報知手段に報知させ、 前記車載設備制御手段は、前記入力手段を介して入力された運転者の回答に基づき、前記視聴覚設備のオン/オフを制御すること を特徴とする車載設備制御システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (少なくとも) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
JP2008279862A
CLAIM 6
請求項5に記載の車載設備制御システムにおいて、 前記状態判定手段は、前記視聴覚設備が出力するコンテンツに対する後席搭乗者の興味の有無、又は眠気の有無の少なくとも (communication control method) 何れかを判定し、 前記報知制御手段は、前記視聴覚設備のオン/オフの制御に関する提案情報を前記報知手段に報知させ、 前記車載設備制御手段は、前記入力手段を介して入力された運転者の回答に基づき、前記視聴覚設備のオン/オフを制御すること を特徴とする車載設備制御システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (少なくとも) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
JP2008279862A
CLAIM 6
請求項5に記載の車載設備制御システムにおいて、 前記状態判定手段は、前記視聴覚設備が出力するコンテンツに対する後席搭乗者の興味の有無、又は眠気の有無の少なくとも (communication control method) 何れかを判定し、 前記報知制御手段は、前記視聴覚設備のオン/オフの制御に関する提案情報を前記報知手段に報知させ、 前記車載設備制御手段は、前記入力手段を介して入力された運転者の回答に基づき、前記視聴覚設備のオン/オフを制御すること を特徴とする車載設備制御システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (少なくとも) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2008279862A
CLAIM 6
請求項5に記載の車載設備制御システムにおいて、 前記状態判定手段は、前記視聴覚設備が出力するコンテンツに対する後席搭乗者の興味の有無、又は眠気の有無の少なくとも (communication control method) 何れかを判定し、 前記報知制御手段は、前記視聴覚設備のオン/オフの制御に関する提案情報を前記報知手段に報知させ、 前記車載設備制御手段は、前記入力手段を介して入力された運転者の回答に基づき、前記視聴覚設備のオン/オフを制御すること を特徴とする車載設備制御システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (少なくとも) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2008279862A
CLAIM 6
請求項5に記載の車載設備制御システムにおいて、 前記状態判定手段は、前記視聴覚設備が出力するコンテンツに対する後席搭乗者の興味の有無、又は眠気の有無の少なくとも (communication control method) 何れかを判定し、 前記報知制御手段は、前記視聴覚設備のオン/オフの制御に関する提案情報を前記報知手段に報知させ、 前記車載設備制御手段は、前記入力手段を介して入力された運転者の回答に基づき、前記視聴覚設備のオン/オフを制御すること を特徴とする車載設備制御システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (少なくとも) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
JP2008279862A
CLAIM 6
請求項5に記載の車載設備制御システムにおいて、 前記状態判定手段は、前記視聴覚設備が出力するコンテンツに対する後席搭乗者の興味の有無、又は眠気の有無の少なくとも (communication control method) 何れかを判定し、 前記報知制御手段は、前記視聴覚設備のオン/オフの制御に関する提案情報を前記報知手段に報知させ、 前記車載設備制御手段は、前記入力手段を介して入力された運転者の回答に基づき、前記視聴覚設備のオン/オフを制御すること を特徴とする車載設備制御システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (少なくとも) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
JP2008279862A
CLAIM 6
請求項5に記載の車載設備制御システムにおいて、 前記状態判定手段は、前記視聴覚設備が出力するコンテンツに対する後席搭乗者の興味の有無、又は眠気の有無の少なくとも (communication control method) 何れかを判定し、 前記報知制御手段は、前記視聴覚設備のオン/オフの制御に関する提案情報を前記報知手段に報知させ、 前記車載設備制御手段は、前記入力手段を介して入力された運転者の回答に基づき、前記視聴覚設備のオン/オフを制御すること を特徴とする車載設備制御システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (少なくとも) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
JP2008279862A
CLAIM 6
請求項5に記載の車載設備制御システムにおいて、 前記状態判定手段は、前記視聴覚設備が出力するコンテンツに対する後席搭乗者の興味の有無、又は眠気の有無の少なくとも (communication control method) 何れかを判定し、 前記報知制御手段は、前記視聴覚設備のオン/オフの制御に関する提案情報を前記報知手段に報知させ、 前記車載設備制御手段は、前記入力手段を介して入力された運転者の回答に基づき、前記視聴覚設備のオン/オフを制御すること を特徴とする車載設備制御システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (の制御) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
JP2008279862A
CLAIM 1
車両の後席搭乗者の状態を判定する状態判定手段と、 後席向け車載設備の稼働状態を判定する稼働状態判定手段と、 車両の運転者に情報を報知するための報知手段と、 前記状態判定手段により判定された後席搭乗者の状態と、前記稼働状態判定手段により判定された後席向け車載設備の稼働状態とに基づき、当該後席向け車載設備に対して実行すべき制御に関する提案情報を決定し、この提案情報を前記報知手段に報知させる報知制御手段と、 前記報知手段によって報知された提案情報に対する運転者の回答を入力するための入力手段と、 前記入力手段を介して入力された運転者の回答に基づき、当該後席向け車載設備に対する所定の制御 (transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) を行う車載設備制御手段とを備えること を特徴とする車載設備制御システム。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information (の制御) to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
JP2008279862A
CLAIM 1
車両の後席搭乗者の状態を判定する状態判定手段と、 後席向け車載設備の稼働状態を判定する稼働状態判定手段と、 車両の運転者に情報を報知するための報知手段と、 前記状態判定手段により判定された後席搭乗者の状態と、前記稼働状態判定手段により判定された後席向け車載設備の稼働状態とに基づき、当該後席向け車載設備に対して実行すべき制御に関する提案情報を決定し、この提案情報を前記報知手段に報知させる報知制御手段と、 前記報知手段によって報知された提案情報に対する運転者の回答を入力するための入力手段と、 前記入力手段を介して入力された運転者の回答に基づき、当該後席向け車載設備に対する所定の制御 (transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information, transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information) を行う車載設備制御手段とを備えること を特徴とする車載設備制御システム。




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
CN101371475A

Filed: 2007-01-10     Issued: 2009-02-18

无线通信基站装置和广播信道信号的发送频带设定方法

(Original Assignee) 松下电器产业株式会社     

西尾昭彦, 吉井勇, 青山高久
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (第二发送) and at least one second base station (第二发送) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (于发送) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN101371475A
CLAIM 1
. 一种无线通信基站装置,用于发送 (transmitting proximity notification information) 由多个副载波构成的多载波信号,包括:设定单元,将广播信道信号的发送频带设定为第二频带中的多个第一频带的任意一个频带,所述第二频带是以最低能力的无线通信移动台装置可通信的带宽为单位被分割成所述多个第一频带的频带;生成单元,将所述广播信道信号映射在所述多个副载波中位于通过所述设定单元设定的所述发送频带中的副载波上,生成所述多载波信号;以及发送单元,将所述多载波信号发送给所述无线通信移动台装置,所述设定单元使在所述第二频带中的设定所述发送频带的所述第一频带随着时间的推移变化。

CN101371475A
CLAIM 4
. 如权利要求3所述的无线通信基站装置,其中, 所述发送单元在第二发送 (second base station, base station) 定时发送包含所述广播信道信号的多载波信号,所述第二发送定时是从包含所述同步信道信号的多载波信号的第 一发送 定时起经过所述无线通信移动台装置进行频率切换所需要的时间的定时。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (第二发送) (第二发送) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
CN101371475A
CLAIM 4
. 如权利要求3所述的无线通信基站装置,其中, 所述发送单元在第二发送 (second base station, base station) 定时发送包含所述广播信道信号的多载波信号,所述第二发送定时是从包含所述同步信道信号的多载波信号的第 一发送 定时起经过所述无线通信移动台装置进行频率切换所需要的时间的定时。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (的设定) by the first base station (第二发送) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (第二发送) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
CN101371475A
CLAIM 1
. 一种无线通信基站装置,用于发送由多个副载波构成的多载波信号,包括:设定单元,将广播信道信号的发送频带设定为第二频带中的多个第一频带的任意一个频带,所述第二频带是以最低能力的无线通信移动台装置可通信的带宽为单位被分割成所述多个第一频带的频带;生成单元,将所述广播信道信号映射在所述多个副载波中位于通过所述设定单元设定的所述发送频带中的副载波上,生成所述多载波信号;以及发送单元,将所述多载波信号发送给所述无线通信移动台装置,所述设定单元使在所述第二频带中的设定 (handover control) 所述发送频带的所述第一频带随着时间的推移变化。

CN101371475A
CLAIM 4
. 如权利要求3所述的无线通信基站装置,其中, 所述发送单元在第二发送 (second base station, base station) 定时发送包含所述广播信道信号的多载波信号,所述第二发送定时是从包含所述同步信道信号的多载波信号的第 一发送 定时起经过所述无线通信移动台装置进行频率切换所需要的时间的定时。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (的设定) by the first base station (第二发送) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (第二发送) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101371475A
CLAIM 1
. 一种无线通信基站装置,用于发送由多个副载波构成的多载波信号,包括:设定单元,将广播信道信号的发送频带设定为第二频带中的多个第一频带的任意一个频带,所述第二频带是以最低能力的无线通信移动台装置可通信的带宽为单位被分割成所述多个第一频带的频带;生成单元,将所述广播信道信号映射在所述多个副载波中位于通过所述设定单元设定的所述发送频带中的副载波上,生成所述多载波信号;以及发送单元,将所述多载波信号发送给所述无线通信移动台装置,所述设定单元使在所述第二频带中的设定 (handover control) 所述发送频带的所述第一频带随着时间的推移变化。

CN101371475A
CLAIM 4
. 如权利要求3所述的无线通信基站装置,其中, 所述发送单元在第二发送 (second base station, base station) 定时发送包含所述广播信道信号的多载波信号,所述第二发送定时是从包含所述同步信道信号的多载波信号的第 一发送 定时起经过所述无线通信移动台装置进行频率切换所需要的时间的定时。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (第二发送) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101371475A
CLAIM 4
. 如权利要求3所述的无线通信基站装置,其中, 所述发送单元在第二发送 (second base station, base station) 定时发送包含所述广播信道信号的多载波信号,所述第二发送定时是从包含所述同步信道信号的多载波信号的第 一发送 定时起经过所述无线通信移动台装置进行频率切换所需要的时间的定时。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (第二发送) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (第二发送) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
CN101371475A
CLAIM 4
. 如权利要求3所述的无线通信基站装置,其中, 所述发送单元在第二发送 (second base station, base station) 定时发送包含所述广播信道信号的多载波信号,所述第二发送定时是从包含所述同步信道信号的多载波信号的第 一发送 定时起经过所述无线通信移动台装置进行频率切换所需要的时间的定时。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (第二发送) and at least one second base station (第二发送) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (于发送) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
CN101371475A
CLAIM 1
. 一种无线通信基站装置,用于发送 (transmitting proximity notification information) 由多个副载波构成的多载波信号,包括:设定单元,将广播信道信号的发送频带设定为第二频带中的多个第一频带的任意一个频带,所述第二频带是以最低能力的无线通信移动台装置可通信的带宽为单位被分割成所述多个第一频带的频带;生成单元,将所述广播信道信号映射在所述多个副载波中位于通过所述设定单元设定的所述发送频带中的副载波上,生成所述多载波信号;以及发送单元,将所述多载波信号发送给所述无线通信移动台装置,所述设定单元使在所述第二频带中的设定所述发送频带的所述第一频带随着时间的推移变化。

CN101371475A
CLAIM 4
. 如权利要求3所述的无线通信基站装置,其中, 所述发送单元在第二发送 (second base station, base station) 定时发送包含所述广播信道信号的多载波信号,所述第二发送定时是从包含所述同步信道信号的多载波信号的第 一发送 定时起经过所述无线通信移动台装置进行频率切换所需要的时间的定时。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (第二发送) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (第二发送) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
CN101371475A
CLAIM 4
. 如权利要求3所述的无线通信基站装置,其中, 所述发送单元在第二发送 (second base station, base station) 定时发送包含所述广播信道信号的多载波信号,所述第二发送定时是从包含所述同步信道信号的多载波信号的第 一发送 定时起经过所述无线通信移动台装置进行频率切换所需要的时间的定时。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (第二发送) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (第二发送) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
CN101371475A
CLAIM 4
. 如权利要求3所述的无线通信基站装置,其中, 所述发送单元在第二发送 (second base station, base station) 定时发送包含所述广播信道信号的多载波信号,所述第二发送定时是从包含所述同步信道信号的多载波信号的第 一发送 定时起经过所述无线通信移动台装置进行频率切换所需要的时间的定时。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (第二发送) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (第二发送) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101371475A
CLAIM 4
. 如权利要求3所述的无线通信基站装置,其中, 所述发送单元在第二发送 (second base station, base station) 定时发送包含所述广播信道信号的多载波信号,所述第二发送定时是从包含所述同步信道信号的多载波信号的第 一发送 定时起经过所述无线通信移动台装置进行频率切换所需要的时间的定时。

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (第二发送) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (第二发送) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (于发送) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
CN101371475A
CLAIM 1
. 一种无线通信基站装置,用于发送 (transmitting proximity notification information) 由多个副载波构成的多载波信号,包括:设定单元,将广播信道信号的发送频带设定为第二频带中的多个第一频带的任意一个频带,所述第二频带是以最低能力的无线通信移动台装置可通信的带宽为单位被分割成所述多个第一频带的频带;生成单元,将所述广播信道信号映射在所述多个副载波中位于通过所述设定单元设定的所述发送频带中的副载波上,生成所述多载波信号;以及发送单元,将所述多载波信号发送给所述无线通信移动台装置,所述设定单元使在所述第二频带中的设定所述发送频带的所述第一频带随着时间的推移变化。

CN101371475A
CLAIM 4
. 如权利要求3所述的无线通信基站装置,其中, 所述发送单元在第二发送 (second base station, base station) 定时发送包含所述广播信道信号的多载波信号,所述第二发送定时是从包含所述同步信道信号的多载波信号的第 一发送 定时起经过所述无线通信移动台装置进行频率切换所需要的时间的定时。




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2006056846A1

Filed: 2005-11-18     Issued: 2006-06-01

Method and apparatus to optimize paging in a flexible multi-carrier system

(Original Assignee) Nokia Corporation; Nokia, Inc.     

Rene Purnadi, Haihong Zheng, Naveen Kakani
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (paging message) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B (paging message) of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (different carrier) from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2006056846A1
CLAIM 4
. A method as in claim 1 , further comprising subsequently assigning a different carrier (different carrier) to the idle mobile station based on at least one re-assignment criterion .

WO2006056846A1
CLAIM 28
. A mobile station operable in a multi-carrier (MC) wireless network and comprising a transceiver and a controller , said controller being responsive to an order message received from the MC wireless network via the transceiver when in an idle state to transition to a carrier identified by the order message and to monitor a paging message (step A, step B) in the assigned carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B (paging message) , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2006056846A1
CLAIM 28
. A mobile station operable in a multi-carrier (MC) wireless network and comprising a transceiver and a controller , said controller being responsive to an order message received from the MC wireless network via the transceiver when in an idle state to transition to a carrier identified by the order message and to monitor a paging message (step A, step B) in the assigned carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (paging message) , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2006056846A1
CLAIM 28
. A mobile station operable in a multi-carrier (MC) wireless network and comprising a transceiver and a controller , said controller being responsive to an order message received from the MC wireless network via the transceiver when in an idle state to transition to a carrier identified by the order message and to monitor a paging message (step A, step B) in the assigned carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (paging message) , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2006056846A1
CLAIM 28
. A mobile station operable in a multi-carrier (MC) wireless network and comprising a transceiver and a controller , said controller being responsive to an order message received from the MC wireless network via the transceiver when in an idle state to transition to a carrier identified by the order message and to monitor a paging message (step A, step B) in the assigned carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (paging message) , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2006056846A1
CLAIM 28
. A mobile station operable in a multi-carrier (MC) wireless network and comprising a transceiver and a controller , said controller being responsive to an order message received from the MC wireless network via the transceiver when in an idle state to transition to a carrier identified by the order message and to monitor a paging message (step A, step B) in the assigned carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (paging message) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B (paging message) of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (different carrier) from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2006056846A1
CLAIM 4
. A method as in claim 1 , further comprising subsequently assigning a different carrier (different carrier) to the idle mobile station based on at least one re-assignment criterion .

WO2006056846A1
CLAIM 28
. A mobile station operable in a multi-carrier (MC) wireless network and comprising a transceiver and a controller , said controller being responsive to an order message received from the MC wireless network via the transceiver when in an idle state to transition to a carrier identified by the order message and to monitor a paging message (step A, step B) in the assigned carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A (paging message) , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2006056846A1
CLAIM 28
. A mobile station operable in a multi-carrier (MC) wireless network and comprising a transceiver and a controller , said controller being responsive to an order message received from the MC wireless network via the transceiver when in an idle state to transition to a carrier identified by the order message and to monitor a paging message (step A, step B) in the assigned carrier .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (different carrier) from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2006056846A1
CLAIM 4
. A method as in claim 1 , further comprising subsequently assigning a different carrier (different carrier) to the idle mobile station based on at least one re-assignment criterion .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (different carrier) from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2006056846A1
CLAIM 4
. A method as in claim 1 , further comprising subsequently assigning a different carrier (different carrier) to the idle mobile station based on at least one re-assignment criterion .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (different carrier) from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2006056846A1
CLAIM 4
. A method as in claim 1 , further comprising subsequently assigning a different carrier (different carrier) to the idle mobile station based on at least one re-assignment criterion .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20050250496A1

Filed: 2004-11-22     Issued: 2005-11-10

Communications methods and apparatus for use therein

(Original Assignee) Motorola Solutions Inc     (Current Assignee) Motorola Solutions Inc

Baruh Hason, Salomon Serfaty
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (location information) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20050250496A1
CLAIM 1
. A method of operation of a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) comprising at least one mobile station , the method comprising storing in a database information relating to coverage areas of a plurality of wireless networks , monitoring a location of the mobile station when the mobile station is connected to a serving network , comparing the monitored location of the mobile station with the stored coverage area information , producing an alert signal in the mobile station which indicates to the mobile station that one of the wireless networks is nearby , and initiating a procedure to handover connectivity from the serving network to a nearby network , wherein the serving network and the nearby network use routing address protocols which have a common internet protocol (IP) address routing portion .

US20050250496A1
CLAIM 14
. The method according to claim 1 further comprising wherein the database is included in a memory of a controller of the mobile communication system or a fixed installation external to the mobile communication system , and wherein the mobile station is operable to send messages comprising information about its location directly or indirectly to the controller , and the controller or a comparator associated therewith , is operable to compare the location information (location information) it receives from the mobile station with that relating to the stored coverage area information stored in the memory .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (location information) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20050250496A1
CLAIM 1
. A method of operation of a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) comprising at least one mobile station , the method comprising storing in a database information relating to coverage areas of a plurality of wireless networks , monitoring a location of the mobile station when the mobile station is connected to a serving network , comparing the monitored location of the mobile station with the stored coverage area information , producing an alert signal in the mobile station which indicates to the mobile station that one of the wireless networks is nearby , and initiating a procedure to handover connectivity from the serving network to a nearby network , wherein the serving network and the nearby network use routing address protocols which have a common internet protocol (IP) address routing portion .

US20050250496A1
CLAIM 14
. The method according to claim 1 further comprising wherein the database is included in a memory of a controller of the mobile communication system or a fixed installation external to the mobile communication system , and wherein the mobile station is operable to send messages comprising information about its location directly or indirectly to the controller , and the controller or a comparator associated therewith , is operable to compare the location information (location information) it receives from the mobile station with that relating to the stored coverage area information stored in the memory .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (location information) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20050250496A1
CLAIM 14
. The method according to claim 1 further comprising wherein the database is included in a memory of a controller of the mobile communication system or a fixed installation external to the mobile communication system , and wherein the mobile station is operable to send messages comprising information about its location directly or indirectly to the controller , and the controller or a comparator associated therewith , is operable to compare the location information (location information) it receives from the mobile station with that relating to the stored coverage area information stored in the memory .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (location information) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20050250496A1
CLAIM 1
. A method of operation of a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) comprising at least one mobile station , the method comprising storing in a database information relating to coverage areas of a plurality of wireless networks , monitoring a location of the mobile station when the mobile station is connected to a serving network , comparing the monitored location of the mobile station with the stored coverage area information , producing an alert signal in the mobile station which indicates to the mobile station that one of the wireless networks is nearby , and initiating a procedure to handover connectivity from the serving network to a nearby network , wherein the serving network and the nearby network use routing address protocols which have a common internet protocol (IP) address routing portion .

US20050250496A1
CLAIM 14
. The method according to claim 1 further comprising wherein the database is included in a memory of a controller of the mobile communication system or a fixed installation external to the mobile communication system , and wherein the mobile station is operable to send messages comprising information about its location directly or indirectly to the controller , and the controller or a comparator associated therewith , is operable to compare the location information (location information) it receives from the mobile station with that relating to the stored coverage area information stored in the memory .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information (location information) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20050250496A1
CLAIM 1
. A method of operation of a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) comprising at least one mobile station , the method comprising storing in a database information relating to coverage areas of a plurality of wireless networks , monitoring a location of the mobile station when the mobile station is connected to a serving network , comparing the monitored location of the mobile station with the stored coverage area information , producing an alert signal in the mobile station which indicates to the mobile station that one of the wireless networks is nearby , and initiating a procedure to handover connectivity from the serving network to a nearby network , wherein the serving network and the nearby network use routing address protocols which have a common internet protocol (IP) address routing portion .

US20050250496A1
CLAIM 14
. The method according to claim 1 further comprising wherein the database is included in a memory of a controller of the mobile communication system or a fixed installation external to the mobile communication system , and wherein the mobile station is operable to send messages comprising information about its location directly or indirectly to the controller , and the controller or a comparator associated therewith , is operable to compare the location information (location information) it receives from the mobile station with that relating to the stored coverage area information stored in the memory .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information (location information) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20050250496A1
CLAIM 1
. A method of operation of a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) comprising at least one mobile station , the method comprising storing in a database information relating to coverage areas of a plurality of wireless networks , monitoring a location of the mobile station when the mobile station is connected to a serving network , comparing the monitored location of the mobile station with the stored coverage area information , producing an alert signal in the mobile station which indicates to the mobile station that one of the wireless networks is nearby , and initiating a procedure to handover connectivity from the serving network to a nearby network , wherein the serving network and the nearby network use routing address protocols which have a common internet protocol (IP) address routing portion .

US20050250496A1
CLAIM 14
. The method according to claim 1 further comprising wherein the database is included in a memory of a controller of the mobile communication system or a fixed installation external to the mobile communication system , and wherein the mobile station is operable to send messages comprising information about its location directly or indirectly to the controller , and the controller or a comparator associated therewith , is operable to compare the location information (location information) it receives from the mobile station with that relating to the stored coverage area information stored in the memory .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
EP1583270A1

Filed: 2004-04-01     Issued: 2005-10-05

Interference limitation for retransmissions

(Original Assignee) Panasonic Corp     (Current Assignee) Panasonic Corp

Joachim Löhr, Dragan Petrovic, Eiko Seidel
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (received data packet) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
EP1583270A1
CLAIM 1
A method for controlling the amount of information in retransmission data packets transmitted from a transmitting entity to a receiving entity via at least one data channel using a hybrid automatic repeat request protocol and soft combining of received data , the method comprising the steps of : transmitting a data packet from the transmitting entity to the receiving entity , and receiving a feedback message from the receiving entity at the transmitting entity , wherein the feedback message indicates whether the data packet has been successfully received by the receiving entity , characterized by further comprising the steps of in case the feedback message indicates that the data packet has not been received successfully , receiving a control message at the transmitting entity for the unsuccessfully received data packet (transmitting proximity notification information) , wherein the control message restricts the amount of information to be sent in the retransmission data packet for the unsuccessfully received data packet , and transmitting a retransmission data packet from the transmitting entity to the receiving entity comprising an amount of information indicated in said control message .

EP1583270A1
CLAIM 18
The receiving entity according to claim 16 or 17 , characterized in that the receiving entity is a base station (base station) .

EP1583270A1
CLAIM 22
A mobile communication system (mobile communication system) comprising at least one receiving entity according to one of claims 16 to 18 and at least one transmitting entity according to one of claims 19 to 21 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (base station) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
EP1583270A1
CLAIM 18
The receiving entity according to claim 16 or 17 , characterized in that the receiving entity is a base station (base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (base station) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
EP1583270A1
CLAIM 18
The receiving entity according to claim 16 or 17 , characterized in that the receiving entity is a base station (base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (base station) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
EP1583270A1
CLAIM 18
The receiving entity according to claim 16 or 17 , characterized in that the receiving entity is a base station (base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (base station) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
EP1583270A1
CLAIM 18
The receiving entity according to claim 16 or 17 , characterized in that the receiving entity is a base station (base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control (said data) by the first base station (base station) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
EP1583270A1
CLAIM 13
The method according to one of claims 1 to 12 , characterized by further comprising the step of transmitting said data (performing control) packet via a first data channel from the transmitting entity to the receiving entity , and in that said retransmission data packet is transmitted via a second data channel from the transmitting entity to the receiving entity .

EP1583270A1
CLAIM 18
The receiving entity according to claim 16 or 17 , characterized in that the receiving entity is a base station (base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (received data packet) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
EP1583270A1
CLAIM 1
A method for controlling the amount of information in retransmission data packets transmitted from a transmitting entity to a receiving entity via at least one data channel using a hybrid automatic repeat request protocol and soft combining of received data , the method comprising the steps of : transmitting a data packet from the transmitting entity to the receiving entity , and receiving a feedback message from the receiving entity at the transmitting entity , wherein the feedback message indicates whether the data packet has been successfully received by the receiving entity , characterized by further comprising the steps of in case the feedback message indicates that the data packet has not been received successfully , receiving a control message at the transmitting entity for the unsuccessfully received data packet (transmitting proximity notification information) , wherein the control message restricts the amount of information to be sent in the retransmission data packet for the unsuccessfully received data packet , and transmitting a retransmission data packet from the transmitting entity to the receiving entity comprising an amount of information indicated in said control message .

EP1583270A1
CLAIM 18
The receiving entity according to claim 16 or 17 , characterized in that the receiving entity is a base station (base station) .

EP1583270A1
CLAIM 22
A mobile communication system (mobile communication system) comprising at least one receiving entity according to one of claims 16 to 18 and at least one transmitting entity according to one of claims 19 to 21 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (base station) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
EP1583270A1
CLAIM 18
The receiving entity according to claim 16 or 17 , characterized in that the receiving entity is a base station (base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (base station) in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
EP1583270A1
CLAIM 18
The receiving entity according to claim 16 or 17 , characterized in that the receiving entity is a base station (base station) .

EP1583270A1
CLAIM 22
A mobile communication system (mobile communication system) comprising at least one receiving entity according to one of claims 16 to 18 and at least one transmitting entity according to one of claims 19 to 21 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
EP1583270A1
CLAIM 18
The receiving entity according to claim 16 or 17 , characterized in that the receiving entity is a base station (base station) .

EP1583270A1
CLAIM 22
A mobile communication system (mobile communication system) comprising at least one receiving entity according to one of claims 16 to 18 and at least one transmitting entity according to one of claims 19 to 21 .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system (mobile communication system) , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (received data packet) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
EP1583270A1
CLAIM 1
A method for controlling the amount of information in retransmission data packets transmitted from a transmitting entity to a receiving entity via at least one data channel using a hybrid automatic repeat request protocol and soft combining of received data , the method comprising the steps of : transmitting a data packet from the transmitting entity to the receiving entity , and receiving a feedback message from the receiving entity at the transmitting entity , wherein the feedback message indicates whether the data packet has been successfully received by the receiving entity , characterized by further comprising the steps of in case the feedback message indicates that the data packet has not been received successfully , receiving a control message at the transmitting entity for the unsuccessfully received data packet (transmitting proximity notification information) , wherein the control message restricts the amount of information to be sent in the retransmission data packet for the unsuccessfully received data packet , and transmitting a retransmission data packet from the transmitting entity to the receiving entity comprising an amount of information indicated in said control message .

EP1583270A1
CLAIM 18
The receiving entity according to claim 16 or 17 , characterized in that the receiving entity is a base station (base station) .

EP1583270A1
CLAIM 22
A mobile communication system (mobile communication system) comprising at least one receiving entity according to one of claims 16 to 18 and at least one transmitting entity according to one of claims 19 to 21 .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20050003827A1

Filed: 2004-02-13     Issued: 2005-01-06

Channel, coding and power management for wireless local area networks

(Original Assignee) Wavelink Corp     (Current Assignee) Wavelink Corp

Robert Whelan
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (received signal strength indicator) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20050003827A1
CLAIM 20
. A mobile device adapted to communicate with the one or more access points and report signal quality information , comprising : a signal quality module to scan one or more channels for an access point identifier , a value of received signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) , statistics on packet transmission rates , packet retry rates , and signal to noise ratio ;
and a module to transmit buffered signal quality information in response to a query by a controller in wireless local area network .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (report signal) by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20050003827A1
CLAIM 1
. A system for managing a wireless local area network , comprising : one or more access points having controllable settings ;
one or more mobile units adapted to communicate with the one or more access points and report signal (handover control, performing handover control) quality information ;
and a controller for processing the reported signal quality information and determining one or more settings for one or more of the access points , wherein the one or more settings being communicated to the one or more access points .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (report signal) by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20050003827A1
CLAIM 1
. A system for managing a wireless local area network , comprising : one or more access points having controllable settings ;
one or more mobile units adapted to communicate with the one or more access points and report signal (handover control, performing handover control) quality information ;
and a controller for processing the reported signal quality information and determining one or more settings for one or more of the access points , wherein the one or more settings being communicated to the one or more access points .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (received signal strength indicator) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20050003827A1
CLAIM 20
. A mobile device adapted to communicate with the one or more access points and report signal quality information , comprising : a signal quality module to scan one or more channels for an access point identifier , a value of received signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) , statistics on packet transmission rates , packet retry rates , and signal to noise ratio ;
and a module to transmit buffered signal quality information in response to a query by a controller in wireless local area network .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (received signal strength indicator) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20050003827A1
CLAIM 20
. A mobile device adapted to communicate with the one or more access points and report signal quality information , comprising : a signal quality module to scan one or more channels for an access point identifier , a value of received signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) , statistics on packet transmission rates , packet retry rates , and signal to noise ratio ;
and a module to transmit buffered signal quality information in response to a query by a controller in wireless local area network .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (received signal strength indicator) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20050003827A1
CLAIM 20
. A mobile device adapted to communicate with the one or more access points and report signal quality information , comprising : a signal quality module to scan one or more channels for an access point identifier , a value of received signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) , statistics on packet transmission rates , packet retry rates , and signal to noise ratio ;
and a module to transmit buffered signal quality information in response to a query by a controller in wireless local area network .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information (received signal strength indicator) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (point b) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20050003827A1
CLAIM 3
. The system of claim 2 , wherein the unmanaged access points comprise one or more of an access point without controllable settings , an access point b (reception unit) elonging to a different wireless local area network , and an access point with limited range of controllable settings that make it difficult to regulate the wireless local area network .

US20050003827A1
CLAIM 20
. A mobile device adapted to communicate with the one or more access points and report signal quality information , comprising : a signal quality module to scan one or more channels for an access point identifier , a value of received signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) , statistics on packet transmission rates , packet retry rates , and signal to noise ratio ;
and a module to transmit buffered signal quality information in response to a query by a controller in wireless local area network .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information (received signal strength indicator) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20050003827A1
CLAIM 20
. A mobile device adapted to communicate with the one or more access points and report signal quality information , comprising : a signal quality module to scan one or more channels for an access point identifier , a value of received signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) , statistics on packet transmission rates , packet retry rates , and signal to noise ratio ;
and a module to transmit buffered signal quality information in response to a query by a controller in wireless local area network .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20040137915A1

Filed: 2003-11-19     Issued: 2004-07-15

Server and multiple sensor system for monitoring activity in a shared radio frequency band

(Original Assignee) Cognio LLC     (Current Assignee) Cisco Technology Inc

Neil Diener, David Kloper, Anthony Collins
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (measurement interval, received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040137915A1
CLAIM 1
. A radio sensor device comprising : a . a first radio receiver capable of receiving radio signals in a radio frequency band ;
b . a spectrum analysis system coupled to the first radio receiver that produces spectrum activity information representative of the activity in the frequency band ;
c . a baseband signal processing section that demodulates baseband signals transmitted by other devices on a wireless network in the frequency band according to a communication protocol ;
d . a second radio receiver coupled to the baseband signal processing section that receives signals transmitted on the wireless network and couples received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s to the baseband signal processing section ;
and e . a processor coupled to the spectrum analysis system and to the baseband signal processing section , wherein the processor executes one or more programs to analyze packets transmitted on the wireless network in the frequency band based on signals demodulated by the baseband signal processing section and to classify radio signals occurring in the frequency band based on the spectrum activity information output by the spectrum analysis system .

US20040137915A1
CLAIM 50
. The system of claim 49 , wherein the server configures a threshold for one or more of the following statistics derived from data generated by the radio sensors : number of interfering signals occurring in a channel , percentage of time that the power level for a channel remains above a power threshold , number of radio frequency pulses occurring in a channel during a measurement interval (location information, transmitting location information) , a measurement of the general quality of a channel based on the number and type of interfering signals to the wireless network determined to be occurring in the frequency band .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (measurement interval, received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20040137915A1
CLAIM 1
. A radio sensor device comprising : a . a first radio receiver capable of receiving radio signals in a radio frequency band ;
b . a spectrum analysis system coupled to the first radio receiver that produces spectrum activity information representative of the activity in the frequency band ;
c . a baseband signal processing section that demodulates baseband signals transmitted by other devices on a wireless network in the frequency band according to a communication protocol ;
d . a second radio receiver coupled to the baseband signal processing section that receives signals transmitted on the wireless network and couples received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s to the baseband signal processing section ;
and e . a processor coupled to the spectrum analysis system and to the baseband signal processing section , wherein the processor executes one or more programs to analyze packets transmitted on the wireless network in the frequency band based on signals demodulated by the baseband signal processing section and to classify radio signals occurring in the frequency band based on the spectrum activity information output by the spectrum analysis system .

US20040137915A1
CLAIM 50
. The system of claim 49 , wherein the server configures a threshold for one or more of the following statistics derived from data generated by the radio sensors : number of interfering signals occurring in a channel , percentage of time that the power level for a channel remains above a power threshold , number of radio frequency pulses occurring in a channel during a measurement interval (location information, transmitting location information) , a measurement of the general quality of a channel based on the number and type of interfering signals to the wireless network determined to be occurring in the frequency band .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (measurement interval, received signal) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20040137915A1
CLAIM 1
. A radio sensor device comprising : a . a first radio receiver capable of receiving radio signals in a radio frequency band ;
b . a spectrum analysis system coupled to the first radio receiver that produces spectrum activity information representative of the activity in the frequency band ;
c . a baseband signal processing section that demodulates baseband signals transmitted by other devices on a wireless network in the frequency band according to a communication protocol ;
d . a second radio receiver coupled to the baseband signal processing section that receives signals transmitted on the wireless network and couples received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s to the baseband signal processing section ;
and e . a processor coupled to the spectrum analysis system and to the baseband signal processing section , wherein the processor executes one or more programs to analyze packets transmitted on the wireless network in the frequency band based on signals demodulated by the baseband signal processing section and to classify radio signals occurring in the frequency band based on the spectrum activity information output by the spectrum analysis system .

US20040137915A1
CLAIM 50
. The system of claim 49 , wherein the server configures a threshold for one or more of the following statistics derived from data generated by the radio sensors : number of interfering signals occurring in a channel , percentage of time that the power level for a channel remains above a power threshold , number of radio frequency pulses occurring in a channel during a measurement interval (location information, transmitting location information) , a measurement of the general quality of a channel based on the number and type of interfering signals to the wireless network determined to be occurring in the frequency band .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry (interfering signals) configured to transmit location information (measurement interval, received signal) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry (interfering signals) configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040137915A1
CLAIM 1
. A radio sensor device comprising : a . a first radio receiver capable of receiving radio signals in a radio frequency band ;
b . a spectrum analysis system coupled to the first radio receiver that produces spectrum activity information representative of the activity in the frequency band ;
c . a baseband signal processing section that demodulates baseband signals transmitted by other devices on a wireless network in the frequency band according to a communication protocol ;
d . a second radio receiver coupled to the baseband signal processing section that receives signals transmitted on the wireless network and couples received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s to the baseband signal processing section ;
and e . a processor coupled to the spectrum analysis system and to the baseband signal processing section , wherein the processor executes one or more programs to analyze packets transmitted on the wireless network in the frequency band based on signals demodulated by the baseband signal processing section and to classify radio signals occurring in the frequency band based on the spectrum activity information output by the spectrum analysis system .

US20040137915A1
CLAIM 50
. The system of claim 49 , wherein the server configures a threshold for one or more of the following statistics derived from data generated by the radio sensors : number of interfering signals (transmission circuitry, reception circuitry) occurring in a channel , percentage of time that the power level for a channel remains above a power threshold , number of radio frequency pulses occurring in a channel during a measurement interval (location information, transmitting location information) , a measurement of the general quality of a channel based on the number and type of interfering signals to the wireless network determined to be occurring in the frequency band .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry (interfering signals) configured to receive , from a first base station , location information (measurement interval, received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry (interfering signals) configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (generates information) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040137915A1
CLAIM 1
. A radio sensor device comprising : a . a first radio receiver capable of receiving radio signals in a radio frequency band ;
b . a spectrum analysis system coupled to the first radio receiver that produces spectrum activity information representative of the activity in the frequency band ;
c . a baseband signal processing section that demodulates baseband signals transmitted by other devices on a wireless network in the frequency band according to a communication protocol ;
d . a second radio receiver coupled to the baseband signal processing section that receives signals transmitted on the wireless network and couples received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s to the baseband signal processing section ;
and e . a processor coupled to the spectrum analysis system and to the baseband signal processing section , wherein the processor executes one or more programs to analyze packets transmitted on the wireless network in the frequency band based on signals demodulated by the baseband signal processing section and to classify radio signals occurring in the frequency band based on the spectrum activity information output by the spectrum analysis system .

US20040137915A1
CLAIM 50
. The system of claim 49 , wherein the server configures a threshold for one or more of the following statistics derived from data generated by the radio sensors : number of interfering signals (transmission circuitry, reception circuitry) occurring in a channel , percentage of time that the power level for a channel remains above a power threshold , number of radio frequency pulses occurring in a channel during a measurement interval (location information, transmitting location information) , a measurement of the general quality of a channel based on the number and type of interfering signals to the wireless network determined to be occurring in the frequency band .

US20040137915A1
CLAIM 52
. The system of claim 51 , wherein the server generates information (reception unit) indicating an event type , wherein the event type is selected from the group consisting of : discovery of a new device , performance of the wireless network , security of the wireless network and location of a device .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information (measurement interval, received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040137915A1
CLAIM 1
. A radio sensor device comprising : a . a first radio receiver capable of receiving radio signals in a radio frequency band ;
b . a spectrum analysis system coupled to the first radio receiver that produces spectrum activity information representative of the activity in the frequency band ;
c . a baseband signal processing section that demodulates baseband signals transmitted by other devices on a wireless network in the frequency band according to a communication protocol ;
d . a second radio receiver coupled to the baseband signal processing section that receives signals transmitted on the wireless network and couples received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s to the baseband signal processing section ;
and e . a processor coupled to the spectrum analysis system and to the baseband signal processing section , wherein the processor executes one or more programs to analyze packets transmitted on the wireless network in the frequency band based on signals demodulated by the baseband signal processing section and to classify radio signals occurring in the frequency band based on the spectrum activity information output by the spectrum analysis system .

US20040137915A1
CLAIM 50
. The system of claim 49 , wherein the server configures a threshold for one or more of the following statistics derived from data generated by the radio sensors : number of interfering signals occurring in a channel , percentage of time that the power level for a channel remains above a power threshold , number of radio frequency pulses occurring in a channel during a measurement interval (location information, transmitting location information) , a measurement of the general quality of a channel based on the number and type of interfering signals to the wireless network determined to be occurring in the frequency band .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20040121749A1

Filed: 2003-11-06     Issued: 2004-06-24

System throughput enhancement using an intelligent channel association in the environment of multiple access channels

(Original Assignee) Engim Inc     (Current Assignee) Edgewater Computer Systems Inc

Jian Cui, David Shoemaker, John Trotter
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (signal strength indicator) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (received data packet) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040121749A1
CLAIM 9
. The method of claim 3 , wherein the step of measuring further comprises : sensing average power of received data packet (transmitting proximity notification information) s .

US20040121749A1
CLAIM 22
. The multi-channel system of claim 20 , further comprising : a receive signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) which senses average power of received data packets .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (signal strength indicator) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (received data packet) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20040121749A1
CLAIM 9
. The method of claim 3 , wherein the step of measuring further comprises : sensing average power of received data packet (transmitting proximity notification information) s .

US20040121749A1
CLAIM 22
. The multi-channel system of claim 20 , further comprising : a receive signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) which senses average power of received data packets .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (signal strength indicator) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20040121749A1
CLAIM 22
. The multi-channel system of claim 20 , further comprising : a receive signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) which senses average power of received data packets .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (signal strength indicator) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040121749A1
CLAIM 22
. The multi-channel system of claim 20 , further comprising : a receive signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) which senses average power of received data packets .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information (signal strength indicator) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040121749A1
CLAIM 22
. The multi-channel system of claim 20 , further comprising : a receive signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) which senses average power of received data packets .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information (signal strength indicator) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (received data packet) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040121749A1
CLAIM 9
. The method of claim 3 , wherein the step of measuring further comprises : sensing average power of received data packet (transmitting proximity notification information) s .

US20040121749A1
CLAIM 22
. The multi-channel system of claim 20 , further comprising : a receive signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) which senses average power of received data packets .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
WO2004014097A1

Filed: 2003-07-28     Issued: 2004-02-12

Adaptive dual-mode reverse link scheduling method for wireless telecommunications networks

(Original Assignee) Nortel Networks Limited,     

Mo-Han Fong, Derek Yu, Jun Li, Ashvin Chheda, Wen Tong, Geng Wu
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (comprising extract) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B (computer code) of transmitting proximity notification information (comprising extract) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 3
. A base station (base station) controller (BSC) , comprising : an active set generator ;
and a reduced active set generator , wherein the reduced set generator employs output of the active set generator .

WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 19
. The method of Claim 17 , further comprising extract (transmitting location information, transmitting proximity notification information) ing data rate information in congestion control mode by a mobile station .

WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 24
. A computer program product for dynamically switching between explicit reverse link channel data rate control and reverse link channel data rate congestion control , the computer program product having a medium with a computer program embodied thereon , the computer program comprising : computer code (step B) for generating a reduced active set ;
computer code for transmitting indicia of the reduced active set to an MS ;
and if the number of members of the reduced active set is greater than one , computer code for transmitting reverse link channel data rate control information in congestion control mode .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B (computer code) , when the used carrier of the second base station (base station) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 3
. A base station (base station) controller (BSC) , comprising : an active set generator ;
and a reduced active set generator , wherein the reduced set generator employs output of the active set generator .

WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 24
. A computer program product for dynamically switching between explicit reverse link channel data rate control and reverse link channel data rate congestion control , the computer program product having a medium with a computer program embodied thereon , the computer program comprising : computer code (step B) for generating a reduced active set ;
computer code for transmitting indicia of the reduced active set to an MS ;
and if the number of members of the reduced active set is greater than one , computer code for transmitting reverse link channel data rate control information in congestion control mode .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (computer code) , performing handover control by the first base station (base station) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 3
. A base station (base station) controller (BSC) , comprising : an active set generator ;
and a reduced active set generator , wherein the reduced set generator employs output of the active set generator .

WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 24
. A computer program product for dynamically switching between explicit reverse link channel data rate control and reverse link channel data rate congestion control , the computer program product having a medium with a computer program embodied thereon , the computer program comprising : computer code (step B) for generating a reduced active set ;
computer code for transmitting indicia of the reduced active set to an MS ;
and if the number of members of the reduced active set is greater than one , computer code for transmitting reverse link channel data rate control information in congestion control mode .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (computer code) , performing handover control by the first base station (base station) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 3
. A base station (base station) controller (BSC) , comprising : an active set generator ;
and a reduced active set generator , wherein the reduced set generator employs output of the active set generator .

WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 24
. A computer program product for dynamically switching between explicit reverse link channel data rate control and reverse link channel data rate congestion control , the computer program product having a medium with a computer program embodied thereon , the computer program comprising : computer code (step B) for generating a reduced active set ;
computer code for transmitting indicia of the reduced active set to an MS ;
and if the number of members of the reduced active set is greater than one , computer code for transmitting reverse link channel data rate control information in congestion control mode .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (base station) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 3
. A base station (base station) controller (BSC) , comprising : an active set generator ;
and a reduced active set generator , wherein the reduced set generator employs output of the active set generator .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (computer code) , performing control by the first base station (base station) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 3
. A base station (base station) controller (BSC) , comprising : an active set generator ;
and a reduced active set generator , wherein the reduced set generator employs output of the active set generator .

WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 24
. A computer program product for dynamically switching between explicit reverse link channel data rate control and reverse link channel data rate congestion control , the computer program product having a medium with a computer program embodied thereon , the computer program comprising : computer code (step B) for generating a reduced active set ;
computer code for transmitting indicia of the reduced active set to an MS ;
and if the number of members of the reduced active set is greater than one , computer code for transmitting reverse link channel data rate control information in congestion control mode .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (comprising extract) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B (computer code) of transmitting proximity notification information (comprising extract) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 3
. A base station (base station) controller (BSC) , comprising : an active set generator ;
and a reduced active set generator , wherein the reduced set generator employs output of the active set generator .

WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 19
. The method of Claim 17 , further comprising extract (transmitting location information, transmitting proximity notification information) ing data rate information in congestion control mode by a mobile station .

WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 24
. A computer program product for dynamically switching between explicit reverse link channel data rate control and reverse link channel data rate congestion control , the computer program product having a medium with a computer program embodied thereon , the computer program comprising : computer code (step B) for generating a reduced active set ;
computer code for transmitting indicia of the reduced active set to an MS ;
and if the number of members of the reduced active set is greater than one , computer code for transmitting reverse link channel data rate control information in congestion control mode .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (base station) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 3
. A base station (base station) controller (BSC) , comprising : an active set generator ;
and a reduced active set generator , wherein the reduced set generator employs output of the active set generator .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (base station) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 3
. A base station (base station) controller (BSC) , comprising : an active set generator ;
and a reduced active set generator , wherein the reduced set generator employs output of the active set generator .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (two data) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 3
. A base station (base station) controller (BSC) , comprising : an active set generator ;
and a reduced active set generator , wherein the reduced set generator employs output of the active set generator .

WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 16
. The MS of Claim 15 , configured to transmit over a reverse link at the lower of the two data (reception unit) rates extracted from a plurality of congestion control channels .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (comprising extract) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 3
. A base station (base station) controller (BSC) , comprising : an active set generator ;
and a reduced active set generator , wherein the reduced set generator employs output of the active set generator .

WO2004014097A1
CLAIM 19
. The method of Claim 17 , further comprising extract (transmitting location information, transmitting proximity notification information) ing data rate information in congestion control mode by a mobile station .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US7020439B2

Filed: 2003-04-11     Issued: 2006-03-28

Selection of access point in a wireless communication system

(Original Assignee) Nokia Oyj     (Current Assignee) Nokia Technologies Oy

Hasse Sinivaara, Ari Väisänen
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (other terminals, mobile station) from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US7020439B2
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US7020439B2
CLAIM 20
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established , wherein the processing means are configured to form a service report describing current service conditions in different categories , each category corresponding to a certain value range of a predetermined attribute .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US7020439B2
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US7020439B2
CLAIM 20
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established , wherein the processing means are configured to form a service report describing current service conditions in different categories , each category corresponding to a certain value range of a predetermined attribute .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US7020439B2
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US7020439B2
CLAIM 20
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established , wherein the processing means are configured to form a service report describing current service conditions in different categories , each category corresponding to a certain value range of a predetermined attribute .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US7020439B2
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US7020439B2
CLAIM 20
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established , wherein the processing means are configured to form a service report describing current service conditions in different categories , each category corresponding to a certain value range of a predetermined attribute .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) .
US7020439B2
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US7020439B2
CLAIM 20
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established , wherein the processing means are configured to form a service report describing current service conditions in different categories , each category corresponding to a certain value range of a predetermined attribute .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) .
US7020439B2
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US7020439B2
CLAIM 20
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established , wherein the processing means are configured to form a service report describing current service conditions in different categories , each category corresponding to a certain value range of a predetermined attribute .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (other terminals, mobile station) from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US7020439B2
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US7020439B2
CLAIM 20
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established , wherein the processing means are configured to form a service report describing current service conditions in different categories , each category corresponding to a certain value range of a predetermined attribute .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US7020439B2
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US7020439B2
CLAIM 20
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established , wherein the processing means are configured to form a service report describing current service conditions in different categories , each category corresponding to a certain value range of a predetermined attribute .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (other terminals, mobile station) from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US7020439B2
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US7020439B2
CLAIM 20
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established , wherein the processing means are configured to form a service report describing current service conditions in different categories , each category corresponding to a certain value range of a predetermined attribute .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (point b) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (other terminals, mobile station) from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US7020439B2
CLAIM 1
. A method for selecting an access point in a wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point b (reception unit) eing capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the method comprising the steps of : sending at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals to the access point currently serving said group of mobile terminals , each of said mobile terminals sending a set that contains at least one attribute indicating the quality of a wireless link between the serving access point and the mobile terminal ;
based on the sets , forming a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
in a mobile terminal belonging to said second group , examining at least one service report received ;
and in response to the examining step , selecting the access point to which a wireless link is to be established from said mobile terminal , wherein the forming step includes dividing the first group of mobile terminals into different categories with regard to a certain attribute and forming a service report describing current service conditions with respect to at least one of the categories .

US7020439B2
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US7020439B2
CLAIM 20
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established , wherein the processing means are configured to form a service report describing current service conditions in different categories , each category corresponding to a certain value range of a predetermined attribute .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (other terminals, mobile station) from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US7020439B2
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US7020439B2
CLAIM 20
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established , wherein the processing means are configured to form a service report describing current service conditions in different categories , each category corresponding to a certain value range of a predetermined attribute .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US6898198B1

Filed: 2003-02-14     Issued: 2005-05-24

Selecting the data rate of a wireless network link according to a measure of error vector magnitude

(Original Assignee) Cisco Systems Wireless Networking Australia Pty Ltd     (Current Assignee) Cisco Technology Inc

Philip J. Ryan, Andrew R. Adams, Brian Hart, Jason R. Crawford, Andrew F. Myles
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base (constellation points) station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US6898198B1
CLAIM 1
. An apparatus for inclusion in a node of a wireless network , the apparatus comprising : a receiver to receive data from a remote node , including an analog-to-digital converter producing samples of signals received at the node from the remote node , said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s in the form of packets of data ;
a demodulator coupled to the receiver to demodulate samples of the signals received at the receiver to produce demodulated signals , the samples at decision points ;
and an error vector magnitude calculator coupled to the receiver to determine a measure of the signal quality of the decision point samples of the received signal ;
and a transmitter to transmit data for transmission to the remote node , the transmitter having a settable data rate , the data rate set according to a data rate signal accepted by the transmitter ;
and a data rate setting processor coupled to the error vector magnitude calculator and to the transmitter and producing the data rate signal for the transmitter , the data rate signal set such the data rate for transmission to a particular remote node is dependent on the measure of the signal quality produced by the error vector magnitude calculator from signals received from the particular remote node , such that the error vector magnitude measure determined by the error vector magnitude calculator can be used to select a data rate for communicating between the node and the remote node , wherein the measure of signal quality is a measure of the error vector magnitude of the received packet , and wherein the data rate processor includes a memory to store for each remote node from which data was received the measure of the error vector magnitude of the last packet received from the remote node , and a running average the measure of the error vector magnitude of the last number of packets received from the remote node .

US6898198B1
CLAIM 3
. An apparatus for inclusion in a node of a wireless network , the apparatus comprising : a receiver to receive data from a remote node , including an analog-to-digital converter producing samples of signals received at the node from the remote node , said received signals in the form of packets of data ;
a demodulator coupled to the receiver to demodulate samples of the signals received at the receiver to produce demodulated signals , the samples at decision points ;
and an error vector magnitude calculator coupled to the receiver to determine a measure of the signal quality of the decision point samples of the received signal , such that the error vector magnitude measure determined by the error vector magnitude calculator can be used to select a data rate for communicating between the node and the remote node , wherein the determining of the measure of the error vector magnitude of the received packet includes determining a function of the average of the squared Euclidian distance on the I , Q plane between decision-point samples of the signal received and the nearest ideal constellation points (first base) to the decision points samples .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base (constellation points) station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US6898198B1
CLAIM 3
. An apparatus for inclusion in a node of a wireless network , the apparatus comprising : a receiver to receive data from a remote node , including an analog-to-digital converter producing samples of signals received at the node from the remote node , said received signals in the form of packets of data ;
a demodulator coupled to the receiver to demodulate samples of the signals received at the receiver to produce demodulated signals , the samples at decision points ;
and an error vector magnitude calculator coupled to the receiver to determine a measure of the signal quality of the decision point samples of the received signal , such that the error vector magnitude measure determined by the error vector magnitude calculator can be used to select a data rate for communicating between the node and the remote node , wherein the determining of the measure of the error vector magnitude of the received packet includes determining a function of the average of the squared Euclidian distance on the I , Q plane between decision-point samples of the signal received and the nearest ideal constellation points (first base) to the decision points samples .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base (constellation points) station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US6898198B1
CLAIM 3
. An apparatus for inclusion in a node of a wireless network , the apparatus comprising : a receiver to receive data from a remote node , including an analog-to-digital converter producing samples of signals received at the node from the remote node , said received signals in the form of packets of data ;
a demodulator coupled to the receiver to demodulate samples of the signals received at the receiver to produce demodulated signals , the samples at decision points ;
and an error vector magnitude calculator coupled to the receiver to determine a measure of the signal quality of the decision point samples of the received signal , such that the error vector magnitude measure determined by the error vector magnitude calculator can be used to select a data rate for communicating between the node and the remote node , wherein the determining of the measure of the error vector magnitude of the received packet includes determining a function of the average of the squared Euclidian distance on the I , Q plane between decision-point samples of the signal received and the nearest ideal constellation points (first base) to the decision points samples .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base (constellation points) station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US6898198B1
CLAIM 3
. An apparatus for inclusion in a node of a wireless network , the apparatus comprising : a receiver to receive data from a remote node , including an analog-to-digital converter producing samples of signals received at the node from the remote node , said received signals in the form of packets of data ;
a demodulator coupled to the receiver to demodulate samples of the signals received at the receiver to produce demodulated signals , the samples at decision points ;
and an error vector magnitude calculator coupled to the receiver to determine a measure of the signal quality of the decision point samples of the received signal , such that the error vector magnitude measure determined by the error vector magnitude calculator can be used to select a data rate for communicating between the node and the remote node , wherein the determining of the measure of the error vector magnitude of the received packet includes determining a function of the average of the squared Euclidian distance on the I , Q plane between decision-point samples of the signal received and the nearest ideal constellation points (first base) to the decision points samples .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base (constellation points) station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US6898198B1
CLAIM 3
. An apparatus for inclusion in a node of a wireless network , the apparatus comprising : a receiver to receive data from a remote node , including an analog-to-digital converter producing samples of signals received at the node from the remote node , said received signals in the form of packets of data ;
a demodulator coupled to the receiver to demodulate samples of the signals received at the receiver to produce demodulated signals , the samples at decision points ;
and an error vector magnitude calculator coupled to the receiver to determine a measure of the signal quality of the decision point samples of the received signal , such that the error vector magnitude measure determined by the error vector magnitude calculator can be used to select a data rate for communicating between the node and the remote node , wherein the determining of the measure of the error vector magnitude of the received packet includes determining a function of the average of the squared Euclidian distance on the I , Q plane between decision-point samples of the signal received and the nearest ideal constellation points (first base) to the decision points samples .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base (constellation points) station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US6898198B1
CLAIM 1
. An apparatus for inclusion in a node of a wireless network , the apparatus comprising : a receiver to receive data from a remote node , including an analog-to-digital converter producing samples of signals received at the node from the remote node , said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s in the form of packets of data ;
a demodulator coupled to the receiver to demodulate samples of the signals received at the receiver to produce demodulated signals , the samples at decision points ;
and an error vector magnitude calculator coupled to the receiver to determine a measure of the signal quality of the decision point samples of the received signal ;
and a transmitter to transmit data for transmission to the remote node , the transmitter having a settable data rate , the data rate set according to a data rate signal accepted by the transmitter ;
and a data rate setting processor coupled to the error vector magnitude calculator and to the transmitter and producing the data rate signal for the transmitter , the data rate signal set such the data rate for transmission to a particular remote node is dependent on the measure of the signal quality produced by the error vector magnitude calculator from signals received from the particular remote node , such that the error vector magnitude measure determined by the error vector magnitude calculator can be used to select a data rate for communicating between the node and the remote node , wherein the measure of signal quality is a measure of the error vector magnitude of the received packet , and wherein the data rate processor includes a memory to store for each remote node from which data was received the measure of the error vector magnitude of the last packet received from the remote node , and a running average the measure of the error vector magnitude of the last number of packets received from the remote node .

US6898198B1
CLAIM 3
. An apparatus for inclusion in a node of a wireless network , the apparatus comprising : a receiver to receive data from a remote node , including an analog-to-digital converter producing samples of signals received at the node from the remote node , said received signals in the form of packets of data ;
a demodulator coupled to the receiver to demodulate samples of the signals received at the receiver to produce demodulated signals , the samples at decision points ;
and an error vector magnitude calculator coupled to the receiver to determine a measure of the signal quality of the decision point samples of the received signal , such that the error vector magnitude measure determined by the error vector magnitude calculator can be used to select a data rate for communicating between the node and the remote node , wherein the determining of the measure of the error vector magnitude of the received packet includes determining a function of the average of the squared Euclidian distance on the I , Q plane between decision-point samples of the signal received and the nearest ideal constellation points (first base) to the decision points samples .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base (constellation points) station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (received signal) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US6898198B1
CLAIM 1
. An apparatus for inclusion in a node of a wireless network , the apparatus comprising : a receiver to receive data from a remote node , including an analog-to-digital converter producing samples of signals received at the node from the remote node , said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s in the form of packets of data ;
a demodulator coupled to the receiver to demodulate samples of the signals received at the receiver to produce demodulated signals , the samples at decision points ;
and an error vector magnitude calculator coupled to the receiver to determine a measure of the signal quality of the decision point samples of the received signal ;
and a transmitter to transmit data for transmission to the remote node , the transmitter having a settable data rate , the data rate set according to a data rate signal accepted by the transmitter ;
and a data rate setting processor coupled to the error vector magnitude calculator and to the transmitter and producing the data rate signal for the transmitter , the data rate signal set such the data rate for transmission to a particular remote node is dependent on the measure of the signal quality produced by the error vector magnitude calculator from signals received from the particular remote node , such that the error vector magnitude measure determined by the error vector magnitude calculator can be used to select a data rate for communicating between the node and the remote node , wherein the measure of signal quality is a measure of the error vector magnitude of the received packet , and wherein the data rate processor includes a memory to store for each remote node from which data was received the measure of the error vector magnitude of the last packet received from the remote node , and a running average the measure of the error vector magnitude of the last number of packets received from the remote node .

US6898198B1
CLAIM 3
. An apparatus for inclusion in a node of a wireless network , the apparatus comprising : a receiver to receive data from a remote node , including an analog-to-digital converter producing samples of signals received at the node from the remote node , said received signals in the form of packets of data ;
a demodulator coupled to the receiver to demodulate samples of the signals received at the receiver to produce demodulated signals , the samples at decision points ;
and an error vector magnitude calculator coupled to the receiver to determine a measure of the signal quality of the decision point samples of the received signal , such that the error vector magnitude measure determined by the error vector magnitude calculator can be used to select a data rate for communicating between the node and the remote node , wherein the determining of the measure of the error vector magnitude of the received packet includes determining a function of the average of the squared Euclidian distance on the I , Q plane between decision-point samples of the signal received and the nearest ideal constellation points (first base) to the decision points samples .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (received signal) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base (constellation points) station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US6898198B1
CLAIM 1
. An apparatus for inclusion in a node of a wireless network , the apparatus comprising : a receiver to receive data from a remote node , including an analog-to-digital converter producing samples of signals received at the node from the remote node , said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s in the form of packets of data ;
a demodulator coupled to the receiver to demodulate samples of the signals received at the receiver to produce demodulated signals , the samples at decision points ;
and an error vector magnitude calculator coupled to the receiver to determine a measure of the signal quality of the decision point samples of the received signal ;
and a transmitter to transmit data for transmission to the remote node , the transmitter having a settable data rate , the data rate set according to a data rate signal accepted by the transmitter ;
and a data rate setting processor coupled to the error vector magnitude calculator and to the transmitter and producing the data rate signal for the transmitter , the data rate signal set such the data rate for transmission to a particular remote node is dependent on the measure of the signal quality produced by the error vector magnitude calculator from signals received from the particular remote node , such that the error vector magnitude measure determined by the error vector magnitude calculator can be used to select a data rate for communicating between the node and the remote node , wherein the measure of signal quality is a measure of the error vector magnitude of the received packet , and wherein the data rate processor includes a memory to store for each remote node from which data was received the measure of the error vector magnitude of the last packet received from the remote node , and a running average the measure of the error vector magnitude of the last number of packets received from the remote node .

US6898198B1
CLAIM 3
. An apparatus for inclusion in a node of a wireless network , the apparatus comprising : a receiver to receive data from a remote node , including an analog-to-digital converter producing samples of signals received at the node from the remote node , said received signals in the form of packets of data ;
a demodulator coupled to the receiver to demodulate samples of the signals received at the receiver to produce demodulated signals , the samples at decision points ;
and an error vector magnitude calculator coupled to the receiver to determine a measure of the signal quality of the decision point samples of the received signal , such that the error vector magnitude measure determined by the error vector magnitude calculator can be used to select a data rate for communicating between the node and the remote node , wherein the determining of the measure of the error vector magnitude of the received packet includes determining a function of the average of the squared Euclidian distance on the I , Q plane between decision-point samples of the signal received and the nearest ideal constellation points (first base) to the decision points samples .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base (constellation points) station , location information (received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US6898198B1
CLAIM 1
. An apparatus for inclusion in a node of a wireless network , the apparatus comprising : a receiver to receive data from a remote node , including an analog-to-digital converter producing samples of signals received at the node from the remote node , said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s in the form of packets of data ;
a demodulator coupled to the receiver to demodulate samples of the signals received at the receiver to produce demodulated signals , the samples at decision points ;
and an error vector magnitude calculator coupled to the receiver to determine a measure of the signal quality of the decision point samples of the received signal ;
and a transmitter to transmit data for transmission to the remote node , the transmitter having a settable data rate , the data rate set according to a data rate signal accepted by the transmitter ;
and a data rate setting processor coupled to the error vector magnitude calculator and to the transmitter and producing the data rate signal for the transmitter , the data rate signal set such the data rate for transmission to a particular remote node is dependent on the measure of the signal quality produced by the error vector magnitude calculator from signals received from the particular remote node , such that the error vector magnitude measure determined by the error vector magnitude calculator can be used to select a data rate for communicating between the node and the remote node , wherein the measure of signal quality is a measure of the error vector magnitude of the received packet , and wherein the data rate processor includes a memory to store for each remote node from which data was received the measure of the error vector magnitude of the last packet received from the remote node , and a running average the measure of the error vector magnitude of the last number of packets received from the remote node .

US6898198B1
CLAIM 3
. An apparatus for inclusion in a node of a wireless network , the apparatus comprising : a receiver to receive data from a remote node , including an analog-to-digital converter producing samples of signals received at the node from the remote node , said received signals in the form of packets of data ;
a demodulator coupled to the receiver to demodulate samples of the signals received at the receiver to produce demodulated signals , the samples at decision points ;
and an error vector magnitude calculator coupled to the receiver to determine a measure of the signal quality of the decision point samples of the received signal , such that the error vector magnitude measure determined by the error vector magnitude calculator can be used to select a data rate for communicating between the node and the remote node , wherein the determining of the measure of the error vector magnitude of the received packet includes determining a function of the average of the squared Euclidian distance on the I , Q plane between decision-point samples of the signal received and the nearest ideal constellation points (first base) to the decision points samples .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base (constellation points) station , location information (received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US6898198B1
CLAIM 1
. An apparatus for inclusion in a node of a wireless network , the apparatus comprising : a receiver to receive data from a remote node , including an analog-to-digital converter producing samples of signals received at the node from the remote node , said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s in the form of packets of data ;
a demodulator coupled to the receiver to demodulate samples of the signals received at the receiver to produce demodulated signals , the samples at decision points ;
and an error vector magnitude calculator coupled to the receiver to determine a measure of the signal quality of the decision point samples of the received signal ;
and a transmitter to transmit data for transmission to the remote node , the transmitter having a settable data rate , the data rate set according to a data rate signal accepted by the transmitter ;
and a data rate setting processor coupled to the error vector magnitude calculator and to the transmitter and producing the data rate signal for the transmitter , the data rate signal set such the data rate for transmission to a particular remote node is dependent on the measure of the signal quality produced by the error vector magnitude calculator from signals received from the particular remote node , such that the error vector magnitude measure determined by the error vector magnitude calculator can be used to select a data rate for communicating between the node and the remote node , wherein the measure of signal quality is a measure of the error vector magnitude of the received packet , and wherein the data rate processor includes a memory to store for each remote node from which data was received the measure of the error vector magnitude of the last packet received from the remote node , and a running average the measure of the error vector magnitude of the last number of packets received from the remote node .

US6898198B1
CLAIM 3
. An apparatus for inclusion in a node of a wireless network , the apparatus comprising : a receiver to receive data from a remote node , including an analog-to-digital converter producing samples of signals received at the node from the remote node , said received signals in the form of packets of data ;
a demodulator coupled to the receiver to demodulate samples of the signals received at the receiver to produce demodulated signals , the samples at decision points ;
and an error vector magnitude calculator coupled to the receiver to determine a measure of the signal quality of the decision point samples of the received signal , such that the error vector magnitude measure determined by the error vector magnitude calculator can be used to select a data rate for communicating between the node and the remote node , wherein the determining of the measure of the error vector magnitude of the received packet includes determining a function of the average of the squared Euclidian distance on the I , Q plane between decision-point samples of the signal received and the nearest ideal constellation points (first base) to the decision points samples .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20040054767A1

Filed: 2003-01-23     Issued: 2004-03-18

Optimizing network configuration from established usage patterns of access points

(Original Assignee) Broadcom Corp     (Current Assignee) Avago Technologies General IP Singapore Pte Ltd

Jeyhan Karaoguz, Nambi Seshadri
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (receiving location information) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040054767A1
CLAIM 2
. The method of claim 1 , further comprising the step of : receiving location information (location information) on the at least one wireless device within the geographic area from the plurality of nodes .

US20040054767A1
CLAIM 21
. A system for optimizing wireless network configuration , said system comprising : a detecting means for detecting a plurality of nodes positioned in a geographic area ;
a first receiving (transmitting location information) means for receiving statistical information from the plurality of nodes with respect to communication between the plurality of nodes and at least one wireless device ;
a determination means for determining an optimized configuration with respect to the plurality of nodes based on the statistical information ;
and a providing means for providing data with respect to the optimized configuration to the plurality of nodes , wherein the plurality of nodes are adjusted based on the data .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (receiving location information) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20040054767A1
CLAIM 2
. The method of claim 1 , further comprising the step of : receiving location information (location information) on the at least one wireless device within the geographic area from the plurality of nodes .

US20040054767A1
CLAIM 21
. A system for optimizing wireless network configuration , said system comprising : a detecting means for detecting a plurality of nodes positioned in a geographic area ;
a first receiving (transmitting location information) means for receiving statistical information from the plurality of nodes with respect to communication between the plurality of nodes and at least one wireless device ;
a determination means for determining an optimized configuration with respect to the plurality of nodes based on the statistical information ;
and a providing means for providing data with respect to the optimized configuration to the plurality of nodes , wherein the plurality of nodes are adjusted based on the data .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (receiving location information) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20040054767A1
CLAIM 2
. The method of claim 1 , further comprising the step of : receiving location information (location information) on the at least one wireless device within the geographic area from the plurality of nodes .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (receiving location information) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040054767A1
CLAIM 2
. The method of claim 1 , further comprising the step of : receiving location information (location information) on the at least one wireless device within the geographic area from the plurality of nodes .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information (receiving location information) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040054767A1
CLAIM 2
. The method of claim 1 , further comprising the step of : receiving location information (location information) on the at least one wireless device within the geographic area from the plurality of nodes .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information (receiving location information) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040054767A1
CLAIM 2
. The method of claim 1 , further comprising the step of : receiving location information (location information) on the at least one wireless device within the geographic area from the plurality of nodes .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20040202141A1

Filed: 2003-01-09     Issued: 2004-10-14

Selection of access point in a wireless communication system

(Original Assignee) Nokia Oyj     (Current Assignee) Nokia Technologies Oy

Hasse Sinivaara, Ari Vaisanen
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (other terminals, mobile station) from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040202141A1
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US20040202141A1
CLAIM 14
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20040202141A1
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US20040202141A1
CLAIM 14
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20040202141A1
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US20040202141A1
CLAIM 14
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040202141A1
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US20040202141A1
CLAIM 14
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) .
US20040202141A1
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US20040202141A1
CLAIM 14
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) .
US20040202141A1
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US20040202141A1
CLAIM 14
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (other terminals, mobile station) from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20040202141A1
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US20040202141A1
CLAIM 14
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20040202141A1
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US20040202141A1
CLAIM 14
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (other terminals, mobile station) from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040202141A1
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US20040202141A1
CLAIM 14
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (point b) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (other terminals, mobile station) from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040202141A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for selecting an access point in a wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point b (reception unit) eing capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the method comprising the steps of : sending at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals to the access point currently serving said group of mobile terminals , each of said mobile terminals sending a set that contains at least one attribute indicating the quality of a wireless link between the serving access point and the mobile terminal ;
based on the sets , forming a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
in a mobile terminal belonging to said second group , examining at least one service report received ;
and in response to the examining step , selecting the access point to which a wireless link is to be established from said mobile terminal .

US20040202141A1
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US20040202141A1
CLAIM 14
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal (other terminals, mobile station) in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier (other terminals, mobile station) from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040202141A1
CLAIM 13
. A method according to claim 3 , wherein the mobile terminals belonging to the first group are assigned an identifier by means of which said terminals can be identified from other terminals (different carrier, user terminal) .

US20040202141A1
CLAIM 14
. A wireless communication system comprising mobile terminals and access points , each access point being capable of serving the mobile terminals within a service area of the access point , the system comprising : reception means for receiving at least one set of attributes from a first group of mobile terminals , at least one of the attributes to indicate the quality of a wireless link between a particular mobile station (different carrier, user terminal) and the access point serving said mobile station ;
processing means for forming , based on the sets , a service report describing current service conditions in the service area of the access point ;
transmission means for transmitting the service report to a second group of mobile terminals ;
and in each of the mobile terminals in said second group , (a) examination means for examining a service report received and (b) selection means , responsive to the examination means , for selecting the access point with which a wireless link is to be established .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20030095513A1

Filed: 2003-01-03     Issued: 2003-05-22

Traffic management system and method for multi-carrier CDMA wireless networks

(Original Assignee) Nortel Networks Corp     (Current Assignee) Nortel Networks Corp

Michael Woodmansee, Kin Ho, Yves Choiniere, Mazin Al-Shalash
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (one second) including a first base station (second base station, one base station) and at least one second base station (second base station, one base station) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20030095513A1
CLAIM 1
. A wireless communication system that provides wireless service to at least one mobile unit operating within a service area , the wireless communications system comprising : at least one first cell for communicating with at least one mobile unit , the at least one first cell operating on a first carrier frequency , the first carrier frequency including a paging channel and a sync channel ;
and at least one second (mobile communication system) cell for communicating with the at least one mobile unit , the at least one second cell operating on a second carrier frequency , the second carrier frequency including a sync channel that directs at least one of the at least one mobile units to tune to the paging channel of the first carrier frequency .

US20030095513A1
CLAIM 2
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one of the at least one second cell .

US20030095513A1
CLAIM 4
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one first base station (first base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one second base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one second cell .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (second base station, one base station) (second base station, one base station) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20030095513A1
CLAIM 2
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one of the at least one second cell .

US20030095513A1
CLAIM 4
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one first base station serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one second base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one second cell .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (second base station, one base station) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (second base station, one base station) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20030095513A1
CLAIM 2
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one of the at least one second cell .

US20030095513A1
CLAIM 4
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one first base station (first base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one second base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one second cell .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (second base station, one base station) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (second base station, one base station) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20030095513A1
CLAIM 2
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one of the at least one second cell .

US20030095513A1
CLAIM 4
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one first base station (first base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one second base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one second cell .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (second base station, one base station) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20030095513A1
CLAIM 2
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one of the at least one second cell .

US20030095513A1
CLAIM 4
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one first base station (first base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one second base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one second cell .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (second base station, one base station) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (second base station, one base station) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20030095513A1
CLAIM 2
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one of the at least one second cell .

US20030095513A1
CLAIM 4
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one first base station (first base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one second base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one second cell .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (one second) including a first base station (second base station, one base station) and at least one second base station (second base station, one base station) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20030095513A1
CLAIM 1
. A wireless communication system that provides wireless service to at least one mobile unit operating within a service area , the wireless communications system comprising : at least one first cell for communicating with at least one mobile unit , the at least one first cell operating on a first carrier frequency , the first carrier frequency including a paging channel and a sync channel ;
and at least one second (mobile communication system) cell for communicating with the at least one mobile unit , the at least one second cell operating on a second carrier frequency , the second carrier frequency including a sync channel that directs at least one of the at least one mobile units to tune to the paging channel of the first carrier frequency .

US20030095513A1
CLAIM 2
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one of the at least one second cell .

US20030095513A1
CLAIM 4
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one first base station (first base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one second base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one second cell .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (second base station, one base station) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (second base station, one base station) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20030095513A1
CLAIM 2
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one of the at least one second cell .

US20030095513A1
CLAIM 4
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one first base station (first base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one second base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one second cell .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (second base station, one base station) in a mobile communication system (one second) , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (second base station, one base station) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20030095513A1
CLAIM 1
. A wireless communication system that provides wireless service to at least one mobile unit operating within a service area , the wireless communications system comprising : at least one first cell for communicating with at least one mobile unit , the at least one first cell operating on a first carrier frequency , the first carrier frequency including a paging channel and a sync channel ;
and at least one second (mobile communication system) cell for communicating with the at least one mobile unit , the at least one second cell operating on a second carrier frequency , the second carrier frequency including a sync channel that directs at least one of the at least one mobile units to tune to the paging channel of the first carrier frequency .

US20030095513A1
CLAIM 2
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one of the at least one second cell .

US20030095513A1
CLAIM 4
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one first base station (first base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one second base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one second cell .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system (one second) , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (second base station, one base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (second base station, one base station) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20030095513A1
CLAIM 1
. A wireless communication system that provides wireless service to at least one mobile unit operating within a service area , the wireless communications system comprising : at least one first cell for communicating with at least one mobile unit , the at least one first cell operating on a first carrier frequency , the first carrier frequency including a paging channel and a sync channel ;
and at least one second (mobile communication system) cell for communicating with the at least one mobile unit , the at least one second cell operating on a second carrier frequency , the second carrier frequency including a sync channel that directs at least one of the at least one mobile units to tune to the paging channel of the first carrier frequency .

US20030095513A1
CLAIM 2
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one of the at least one second cell .

US20030095513A1
CLAIM 4
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one first base station (first base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one second base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one second cell .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system (one second) , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (second base station, one base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (second base station, one base station) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20030095513A1
CLAIM 1
. A wireless communication system that provides wireless service to at least one mobile unit operating within a service area , the wireless communications system comprising : at least one first cell for communicating with at least one mobile unit , the at least one first cell operating on a first carrier frequency , the first carrier frequency including a paging channel and a sync channel ;
and at least one second (mobile communication system) cell for communicating with the at least one mobile unit , the at least one second cell operating on a second carrier frequency , the second carrier frequency including a sync channel that directs at least one of the at least one mobile units to tune to the paging channel of the first carrier frequency .

US20030095513A1
CLAIM 2
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one of the at least one second cell .

US20030095513A1
CLAIM 4
. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one first base station (first base station) serving at least one of the at least one first cell and at least one second base station (second base station, base station) serving at least one of the at least one second cell .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20030134642A1

Filed: 2002-11-12     Issued: 2003-07-17

WLAN having load balancing by access point admission/termination

(Original Assignee) AT&T Corp     (Current Assignee) AT&T Intellectual Property II LP ; AT&T Properties LLC

Zoran Kostic, Kin Leung, Hujun Yin
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (more mobile stations) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20030134642A1
CLAIM 11
. The method according to claim 1 , further including determining a loading level of the first one of the plurality of access points by determining one or more of a number of currently associated mobile stations , link bandwidth , traffic levels , and a measurement of received signal (location information, transmitting location information) power from a subset of mobile stations .

US20030134642A1
CLAIM 12
. An access point , comprising : a transceiver for providing communication with a mobile station over a radio link ;
a memory for storing information including for one or more mobile stations (first base station) how many access points each of the one or more mobile stations can associate with ;
and an association module for determining whether to accept/terminate an association with a mobile station based upon a loading level of the access point and the stored information for the one or more mobile stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (more mobile stations) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20030134642A1
CLAIM 12
. An access point , comprising : a transceiver for providing communication with a mobile station over a radio link ;
a memory for storing information including for one or more mobile stations (first base station) how many access points each of the one or more mobile stations can associate with ;
and an association module for determining whether to accept/terminate an association with a mobile station based upon a loading level of the access point and the stored information for the one or more mobile stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (more mobile stations) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20030134642A1
CLAIM 12
. An access point , comprising : a transceiver for providing communication with a mobile station over a radio link ;
a memory for storing information including for one or more mobile stations (first base station) how many access points each of the one or more mobile stations can associate with ;
and an association module for determining whether to accept/terminate an association with a mobile station based upon a loading level of the access point and the stored information for the one or more mobile stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (more mobile stations) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20030134642A1
CLAIM 12
. An access point , comprising : a transceiver for providing communication with a mobile station over a radio link ;
a memory for storing information including for one or more mobile stations (first base station) how many access points each of the one or more mobile stations can associate with ;
and an association module for determining whether to accept/terminate an association with a mobile station based upon a loading level of the access point and the stored information for the one or more mobile stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (more mobile stations) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20030134642A1
CLAIM 12
. An access point , comprising : a transceiver for providing communication with a mobile station over a radio link ;
a memory for storing information including for one or more mobile stations (first base station) how many access points each of the one or more mobile stations can associate with ;
and an association module for determining whether to accept/terminate an association with a mobile station based upon a loading level of the access point and the stored information for the one or more mobile stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (more mobile stations) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20030134642A1
CLAIM 11
. The method according to claim 1 , further including determining a loading level of the first one of the plurality of access points by determining one or more of a number of currently associated mobile stations , link bandwidth , traffic levels , and a measurement of received signal (location information, transmitting location information) power from a subset of mobile stations .

US20030134642A1
CLAIM 12
. An access point , comprising : a transceiver for providing communication with a mobile station over a radio link ;
a memory for storing information including for one or more mobile stations (first base station) how many access points each of the one or more mobile stations can associate with ;
and an association module for determining whether to accept/terminate an association with a mobile station based upon a loading level of the access point and the stored information for the one or more mobile stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (more mobile stations) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (received signal) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20030134642A1
CLAIM 11
. The method according to claim 1 , further including determining a loading level of the first one of the plurality of access points by determining one or more of a number of currently associated mobile stations , link bandwidth , traffic levels , and a measurement of received signal (location information, transmitting location information) power from a subset of mobile stations .

US20030134642A1
CLAIM 12
. An access point , comprising : a transceiver for providing communication with a mobile station over a radio link ;
a memory for storing information including for one or more mobile stations (first base station) how many access points each of the one or more mobile stations can associate with ;
and an association module for determining whether to accept/terminate an association with a mobile station based upon a loading level of the access point and the stored information for the one or more mobile stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (received signal) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (more mobile stations) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20030134642A1
CLAIM 11
. The method according to claim 1 , further including determining a loading level of the first one of the plurality of access points by determining one or more of a number of currently associated mobile stations , link bandwidth , traffic levels , and a measurement of received signal (location information, transmitting location information) power from a subset of mobile stations .

US20030134642A1
CLAIM 12
. An access point , comprising : a transceiver for providing communication with a mobile station over a radio link ;
a memory for storing information including for one or more mobile stations (first base station) how many access points each of the one or more mobile stations can associate with ;
and an association module for determining whether to accept/terminate an association with a mobile station based upon a loading level of the access point and the stored information for the one or more mobile stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (more mobile stations) , location information (received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20030134642A1
CLAIM 11
. The method according to claim 1 , further including determining a loading level of the first one of the plurality of access points by determining one or more of a number of currently associated mobile stations , link bandwidth , traffic levels , and a measurement of received signal (location information, transmitting location information) power from a subset of mobile stations .

US20030134642A1
CLAIM 12
. An access point , comprising : a transceiver for providing communication with a mobile station over a radio link ;
a memory for storing information including for one or more mobile stations (first base station) how many access points each of the one or more mobile stations can associate with ;
and an association module for determining whether to accept/terminate an association with a mobile station based upon a loading level of the access point and the stored information for the one or more mobile stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (more mobile stations) , location information (received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20030134642A1
CLAIM 11
. The method according to claim 1 , further including determining a loading level of the first one of the plurality of access points by determining one or more of a number of currently associated mobile stations , link bandwidth , traffic levels , and a measurement of received signal (location information, transmitting location information) power from a subset of mobile stations .

US20030134642A1
CLAIM 12
. An access point , comprising : a transceiver for providing communication with a mobile station over a radio link ;
a memory for storing information including for one or more mobile stations (first base station) how many access points each of the one or more mobile stations can associate with ;
and an association module for determining whether to accept/terminate an association with a mobile station based upon a loading level of the access point and the stored information for the one or more mobile stations .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20040066759A1

Filed: 2002-10-21     Issued: 2004-04-08

Method for a wireless station to determine network metrics prior to associating with an access point of a wireless network

(Original Assignee) Cisco Technology Inc     (Current Assignee) Cisco Technology Inc

Marco Molteni, Massimo Lucchina
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (Mobile IP) including a first base station and at least one second base (protocol stack) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040066759A1
CLAIM 8
. A method as recited in claim 7 , wherein the mobility agent is a Mobile IP (mobile communication system) foreign agent sending IP packets conforming to IPv4 or an access router sending IP packets conforming to IPv6 , and wherein said station is a router that provides Mobile IP services , such that after association with an AP in communication with the mobility agent , the station is mobile router .

US20040066759A1
CLAIM 54
. A wireless station comprising : a processor ;
a memory coupled to the processor ;
and a wireless network device coupled to the processor and capable of providing a link-layer (L2) interface to a wireless network ;
the memory loadable with a protocol stack (second base, second base station) and instructions for the processor to carry out a method including : prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , wirelessly receiving link layer (L2) data units transmitted from one or more wireless access points (APs) of one or more wireless networks that the station can hear ;
prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , gathering information about the received L2 data units , including L2 information and network layer (L3) information ;
and maintaining the information in the memory in the form of a wireless network database , the wireless network database including for each wireless network whose access point the station can hear , the gathered L2 information and the gathered L3 information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base (protocol stack) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20040066759A1
CLAIM 54
. A wireless station comprising : a processor ;
a memory coupled to the processor ;
and a wireless network device coupled to the processor and capable of providing a link-layer (L2) interface to a wireless network ;
the memory loadable with a protocol stack (second base, second base station) and instructions for the processor to carry out a method including : prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , wirelessly receiving link layer (L2) data units transmitted from one or more wireless access points (APs) of one or more wireless networks that the station can hear ;
prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , gathering information about the received L2 data units , including L2 information and network layer (L3) information ;
and maintaining the information in the memory in the form of a wireless network database , the wireless network database including for each wireless network whose access point the station can hear , the gathered L2 information and the gathered L3 information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (protocol stack) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20040066759A1
CLAIM 54
. A wireless station comprising : a processor ;
a memory coupled to the processor ;
and a wireless network device coupled to the processor and capable of providing a link-layer (L2) interface to a wireless network ;
the memory loadable with a protocol stack (second base, second base station) and instructions for the processor to carry out a method including : prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , wirelessly receiving link layer (L2) data units transmitted from one or more wireless access points (APs) of one or more wireless networks that the station can hear ;
prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , gathering information about the received L2 data units , including L2 information and network layer (L3) information ;
and maintaining the information in the memory in the form of a wireless network database , the wireless network database including for each wireless network whose access point the station can hear , the gathered L2 information and the gathered L3 information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (protocol stack) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040066759A1
CLAIM 54
. A wireless station comprising : a processor ;
a memory coupled to the processor ;
and a wireless network device coupled to the processor and capable of providing a link-layer (L2) interface to a wireless network ;
the memory loadable with a protocol stack (second base, second base station) and instructions for the processor to carry out a method including : prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , wirelessly receiving link layer (L2) data units transmitted from one or more wireless access points (APs) of one or more wireless networks that the station can hear ;
prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , gathering information about the received L2 data units , including L2 information and network layer (L3) information ;
and maintaining the information in the memory in the form of a wireless network database , the wireless network database including for each wireless network whose access point the station can hear , the gathered L2 information and the gathered L3 information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base (protocol stack) station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040066759A1
CLAIM 54
. A wireless station comprising : a processor ;
a memory coupled to the processor ;
and a wireless network device coupled to the processor and capable of providing a link-layer (L2) interface to a wireless network ;
the memory loadable with a protocol stack (second base, second base station) and instructions for the processor to carry out a method including : prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , wirelessly receiving link layer (L2) data units transmitted from one or more wireless access points (APs) of one or more wireless networks that the station can hear ;
prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , gathering information about the received L2 data units , including L2 information and network layer (L3) information ;
and maintaining the information in the memory in the form of a wireless network database , the wireless network database including for each wireless network whose access point the station can hear , the gathered L2 information and the gathered L3 information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (Mobile IP) including a first base station and at least one second base (protocol stack) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20040066759A1
CLAIM 8
. A method as recited in claim 7 , wherein the mobility agent is a Mobile IP (mobile communication system) foreign agent sending IP packets conforming to IPv4 or an access router sending IP packets conforming to IPv6 , and wherein said station is a router that provides Mobile IP services , such that after association with an AP in communication with the mobility agent , the station is mobile router .

US20040066759A1
CLAIM 54
. A wireless station comprising : a processor ;
a memory coupled to the processor ;
and a wireless network device coupled to the processor and capable of providing a link-layer (L2) interface to a wireless network ;
the memory loadable with a protocol stack (second base, second base station) and instructions for the processor to carry out a method including : prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , wirelessly receiving link layer (L2) data units transmitted from one or more wireless access points (APs) of one or more wireless networks that the station can hear ;
prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , gathering information about the received L2 data units , including L2 information and network layer (L3) information ;
and maintaining the information in the memory in the form of a wireless network database , the wireless network database including for each wireless network whose access point the station can hear , the gathered L2 information and the gathered L3 information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base (protocol stack) station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20040066759A1
CLAIM 54
. A wireless station comprising : a processor ;
a memory coupled to the processor ;
and a wireless network device coupled to the processor and capable of providing a link-layer (L2) interface to a wireless network ;
the memory loadable with a protocol stack (second base, second base station) and instructions for the processor to carry out a method including : prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , wirelessly receiving link layer (L2) data units transmitted from one or more wireless access points (APs) of one or more wireless networks that the station can hear ;
prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , gathering information about the received L2 data units , including L2 information and network layer (L3) information ;
and maintaining the information in the memory in the form of a wireless network database , the wireless network database including for each wireless network whose access point the station can hear , the gathered L2 information and the gathered L3 information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system (Mobile IP) , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base (protocol stack) station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040066759A1
CLAIM 8
. A method as recited in claim 7 , wherein the mobility agent is a Mobile IP (mobile communication system) foreign agent sending IP packets conforming to IPv4 or an access router sending IP packets conforming to IPv6 , and wherein said station is a router that provides Mobile IP services , such that after association with an AP in communication with the mobility agent , the station is mobile router .

US20040066759A1
CLAIM 54
. A wireless station comprising : a processor ;
a memory coupled to the processor ;
and a wireless network device coupled to the processor and capable of providing a link-layer (L2) interface to a wireless network ;
the memory loadable with a protocol stack (second base, second base station) and instructions for the processor to carry out a method including : prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , wirelessly receiving link layer (L2) data units transmitted from one or more wireless access points (APs) of one or more wireless networks that the station can hear ;
prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , gathering information about the received L2 data units , including L2 information and network layer (L3) information ;
and maintaining the information in the memory in the form of a wireless network database , the wireless network database including for each wireless network whose access point the station can hear , the gathered L2 information and the gathered L3 information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system (Mobile IP) , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base (protocol stack) station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040066759A1
CLAIM 8
. A method as recited in claim 7 , wherein the mobility agent is a Mobile IP (mobile communication system) foreign agent sending IP packets conforming to IPv4 or an access router sending IP packets conforming to IPv6 , and wherein said station is a router that provides Mobile IP services , such that after association with an AP in communication with the mobility agent , the station is mobile router .

US20040066759A1
CLAIM 54
. A wireless station comprising : a processor ;
a memory coupled to the processor ;
and a wireless network device coupled to the processor and capable of providing a link-layer (L2) interface to a wireless network ;
the memory loadable with a protocol stack (second base, second base station) and instructions for the processor to carry out a method including : prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , wirelessly receiving link layer (L2) data units transmitted from one or more wireless access points (APs) of one or more wireless networks that the station can hear ;
prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , gathering information about the received L2 data units , including L2 information and network layer (L3) information ;
and maintaining the information in the memory in the form of a wireless network database , the wireless network database including for each wireless network whose access point the station can hear , the gathered L2 information and the gathered L3 information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system (Mobile IP) , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base (protocol stack) station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040066759A1
CLAIM 8
. A method as recited in claim 7 , wherein the mobility agent is a Mobile IP (mobile communication system) foreign agent sending IP packets conforming to IPv4 or an access router sending IP packets conforming to IPv6 , and wherein said station is a router that provides Mobile IP services , such that after association with an AP in communication with the mobility agent , the station is mobile router .

US20040066759A1
CLAIM 54
. A wireless station comprising : a processor ;
a memory coupled to the processor ;
and a wireless network device coupled to the processor and capable of providing a link-layer (L2) interface to a wireless network ;
the memory loadable with a protocol stack (second base, second base station) and instructions for the processor to carry out a method including : prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , wirelessly receiving link layer (L2) data units transmitted from one or more wireless access points (APs) of one or more wireless networks that the station can hear ;
prior to the station being associated with a wireless network via the wireless network device , gathering information about the received L2 data units , including L2 information and network layer (L3) information ;
and maintaining the information in the memory in the form of a wireless network database , the wireless network database including for each wireless network whose access point the station can hear , the gathered L2 information and the gathered L3 information .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20040071110A1

Filed: 2002-10-09     Issued: 2004-04-15

Methods, systems, and computer program products for allocating bandwidth in a radio packet data system based on data rate estimates determined for one or more idle transmitter/sector scenarios

(Original Assignee) Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson AB     (Current Assignee) Optis Wireless Technology LLC

Jiann-Ching Guey, Leonid Krasny
US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier (first means) of the user terminal .
US20040071110A1
CLAIM 35
. A system for operating a radio packet data system , comprising : first means (secondary carrier) for performing for each of a plurality of access terminals , the first means for performing comprising : means for designating one of a plurality of transmitters in an access network as a serving transmitter for the respective one of the plurality of access terminals ;
means for sending achievable data rate estimate information from the respective one of the plurality of access terminals to the access network , the achievable data rate estimate information comprising scenarios corresponding to state combinations of at least one non-serving transmitter in the access network ;
and second means , responsive to the means for sending , for performing for each of a plurality of scenarios corresponding to state combinations of the plurality of transmitters in the access network , the second means for performing comprising : for each of a plurality of transmitters in the access network having achievable data rate estimates from multiple ones of the plurality of access terminals associated therewith , means for providing service to one of the plurality of access terminals associated therewith based on service scheduling factors .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier (first means) is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20040071110A1
CLAIM 35
. A system for operating a radio packet data system , comprising : first means (secondary carrier) for performing for each of a plurality of access terminals , the first means for performing comprising : means for designating one of a plurality of transmitters in an access network as a serving transmitter for the respective one of the plurality of access terminals ;
means for sending achievable data rate estimate information from the respective one of the plurality of access terminals to the access network , the achievable data rate estimate information comprising scenarios corresponding to state combinations of at least one non-serving transmitter in the access network ;
and second means , responsive to the means for sending , for performing for each of a plurality of scenarios corresponding to state combinations of the plurality of transmitters in the access network , the second means for performing comprising : for each of a plurality of transmitters in the access network having achievable data rate estimates from multiple ones of the plurality of access terminals associated therewith , means for providing service to one of the plurality of access terminals associated therewith based on service scheduling factors .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier (first means) is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20040071110A1
CLAIM 35
. A system for operating a radio packet data system , comprising : first means (secondary carrier) for performing for each of a plurality of access terminals , the first means for performing comprising : means for designating one of a plurality of transmitters in an access network as a serving transmitter for the respective one of the plurality of access terminals ;
means for sending achievable data rate estimate information from the respective one of the plurality of access terminals to the access network , the achievable data rate estimate information comprising scenarios corresponding to state combinations of at least one non-serving transmitter in the access network ;
and second means , responsive to the means for sending , for performing for each of a plurality of scenarios corresponding to state combinations of the plurality of transmitters in the access network , the second means for performing comprising : for each of a plurality of transmitters in the access network having achievable data rate estimates from multiple ones of the plurality of access terminals associated therewith , means for providing service to one of the plurality of access terminals associated therewith based on service scheduling factors .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions (computer readable storage medium) to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040071110A1
CLAIM 37
. A computer program product configured to operate a radio packet data system , comprising : a computer readable storage medium (memory storing instructions) having computer readable program code embodied therein , the computer readable program code comprising : computer readable program code configured to communicate achievable data rate estimate information between an access terminal and an access network , the achievable data rate estimate information comprising scenarios corresponding to state combinations of a plurality of transmitters in the access network in which at least one of the plurality of transmitters is in the idle state in at least one of the scenarios .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20040039817A1

Filed: 2002-08-26     Issued: 2004-02-26

Enhanced algorithm for initial AP selection and roaming

(Original Assignee) Lincom Wireless Inc     (Current Assignee) Lincom Wireless Inc

Mai Lee, Lun-Te Lai, Dennis Lai
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (received signal strength indicator) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040039817A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for selecting an access point (AP) in a wireless network , comprising : (a) measuring a received signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and obtaining a channel loading indicator for each AP in each frequency channel ;
(b) setting a first and a second threshold for the RSSI and a third threshold for the channel loading indicator , wherein the second threshold is less than the first threshold ;
(c) selecting the AP with the lowest channel loading indicator if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than or equal to the first threshold and a channel loading indicator less than the third threshold ;
(d) if no AP is selected in (c) , selecting the AP with the highest RSSI if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than or equal to the second threshold and a channel loading indicator less than the third threshold ;
and (e) if no AP is selected in (d) , selecting the AP with the lowest channel loading indicator if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than the second threshold .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (received signal strength indicator) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20040039817A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for selecting an access point (AP) in a wireless network , comprising : (a) measuring a received signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and obtaining a channel loading indicator for each AP in each frequency channel ;
(b) setting a first and a second threshold for the RSSI and a third threshold for the channel loading indicator , wherein the second threshold is less than the first threshold ;
(c) selecting the AP with the lowest channel loading indicator if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than or equal to the first threshold and a channel loading indicator less than the third threshold ;
(d) if no AP is selected in (c) , selecting the AP with the highest RSSI if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than or equal to the second threshold and a channel loading indicator less than the third threshold ;
and (e) if no AP is selected in (d) , selecting the AP with the lowest channel loading indicator if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than the second threshold .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (received signal strength indicator) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20040039817A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for selecting an access point (AP) in a wireless network , comprising : (a) measuring a received signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and obtaining a channel loading indicator for each AP in each frequency channel ;
(b) setting a first and a second threshold for the RSSI and a third threshold for the channel loading indicator , wherein the second threshold is less than the first threshold ;
(c) selecting the AP with the lowest channel loading indicator if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than or equal to the first threshold and a channel loading indicator less than the third threshold ;
(d) if no AP is selected in (c) , selecting the AP with the highest RSSI if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than or equal to the second threshold and a channel loading indicator less than the third threshold ;
and (e) if no AP is selected in (d) , selecting the AP with the lowest channel loading indicator if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than the second threshold .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (received signal strength indicator) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20040039817A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for selecting an access point (AP) in a wireless network , comprising : (a) measuring a received signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and obtaining a channel loading indicator for each AP in each frequency channel ;
(b) setting a first and a second threshold for the RSSI and a third threshold for the channel loading indicator , wherein the second threshold is less than the first threshold ;
(c) selecting the AP with the lowest channel loading indicator if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than or equal to the first threshold and a channel loading indicator less than the third threshold ;
(d) if no AP is selected in (c) , selecting the AP with the highest RSSI if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than or equal to the second threshold and a channel loading indicator less than the third threshold ;
and (e) if no AP is selected in (d) , selecting the AP with the lowest channel loading indicator if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than the second threshold .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information (received signal strength indicator) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (point b) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040039817A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for selecting an access point (AP) in a wireless network , comprising : (a) measuring a received signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and obtaining a channel loading indicator for each AP in each frequency channel ;
(b) setting a first and a second threshold for the RSSI and a third threshold for the channel loading indicator , wherein the second threshold is less than the first threshold ;
(c) selecting the AP with the lowest channel loading indicator if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than or equal to the first threshold and a channel loading indicator less than the third threshold ;
(d) if no AP is selected in (c) , selecting the AP with the highest RSSI if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than or equal to the second threshold and a channel loading indicator less than the third threshold ;
and (e) if no AP is selected in (d) , selecting the AP with the lowest channel loading indicator if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than the second threshold .

US20040039817A1
CLAIM 12
. A method of selecting , from a plurality of access points in a wireless network , an access point b (reception unit) y a wireless station , comprising : transmitting , by the access points , measuring signal strength information and obtaining channel loading information for each access point ;
measuring , by the wireless station , the signal strength information for each access point ;
receiving channel loading information for each access point ;
and selecting an access point based on the signal strength and channel loading information .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information (received signal strength indicator) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20040039817A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for selecting an access point (AP) in a wireless network , comprising : (a) measuring a received signal strength indicator (location information, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and obtaining a channel loading indicator for each AP in each frequency channel ;
(b) setting a first and a second threshold for the RSSI and a third threshold for the channel loading indicator , wherein the second threshold is less than the first threshold ;
(c) selecting the AP with the lowest channel loading indicator if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than or equal to the first threshold and a channel loading indicator less than the third threshold ;
(d) if no AP is selected in (c) , selecting the AP with the highest RSSI if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than or equal to the second threshold and a channel loading indicator less than the third threshold ;
and (e) if no AP is selected in (d) , selecting the AP with the lowest channel loading indicator if an AP exists with an RSSI greater than the second threshold .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20030022686A1

Filed: 2002-06-11     Issued: 2003-01-30

Noise margin information for power control and link adaptation in IEEE 802.11h WLAN

(Original Assignee) Koninklijke Philips NV     (Current Assignee) Koninklijke Philips NV

Amjad Soomro, Sunghyun Choi
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base (first station) station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20030022686A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for determining the transmission power level and/or transmission rate among a plurality of stations located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , comprising the steps of : extracting a transmission data rate from an incoming frame by a receiving station ;
calculating a noise margin using a ratio of the received signal (location information, transmitting location information) power to that required for reliable communication for the extracted data rate ;
and transmitting the noise margin to the incoming frame transmitting station .

US20030022686A1
CLAIM 12
. A station for transmitting information between a plurality of stations located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , said station comprising : a receiver circuit for demodulating an incoming signal ;
a processor for (1) extracting a transmission data rate from said incoming signal from a first station (first base) , (2) calculating a noise margin using a ratio of the received signal power to that required for reliable communication for the extracted data rate ;
and a memory , coupled to said processor , for storing said noise margin for a subsequent retrieval .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base (first station) station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20030022686A1
CLAIM 12
. A station for transmitting information between a plurality of stations located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , said station comprising : a receiver circuit for demodulating an incoming signal ;
a processor for (1) extracting a transmission data rate from said incoming signal from a first station (first base) , (2) calculating a noise margin using a ratio of the received signal power to that required for reliable communication for the extracted data rate ;
and a memory , coupled to said processor , for storing said noise margin for a subsequent retrieval .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base (first station) station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20030022686A1
CLAIM 12
. A station for transmitting information between a plurality of stations located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , said station comprising : a receiver circuit for demodulating an incoming signal ;
a processor for (1) extracting a transmission data rate from said incoming signal from a first station (first base) , (2) calculating a noise margin using a ratio of the received signal power to that required for reliable communication for the extracted data rate ;
and a memory , coupled to said processor , for storing said noise margin for a subsequent retrieval .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base (first station) station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20030022686A1
CLAIM 12
. A station for transmitting information between a plurality of stations located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , said station comprising : a receiver circuit for demodulating an incoming signal ;
a processor for (1) extracting a transmission data rate from said incoming signal from a first station (first base) , (2) calculating a noise margin using a ratio of the received signal power to that required for reliable communication for the extracted data rate ;
and a memory , coupled to said processor , for storing said noise margin for a subsequent retrieval .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base (first station) station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20030022686A1
CLAIM 12
. A station for transmitting information between a plurality of stations located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , said station comprising : a receiver circuit for demodulating an incoming signal ;
a processor for (1) extracting a transmission data rate from said incoming signal from a first station (first base) , (2) calculating a noise margin using a ratio of the received signal power to that required for reliable communication for the extracted data rate ;
and a memory , coupled to said processor , for storing said noise margin for a subsequent retrieval .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base (first station) station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20030022686A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for determining the transmission power level and/or transmission rate among a plurality of stations located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , comprising the steps of : extracting a transmission data rate from an incoming frame by a receiving station ;
calculating a noise margin using a ratio of the received signal (location information, transmitting location information) power to that required for reliable communication for the extracted data rate ;
and transmitting the noise margin to the incoming frame transmitting station .

US20030022686A1
CLAIM 12
. A station for transmitting information between a plurality of stations located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , said station comprising : a receiver circuit for demodulating an incoming signal ;
a processor for (1) extracting a transmission data rate from said incoming signal from a first station (first base) , (2) calculating a noise margin using a ratio of the received signal power to that required for reliable communication for the extracted data rate ;
and a memory , coupled to said processor , for storing said noise margin for a subsequent retrieval .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base (first station) station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (received signal) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20030022686A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for determining the transmission power level and/or transmission rate among a plurality of stations located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , comprising the steps of : extracting a transmission data rate from an incoming frame by a receiving station ;
calculating a noise margin using a ratio of the received signal (location information, transmitting location information) power to that required for reliable communication for the extracted data rate ;
and transmitting the noise margin to the incoming frame transmitting station .

US20030022686A1
CLAIM 12
. A station for transmitting information between a plurality of stations located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , said station comprising : a receiver circuit for demodulating an incoming signal ;
a processor for (1) extracting a transmission data rate from said incoming signal from a first station (first base) , (2) calculating a noise margin using a ratio of the received signal power to that required for reliable communication for the extracted data rate ;
and a memory , coupled to said processor , for storing said noise margin for a subsequent retrieval .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (received signal) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry (receiver circuit) configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base (first station) station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20030022686A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for determining the transmission power level and/or transmission rate among a plurality of stations located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , comprising the steps of : extracting a transmission data rate from an incoming frame by a receiving station ;
calculating a noise margin using a ratio of the received signal (location information, transmitting location information) power to that required for reliable communication for the extracted data rate ;
and transmitting the noise margin to the incoming frame transmitting station .

US20030022686A1
CLAIM 12
. A station for transmitting information between a plurality of stations located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , said station comprising : a receiver circuit (reception circuitry) for demodulating an incoming signal ;
a processor for (1) extracting a transmission data rate from said incoming signal from a first station (first base) , (2) calculating a noise margin using a ratio of the received signal power to that required for reliable communication for the extracted data rate ;
and a memory , coupled to said processor , for storing said noise margin for a subsequent retrieval .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry (receiver circuit) configured to receive , from a first base (first station) station , location information (received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20030022686A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for determining the transmission power level and/or transmission rate among a plurality of stations located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , comprising the steps of : extracting a transmission data rate from an incoming frame by a receiving station ;
calculating a noise margin using a ratio of the received signal (location information, transmitting location information) power to that required for reliable communication for the extracted data rate ;
and transmitting the noise margin to the incoming frame transmitting station .

US20030022686A1
CLAIM 12
. A station for transmitting information between a plurality of stations located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , said station comprising : a receiver circuit (reception circuitry) for demodulating an incoming signal ;
a processor for (1) extracting a transmission data rate from said incoming signal from a first station (first base) , (2) calculating a noise margin using a ratio of the received signal power to that required for reliable communication for the extracted data rate ;
and a memory , coupled to said processor , for storing said noise margin for a subsequent retrieval .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base (first station) station , location information (received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20030022686A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for determining the transmission power level and/or transmission rate among a plurality of stations located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , comprising the steps of : extracting a transmission data rate from an incoming frame by a receiving station ;
calculating a noise margin using a ratio of the received signal (location information, transmitting location information) power to that required for reliable communication for the extracted data rate ;
and transmitting the noise margin to the incoming frame transmitting station .

US20030022686A1
CLAIM 12
. A station for transmitting information between a plurality of stations located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , said station comprising : a receiver circuit for demodulating an incoming signal ;
a processor for (1) extracting a transmission data rate from said incoming signal from a first station (first base) , (2) calculating a noise margin using a ratio of the received signal power to that required for reliable communication for the extracted data rate ;
and a memory , coupled to said processor , for storing said noise margin for a subsequent retrieval .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20020193113A1

Filed: 2002-05-13     Issued: 2002-12-19

Method for supporting rescue channels in a communications system

(Original Assignee) Motorola Solutions Inc     (Current Assignee) Google Technology Holdings LLC

Shahab Sayeedi, Sean Kelley, Jeffrey Bonta
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (one second) including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20020193113A1
CLAIM 1
. In a communication system comprising a plurality of base systems having a plurality of base station (base station) s , a method for a controller of resources to transmit to a receiver in order to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : determining whether the controller and the receiver have chosen a same resource ;
when the controller and the receiver have not chosen the same resource , determining which base station of the plurality of base stations should begin transmitting ;
and activating a transmitter of the base station that should begin transmitting .

US20020193113A1
CLAIM 3
. A rescue channel method of supporting preallocated radio resources at neighboring base systems to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : detecting a loss of transmission from a mobile station ;
selecting a first rescue cell at a first base (first base) system of the neighboring base systems ;
initiating soft handoff addition procedures to prepare the first base system to acquire the mobile station ;
receiving an extended pilot strength measurement message ;
determining from the extended pilot strength measurement message whether the mobile station selected the first rescue cell ;
and when the MS did not select the first rescue cell , adding a soft handoff leg to a second base (second base) system of the neighboring base systems that was autonomously promoted by the mobile station to an active set .

US20020193113A1
CLAIM 20
. The method of claim 19 further comprising the steps of : sending an A7 Handoff Request message to the second target base system indicating that at least one second (mobile communication system) rescue cell is required ;
sending forward traffic frames to the second target base system to synchronize an A3 rescue link ;
sending an A7 Handoff Request Ack to the source base system indicating whether rescue cell procedures are supported ;
and if the rescue channel procedure is supported , acquiring the mobile station on the at least one second rescue channel of the at lease one second rescue cell .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (base station) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20020193113A1
CLAIM 1
. In a communication system comprising a plurality of base systems having a plurality of base station (base station) s , a method for a controller of resources to transmit to a receiver in order to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : determining whether the controller and the receiver have chosen a same resource ;
when the controller and the receiver have not chosen the same resource , determining which base station of the plurality of base stations should begin transmitting ;
and activating a transmitter of the base station that should begin transmitting .

US20020193113A1
CLAIM 3
. A rescue channel method of supporting preallocated radio resources at neighboring base systems to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : detecting a loss of transmission from a mobile station ;
selecting a first rescue cell at a first base system of the neighboring base systems ;
initiating soft handoff addition procedures to prepare the first base system to acquire the mobile station ;
receiving an extended pilot strength measurement message ;
determining from the extended pilot strength measurement message whether the mobile station selected the first rescue cell ;
and when the MS did not select the first rescue cell , adding a soft handoff leg to a second base (second base) system of the neighboring base systems that was autonomously promoted by the mobile station to an active set .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (base station) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20020193113A1
CLAIM 1
. In a communication system comprising a plurality of base systems having a plurality of base station (base station) s , a method for a controller of resources to transmit to a receiver in order to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : determining whether the controller and the receiver have chosen a same resource ;
when the controller and the receiver have not chosen the same resource , determining which base station of the plurality of base stations should begin transmitting ;
and activating a transmitter of the base station that should begin transmitting .

US20020193113A1
CLAIM 3
. A rescue channel method of supporting preallocated radio resources at neighboring base systems to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : detecting a loss of transmission from a mobile station ;
selecting a first rescue cell at a first base (first base) system of the neighboring base systems ;
initiating soft handoff addition procedures to prepare the first base system to acquire the mobile station ;
receiving an extended pilot strength measurement message ;
determining from the extended pilot strength measurement message whether the mobile station selected the first rescue cell ;
and when the MS did not select the first rescue cell , adding a soft handoff leg to a second base (second base) system of the neighboring base systems that was autonomously promoted by the mobile station to an active set .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (base station) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020193113A1
CLAIM 1
. In a communication system comprising a plurality of base systems having a plurality of base station (base station) s , a method for a controller of resources to transmit to a receiver in order to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : determining whether the controller and the receiver have chosen a same resource ;
when the controller and the receiver have not chosen the same resource , determining which base station of the plurality of base stations should begin transmitting ;
and activating a transmitter of the base station that should begin transmitting .

US20020193113A1
CLAIM 3
. A rescue channel method of supporting preallocated radio resources at neighboring base systems to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : detecting a loss of transmission from a mobile station ;
selecting a first rescue cell at a first base (first base) system of the neighboring base systems ;
initiating soft handoff addition procedures to prepare the first base system to acquire the mobile station ;
receiving an extended pilot strength measurement message ;
determining from the extended pilot strength measurement message whether the mobile station selected the first rescue cell ;
and when the MS did not select the first rescue cell , adding a soft handoff leg to a second base (second base) system of the neighboring base systems that was autonomously promoted by the mobile station to an active set .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (base station) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020193113A1
CLAIM 1
. In a communication system comprising a plurality of base systems having a plurality of base station (base station) s , a method for a controller of resources to transmit to a receiver in order to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : determining whether the controller and the receiver have chosen a same resource ;
when the controller and the receiver have not chosen the same resource , determining which base station of the plurality of base stations should begin transmitting ;
and activating a transmitter of the base station that should begin transmitting .

US20020193113A1
CLAIM 3
. A rescue channel method of supporting preallocated radio resources at neighboring base systems to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : detecting a loss of transmission from a mobile station ;
selecting a first rescue cell at a first base (first base) system of the neighboring base systems ;
initiating soft handoff addition procedures to prepare the first base system to acquire the mobile station ;
receiving an extended pilot strength measurement message ;
determining from the extended pilot strength measurement message whether the mobile station selected the first rescue cell ;
and when the MS did not select the first rescue cell , adding a soft handoff leg to a second base system of the neighboring base systems that was autonomously promoted by the mobile station to an active set .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (base station) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020193113A1
CLAIM 1
. In a communication system comprising a plurality of base systems having a plurality of base station (base station) s , a method for a controller of resources to transmit to a receiver in order to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : determining whether the controller and the receiver have chosen a same resource ;
when the controller and the receiver have not chosen the same resource , determining which base station of the plurality of base stations should begin transmitting ;
and activating a transmitter of the base station that should begin transmitting .

US20020193113A1
CLAIM 3
. A rescue channel method of supporting preallocated radio resources at neighboring base systems to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : detecting a loss of transmission from a mobile station ;
selecting a first rescue cell at a first base (first base) system of the neighboring base systems ;
initiating soft handoff addition procedures to prepare the first base system to acquire the mobile station ;
receiving an extended pilot strength measurement message ;
determining from the extended pilot strength measurement message whether the mobile station selected the first rescue cell ;
and when the MS did not select the first rescue cell , adding a soft handoff leg to a second base (second base) system of the neighboring base systems that was autonomously promoted by the mobile station to an active set .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system (one second) including a first base station (base station) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20020193113A1
CLAIM 1
. In a communication system comprising a plurality of base systems having a plurality of base station (base station) s , a method for a controller of resources to transmit to a receiver in order to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : determining whether the controller and the receiver have chosen a same resource ;
when the controller and the receiver have not chosen the same resource , determining which base station of the plurality of base stations should begin transmitting ;
and activating a transmitter of the base station that should begin transmitting .

US20020193113A1
CLAIM 3
. A rescue channel method of supporting preallocated radio resources at neighboring base systems to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : detecting a loss of transmission from a mobile station ;
selecting a first rescue cell at a first base (first base) system of the neighboring base systems ;
initiating soft handoff addition procedures to prepare the first base system to acquire the mobile station ;
receiving an extended pilot strength measurement message ;
determining from the extended pilot strength measurement message whether the mobile station selected the first rescue cell ;
and when the MS did not select the first rescue cell , adding a soft handoff leg to a second base (second base) system of the neighboring base systems that was autonomously promoted by the mobile station to an active set .

US20020193113A1
CLAIM 20
. The method of claim 19 further comprising the steps of : sending an A7 Handoff Request message to the second target base system indicating that at least one second (mobile communication system) rescue cell is required ;
sending forward traffic frames to the second target base system to synchronize an A3 rescue link ;
sending an A7 Handoff Request Ack to the source base system indicating whether rescue cell procedures are supported ;
and if the rescue channel procedure is supported , acquiring the mobile station on the at least one second rescue channel of the at lease one second rescue cell .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (base station) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20020193113A1
CLAIM 1
. In a communication system comprising a plurality of base systems having a plurality of base station (base station) s , a method for a controller of resources to transmit to a receiver in order to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : determining whether the controller and the receiver have chosen a same resource ;
when the controller and the receiver have not chosen the same resource , determining which base station of the plurality of base stations should begin transmitting ;
and activating a transmitter of the base station that should begin transmitting .

US20020193113A1
CLAIM 3
. A rescue channel method of supporting preallocated radio resources at neighboring base systems to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : detecting a loss of transmission from a mobile station ;
selecting a first rescue cell at a first base (first base) system of the neighboring base systems ;
initiating soft handoff addition procedures to prepare the first base system to acquire the mobile station ;
receiving an extended pilot strength measurement message ;
determining from the extended pilot strength measurement message whether the mobile station selected the first rescue cell ;
and when the MS did not select the first rescue cell , adding a soft handoff leg to a second base (second base) system of the neighboring base systems that was autonomously promoted by the mobile station to an active set .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (base station) in a mobile communication system (one second) , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20020193113A1
CLAIM 1
. In a communication system comprising a plurality of base systems having a plurality of base station (base station) s , a method for a controller of resources to transmit to a receiver in order to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : determining whether the controller and the receiver have chosen a same resource ;
when the controller and the receiver have not chosen the same resource , determining which base station of the plurality of base stations should begin transmitting ;
and activating a transmitter of the base station that should begin transmitting .

US20020193113A1
CLAIM 3
. A rescue channel method of supporting preallocated radio resources at neighboring base systems to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : detecting a loss of transmission from a mobile station ;
selecting a first rescue cell at a first base (first base) system of the neighboring base systems ;
initiating soft handoff addition procedures to prepare the first base system to acquire the mobile station ;
receiving an extended pilot strength measurement message ;
determining from the extended pilot strength measurement message whether the mobile station selected the first rescue cell ;
and when the MS did not select the first rescue cell , adding a soft handoff leg to a second base (second base) system of the neighboring base systems that was autonomously promoted by the mobile station to an active set .

US20020193113A1
CLAIM 20
. The method of claim 19 further comprising the steps of : sending an A7 Handoff Request message to the second target base system indicating that at least one second (mobile communication system) rescue cell is required ;
sending forward traffic frames to the second target base system to synchronize an A3 rescue link ;
sending an A7 Handoff Request Ack to the source base system indicating whether rescue cell procedures are supported ;
and if the rescue channel procedure is supported , acquiring the mobile station on the at least one second rescue channel of the at lease one second rescue cell .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system (one second) , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20020193113A1
CLAIM 1
. In a communication system comprising a plurality of base systems having a plurality of base station (base station) s , a method for a controller of resources to transmit to a receiver in order to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : determining whether the controller and the receiver have chosen a same resource ;
when the controller and the receiver have not chosen the same resource , determining which base station of the plurality of base stations should begin transmitting ;
and activating a transmitter of the base station that should begin transmitting .

US20020193113A1
CLAIM 3
. A rescue channel method of supporting preallocated radio resources at neighboring base systems to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : detecting a loss of transmission from a mobile station ;
selecting a first rescue cell at a first base (first base) system of the neighboring base systems ;
initiating soft handoff addition procedures to prepare the first base system to acquire the mobile station ;
receiving an extended pilot strength measurement message ;
determining from the extended pilot strength measurement message whether the mobile station selected the first rescue cell ;
and when the MS did not select the first rescue cell , adding a soft handoff leg to a second base (second base) system of the neighboring base systems that was autonomously promoted by the mobile station to an active set .

US20020193113A1
CLAIM 20
. The method of claim 19 further comprising the steps of : sending an A7 Handoff Request message to the second target base system indicating that at least one second (mobile communication system) rescue cell is required ;
sending forward traffic frames to the second target base system to synchronize an A3 rescue link ;
sending an A7 Handoff Request Ack to the source base system indicating whether rescue cell procedures are supported ;
and if the rescue channel procedure is supported , acquiring the mobile station on the at least one second rescue channel of the at lease one second rescue cell .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system (one second) , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (base station) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20020193113A1
CLAIM 1
. In a communication system comprising a plurality of base systems having a plurality of base station (base station) s , a method for a controller of resources to transmit to a receiver in order to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : determining whether the controller and the receiver have chosen a same resource ;
when the controller and the receiver have not chosen the same resource , determining which base station of the plurality of base stations should begin transmitting ;
and activating a transmitter of the base station that should begin transmitting .

US20020193113A1
CLAIM 3
. A rescue channel method of supporting preallocated radio resources at neighboring base systems to recover a call in danger of being dropped , the method comprising the steps of : detecting a loss of transmission from a mobile station ;
selecting a first rescue cell at a first base (first base) system of the neighboring base systems ;
initiating soft handoff addition procedures to prepare the first base system to acquire the mobile station ;
receiving an extended pilot strength measurement message ;
determining from the extended pilot strength measurement message whether the mobile station selected the first rescue cell ;
and when the MS did not select the first rescue cell , adding a soft handoff leg to a second base (second base) system of the neighboring base systems that was autonomously promoted by the mobile station to an active set .

US20020193113A1
CLAIM 20
. The method of claim 19 further comprising the steps of : sending an A7 Handoff Request message to the second target base system indicating that at least one second (mobile communication system) rescue cell is required ;
sending forward traffic frames to the second target base system to synchronize an A3 rescue link ;
sending an A7 Handoff Request Ack to the source base system indicating whether rescue cell procedures are supported ;
and if the rescue channel procedure is supported , acquiring the mobile station on the at least one second rescue channel of the at lease one second rescue cell .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20030035442A1

Filed: 2002-04-15     Issued: 2003-02-20

Full-service broadband cable modem system

(Original Assignee) Eng John Wai Tsang     

John Eng
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base (unique identifiers) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (time stamp) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20030035442A1
CLAIM 24
. The circuit of claim 22 further comprising a time stamp (transmitting location information) generator connected to the media-access-control unit .

US20030035442A1
CLAIM 31
. The circuit of claim 22 wherein said first transmitter transmit multi-channel channel descriptor media-access-control messages in the downstream control and payload channel for establishing a full-service media-access-control domain , identifying channels with unique identifiers (second base, second base station) and channel profile parameters , and identifying and specifying burst profiles .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base (unique identifiers) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20030035442A1
CLAIM 31
. The circuit of claim 22 wherein said first transmitter transmit multi-channel channel descriptor media-access-control messages in the downstream control and payload channel for establishing a full-service media-access-control domain , identifying channels with unique identifiers (second base, second base station) and channel profile parameters , and identifying and specifying burst profiles .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (unique identifiers) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20030035442A1
CLAIM 31
. The circuit of claim 22 wherein said first transmitter transmit multi-channel channel descriptor media-access-control messages in the downstream control and payload channel for establishing a full-service media-access-control domain , identifying channels with unique identifiers (second base, second base station) and channel profile parameters , and identifying and specifying burst profiles .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (unique identifiers) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20030035442A1
CLAIM 31
. The circuit of claim 22 wherein said first transmitter transmit multi-channel channel descriptor media-access-control messages in the downstream control and payload channel for establishing a full-service media-access-control domain , identifying channels with unique identifiers (second base, second base station) and channel profile parameters , and identifying and specifying burst profiles .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base (unique identifiers) station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20030035442A1
CLAIM 31
. The circuit of claim 22 wherein said first transmitter transmit multi-channel channel descriptor media-access-control messages in the downstream control and payload channel for establishing a full-service media-access-control domain , identifying channels with unique identifiers (second base, second base station) and channel profile parameters , and identifying and specifying burst profiles .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base (unique identifiers) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (time stamp) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20030035442A1
CLAIM 24
. The circuit of claim 22 further comprising a time stamp (transmitting location information) generator connected to the media-access-control unit .

US20030035442A1
CLAIM 31
. The circuit of claim 22 wherein said first transmitter transmit multi-channel channel descriptor media-access-control messages in the downstream control and payload channel for establishing a full-service media-access-control domain , identifying channels with unique identifiers (second base, second base station) and channel profile parameters , and identifying and specifying burst profiles .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base (unique identifiers) station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20030035442A1
CLAIM 31
. The circuit of claim 22 wherein said first transmitter transmit multi-channel channel descriptor media-access-control messages in the downstream control and payload channel for establishing a full-service media-access-control domain , identifying channels with unique identifiers (second base, second base station) and channel profile parameters , and identifying and specifying burst profiles .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry (modulation format) configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry (set top box) configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base (unique identifiers) station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20030035442A1
CLAIM 31
. The circuit of claim 22 wherein said first transmitter transmit multi-channel channel descriptor media-access-control messages in the downstream control and payload channel for establishing a full-service media-access-control domain , identifying channels with unique identifiers (second base, second base station) and channel profile parameters , and identifying and specifying burst profiles .

US20030035442A1
CLAIM 43
. The circuit of claim 37 wherein further comprising a MPEG-2 transport stream interface for conventional MPEG-2 decoders or digital set top box (reception circuitry) es for delivery of broadcast quality movies and other audiovisual contents .

US20030035442A1
CLAIM 53
. The method of claim 49 wherein said channel profile including parameters such as , illustratively , symbol rate , center carrier frequency , modulation format (transmission circuitry) , and pre-equalizer coefficients .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry (set top box) configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base (unique identifiers) station ;

and a transmission circuitry (modulation format) configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20030035442A1
CLAIM 31
. The circuit of claim 22 wherein said first transmitter transmit multi-channel channel descriptor media-access-control messages in the downstream control and payload channel for establishing a full-service media-access-control domain , identifying channels with unique identifiers (second base, second base station) and channel profile parameters , and identifying and specifying burst profiles .

US20030035442A1
CLAIM 43
. The circuit of claim 37 wherein further comprising a MPEG-2 transport stream interface for conventional MPEG-2 decoders or digital set top box (reception circuitry) es for delivery of broadcast quality movies and other audiovisual contents .

US20030035442A1
CLAIM 53
. The method of claim 49 wherein said channel profile including parameters such as , illustratively , symbol rate , center carrier frequency , modulation format (transmission circuitry) , and pre-equalizer coefficients .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base (unique identifiers) station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20030035442A1
CLAIM 31
. The circuit of claim 22 wherein said first transmitter transmit multi-channel channel descriptor media-access-control messages in the downstream control and payload channel for establishing a full-service media-access-control domain , identifying channels with unique identifiers (second base, second base station) and channel profile parameters , and identifying and specifying burst profiles .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US6738599B2

Filed: 2002-03-14     Issued: 2004-05-18

Assembly, and associated method, for facilitating channel frequency selection in a communication system utilizing a dynamic frequency selection scheme

(Original Assignee) Nokia Oyj     (Current Assignee) Nokia Technologies Oy

Simon A. Black, Steven Gray, Venkatesh Vadde
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) and at least one second base station (mobile stations) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US6738599B2
CLAIM 7
. The assembly of claim 1 wherein the radio communication system operates pursuant to an IEEE-802 . 11 protocol standard , wherein the ad hoc network of communication stations comprises an Independent Basic Service Set of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , and wherein said at least the first channel map comprises a separate channel map formed at each mobile station of the Independent Basic Service Set .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US6738599B2
CLAIM 7
. The assembly of claim 1 wherein the radio communication system operates pursuant to an IEEE-802 . 11 protocol standard , wherein the ad hoc network of communication stations comprises an Independent Basic Service Set of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , and wherein said at least the first channel map comprises a separate channel map formed at each mobile station of the Independent Basic Service Set .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (said operation) by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US6738599B2
CLAIM 7
. The assembly of claim 1 wherein the radio communication system operates pursuant to an IEEE-802 . 11 protocol standard , wherein the ad hoc network of communication stations comprises an Independent Basic Service Set of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , and wherein said at least the first channel map comprises a separate channel map formed at each mobile station of the Independent Basic Service Set .

US6738599B2
CLAIM 12
. In a method of communicating in a radio communication system formed of an ad hoc network of communication stations , communications by the communication stations of the ad hoc network effectuated upon dynamically-selected channel frequencies , an improvement of a method for facilitating dynamic frequency selection of a channel frequency used by the communication stations of the ad hoc network to communicate thereon , said method comprising : collecting channel characteristic indicia , at least at a first communication station of the ad hoc network , associated with a first channel frequency and at least a second channel frequency , the channel characteristic indicia collected by measuring values thereof and by detecting values measured elsewhere and delivered to the at least the first communication station ;
forming at least a first channel map at least at a first communication station of the ad hoc network by supplying the at least the first channel map with representations of the channel characteristic indicia collected during said operation (performing handover control) of collecting , the representations selectably comprising values measured during said operation of collecting and of the values measured during said operation of collecting combined together with values delivered during said operation of collecting ;
selectably using values of the channel characteristic indicia to select the channel frequency to be used by the communication stations to communicate thereon .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (said operation) by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US6738599B2
CLAIM 7
. The assembly of claim 1 wherein the radio communication system operates pursuant to an IEEE-802 . 11 protocol standard , wherein the ad hoc network of communication stations comprises an Independent Basic Service Set of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , and wherein said at least the first channel map comprises a separate channel map formed at each mobile station of the Independent Basic Service Set .

US6738599B2
CLAIM 12
. In a method of communicating in a radio communication system formed of an ad hoc network of communication stations , communications by the communication stations of the ad hoc network effectuated upon dynamically-selected channel frequencies , an improvement of a method for facilitating dynamic frequency selection of a channel frequency used by the communication stations of the ad hoc network to communicate thereon , said method comprising : collecting channel characteristic indicia , at least at a first communication station of the ad hoc network , associated with a first channel frequency and at least a second channel frequency , the channel characteristic indicia collected by measuring values thereof and by detecting values measured elsewhere and delivered to the at least the first communication station ;
forming at least a first channel map at least at a first communication station of the ad hoc network by supplying the at least the first channel map with representations of the channel characteristic indicia collected during said operation (performing handover control) of collecting , the representations selectably comprising values measured during said operation of collecting and of the values measured during said operation of collecting combined together with values delivered during said operation of collecting ;
selectably using values of the channel characteristic indicia to select the channel frequency to be used by the communication stations to communicate thereon .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US6738599B2
CLAIM 7
. The assembly of claim 1 wherein the radio communication system operates pursuant to an IEEE-802 . 11 protocol standard , wherein the ad hoc network of communication stations comprises an Independent Basic Service Set of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , and wherein said at least the first channel map comprises a separate channel map formed at each mobile station of the Independent Basic Service Set .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US6738599B2
CLAIM 7
. The assembly of claim 1 wherein the radio communication system operates pursuant to an IEEE-802 . 11 protocol standard , wherein the ad hoc network of communication stations comprises an Independent Basic Service Set of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , and wherein said at least the first channel map comprises a separate channel map formed at each mobile station of the Independent Basic Service Set .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) and at least one second base station (mobile stations) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US6738599B2
CLAIM 7
. The assembly of claim 1 wherein the radio communication system operates pursuant to an IEEE-802 . 11 protocol standard , wherein the ad hoc network of communication stations comprises an Independent Basic Service Set of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , and wherein said at least the first channel map comprises a separate channel map formed at each mobile station of the Independent Basic Service Set .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (mobile stations) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US6738599B2
CLAIM 7
. The assembly of claim 1 wherein the radio communication system operates pursuant to an IEEE-802 . 11 protocol standard , wherein the ad hoc network of communication stations comprises an Independent Basic Service Set of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , and wherein said at least the first channel map comprises a separate channel map formed at each mobile station of the Independent Basic Service Set .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (mobile stations) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (mobile stations) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (mobile stations) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US6738599B2
CLAIM 7
. The assembly of claim 1 wherein the radio communication system operates pursuant to an IEEE-802 . 11 protocol standard , wherein the ad hoc network of communication stations comprises an Independent Basic Service Set of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , and wherein said at least the first channel map comprises a separate channel map formed at each mobile station of the Independent Basic Service Set .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (mobile stations) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US6738599B2
CLAIM 7
. The assembly of claim 1 wherein the radio communication system operates pursuant to an IEEE-802 . 11 protocol standard , wherein the ad hoc network of communication stations comprises an Independent Basic Service Set of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , and wherein said at least the first channel map comprises a separate channel map formed at each mobile station of the Independent Basic Service Set .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (mobile stations) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US6738599B2
CLAIM 7
. The assembly of claim 1 wherein the radio communication system operates pursuant to an IEEE-802 . 11 protocol standard , wherein the ad hoc network of communication stations comprises an Independent Basic Service Set of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) , and wherein said at least the first channel map comprises a separate channel map formed at each mobile station of the Independent Basic Service Set .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20020090966A1

Filed: 2001-11-30     Issued: 2002-07-11

Transmit power control of wireless communication devices

(Original Assignee) Broadcom Corp     (Current Assignee) Avago Technologies International Sales Pte Ltd

Christopher Hansen, Joonsuk Kim, Matthew Fischer, Rajugopal Gubbi
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base (second base) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20020090966A1
CLAIM 19
. The wireless communication network of claim 14 , wherein the one of the plurality of stations further comprises : radio receiver operably coupled to receive a second radio frequency signal modulated to carry the second packet , wherein the radio receiver determines received signal strength indicator (RSSI) of the second radio frequency signal to produce second RSSI , converts the second radio frequency signal into a second base (second base) band signal , and demodulates the second baseband signal to recapture second data ;
wherein the STA memory further includes operational instructions that cause the one of the plurality of stations to determine the adequacy of the third power level and determine the fourth power level by : computing accuracy of the recaptured second data ;
separating the recaptured second data to isolate the indicated power level of transmission from data ;
analyzing the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data to produce the adequacy of the third power level ;
generating the fourth power level to be greater than the third power level when the second RSSI or the accuracy of the recaptured second data are below corresponding minimum performance thresholds ;
and generating the fourth power level to be less than the third power level when the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data are above acceptable performance thresholds .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base (second base) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20020090966A1
CLAIM 19
. The wireless communication network of claim 14 , wherein the one of the plurality of stations further comprises : radio receiver operably coupled to receive a second radio frequency signal modulated to carry the second packet , wherein the radio receiver determines received signal strength indicator (RSSI) of the second radio frequency signal to produce second RSSI , converts the second radio frequency signal into a second base (second base) band signal , and demodulates the second baseband signal to recapture second data ;
wherein the STA memory further includes operational instructions that cause the one of the plurality of stations to determine the adequacy of the third power level and determine the fourth power level by : computing accuracy of the recaptured second data ;
separating the recaptured second data to isolate the indicated power level of transmission from data ;
analyzing the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data to produce the adequacy of the third power level ;
generating the fourth power level to be greater than the third power level when the second RSSI or the accuracy of the recaptured second data are below corresponding minimum performance thresholds ;
and generating the fourth power level to be less than the third power level when the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data are above acceptable performance thresholds .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (second base) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20020090966A1
CLAIM 19
. The wireless communication network of claim 14 , wherein the one of the plurality of stations further comprises : radio receiver operably coupled to receive a second radio frequency signal modulated to carry the second packet , wherein the radio receiver determines received signal strength indicator (RSSI) of the second radio frequency signal to produce second RSSI , converts the second radio frequency signal into a second base (second base) band signal , and demodulates the second baseband signal to recapture second data ;
wherein the STA memory further includes operational instructions that cause the one of the plurality of stations to determine the adequacy of the third power level and determine the fourth power level by : computing accuracy of the recaptured second data ;
separating the recaptured second data to isolate the indicated power level of transmission from data ;
analyzing the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data to produce the adequacy of the third power level ;
generating the fourth power level to be greater than the third power level when the second RSSI or the accuracy of the recaptured second data are below corresponding minimum performance thresholds ;
and generating the fourth power level to be less than the third power level when the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data are above acceptable performance thresholds .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (second base) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020090966A1
CLAIM 19
. The wireless communication network of claim 14 , wherein the one of the plurality of stations further comprises : radio receiver operably coupled to receive a second radio frequency signal modulated to carry the second packet , wherein the radio receiver determines received signal strength indicator (RSSI) of the second radio frequency signal to produce second RSSI , converts the second radio frequency signal into a second base (second base) band signal , and demodulates the second baseband signal to recapture second data ;
wherein the STA memory further includes operational instructions that cause the one of the plurality of stations to determine the adequacy of the third power level and determine the fourth power level by : computing accuracy of the recaptured second data ;
separating the recaptured second data to isolate the indicated power level of transmission from data ;
analyzing the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data to produce the adequacy of the third power level ;
generating the fourth power level to be greater than the third power level when the second RSSI or the accuracy of the recaptured second data are below corresponding minimum performance thresholds ;
and generating the fourth power level to be less than the third power level when the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data are above acceptable performance thresholds .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base (second base) station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020090966A1
CLAIM 19
. The wireless communication network of claim 14 , wherein the one of the plurality of stations further comprises : radio receiver operably coupled to receive a second radio frequency signal modulated to carry the second packet , wherein the radio receiver determines received signal strength indicator (RSSI) of the second radio frequency signal to produce second RSSI , converts the second radio frequency signal into a second base (second base) band signal , and demodulates the second baseband signal to recapture second data ;
wherein the STA memory further includes operational instructions that cause the one of the plurality of stations to determine the adequacy of the third power level and determine the fourth power level by : computing accuracy of the recaptured second data ;
separating the recaptured second data to isolate the indicated power level of transmission from data ;
analyzing the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data to produce the adequacy of the third power level ;
generating the fourth power level to be greater than the third power level when the second RSSI or the accuracy of the recaptured second data are below corresponding minimum performance thresholds ;
and generating the fourth power level to be less than the third power level when the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data are above acceptable performance thresholds .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base (second base) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20020090966A1
CLAIM 19
. The wireless communication network of claim 14 , wherein the one of the plurality of stations further comprises : radio receiver operably coupled to receive a second radio frequency signal modulated to carry the second packet , wherein the radio receiver determines received signal strength indicator (RSSI) of the second radio frequency signal to produce second RSSI , converts the second radio frequency signal into a second base (second base) band signal , and demodulates the second baseband signal to recapture second data ;
wherein the STA memory further includes operational instructions that cause the one of the plurality of stations to determine the adequacy of the third power level and determine the fourth power level by : computing accuracy of the recaptured second data ;
separating the recaptured second data to isolate the indicated power level of transmission from data ;
analyzing the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data to produce the adequacy of the third power level ;
generating the fourth power level to be greater than the third power level when the second RSSI or the accuracy of the recaptured second data are below corresponding minimum performance thresholds ;
and generating the fourth power level to be less than the third power level when the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data are above acceptable performance thresholds .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base (second base) station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20020090966A1
CLAIM 19
. The wireless communication network of claim 14 , wherein the one of the plurality of stations further comprises : radio receiver operably coupled to receive a second radio frequency signal modulated to carry the second packet , wherein the radio receiver determines received signal strength indicator (RSSI) of the second radio frequency signal to produce second RSSI , converts the second radio frequency signal into a second base (second base) band signal , and demodulates the second baseband signal to recapture second data ;
wherein the STA memory further includes operational instructions that cause the one of the plurality of stations to determine the adequacy of the third power level and determine the fourth power level by : computing accuracy of the recaptured second data ;
separating the recaptured second data to isolate the indicated power level of transmission from data ;
analyzing the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data to produce the adequacy of the third power level ;
generating the fourth power level to be greater than the third power level when the second RSSI or the accuracy of the recaptured second data are below corresponding minimum performance thresholds ;
and generating the fourth power level to be less than the third power level when the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data are above acceptable performance thresholds .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base (second base) station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20020090966A1
CLAIM 19
. The wireless communication network of claim 14 , wherein the one of the plurality of stations further comprises : radio receiver operably coupled to receive a second radio frequency signal modulated to carry the second packet , wherein the radio receiver determines received signal strength indicator (RSSI) of the second radio frequency signal to produce second RSSI , converts the second radio frequency signal into a second base (second base) band signal , and demodulates the second baseband signal to recapture second data ;
wherein the STA memory further includes operational instructions that cause the one of the plurality of stations to determine the adequacy of the third power level and determine the fourth power level by : computing accuracy of the recaptured second data ;
separating the recaptured second data to isolate the indicated power level of transmission from data ;
analyzing the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data to produce the adequacy of the third power level ;
generating the fourth power level to be greater than the third power level when the second RSSI or the accuracy of the recaptured second data are below corresponding minimum performance thresholds ;
and generating the fourth power level to be less than the third power level when the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data are above acceptable performance thresholds .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base (second base) station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (point b) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20020090966A1
CLAIM 17
. The wireless communication network of claim 13 , wherein the STA memory further comprises operational instructions that cause the STA processing module of the one of the plurality of stations to : receive a second packet from the access point via the wireless channel at a third power level ;
determine signal strength of the second packet received via the wireless channel to produce a second determined signal strength ;
determine adequacy of the third power level based on the second determined signal strength ;
determine a fourth power level for the access point b (reception unit) ased on the determination of the adequacy of the third power level when the third power level is not adequate ;
and transmit a packet indicating the fourth power level to the access point via the wireless channel ;
and wherein AP memory further includes operational instructions that cause the AP processing module to : transmit the second packet to the one of the plurality of stations via the wireless channel at the third power level ;
provide an acknowledgement of receipt of the fourth power level to the one of the plurality of stations ;
and provide an indication of power level adjustment from the third power level to the fourth power level to the one of the plurality of stations .

US20020090966A1
CLAIM 19
. The wireless communication network of claim 14 , wherein the one of the plurality of stations further comprises : radio receiver operably coupled to receive a second radio frequency signal modulated to carry the second packet , wherein the radio receiver determines received signal strength indicator (RSSI) of the second radio frequency signal to produce second RSSI , converts the second radio frequency signal into a second base (second base) band signal , and demodulates the second baseband signal to recapture second data ;
wherein the STA memory further includes operational instructions that cause the one of the plurality of stations to determine the adequacy of the third power level and determine the fourth power level by : computing accuracy of the recaptured second data ;
separating the recaptured second data to isolate the indicated power level of transmission from data ;
analyzing the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data to produce the adequacy of the third power level ;
generating the fourth power level to be greater than the third power level when the second RSSI or the accuracy of the recaptured second data are below corresponding minimum performance thresholds ;
and generating the fourth power level to be less than the third power level when the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data are above acceptable performance thresholds .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base (second base) station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20020090966A1
CLAIM 19
. The wireless communication network of claim 14 , wherein the one of the plurality of stations further comprises : radio receiver operably coupled to receive a second radio frequency signal modulated to carry the second packet , wherein the radio receiver determines received signal strength indicator (RSSI) of the second radio frequency signal to produce second RSSI , converts the second radio frequency signal into a second base (second base) band signal , and demodulates the second baseband signal to recapture second data ;
wherein the STA memory further includes operational instructions that cause the one of the plurality of stations to determine the adequacy of the third power level and determine the fourth power level by : computing accuracy of the recaptured second data ;
separating the recaptured second data to isolate the indicated power level of transmission from data ;
analyzing the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data to produce the adequacy of the third power level ;
generating the fourth power level to be greater than the third power level when the second RSSI or the accuracy of the recaptured second data are below corresponding minimum performance thresholds ;
and generating the fourth power level to be less than the third power level when the second RSSI and the accuracy of the recaptured second data are above acceptable performance thresholds .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20030100328A1

Filed: 2001-11-28     Issued: 2003-05-29

Transmit power control for mobile unit

(Original Assignee) Symbol Technologies LLC     (Current Assignee) Symbol Technologies LLC

John Klein, Richard Montgomery, Dong Nguyen, Andrew Werback, William Kellogg, Wayne Ouchida, Graham Melville
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20030100328A1
CLAIM 7
. A mobile unit as specified in claim 6 wherein said processor is further programmed to provide maximum power level signals to said transmitter when said processor fails to derive said power level data from said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20030100328A1
CLAIM 7
. A mobile unit as specified in claim 6 wherein said processor is further programmed to provide maximum power level signals to said transmitter when said processor fails to derive said power level data from said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (received signal) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20030100328A1
CLAIM 7
. A mobile unit as specified in claim 6 wherein said processor is further programmed to provide maximum power level signals to said transmitter when said processor fails to derive said power level data from said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (received signal) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20030100328A1
CLAIM 7
. A mobile unit as specified in claim 6 wherein said processor is further programmed to provide maximum power level signals to said transmitter when said processor fails to derive said power level data from said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information (received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20030100328A1
CLAIM 7
. A mobile unit as specified in claim 6 wherein said processor is further programmed to provide maximum power level signals to said transmitter when said processor fails to derive said power level data from said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions (said signals) to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information (received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20030100328A1
CLAIM 6
. A mobile unit for use in a wireless local area network having access points transmitting at different power levels , comprising : a receiver for receiving data signals from said access points ;
a transmitter responsive to transmitter power level signals to transmit at a selected power level corresponding to said signals (memory storing instructions) ;
and a processor , coupled to receive data signals from said receiver and programmed to derive power level data from signals received from said access points and to provide corresponding power level signals to said transmitter .

US20030100328A1
CLAIM 7
. A mobile unit as specified in claim 6 wherein said processor is further programmed to provide maximum power level signals to said transmitter when said processor fails to derive said power level data from said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US6801777B2

Filed: 2001-11-27     Issued: 2004-10-05

Device and method for intelligent wireless communication selection

(Original Assignee) Intel Corp     (Current Assignee) Intel Corp

Leslie A. Rusch
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (processing capability) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US6801777B2
CLAIM 9
. A computer readable medium (communication control method) having program instructions stored thereon for performing a method of selecting a communication network when executed within a digital processing device , the method comprising : interrogating a first network with a first radio interface to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network ;
interrogating a second network with a second radio interface to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network ;
selecting either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device ;
and communicating with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the radio interfaces provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller , wherein the selecting comprises selecting either the first or second network based on the associated data rate and packet error rate approximating the preferred data rate and packet error rate for the at least one application , and wherein the applications comprise a voice communication application , a data communication application , and a video communication application , wherein the application preferences comprise a preferred data rate and packet error rate for the at least one application operating on the wireless communication device , and wherein communicating comprises interfacing , between the at least one application and a radio interface configured to communicate in accordance with the network protocol of the selected network , the interfacing being performed by a software agent .

US6801777B2
CLAIM 18
. A wireless communication device comprising : a multi-protocol radio controller ;
a plurality of separate radio interfaces to communicate with networks and to provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller ;
and a wireless connectivity assistant , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a first network with a first of the radio interfaces to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a second network with a second of the radio interfaces to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to select either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device , and wherein one of the radio interfaces is to communicate with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on current network information , wherein the current network information includes as least one of a bit-error-rate , packet size , network congestion , security , and cost for an available network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on user preferences , wherein the user preferences include at least one of a preferred network carrier , a tolerance to quality of service , a security level and power constraint , and wherein the application preferences include at least one of a bit-rate requirement , a quality of service requirement , a connection continuity requirement , and a security requirement , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on system information , wherein the system information includes at least one of a power constraint , security requirement , processor speed , display resolution , processing capability (user terminal) , camera resolution , and audio capabilities .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal (processing capability) is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US6801777B2
CLAIM 9
. A computer readable medium (communication control method) having program instructions stored thereon for performing a method of selecting a communication network when executed within a digital processing device , the method comprising : interrogating a first network with a first radio interface to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network ;
interrogating a second network with a second radio interface to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network ;
selecting either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device ;
and communicating with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the radio interfaces provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller , wherein the selecting comprises selecting either the first or second network based on the associated data rate and packet error rate approximating the preferred data rate and packet error rate for the at least one application , and wherein the applications comprise a voice communication application , a data communication application , and a video communication application , wherein the application preferences comprise a preferred data rate and packet error rate for the at least one application operating on the wireless communication device , and wherein communicating comprises interfacing , between the at least one application and a radio interface configured to communicate in accordance with the network protocol of the selected network , the interfacing being performed by a software agent .

US6801777B2
CLAIM 18
. A wireless communication device comprising : a multi-protocol radio controller ;
a plurality of separate radio interfaces to communicate with networks and to provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller ;
and a wireless connectivity assistant , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a first network with a first of the radio interfaces to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a second network with a second of the radio interfaces to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to select either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device , and wherein one of the radio interfaces is to communicate with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on current network information , wherein the current network information includes as least one of a bit-error-rate , packet size , network congestion , security , and cost for an available network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on user preferences , wherein the user preferences include at least one of a preferred network carrier , a tolerance to quality of service , a security level and power constraint , and wherein the application preferences include at least one of a bit-rate requirement , a quality of service requirement , a connection continuity requirement , and a security requirement , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on system information , wherein the system information includes at least one of a power constraint , security requirement , processor speed , display resolution , processing capability (user terminal) , camera resolution , and audio capabilities .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal (processing capability) is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US6801777B2
CLAIM 9
. A computer readable medium (communication control method) having program instructions stored thereon for performing a method of selecting a communication network when executed within a digital processing device , the method comprising : interrogating a first network with a first radio interface to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network ;
interrogating a second network with a second radio interface to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network ;
selecting either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device ;
and communicating with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the radio interfaces provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller , wherein the selecting comprises selecting either the first or second network based on the associated data rate and packet error rate approximating the preferred data rate and packet error rate for the at least one application , and wherein the applications comprise a voice communication application , a data communication application , and a video communication application , wherein the application preferences comprise a preferred data rate and packet error rate for the at least one application operating on the wireless communication device , and wherein communicating comprises interfacing , between the at least one application and a radio interface configured to communicate in accordance with the network protocol of the selected network , the interfacing being performed by a software agent .

US6801777B2
CLAIM 18
. A wireless communication device comprising : a multi-protocol radio controller ;
a plurality of separate radio interfaces to communicate with networks and to provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller ;
and a wireless connectivity assistant , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a first network with a first of the radio interfaces to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a second network with a second of the radio interfaces to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to select either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device , and wherein one of the radio interfaces is to communicate with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on current network information , wherein the current network information includes as least one of a bit-error-rate , packet size , network congestion , security , and cost for an available network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on user preferences , wherein the user preferences include at least one of a preferred network carrier , a tolerance to quality of service , a security level and power constraint , and wherein the application preferences include at least one of a bit-rate requirement , a quality of service requirement , a connection continuity requirement , and a security requirement , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on system information , wherein the system information includes at least one of a power constraint , security requirement , processor speed , display resolution , processing capability (user terminal) , camera resolution , and audio capabilities .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal (processing capability) is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US6801777B2
CLAIM 9
. A computer readable medium (communication control method) having program instructions stored thereon for performing a method of selecting a communication network when executed within a digital processing device , the method comprising : interrogating a first network with a first radio interface to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network ;
interrogating a second network with a second radio interface to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network ;
selecting either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device ;
and communicating with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the radio interfaces provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller , wherein the selecting comprises selecting either the first or second network based on the associated data rate and packet error rate approximating the preferred data rate and packet error rate for the at least one application , and wherein the applications comprise a voice communication application , a data communication application , and a video communication application , wherein the application preferences comprise a preferred data rate and packet error rate for the at least one application operating on the wireless communication device , and wherein communicating comprises interfacing , between the at least one application and a radio interface configured to communicate in accordance with the network protocol of the selected network , the interfacing being performed by a software agent .

US6801777B2
CLAIM 18
. A wireless communication device comprising : a multi-protocol radio controller ;
a plurality of separate radio interfaces to communicate with networks and to provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller ;
and a wireless connectivity assistant , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a first network with a first of the radio interfaces to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a second network with a second of the radio interfaces to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to select either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device , and wherein one of the radio interfaces is to communicate with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on current network information , wherein the current network information includes as least one of a bit-error-rate , packet size , network congestion , security , and cost for an available network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on user preferences , wherein the user preferences include at least one of a preferred network carrier , a tolerance to quality of service , a security level and power constraint , and wherein the application preferences include at least one of a bit-rate requirement , a quality of service requirement , a connection continuity requirement , and a security requirement , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on system information , wherein the system information includes at least one of a power constraint , security requirement , processor speed , display resolution , processing capability (user terminal) , camera resolution , and audio capabilities .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (processing capability) .
US6801777B2
CLAIM 9
. A computer readable medium (communication control method) having program instructions stored thereon for performing a method of selecting a communication network when executed within a digital processing device , the method comprising : interrogating a first network with a first radio interface to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network ;
interrogating a second network with a second radio interface to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network ;
selecting either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device ;
and communicating with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the radio interfaces provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller , wherein the selecting comprises selecting either the first or second network based on the associated data rate and packet error rate approximating the preferred data rate and packet error rate for the at least one application , and wherein the applications comprise a voice communication application , a data communication application , and a video communication application , wherein the application preferences comprise a preferred data rate and packet error rate for the at least one application operating on the wireless communication device , and wherein communicating comprises interfacing , between the at least one application and a radio interface configured to communicate in accordance with the network protocol of the selected network , the interfacing being performed by a software agent .

US6801777B2
CLAIM 18
. A wireless communication device comprising : a multi-protocol radio controller ;
a plurality of separate radio interfaces to communicate with networks and to provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller ;
and a wireless connectivity assistant , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a first network with a first of the radio interfaces to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a second network with a second of the radio interfaces to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to select either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device , and wherein one of the radio interfaces is to communicate with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on current network information , wherein the current network information includes as least one of a bit-error-rate , packet size , network congestion , security , and cost for an available network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on user preferences , wherein the user preferences include at least one of a preferred network carrier , a tolerance to quality of service , a security level and power constraint , and wherein the application preferences include at least one of a bit-rate requirement , a quality of service requirement , a connection continuity requirement , and a security requirement , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on system information , wherein the system information includes at least one of a power constraint , security requirement , processor speed , display resolution , processing capability (user terminal) , camera resolution , and audio capabilities .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (processing capability) .
US6801777B2
CLAIM 9
. A computer readable medium (communication control method) having program instructions stored thereon for performing a method of selecting a communication network when executed within a digital processing device , the method comprising : interrogating a first network with a first radio interface to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network ;
interrogating a second network with a second radio interface to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network ;
selecting either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device ;
and communicating with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the radio interfaces provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller , wherein the selecting comprises selecting either the first or second network based on the associated data rate and packet error rate approximating the preferred data rate and packet error rate for the at least one application , and wherein the applications comprise a voice communication application , a data communication application , and a video communication application , wherein the application preferences comprise a preferred data rate and packet error rate for the at least one application operating on the wireless communication device , and wherein communicating comprises interfacing , between the at least one application and a radio interface configured to communicate in accordance with the network protocol of the selected network , the interfacing being performed by a software agent .

US6801777B2
CLAIM 18
. A wireless communication device comprising : a multi-protocol radio controller ;
a plurality of separate radio interfaces to communicate with networks and to provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller ;
and a wireless connectivity assistant , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a first network with a first of the radio interfaces to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a second network with a second of the radio interfaces to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to select either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device , and wherein one of the radio interfaces is to communicate with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on current network information , wherein the current network information includes as least one of a bit-error-rate , packet size , network congestion , security , and cost for an available network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on user preferences , wherein the user preferences include at least one of a preferred network carrier , a tolerance to quality of service , a security level and power constraint , and wherein the application preferences include at least one of a bit-rate requirement , a quality of service requirement , a connection continuity requirement , and a security requirement , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on system information , wherein the system information includes at least one of a power constraint , security requirement , processor speed , display resolution , processing capability (user terminal) , camera resolution , and audio capabilities .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (computer readable medium) in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (processing capability) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US6801777B2
CLAIM 9
. A computer readable medium (communication control method) having program instructions stored thereon for performing a method of selecting a communication network when executed within a digital processing device , the method comprising : interrogating a first network with a first radio interface to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network ;
interrogating a second network with a second radio interface to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network ;
selecting either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device ;
and communicating with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the radio interfaces provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller , wherein the selecting comprises selecting either the first or second network based on the associated data rate and packet error rate approximating the preferred data rate and packet error rate for the at least one application , and wherein the applications comprise a voice communication application , a data communication application , and a video communication application , wherein the application preferences comprise a preferred data rate and packet error rate for the at least one application operating on the wireless communication device , and wherein communicating comprises interfacing , between the at least one application and a radio interface configured to communicate in accordance with the network protocol of the selected network , the interfacing being performed by a software agent .

US6801777B2
CLAIM 18
. A wireless communication device comprising : a multi-protocol radio controller ;
a plurality of separate radio interfaces to communicate with networks and to provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller ;
and a wireless connectivity assistant , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a first network with a first of the radio interfaces to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a second network with a second of the radio interfaces to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to select either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device , and wherein one of the radio interfaces is to communicate with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on current network information , wherein the current network information includes as least one of a bit-error-rate , packet size , network congestion , security , and cost for an available network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on user preferences , wherein the user preferences include at least one of a preferred network carrier , a tolerance to quality of service , a security level and power constraint , and wherein the application preferences include at least one of a bit-rate requirement , a quality of service requirement , a connection continuity requirement , and a security requirement , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on system information , wherein the system information includes at least one of a power constraint , security requirement , processor speed , display resolution , processing capability (user terminal) , camera resolution , and audio capabilities .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (computer readable medium) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal (processing capability) , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US6801777B2
CLAIM 9
. A computer readable medium (communication control method) having program instructions stored thereon for performing a method of selecting a communication network when executed within a digital processing device , the method comprising : interrogating a first network with a first radio interface to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network ;
interrogating a second network with a second radio interface to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network ;
selecting either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device ;
and communicating with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the radio interfaces provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller , wherein the selecting comprises selecting either the first or second network based on the associated data rate and packet error rate approximating the preferred data rate and packet error rate for the at least one application , and wherein the applications comprise a voice communication application , a data communication application , and a video communication application , wherein the application preferences comprise a preferred data rate and packet error rate for the at least one application operating on the wireless communication device , and wherein communicating comprises interfacing , between the at least one application and a radio interface configured to communicate in accordance with the network protocol of the selected network , the interfacing being performed by a software agent .

US6801777B2
CLAIM 18
. A wireless communication device comprising : a multi-protocol radio controller ;
a plurality of separate radio interfaces to communicate with networks and to provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller ;
and a wireless connectivity assistant , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a first network with a first of the radio interfaces to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a second network with a second of the radio interfaces to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to select either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device , and wherein one of the radio interfaces is to communicate with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on current network information , wherein the current network information includes as least one of a bit-error-rate , packet size , network congestion , security , and cost for an available network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on user preferences , wherein the user preferences include at least one of a preferred network carrier , a tolerance to quality of service , a security level and power constraint , and wherein the application preferences include at least one of a bit-rate requirement , a quality of service requirement , a connection continuity requirement , and a security requirement , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on system information , wherein the system information includes at least one of a power constraint , security requirement , processor speed , display resolution , processing capability (user terminal) , camera resolution , and audio capabilities .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal (processing capability) connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US6801777B2
CLAIM 18
. A wireless communication device comprising : a multi-protocol radio controller ;
a plurality of separate radio interfaces to communicate with networks and to provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller ;
and a wireless connectivity assistant , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a first network with a first of the radio interfaces to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a second network with a second of the radio interfaces to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to select either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device , and wherein one of the radio interfaces is to communicate with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on current network information , wherein the current network information includes as least one of a bit-error-rate , packet size , network congestion , security , and cost for an available network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on user preferences , wherein the user preferences include at least one of a preferred network carrier , a tolerance to quality of service , a security level and power constraint , and wherein the application preferences include at least one of a bit-rate requirement , a quality of service requirement , a connection continuity requirement , and a security requirement , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on system information , wherein the system information includes at least one of a power constraint , security requirement , processor speed , display resolution , processing capability (user terminal) , camera resolution , and audio capabilities .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal (processing capability) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (point b) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US6801777B2
CLAIM 4
. The method of claim 1 wherein a first access point is associated with the first network and a second access point is associated with the second network , and wherein interrogating further comprises determining a geographic location of the first and second access points , determining a distance from the wireless communication station to each access point b (reception unit) ased on the location , and wherein selecting comprises selecting either the first of the second network based on the distance to the associated access point .

US6801777B2
CLAIM 18
. A wireless communication device comprising : a multi-protocol radio controller ;
a plurality of separate radio interfaces to communicate with networks and to provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller ;
and a wireless connectivity assistant , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a first network with a first of the radio interfaces to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a second network with a second of the radio interfaces to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to select either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device , and wherein one of the radio interfaces is to communicate with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on current network information , wherein the current network information includes as least one of a bit-error-rate , packet size , network congestion , security , and cost for an available network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on user preferences , wherein the user preferences include at least one of a preferred network carrier , a tolerance to quality of service , a security level and power constraint , and wherein the application preferences include at least one of a bit-rate requirement , a quality of service requirement , a connection continuity requirement , and a security requirement , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on system information , wherein the system information includes at least one of a power constraint , security requirement , processor speed , display resolution , processing capability (user terminal) , camera resolution , and audio capabilities .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal (processing capability) in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US6801777B2
CLAIM 18
. A wireless communication device comprising : a multi-protocol radio controller ;
a plurality of separate radio interfaces to communicate with networks and to provide a common application layer protocol to the radio controller ;
and a wireless connectivity assistant , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a first network with a first of the radio interfaces to determine a first network protocol associated with the first network and services hosted by the first network , the first network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the first network , wherein the multi-protocol radio controller is to interrogate a second network with a second of the radio interfaces to determine a second network protocol associated with the second network and services hosted by the second network , the second network protocol having a data rate and packet error rate associated with the services hosted by the second network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to select either the first or second network based on application preferences for at least one application operating on a wireless communication device , and wherein one of the radio interfaces is to communicate with the selected network in accordance with the associated network protocol , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on current network information , wherein the current network information includes as least one of a bit-error-rate , packet size , network congestion , security , and cost for an available network , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on user preferences , wherein the user preferences include at least one of a preferred network carrier , a tolerance to quality of service , a security level and power constraint , and wherein the application preferences include at least one of a bit-rate requirement , a quality of service requirement , a connection continuity requirement , and a security requirement , wherein the wireless connectivity assistant is to further select one of the networks based on system information , wherein the system information includes at least one of a power constraint , security requirement , processor speed , display resolution , processing capability (user terminal) , camera resolution , and audio capabilities .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20020065081A1

Filed: 2001-08-30     Issued: 2002-05-30

Channel request and contention resolution apparatus and method

(Original Assignee) Nortel Networks Ltd     (Current Assignee) Lenovo Innovations Ltd Hong Kong

Peter Barany, Chandra Bontu, Shamim Rahman
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (wireless protocol) in a mobile communication system including a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) and at least one second base station (mobile stations) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20020065081A1
CLAIM 14
. A system comprising : an interface to an air link to communicate with mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) ;
and a controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a first type mobile station using a first type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a first wireless protocol (communication control method) with the first type of mobile station , and the controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a second type of mobile station using a second type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a second wireless protocol with the second type of mobile station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (wireless protocol) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20020065081A1
CLAIM 14
. A system comprising : an interface to an air link to communicate with mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) ;
and a controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a first type mobile station using a first type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a first wireless protocol (communication control method) with the first type of mobile station , and the controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a second type of mobile station using a second type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a second wireless protocol with the second type of mobile station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (wireless protocol) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20020065081A1
CLAIM 14
. A system comprising : an interface to an air link to communicate with mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) ;
and a controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a first type mobile station using a first type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a first wireless protocol (communication control method) with the first type of mobile station , and the controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a second type of mobile station using a second type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a second wireless protocol with the second type of mobile station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (wireless protocol) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020065081A1
CLAIM 14
. A system comprising : an interface to an air link to communicate with mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) ;
and a controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a first type mobile station using a first type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a first wireless protocol (communication control method) with the first type of mobile station , and the controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a second type of mobile station using a second type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a second wireless protocol with the second type of mobile station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (wireless protocol) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020065081A1
CLAIM 14
. A system comprising : an interface to an air link to communicate with mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) ;
and a controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a first type mobile station using a first type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a first wireless protocol (communication control method) with the first type of mobile station , and the controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a second type of mobile station using a second type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a second wireless protocol with the second type of mobile station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (wireless protocol) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020065081A1
CLAIM 14
. A system comprising : an interface to an air link to communicate with mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) ;
and a controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a first type mobile station using a first type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a first wireless protocol (communication control method) with the first type of mobile station , and the controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a second type of mobile station using a second type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a second wireless protocol with the second type of mobile station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (wireless protocol) in a mobile communication system including a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) and at least one second base station (mobile stations) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20020065081A1
CLAIM 14
. A system comprising : an interface to an air link to communicate with mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) ;
and a controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a first type mobile station using a first type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a first wireless protocol (communication control method) with the first type of mobile station , and the controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a second type of mobile station using a second type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a second wireless protocol with the second type of mobile station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (wireless protocol) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (mobile stations) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20020065081A1
CLAIM 14
. A system comprising : an interface to an air link to communicate with mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) ;
and a controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a first type mobile station using a first type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a first wireless protocol (communication control method) with the first type of mobile station , and the controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a second type of mobile station using a second type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a second wireless protocol with the second type of mobile station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (mobile stations) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (mobile stations) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (mobile stations) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20020065081A1
CLAIM 14
. A system comprising : an interface to an air link to communicate with mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) ;
and a controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a first type mobile station using a first type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a first wireless protocol with the first type of mobile station , and the controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a second type of mobile station using a second type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a second wireless protocol with the second type of mobile station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (mobile stations) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20020065081A1
CLAIM 14
. A system comprising : an interface to an air link to communicate with mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) ;
and a controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a first type mobile station using a first type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a first wireless protocol with the first type of mobile station , and the controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a second type of mobile station using a second type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a second wireless protocol with the second type of mobile station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (mobile stations) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20020065081A1
CLAIM 14
. A system comprising : an interface to an air link to communicate with mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) ;
and a controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a first type mobile station using a first type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a first wireless protocol with the first type of mobile station , and the controller adapted to perform contention resolution with a second type of mobile station using a second type of indicator , the controller adapted to communicate signaling according to a second wireless protocol with the second type of mobile station .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20020016180A1

Filed: 2001-07-25     Issued: 2002-02-07

Communication device intervention system and method

(Original Assignee) CELL BLOCK TECHNOLOGIES Inc     (Current Assignee) CELL BLOCK TECHNOLOGIES Inc

J. Derosier, Kris Hatashita
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (service provider) (service provider) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20020016180A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 in which the step of transmitting includes instructing the wireless communication device to undertake processes to remove itself from normal communication with a cellular telephone service provider (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (service provider) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20020016180A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 in which the step of transmitting includes instructing the wireless communication device to undertake processes to remove itself from normal communication with a cellular telephone service provider (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (service provider) (service provider) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20020016180A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 in which the step of transmitting includes instructing the wireless communication device to undertake processes to remove itself from normal communication with a cellular telephone service provider (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (service provider) (service provider) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020016180A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 in which the step of transmitting includes instructing the wireless communication device to undertake processes to remove itself from normal communication with a cellular telephone service provider (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (service provider) (service provider) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020016180A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 in which the step of transmitting includes instructing the wireless communication device to undertake processes to remove itself from normal communication with a cellular telephone service provider (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (service provider) (service provider) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020016180A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 in which the step of transmitting includes instructing the wireless communication device to undertake processes to remove itself from normal communication with a cellular telephone service provider (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (service provider) (service provider) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20020016180A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 in which the step of transmitting includes instructing the wireless communication device to undertake processes to remove itself from normal communication with a cellular telephone service provider (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (service provider) (service provider) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20020016180A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 in which the step of transmitting includes instructing the wireless communication device to undertake processes to remove itself from normal communication with a cellular telephone service provider (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (service provider) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (service provider) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20020016180A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 in which the step of transmitting includes instructing the wireless communication device to undertake processes to remove itself from normal communication with a cellular telephone service provider (first base station, base station) .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (service provider) (service provider) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (control modules) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20020016180A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 in which the step of transmitting includes instructing the wireless communication device to undertake processes to remove itself from normal communication with a cellular telephone service provider (first base station, base station) .

US20020016180A1
CLAIM 16
. The system of claim 13 further including a remote management unit configured to poll the records of a selected group of control modules (reception unit) to track movement of a wireless communication device .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (service provider) (service provider) , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20020016180A1
CLAIM 7
. The method of claim 1 in which the step of transmitting includes instructing the wireless communication device to undertake processes to remove itself from normal communication with a cellular telephone service provider (first base station, base station) .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20020060995A1

Filed: 2001-07-09     Issued: 2002-05-23

Dynamic channel selection scheme for IEEE 802.11 WLANs

(Original Assignee) Koninklijke Philips NV     (Current Assignee) Koninklijke Philips NV

Gerard Cervello, Sunghyun Choi, Stefan Mangold, Amjad Soomro
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (following condition) of transmitting location information (received signal strength indication) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (received signal strength indication) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20020060995A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for dynamically selecting a communication channel between an access point (AP) and a plurality of stations (STAs) located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , the method comprising the steps of : (a) determining whether a new channel to be used by said plurality of stations is needed ;
(b) requesting , by said AP , a channel signal quality measure to at least one of said plurality of stations ;
(c) reporting a channel signal quality report to said AP based on a received signal strength indication (user terminal, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and a packet error rate (PER) of all channels measured by said plurality of stations ;
(d) determining a plurality of candidate channels for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations ;
and , (e) selecting one of said candidate channels based on said channel quality report for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations .

US20020060995A1
CLAIM 6
. The method of claim 1 , wherein it is determined that said new channel is needed in step (a) if one of the following condition (step A) s occurs : (1) said BSS is formed by said AP ;
(2) said AP or said STA experiences a bad channel condition ;
(3) said BSS overlaps with an adjacent BSS ;
and , (4) no association of said STA by said AP occurs longer than a predetermined time period .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal (received signal strength indication) is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US20020060995A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for dynamically selecting a communication channel between an access point (AP) and a plurality of stations (STAs) located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , the method comprising the steps of : (a) determining whether a new channel to be used by said plurality of stations is needed ;
(b) requesting , by said AP , a channel signal quality measure to at least one of said plurality of stations ;
(c) reporting a channel signal quality report to said AP based on a received signal strength indication (user terminal, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and a packet error rate (PER) of all channels measured by said plurality of stations ;
(d) determining a plurality of candidate channels for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations ;
and , (e) selecting one of said candidate channels based on said channel quality report for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal (received signal strength indication) is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20020060995A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for dynamically selecting a communication channel between an access point (AP) and a plurality of stations (STAs) located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , the method comprising the steps of : (a) determining whether a new channel to be used by said plurality of stations is needed ;
(b) requesting , by said AP , a channel signal quality measure to at least one of said plurality of stations ;
(c) reporting a channel signal quality report to said AP based on a received signal strength indication (user terminal, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and a packet error rate (PER) of all channels measured by said plurality of stations ;
(d) determining a plurality of candidate channels for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations ;
and , (e) selecting one of said candidate channels based on said channel quality report for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal (received signal strength indication) is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020060995A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for dynamically selecting a communication channel between an access point (AP) and a plurality of stations (STAs) located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , the method comprising the steps of : (a) determining whether a new channel to be used by said plurality of stations is needed ;
(b) requesting , by said AP , a channel signal quality measure to at least one of said plurality of stations ;
(c) reporting a channel signal quality report to said AP based on a received signal strength indication (user terminal, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and a packet error rate (PER) of all channels measured by said plurality of stations ;
(d) determining a plurality of candidate channels for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations ;
and , (e) selecting one of said candidate channels based on said channel quality report for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (received signal strength indication) .
US20020060995A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for dynamically selecting a communication channel between an access point (AP) and a plurality of stations (STAs) located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , the method comprising the steps of : (a) determining whether a new channel to be used by said plurality of stations is needed ;
(b) requesting , by said AP , a channel signal quality measure to at least one of said plurality of stations ;
(c) reporting a channel signal quality report to said AP based on a received signal strength indication (user terminal, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and a packet error rate (PER) of all channels measured by said plurality of stations ;
(d) determining a plurality of candidate channels for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations ;
and , (e) selecting one of said candidate channels based on said channel quality report for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal (received signal strength indication) .
US20020060995A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for dynamically selecting a communication channel between an access point (AP) and a plurality of stations (STAs) located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , the method comprising the steps of : (a) determining whether a new channel to be used by said plurality of stations is needed ;
(b) requesting , by said AP , a channel signal quality measure to at least one of said plurality of stations ;
(c) reporting a channel signal quality report to said AP based on a received signal strength indication (user terminal, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and a packet error rate (PER) of all channels measured by said plurality of stations ;
(d) determining a plurality of candidate channels for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations ;
and , (e) selecting one of said candidate channels based on said channel quality report for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (following condition) of transmitting location information (received signal strength indication) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal (received signal strength indication) connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20020060995A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for dynamically selecting a communication channel between an access point (AP) and a plurality of stations (STAs) located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , the method comprising the steps of : (a) determining whether a new channel to be used by said plurality of stations is needed ;
(b) requesting , by said AP , a channel signal quality measure to at least one of said plurality of stations ;
(c) reporting a channel signal quality report to said AP based on a received signal strength indication (user terminal, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and a packet error rate (PER) of all channels measured by said plurality of stations ;
(d) determining a plurality of candidate channels for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations ;
and , (e) selecting one of said candidate channels based on said channel quality report for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations .

US20020060995A1
CLAIM 6
. The method of claim 1 , wherein it is determined that said new channel is needed in step (a) if one of the following condition (step A) s occurs : (1) said BSS is formed by said AP ;
(2) said AP or said STA experiences a bad channel condition ;
(3) said BSS overlaps with an adjacent BSS ;
and , (4) no association of said STA by said AP occurs longer than a predetermined time period .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A (following condition) , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal (received signal strength indication) , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20020060995A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for dynamically selecting a communication channel between an access point (AP) and a plurality of stations (STAs) located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , the method comprising the steps of : (a) determining whether a new channel to be used by said plurality of stations is needed ;
(b) requesting , by said AP , a channel signal quality measure to at least one of said plurality of stations ;
(c) reporting a channel signal quality report to said AP based on a received signal strength indication (user terminal, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and a packet error rate (PER) of all channels measured by said plurality of stations ;
(d) determining a plurality of candidate channels for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations ;
and , (e) selecting one of said candidate channels based on said channel quality report for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations .

US20020060995A1
CLAIM 6
. The method of claim 1 , wherein it is determined that said new channel is needed in step (a) if one of the following condition (step A) s occurs : (1) said BSS is formed by said AP ;
(2) said AP or said STA experiences a bad channel condition ;
(3) said BSS overlaps with an adjacent BSS ;
and , (4) no association of said STA by said AP occurs longer than a predetermined time period .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal (received signal strength indication) connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20020060995A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for dynamically selecting a communication channel between an access point (AP) and a plurality of stations (STAs) located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , the method comprising the steps of : (a) determining whether a new channel to be used by said plurality of stations is needed ;
(b) requesting , by said AP , a channel signal quality measure to at least one of said plurality of stations ;
(c) reporting a channel signal quality report to said AP based on a received signal strength indication (user terminal, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and a packet error rate (PER) of all channels measured by said plurality of stations ;
(d) determining a plurality of candidate channels for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations ;
and , (e) selecting one of said candidate channels based on said channel quality report for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal (received signal strength indication) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit (other communication device) receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20020060995A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for dynamically selecting a communication channel between an access point (AP) and a plurality of stations (STAs) located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , the method comprising the steps of : (a) determining whether a new channel to be used by said plurality of stations is needed ;
(b) requesting , by said AP , a channel signal quality measure to at least one of said plurality of stations ;
(c) reporting a channel signal quality report to said AP based on a received signal strength indication (user terminal, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and a packet error rate (PER) of all channels measured by said plurality of stations ;
(d) determining a plurality of candidate channels for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations ;
and , (e) selecting one of said candidate channels based on said channel quality report for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations .

US20020060995A1
CLAIM 4
. The method of claim 1 , wherein said channel signal quality report further includes an interference signal level caused by another communication device (reception unit) , said interference signal level is based on the absence of any 802 . 11 frame reception .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal (received signal strength indication) in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20020060995A1
CLAIM 1
. A method for dynamically selecting a communication channel between an access point (AP) and a plurality of stations (STAs) located within the coverage area of a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) , the method comprising the steps of : (a) determining whether a new channel to be used by said plurality of stations is needed ;
(b) requesting , by said AP , a channel signal quality measure to at least one of said plurality of stations ;
(c) reporting a channel signal quality report to said AP based on a received signal strength indication (user terminal, transmitting location information) (RSSI) and a packet error rate (PER) of all channels measured by said plurality of stations ;
(d) determining a plurality of candidate channels for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations ;
and , (e) selecting one of said candidate channels based on said channel quality report for use in communication between said AP and said plurality of stations .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20010048744A1

Filed: 2001-05-01     Issued: 2001-12-06

Access point device and authentication method thereof

(Original Assignee) Sharp Corp     (Current Assignee) Sharp Corp

Shinya Kimura
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) and at least one second base station (mobile stations) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (response message) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20010048744A1
CLAIM 1
. An access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) within the area of a radio LAN , the device comprising : notification means for notifying a network administrator administering said LAN of the presence of an authentication-requesting mobile station so as to gain the final authorization of an authentication procedure when a mobile station in the area perform said authentication procedure before the initiation of an association procedure ;
and input means from which said network administrator notified inputs an authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction with respect to said authentication-requesting mobile station .

US20010048744A1
CLAIM 2
. An authentication method for an access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations within the area of a radio LAN , the method initiating an association procedure after authentication is completed of said mobile stations by performing : a first step in which said mobile stations and said access point device initiate a predetermined authentication procedure in response to an authentication request from said mobile stations to said access point device ;
a second step in which said access point device , in authorizing the authentication of said mobile stations by said authentication procedure , notifies a network administrator administering said LAN of the final authorization of said authentication procedure and starts an authentication wait timer before said access point device returns an authentication response message (proximity notification information) , or the final message in said authentication procedure , to said mobile stations , said authentication wait timer being set at a maximum wait time up to the final authentication ;
a third step in which said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction to said access point device before the timeout of said authentication wait timer ;
a fourth step in which said access point device , when said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing instruction before the timeout of said authentication wait timer , returns said authentication response message to said mobile stations as authentication authorization ;
and a fifth step in which said mobile stations receiving said authentication response message start said association procedure .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information (response message) including information indicating the same carrier .
US20010048744A1
CLAIM 1
. An access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) within the area of a radio LAN , the device comprising : notification means for notifying a network administrator administering said LAN of the presence of an authentication-requesting mobile station so as to gain the final authorization of an authentication procedure when a mobile station in the area perform said authentication procedure before the initiation of an association procedure ;
and input means from which said network administrator notified inputs an authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction with respect to said authentication-requesting mobile station .

US20010048744A1
CLAIM 2
. An authentication method for an access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations within the area of a radio LAN , the method initiating an association procedure after authentication is completed of said mobile stations by performing : a first step in which said mobile stations and said access point device initiate a predetermined authentication procedure in response to an authentication request from said mobile stations to said access point device ;
a second step in which said access point device , in authorizing the authentication of said mobile stations by said authentication procedure , notifies a network administrator administering said LAN of the final authorization of said authentication procedure and starts an authentication wait timer before said access point device returns an authentication response message (proximity notification information) , or the final message in said authentication procedure , to said mobile stations , said authentication wait timer being set at a maximum wait time up to the final authentication ;
a third step in which said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction to said access point device before the timeout of said authentication wait timer ;
a fourth step in which said access point device , when said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing instruction before the timeout of said authentication wait timer , returns said authentication response message to said mobile stations as authentication authorization ;
and a fifth step in which said mobile stations receiving said authentication response message start said association procedure .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (response message) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20010048744A1
CLAIM 1
. An access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) within the area of a radio LAN , the device comprising : notification means for notifying a network administrator administering said LAN of the presence of an authentication-requesting mobile station so as to gain the final authorization of an authentication procedure when a mobile station in the area perform said authentication procedure before the initiation of an association procedure ;
and input means from which said network administrator notified inputs an authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction with respect to said authentication-requesting mobile station .

US20010048744A1
CLAIM 2
. An authentication method for an access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations within the area of a radio LAN , the method initiating an association procedure after authentication is completed of said mobile stations by performing : a first step in which said mobile stations and said access point device initiate a predetermined authentication procedure in response to an authentication request from said mobile stations to said access point device ;
a second step in which said access point device , in authorizing the authentication of said mobile stations by said authentication procedure , notifies a network administrator administering said LAN of the final authorization of said authentication procedure and starts an authentication wait timer before said access point device returns an authentication response message (proximity notification information) , or the final message in said authentication procedure , to said mobile stations , said authentication wait timer being set at a maximum wait time up to the final authentication ;
a third step in which said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction to said access point device before the timeout of said authentication wait timer ;
a fourth step in which said access point device , when said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing instruction before the timeout of said authentication wait timer , returns said authentication response message to said mobile stations as authentication authorization ;
and a fifth step in which said mobile stations receiving said authentication response message start said association procedure .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (response message) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20010048744A1
CLAIM 1
. An access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) within the area of a radio LAN , the device comprising : notification means for notifying a network administrator administering said LAN of the presence of an authentication-requesting mobile station so as to gain the final authorization of an authentication procedure when a mobile station in the area perform said authentication procedure before the initiation of an association procedure ;
and input means from which said network administrator notified inputs an authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction with respect to said authentication-requesting mobile station .

US20010048744A1
CLAIM 2
. An authentication method for an access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations within the area of a radio LAN , the method initiating an association procedure after authentication is completed of said mobile stations by performing : a first step in which said mobile stations and said access point device initiate a predetermined authentication procedure in response to an authentication request from said mobile stations to said access point device ;
a second step in which said access point device , in authorizing the authentication of said mobile stations by said authentication procedure , notifies a network administrator administering said LAN of the final authorization of said authentication procedure and starts an authentication wait timer before said access point device returns an authentication response message (proximity notification information) , or the final message in said authentication procedure , to said mobile stations , said authentication wait timer being set at a maximum wait time up to the final authentication ;
a third step in which said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction to said access point device before the timeout of said authentication wait timer ;
a fourth step in which said access point device , when said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing instruction before the timeout of said authentication wait timer , returns said authentication response message to said mobile stations as authentication authorization ;
and a fifth step in which said mobile stations receiving said authentication response message start said association procedure .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20010048744A1
CLAIM 1
. An access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) within the area of a radio LAN , the device comprising : notification means for notifying a network administrator administering said LAN of the presence of an authentication-requesting mobile station so as to gain the final authorization of an authentication procedure when a mobile station in the area perform said authentication procedure before the initiation of an association procedure ;
and input means from which said network administrator notified inputs an authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction with respect to said authentication-requesting mobile station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (response message) transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (mobile stations) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20010048744A1
CLAIM 1
. An access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) within the area of a radio LAN , the device comprising : notification means for notifying a network administrator administering said LAN of the presence of an authentication-requesting mobile station so as to gain the final authorization of an authentication procedure when a mobile station in the area perform said authentication procedure before the initiation of an association procedure ;
and input means from which said network administrator notified inputs an authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction with respect to said authentication-requesting mobile station .

US20010048744A1
CLAIM 2
. An authentication method for an access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations within the area of a radio LAN , the method initiating an association procedure after authentication is completed of said mobile stations by performing : a first step in which said mobile stations and said access point device initiate a predetermined authentication procedure in response to an authentication request from said mobile stations to said access point device ;
a second step in which said access point device , in authorizing the authentication of said mobile stations by said authentication procedure , notifies a network administrator administering said LAN of the final authorization of said authentication procedure and starts an authentication wait timer before said access point device returns an authentication response message (proximity notification information) , or the final message in said authentication procedure , to said mobile stations , said authentication wait timer being set at a maximum wait time up to the final authentication ;
a third step in which said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction to said access point device before the timeout of said authentication wait timer ;
a fourth step in which said access point device , when said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing instruction before the timeout of said authentication wait timer , returns said authentication response message to said mobile stations as authentication authorization ;
and a fifth step in which said mobile stations receiving said authentication response message start said association procedure .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) and at least one second base station (mobile stations) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (response message) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20010048744A1
CLAIM 1
. An access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) within the area of a radio LAN , the device comprising : notification means for notifying a network administrator administering said LAN of the presence of an authentication-requesting mobile station so as to gain the final authorization of an authentication procedure when a mobile station in the area perform said authentication procedure before the initiation of an association procedure ;
and input means from which said network administrator notified inputs an authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction with respect to said authentication-requesting mobile station .

US20010048744A1
CLAIM 2
. An authentication method for an access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations within the area of a radio LAN , the method initiating an association procedure after authentication is completed of said mobile stations by performing : a first step in which said mobile stations and said access point device initiate a predetermined authentication procedure in response to an authentication request from said mobile stations to said access point device ;
a second step in which said access point device , in authorizing the authentication of said mobile stations by said authentication procedure , notifies a network administrator administering said LAN of the final authorization of said authentication procedure and starts an authentication wait timer before said access point device returns an authentication response message (proximity notification information) , or the final message in said authentication procedure , to said mobile stations , said authentication wait timer being set at a maximum wait time up to the final authentication ;
a third step in which said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction to said access point device before the timeout of said authentication wait timer ;
a fourth step in which said access point device , when said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing instruction before the timeout of said authentication wait timer , returns said authentication response message to said mobile stations as authentication authorization ;
and a fifth step in which said mobile stations receiving said authentication response message start said association procedure .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (mobile stations) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20010048744A1
CLAIM 1
. An access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) within the area of a radio LAN , the device comprising : notification means for notifying a network administrator administering said LAN of the presence of an authentication-requesting mobile station so as to gain the final authorization of an authentication procedure when a mobile station in the area perform said authentication procedure before the initiation of an association procedure ;
and input means from which said network administrator notified inputs an authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction with respect to said authentication-requesting mobile station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (mobile stations) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information (response message) from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (mobile stations) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (mobile stations) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20010048744A1
CLAIM 1
. An access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) within the area of a radio LAN , the device comprising : notification means for notifying a network administrator administering said LAN of the presence of an authentication-requesting mobile station so as to gain the final authorization of an authentication procedure when a mobile station in the area perform said authentication procedure before the initiation of an association procedure ;
and input means from which said network administrator notified inputs an authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction with respect to said authentication-requesting mobile station .

US20010048744A1
CLAIM 2
. An authentication method for an access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations within the area of a radio LAN , the method initiating an association procedure after authentication is completed of said mobile stations by performing : a first step in which said mobile stations and said access point device initiate a predetermined authentication procedure in response to an authentication request from said mobile stations to said access point device ;
a second step in which said access point device , in authorizing the authentication of said mobile stations by said authentication procedure , notifies a network administrator administering said LAN of the final authorization of said authentication procedure and starts an authentication wait timer before said access point device returns an authentication response message (proximity notification information) , or the final message in said authentication procedure , to said mobile stations , said authentication wait timer being set at a maximum wait time up to the final authentication ;
a third step in which said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction to said access point device before the timeout of said authentication wait timer ;
a fourth step in which said access point device , when said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing instruction before the timeout of said authentication wait timer , returns said authentication response message to said mobile stations as authentication authorization ;
and a fifth step in which said mobile stations receiving said authentication response message start said association procedure .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (mobile stations) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information (response message) to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20010048744A1
CLAIM 1
. An access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) within the area of a radio LAN , the device comprising : notification means for notifying a network administrator administering said LAN of the presence of an authentication-requesting mobile station so as to gain the final authorization of an authentication procedure when a mobile station in the area perform said authentication procedure before the initiation of an association procedure ;
and input means from which said network administrator notified inputs an authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction with respect to said authentication-requesting mobile station .

US20010048744A1
CLAIM 2
. An authentication method for an access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations within the area of a radio LAN , the method initiating an association procedure after authentication is completed of said mobile stations by performing : a first step in which said mobile stations and said access point device initiate a predetermined authentication procedure in response to an authentication request from said mobile stations to said access point device ;
a second step in which said access point device , in authorizing the authentication of said mobile stations by said authentication procedure , notifies a network administrator administering said LAN of the final authorization of said authentication procedure and starts an authentication wait timer before said access point device returns an authentication response message (proximity notification information) , or the final message in said authentication procedure , to said mobile stations , said authentication wait timer being set at a maximum wait time up to the final authentication ;
a third step in which said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction to said access point device before the timeout of said authentication wait timer ;
a fourth step in which said access point device , when said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing instruction before the timeout of said authentication wait timer , returns said authentication response message to said mobile stations as authentication authorization ;
and a fifth step in which said mobile stations receiving said authentication response message start said association procedure .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (mobile stations) (mobile stations) , location information indicating a location of a second base station (mobile stations) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (response message) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20010048744A1
CLAIM 1
. An access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations (first base station, second base station, base station) within the area of a radio LAN , the device comprising : notification means for notifying a network administrator administering said LAN of the presence of an authentication-requesting mobile station so as to gain the final authorization of an authentication procedure when a mobile station in the area perform said authentication procedure before the initiation of an association procedure ;
and input means from which said network administrator notified inputs an authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction with respect to said authentication-requesting mobile station .

US20010048744A1
CLAIM 2
. An authentication method for an access point device having an interface function with a network constructed of wired transmission channels and establishing datalink connection with a plurality of mobile stations within the area of a radio LAN , the method initiating an association procedure after authentication is completed of said mobile stations by performing : a first step in which said mobile stations and said access point device initiate a predetermined authentication procedure in response to an authentication request from said mobile stations to said access point device ;
a second step in which said access point device , in authorizing the authentication of said mobile stations by said authentication procedure , notifies a network administrator administering said LAN of the final authorization of said authentication procedure and starts an authentication wait timer before said access point device returns an authentication response message (proximity notification information) , or the final message in said authentication procedure , to said mobile stations , said authentication wait timer being set at a maximum wait time up to the final authentication ;
a third step in which said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing or -rejecting instruction to said access point device before the timeout of said authentication wait timer ;
a fourth step in which said access point device , when said network administrator provides a final authentication-authorizing instruction before the timeout of said authentication wait timer , returns said authentication response message to said mobile stations as authentication authorization ;
and a fifth step in which said mobile stations receiving said authentication response message start said association procedure .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US6795407B2

Filed: 2001-04-20     Issued: 2004-09-21

Methods for controlling shared access to wireless transmission systems and increasing throughput of the same

(Original Assignee) Atheros Communications Inc     (Current Assignee) Qualcomm Inc

Gregory Lawrence Chesson
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station (receive power) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US6795407B2
CLAIM 1
. A method of establishing overlaid communications in a multi-carrier communication system between a plurality of wireless stations each capable of communicating on less than all carriers in the multi-carrier communication system comprising the steps of : providing each of the plurality of wireless stations capable of performing overlaid communications in the multi-carrier communication system a message which includes an assigned carrier and a commonly assigned calibration transmit power level for transmission , allowing a period of time for each of the plurality of wireless stations to transmit at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
transmitting from each of the plurality of wireless stations at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
receiving from each of the plurality of wireless stations information indicating transmissions from other ones of the plurality of wireless stations that they received and the receive power (second base station) level of each of these received transmissions ;
and using the received information to map which ones of the plurality of wireless stations can communicate with other ones of the plurality of wireless stations on assigned carriers , at a common transmit power level chosen from a plurality of available transmit power levels so that subsequent signals from some of the plurality of wireless stations arriving at substantially the same time at another of the wireless stations have a substantially similar receive power level at the another wireless station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station (receive power) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US6795407B2
CLAIM 1
. A method of establishing overlaid communications in a multi-carrier communication system between a plurality of wireless stations each capable of communicating on less than all carriers in the multi-carrier communication system comprising the steps of : providing each of the plurality of wireless stations capable of performing overlaid communications in the multi-carrier communication system a message which includes an assigned carrier and a commonly assigned calibration transmit power level for transmission , allowing a period of time for each of the plurality of wireless stations to transmit at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
transmitting from each of the plurality of wireless stations at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
receiving from each of the plurality of wireless stations information indicating transmissions from other ones of the plurality of wireless stations that they received and the receive power (second base station) level of each of these received transmissions ;
and using the received information to map which ones of the plurality of wireless stations can communicate with other ones of the plurality of wireless stations on assigned carriers , at a common transmit power level chosen from a plurality of available transmit power levels so that subsequent signals from some of the plurality of wireless stations arriving at substantially the same time at another of the wireless stations have a substantially similar receive power level at the another wireless station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (receive power) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US6795407B2
CLAIM 1
. A method of establishing overlaid communications in a multi-carrier communication system between a plurality of wireless stations each capable of communicating on less than all carriers in the multi-carrier communication system comprising the steps of : providing each of the plurality of wireless stations capable of performing overlaid communications in the multi-carrier communication system a message which includes an assigned carrier and a commonly assigned calibration transmit power level for transmission , allowing a period of time for each of the plurality of wireless stations to transmit at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
transmitting from each of the plurality of wireless stations at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
receiving from each of the plurality of wireless stations information indicating transmissions from other ones of the plurality of wireless stations that they received and the receive power (second base station) level of each of these received transmissions ;
and using the received information to map which ones of the plurality of wireless stations can communicate with other ones of the plurality of wireless stations on assigned carriers , at a common transmit power level chosen from a plurality of available transmit power levels so that subsequent signals from some of the plurality of wireless stations arriving at substantially the same time at another of the wireless stations have a substantially similar receive power level at the another wireless station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier (third wire) is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station (receive power) in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US6795407B2
CLAIM 1
. A method of establishing overlaid communications in a multi-carrier communication system between a plurality of wireless stations each capable of communicating on less than all carriers in the multi-carrier communication system comprising the steps of : providing each of the plurality of wireless stations capable of performing overlaid communications in the multi-carrier communication system a message which includes an assigned carrier and a commonly assigned calibration transmit power level for transmission , allowing a period of time for each of the plurality of wireless stations to transmit at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
transmitting from each of the plurality of wireless stations at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
receiving from each of the plurality of wireless stations information indicating transmissions from other ones of the plurality of wireless stations that they received and the receive power (second base station) level of each of these received transmissions ;
and using the received information to map which ones of the plurality of wireless stations can communicate with other ones of the plurality of wireless stations on assigned carriers , at a common transmit power level chosen from a plurality of available transmit power levels so that subsequent signals from some of the plurality of wireless stations arriving at substantially the same time at another of the wireless stations have a substantially similar receive power level at the another wireless station .

US6795407B2
CLAIM 8
. The method according to claim 1 wherein it is determined that a first wireless station cannot communicate with a second wireless station at one of the available power levels at the same time without preventing a third wire (primary carrier) less station from communicating .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier (third wire) to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US6795407B2
CLAIM 8
. The method according to claim 1 wherein it is determined that a first wireless station cannot communicate with a second wireless station at one of the available power levels at the same time without preventing a third wire (primary carrier) less station from communicating .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station (receive power) is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US6795407B2
CLAIM 1
. A method of establishing overlaid communications in a multi-carrier communication system between a plurality of wireless stations each capable of communicating on less than all carriers in the multi-carrier communication system comprising the steps of : providing each of the plurality of wireless stations capable of performing overlaid communications in the multi-carrier communication system a message which includes an assigned carrier and a commonly assigned calibration transmit power level for transmission , allowing a period of time for each of the plurality of wireless stations to transmit at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
transmitting from each of the plurality of wireless stations at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
receiving from each of the plurality of wireless stations information indicating transmissions from other ones of the plurality of wireless stations that they received and the receive power (second base station) level of each of these received transmissions ;
and using the received information to map which ones of the plurality of wireless stations can communicate with other ones of the plurality of wireless stations on assigned carriers , at a common transmit power level chosen from a plurality of available transmit power levels so that subsequent signals from some of the plurality of wireless stations arriving at substantially the same time at another of the wireless stations have a substantially similar receive power level at the another wireless station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station (receive power) having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US6795407B2
CLAIM 1
. A method of establishing overlaid communications in a multi-carrier communication system between a plurality of wireless stations each capable of communicating on less than all carriers in the multi-carrier communication system comprising the steps of : providing each of the plurality of wireless stations capable of performing overlaid communications in the multi-carrier communication system a message which includes an assigned carrier and a commonly assigned calibration transmit power level for transmission , allowing a period of time for each of the plurality of wireless stations to transmit at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
transmitting from each of the plurality of wireless stations at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
receiving from each of the plurality of wireless stations information indicating transmissions from other ones of the plurality of wireless stations that they received and the receive power (second base station) level of each of these received transmissions ;
and using the received information to map which ones of the plurality of wireless stations can communicate with other ones of the plurality of wireless stations on assigned carriers , at a common transmit power level chosen from a plurality of available transmit power levels so that subsequent signals from some of the plurality of wireless stations arriving at substantially the same time at another of the wireless stations have a substantially similar receive power level at the another wireless station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station (receive power) using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US6795407B2
CLAIM 1
. A method of establishing overlaid communications in a multi-carrier communication system between a plurality of wireless stations each capable of communicating on less than all carriers in the multi-carrier communication system comprising the steps of : providing each of the plurality of wireless stations capable of performing overlaid communications in the multi-carrier communication system a message which includes an assigned carrier and a commonly assigned calibration transmit power level for transmission , allowing a period of time for each of the plurality of wireless stations to transmit at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
transmitting from each of the plurality of wireless stations at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
receiving from each of the plurality of wireless stations information indicating transmissions from other ones of the plurality of wireless stations that they received and the receive power (second base station) level of each of these received transmissions ;
and using the received information to map which ones of the plurality of wireless stations can communicate with other ones of the plurality of wireless stations on assigned carriers , at a common transmit power level chosen from a plurality of available transmit power levels so that subsequent signals from some of the plurality of wireless stations arriving at substantially the same time at another of the wireless stations have a substantially similar receive power level at the another wireless station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry (subsequent signal) configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station (receive power) while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US6795407B2
CLAIM 1
. A method of establishing overlaid communications in a multi-carrier communication system between a plurality of wireless stations each capable of communicating on less than all carriers in the multi-carrier communication system comprising the steps of : providing each of the plurality of wireless stations capable of performing overlaid communications in the multi-carrier communication system a message which includes an assigned carrier and a commonly assigned calibration transmit power level for transmission , allowing a period of time for each of the plurality of wireless stations to transmit at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
transmitting from each of the plurality of wireless stations at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
receiving from each of the plurality of wireless stations information indicating transmissions from other ones of the plurality of wireless stations that they received and the receive power (second base station) level of each of these received transmissions ;
and using the received information to map which ones of the plurality of wireless stations can communicate with other ones of the plurality of wireless stations on assigned carriers , at a common transmit power level chosen from a plurality of available transmit power levels so that subsequent signal (reception circuitry) s from some of the plurality of wireless stations arriving at substantially the same time at another of the wireless stations have a substantially similar receive power level at the another wireless station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry (subsequent signal) configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station (receive power) ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US6795407B2
CLAIM 1
. A method of establishing overlaid communications in a multi-carrier communication system between a plurality of wireless stations each capable of communicating on less than all carriers in the multi-carrier communication system comprising the steps of : providing each of the plurality of wireless stations capable of performing overlaid communications in the multi-carrier communication system a message which includes an assigned carrier and a commonly assigned calibration transmit power level for transmission , allowing a period of time for each of the plurality of wireless stations to transmit at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
transmitting from each of the plurality of wireless stations at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
receiving from each of the plurality of wireless stations information indicating transmissions from other ones of the plurality of wireless stations that they received and the receive power (second base station) level of each of these received transmissions ;
and using the received information to map which ones of the plurality of wireless stations can communicate with other ones of the plurality of wireless stations on assigned carriers , at a common transmit power level chosen from a plurality of available transmit power levels so that subsequent signal (reception circuitry) s from some of the plurality of wireless stations arriving at substantially the same time at another of the wireless stations have a substantially similar receive power level at the another wireless station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station (receive power) ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US6795407B2
CLAIM 1
. A method of establishing overlaid communications in a multi-carrier communication system between a plurality of wireless stations each capable of communicating on less than all carriers in the multi-carrier communication system comprising the steps of : providing each of the plurality of wireless stations capable of performing overlaid communications in the multi-carrier communication system a message which includes an assigned carrier and a commonly assigned calibration transmit power level for transmission , allowing a period of time for each of the plurality of wireless stations to transmit at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
transmitting from each of the plurality of wireless stations at least one calibration message on the assigned carrier at the commonly assigned calibration power level ;
receiving from each of the plurality of wireless stations information indicating transmissions from other ones of the plurality of wireless stations that they received and the receive power (second base station) level of each of these received transmissions ;
and using the received information to map which ones of the plurality of wireless stations can communicate with other ones of the plurality of wireless stations on assigned carriers , at a common transmit power level chosen from a plurality of available transmit power levels so that subsequent signals from some of the plurality of wireless stations arriving at substantially the same time at another of the wireless stations have a substantially similar receive power level at the another wireless station .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20020141375A1

Filed: 2001-03-30     Issued: 2002-10-03

Increasing link capacity via concurrent transmissions in centralized wireless LANs

(Original Assignee) Philips North America LLC     (Current Assignee) Uniloc 2017 LLC

Sunghyun Choi
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (said pairs) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20020141375A1
CLAIM 2
. The method as recited in claim 1 , further comprising the step of granting said concurrent transmission of information packets between said pairs (first base station) of stations without the intervention of said access point .

US20020141375A1
CLAIM 16
. The system as recited in claim 15 , wherein said access point includes : means for determining concurrent transmission candidates for said stations by comparing the interference level reported via said assigned TDM time slot to a prescribed power level for transmission ;
means for modulating/demodulating signals received from/to said access point , and for transmitting said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s at a different time slot from which said signals were received ;
and , means for interfacing said plurality of stations to a WLAN and for exchanging signals with said stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (said pairs) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20020141375A1
CLAIM 2
. The method as recited in claim 1 , further comprising the step of granting said concurrent transmission of information packets between said pairs (first base station) of stations without the intervention of said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (said pairs) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020141375A1
CLAIM 2
. The method as recited in claim 1 , further comprising the step of granting said concurrent transmission of information packets between said pairs (first base station) of stations without the intervention of said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (said pairs) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020141375A1
CLAIM 2
. The method as recited in claim 1 , further comprising the step of granting said concurrent transmission of information packets between said pairs (first base station) of stations without the intervention of said access point .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control (said data) by the first base station (said pairs) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020141375A1
CLAIM 2
. The method as recited in claim 1 , further comprising the step of granting said concurrent transmission of information packets between said pairs (first base station) of stations without the intervention of said access point .

US20020141375A1
CLAIM 17
. The system as recited in claim 15 , further comprising means for storing data indicative of a particular time at which said transmission of said data (performing control) packet is scheduled to start and end .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (said pairs) and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (received signal) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20020141375A1
CLAIM 2
. The method as recited in claim 1 , further comprising the step of granting said concurrent transmission of information packets between said pairs (first base station) of stations without the intervention of said access point .

US20020141375A1
CLAIM 16
. The system as recited in claim 15 , wherein said access point includes : means for determining concurrent transmission candidates for said stations by comparing the interference level reported via said assigned TDM time slot to a prescribed power level for transmission ;
means for modulating/demodulating signals received from/to said access point , and for transmitting said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s at a different time slot from which said signals were received ;
and , means for interfacing said plurality of stations to a WLAN and for exchanging signals with said stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (said pairs) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (received signal) indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US20020141375A1
CLAIM 2
. The method as recited in claim 1 , further comprising the step of granting said concurrent transmission of information packets between said pairs (first base station) of stations without the intervention of said access point .

US20020141375A1
CLAIM 16
. The system as recited in claim 15 , wherein said access point includes : means for determining concurrent transmission candidates for said stations by comparing the interference level reported via said assigned TDM time slot to a prescribed power level for transmission ;
means for modulating/demodulating signals received from/to said access point , and for transmitting said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s at a different time slot from which said signals were received ;
and , means for interfacing said plurality of stations to a WLAN and for exchanging signals with said stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (received signal) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (said pairs) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20020141375A1
CLAIM 2
. The method as recited in claim 1 , further comprising the step of granting said concurrent transmission of information packets between said pairs (first base station) of stations without the intervention of said access point .

US20020141375A1
CLAIM 16
. The system as recited in claim 15 , wherein said access point includes : means for determining concurrent transmission candidates for said stations by comparing the interference level reported via said assigned TDM time slot to a prescribed power level for transmission ;
means for modulating/demodulating signals received from/to said access point , and for transmitting said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s at a different time slot from which said signals were received ;
and , means for interfacing said plurality of stations to a WLAN and for exchanging signals with said stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (said pairs) , location information (received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20020141375A1
CLAIM 2
. The method as recited in claim 1 , further comprising the step of granting said concurrent transmission of information packets between said pairs (first base station) of stations without the intervention of said access point .

US20020141375A1
CLAIM 16
. The system as recited in claim 15 , wherein said access point includes : means for determining concurrent transmission candidates for said stations by comparing the interference level reported via said assigned TDM time slot to a prescribed power level for transmission ;
means for modulating/demodulating signals received from/to said access point , and for transmitting said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s at a different time slot from which said signals were received ;
and , means for interfacing said plurality of stations to a WLAN and for exchanging signals with said stations .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions (said signals) to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (said pairs) , location information (received signal) indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20020141375A1
CLAIM 2
. The method as recited in claim 1 , further comprising the step of granting said concurrent transmission of information packets between said pairs (first base station) of stations without the intervention of said access point .

US20020141375A1
CLAIM 16
. The system as recited in claim 15 , wherein said access point includes : means for determining concurrent transmission candidates for said stations by comparing the interference level reported via said assigned TDM time slot to a prescribed power level for transmission ;
means for modulating/demodulating signals received from/to said access point , and for transmitting said received signal (location information, transmitting location information) s at a different time slot from which said signals (memory storing instructions) were received ;
and , means for interfacing said plurality of stations to a WLAN and for exchanging signals with said stations .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US6788940B2

Filed: 2001-03-13     Issued: 2004-09-07

Cellular mobile telephone network and method of operating the same

(Original Assignee) Nokia of America Corp     (Current Assignee) Nokia of America Corp ; Wsou Investments LLC

David Lahiri Bhatoolaul, Qiang Cao, Patrick Georges Venceslas Charriere, Seau Sian Lim
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (different base stations, mobile stations) (different base stations, mobile stations) and at least one second base (different base stations, mobile stations) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (signal strengths) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (signal strengths) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US6788940B2
CLAIM 1
. A cellular mobile telephone network , wherein a mobile station requests service in data modulated on a common random access channel (RACH) in a format associated with first a cell in which the mobile station is located , and wherein base stations in cells neighbouring the first cell , are configured to demodulate the RACH message burst having the format associated with the first cell , and to pass the demodulated data to a radio network controller (RNC) ;
and wherein the RNC is operative to instruct a base station in the first cell to assign first hardware to search for RACH data having physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) located in a handover region , and to assign second hardware to search for RACH data having the physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations located in a non-handover region .

US6788940B2
CLAIM 4
. A network as claimed in claim 1 or 2 , wherein the mobile station is operative to compare the signal strengths (location information, transmitting location information, transmitting proximity notification information) of transmissions received from different base stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) to determine whether or not it is in a handover region , and to send RACH data with one of a reserved set of physical channel attributes if the base station is in the handover region .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base (different base stations, mobile stations) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US6788940B2
CLAIM 1
. A cellular mobile telephone network , wherein a mobile station requests service in data modulated on a common random access channel (RACH) in a format associated with first a cell in which the mobile station is located , and wherein base stations in cells neighbouring the first cell , are configured to demodulate the RACH message burst having the format associated with the first cell , and to pass the demodulated data to a radio network controller (RNC) ;
and wherein the RNC is operative to instruct a base station in the first cell to assign first hardware to search for RACH data having physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) located in a handover region , and to assign second hardware to search for RACH data having the physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations located in a non-handover region .

US6788940B2
CLAIM 4
. A network as claimed in claim 1 or 2 , wherein the mobile station is operative to compare the signal strengths of transmissions received from different base stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) to determine whether or not it is in a handover region , and to send RACH data with one of a reserved set of physical channel attributes if the base station is in the handover region .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (different base stations, mobile stations) (different base stations, mobile stations) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (different base stations, mobile stations) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US6788940B2
CLAIM 1
. A cellular mobile telephone network , wherein a mobile station requests service in data modulated on a common random access channel (RACH) in a format associated with first a cell in which the mobile station is located , and wherein base stations in cells neighbouring the first cell , are configured to demodulate the RACH message burst having the format associated with the first cell , and to pass the demodulated data to a radio network controller (RNC) ;
and wherein the RNC is operative to instruct a base station in the first cell to assign first hardware to search for RACH data having physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) located in a handover region , and to assign second hardware to search for RACH data having the physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations located in a non-handover region .

US6788940B2
CLAIM 4
. A network as claimed in claim 1 or 2 , wherein the mobile station is operative to compare the signal strengths of transmissions received from different base stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) to determine whether or not it is in a handover region , and to send RACH data with one of a reserved set of physical channel attributes if the base station is in the handover region .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing handover control by the first base station (different base stations, mobile stations) (different base stations, mobile stations) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (different base stations, mobile stations) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US6788940B2
CLAIM 1
. A cellular mobile telephone network , wherein a mobile station requests service in data modulated on a common random access channel (RACH) in a format associated with first a cell in which the mobile station is located , and wherein base stations in cells neighbouring the first cell , are configured to demodulate the RACH message burst having the format associated with the first cell , and to pass the demodulated data to a radio network controller (RNC) ;
and wherein the RNC is operative to instruct a base station in the first cell to assign first hardware to search for RACH data having physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) located in a handover region , and to assign second hardware to search for RACH data having the physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations located in a non-handover region .

US6788940B2
CLAIM 4
. A network as claimed in claim 1 or 2 , wherein the mobile station is operative to compare the signal strengths of transmissions received from different base stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) to determine whether or not it is in a handover region , and to send RACH data with one of a reserved set of physical channel attributes if the base station is in the handover region .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (different base stations, mobile stations) (different base stations, mobile stations) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US6788940B2
CLAIM 1
. A cellular mobile telephone network , wherein a mobile station requests service in data modulated on a common random access channel (RACH) in a format associated with first a cell in which the mobile station is located , and wherein base stations in cells neighbouring the first cell , are configured to demodulate the RACH message burst having the format associated with the first cell , and to pass the demodulated data to a radio network controller (RNC) ;
and wherein the RNC is operative to instruct a base station in the first cell to assign first hardware to search for RACH data having physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) located in a handover region , and to assign second hardware to search for RACH data having the physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations located in a non-handover region .

US6788940B2
CLAIM 4
. A network as claimed in claim 1 or 2 , wherein the mobile station is operative to compare the signal strengths of transmissions received from different base stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) to determine whether or not it is in a handover region , and to send RACH data with one of a reserved set of physical channel attributes if the base station is in the handover region .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B , performing control (said data) by the first base station (different base stations, mobile stations) (different base stations, mobile stations) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base (different base stations, mobile stations) station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US6788940B2
CLAIM 1
. A cellular mobile telephone network , wherein a mobile station requests service in data modulated on a common random access channel (RACH) in a format associated with first a cell in which the mobile station is located , and wherein base stations in cells neighbouring the first cell , are configured to demodulate the RACH message burst having the format associated with the first cell , and to pass the demodulated data to a radio network controller (RNC) ;
and wherein the RNC is operative to instruct a base station in the first cell to assign first hardware to search for RACH data having physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) located in a handover region , and to assign second hardware to search for RACH data having the physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations located in a non-handover region .

US6788940B2
CLAIM 2
. A cellular mobile telephone network as claimed in claim 1 , wherein said data (performing control) is sent in separate preamble and message bursts ;
and wherein a radio network controller (RNC) is responsive to receipt of the preamble burst , to instruct base stations in the neighbouring cells to demodulate the RACH message burst having the format associated with the first cell , and to pass the demodulated data to a radio network controller (RNC) .

US6788940B2
CLAIM 4
. A network as claimed in claim 1 or 2 , wherein the mobile station is operative to compare the signal strengths of transmissions received from different base stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) to determine whether or not it is in a handover region , and to send RACH data with one of a reserved set of physical channel attributes if the base station is in the handover region .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station (different base stations, mobile stations) (different base stations, mobile stations) and at least one second base (different base stations, mobile stations) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information (signal strengths) indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (signal strengths) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US6788940B2
CLAIM 1
. A cellular mobile telephone network , wherein a mobile station requests service in data modulated on a common random access channel (RACH) in a format associated with first a cell in which the mobile station is located , and wherein base stations in cells neighbouring the first cell , are configured to demodulate the RACH message burst having the format associated with the first cell , and to pass the demodulated data to a radio network controller (RNC) ;
and wherein the RNC is operative to instruct a base station in the first cell to assign first hardware to search for RACH data having physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) located in a handover region , and to assign second hardware to search for RACH data having the physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations located in a non-handover region .

US6788940B2
CLAIM 4
. A network as claimed in claim 1 or 2 , wherein the mobile station is operative to compare the signal strengths (location information, transmitting location information, transmitting proximity notification information) of transmissions received from different base stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) to determine whether or not it is in a handover region , and to send RACH data with one of a reserved set of physical channel attributes if the base station is in the handover region .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (different base stations, mobile stations) (different base stations, mobile stations) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information (signal strengths) indicating the location of the second base (different base stations, mobile stations) station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US6788940B2
CLAIM 1
. A cellular mobile telephone network , wherein a mobile station requests service in data modulated on a common random access channel (RACH) in a format associated with first a cell in which the mobile station is located , and wherein base stations in cells neighbouring the first cell , are configured to demodulate the RACH message burst having the format associated with the first cell , and to pass the demodulated data to a radio network controller (RNC) ;
and wherein the RNC is operative to instruct a base station in the first cell to assign first hardware to search for RACH data having physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) located in a handover region , and to assign second hardware to search for RACH data having the physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations located in a non-handover region .

US6788940B2
CLAIM 4
. A network as claimed in claim 1 or 2 , wherein the mobile station is operative to compare the signal strengths (location information, transmitting location information, transmitting proximity notification information) of transmissions received from different base stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) to determine whether or not it is in a handover region , and to send RACH data with one of a reserved set of physical channel attributes if the base station is in the handover region .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (different base stations, mobile stations) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information (signal strengths) indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base (different base stations, mobile stations) station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (different base stations, mobile stations) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US6788940B2
CLAIM 1
. A cellular mobile telephone network , wherein a mobile station requests service in data modulated on a common random access channel (RACH) in a format associated with first a cell in which the mobile station is located , and wherein base stations in cells neighbouring the first cell , are configured to demodulate the RACH message burst having the format associated with the first cell , and to pass the demodulated data to a radio network controller (RNC) ;
and wherein the RNC is operative to instruct a base station in the first cell to assign first hardware to search for RACH data having physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) located in a handover region , and to assign second hardware to search for RACH data having the physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations located in a non-handover region .

US6788940B2
CLAIM 4
. A network as claimed in claim 1 or 2 , wherein the mobile station is operative to compare the signal strengths (location information, transmitting location information, transmitting proximity notification information) of transmissions received from different base stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) to determine whether or not it is in a handover region , and to send RACH data with one of a reserved set of physical channel attributes if the base station is in the handover region .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (different base stations, mobile stations) (different base stations, mobile stations) , location information (signal strengths) indicating a location of a second base (different base stations, mobile stations) station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US6788940B2
CLAIM 1
. A cellular mobile telephone network , wherein a mobile station requests service in data modulated on a common random access channel (RACH) in a format associated with first a cell in which the mobile station is located , and wherein base stations in cells neighbouring the first cell , are configured to demodulate the RACH message burst having the format associated with the first cell , and to pass the demodulated data to a radio network controller (RNC) ;
and wherein the RNC is operative to instruct a base station in the first cell to assign first hardware to search for RACH data having physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) located in a handover region , and to assign second hardware to search for RACH data having the physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations located in a non-handover region .

US6788940B2
CLAIM 4
. A network as claimed in claim 1 or 2 , wherein the mobile station is operative to compare the signal strengths (location information, transmitting location information, transmitting proximity notification information) of transmissions received from different base stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) to determine whether or not it is in a handover region , and to send RACH data with one of a reserved set of physical channel attributes if the base station is in the handover region .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (different base stations, mobile stations) (different base stations, mobile stations) , location information (signal strengths) indicating a location of a second base (different base stations, mobile stations) station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (signal strengths) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US6788940B2
CLAIM 1
. A cellular mobile telephone network , wherein a mobile station requests service in data modulated on a common random access channel (RACH) in a format associated with first a cell in which the mobile station is located , and wherein base stations in cells neighbouring the first cell , are configured to demodulate the RACH message burst having the format associated with the first cell , and to pass the demodulated data to a radio network controller (RNC) ;
and wherein the RNC is operative to instruct a base station in the first cell to assign first hardware to search for RACH data having physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) located in a handover region , and to assign second hardware to search for RACH data having the physical channel attributes belonging to mobile stations located in a non-handover region .

US6788940B2
CLAIM 4
. A network as claimed in claim 1 or 2 , wherein the mobile station is operative to compare the signal strengths (location information, transmitting location information, transmitting proximity notification information) of transmissions received from different base stations (second base, second base station, first base station, base station) to determine whether or not it is in a handover region , and to send RACH data with one of a reserved set of physical channel attributes if the base station is in the handover region .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US20020097696A1

Filed: 2001-01-19     Issued: 2002-07-25

Apparatus, and associated method, for dynamically selecting frequency levels upon which to define communication channels in a radio communication system

(Original Assignee) Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd; Nokia Networks Oy     (Current Assignee) Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd ; Nokia Networks Oy

Jouni Kossi, Mika Kasslin
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (communication signal) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20020097696A1
CLAIM 1
. In a wireless mesh network having a first node , at least a second node and a network management station , the first and at least second nodes and the network management station intercoupled theretogether to permit communications therebetween , an improvement of apparatus for dynamically selecting frequency levels at which to define communication channels upon which to effectuate communications during operation of the wireless mesh network , said apparatus comprising : a frequency level quality indicia measurer positioned at each of the first and at least second nodes , said frequency level quality-indicia measurer for measuring communication quality indicia at a selected plurality of different global frequency levels at the node at which each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers is positioned and for generating a report representative of values of the communication quality indicia measured thereat ;
a global channel selection positioned at the network management station and coupled to receive reports generated by each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers , said global channel selector for selecting a first global frequency level at which to define a first global communication channel upon which to communicate first global communication signal (proximity notification information) s with , and between , all of the first and at least second nodes .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information (communication signal) including information indicating the same carrier .
US20020097696A1
CLAIM 1
. In a wireless mesh network having a first node , at least a second node and a network management station , the first and at least second nodes and the network management station intercoupled theretogether to permit communications therebetween , an improvement of apparatus for dynamically selecting frequency levels at which to define communication channels upon which to effectuate communications during operation of the wireless mesh network , said apparatus comprising : a frequency level quality indicia measurer positioned at each of the first and at least second nodes , said frequency level quality-indicia measurer for measuring communication quality indicia at a selected plurality of different global frequency levels at the node at which each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers is positioned and for generating a report representative of values of the communication quality indicia measured thereat ;
a global channel selection positioned at the network management station and coupled to receive reports generated by each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers , said global channel selector for selecting a first global frequency level at which to define a first global communication channel upon which to communicate first global communication signal (proximity notification information) s with , and between , all of the first and at least second nodes .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (communication signal) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (said operation) by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US20020097696A1
CLAIM 1
. In a wireless mesh network having a first node , at least a second node and a network management station , the first and at least second nodes and the network management station intercoupled theretogether to permit communications therebetween , an improvement of apparatus for dynamically selecting frequency levels at which to define communication channels upon which to effectuate communications during operation of the wireless mesh network , said apparatus comprising : a frequency level quality indicia measurer positioned at each of the first and at least second nodes , said frequency level quality-indicia measurer for measuring communication quality indicia at a selected plurality of different global frequency levels at the node at which each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers is positioned and for generating a report representative of values of the communication quality indicia measured thereat ;
a global channel selection positioned at the network management station and coupled to receive reports generated by each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers , said global channel selector for selecting a first global frequency level at which to define a first global communication channel upon which to communicate first global communication signal (proximity notification information) s with , and between , all of the first and at least second nodes .

US20020097696A1
CLAIM 20
. In a method for communicating in a wireless mesh network having a first node , at least a second node , and a network management station , the first and at least the second nodes and the network management station intercoupled theretogether to permit communications therebetween , an improvement of a method for dynamically selecting frequency levels at which to define communication channels upon which to effectuate communication during operation of the wireless mesh network , said method comprising . measuring communication quality indicia at a selected plurality of different global frequency levels at each of the first and at least second nodes ;
generating reports representative of values of the communication quality indicia measured during said operation (performing handover control) of measuring ;
and selecting a global frequency level at which to define a first global communication channel upon which to communicate first global communication signals with , and between , all of the first and at least second nodes .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (communication signal) transmitted in the step B , performing handover control (said operation) by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020097696A1
CLAIM 1
. In a wireless mesh network having a first node , at least a second node and a network management station , the first and at least second nodes and the network management station intercoupled theretogether to permit communications therebetween , an improvement of apparatus for dynamically selecting frequency levels at which to define communication channels upon which to effectuate communications during operation of the wireless mesh network , said apparatus comprising : a frequency level quality indicia measurer positioned at each of the first and at least second nodes , said frequency level quality-indicia measurer for measuring communication quality indicia at a selected plurality of different global frequency levels at the node at which each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers is positioned and for generating a report representative of values of the communication quality indicia measured thereat ;
a global channel selection positioned at the network management station and coupled to receive reports generated by each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers , said global channel selector for selecting a first global frequency level at which to define a first global communication channel upon which to communicate first global communication signal (proximity notification information) s with , and between , all of the first and at least second nodes .

US20020097696A1
CLAIM 20
. In a method for communicating in a wireless mesh network having a first node , at least a second node , and a network management station , the first and at least the second nodes and the network management station intercoupled theretogether to permit communications therebetween , an improvement of a method for dynamically selecting frequency levels at which to define communication channels upon which to effectuate communication during operation of the wireless mesh network , said method comprising . measuring communication quality indicia at a selected plurality of different global frequency levels at each of the first and at least second nodes ;
generating reports representative of values of the communication quality indicia measured during said operation (performing handover control) of measuring ;
and selecting a global frequency level at which to define a first global communication channel upon which to communicate first global communication signals with , and between , all of the first and at least second nodes .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information (communication signal) transmitted in the step B , performing control by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US20020097696A1
CLAIM 1
. In a wireless mesh network having a first node , at least a second node and a network management station , the first and at least second nodes and the network management station intercoupled theretogether to permit communications therebetween , an improvement of apparatus for dynamically selecting frequency levels at which to define communication channels upon which to effectuate communications during operation of the wireless mesh network , said apparatus comprising : a frequency level quality indicia measurer positioned at each of the first and at least second nodes , said frequency level quality-indicia measurer for measuring communication quality indicia at a selected plurality of different global frequency levels at the node at which each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers is positioned and for generating a report representative of values of the communication quality indicia measured thereat ;
a global channel selection positioned at the network management station and coupled to receive reports generated by each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers , said global channel selector for selecting a first global frequency level at which to define a first global communication channel upon which to communicate first global communication signal (proximity notification information) s with , and between , all of the first and at least second nodes .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B of transmitting proximity notification information (communication signal) to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US20020097696A1
CLAIM 1
. In a wireless mesh network having a first node , at least a second node and a network management station , the first and at least second nodes and the network management station intercoupled theretogether to permit communications therebetween , an improvement of apparatus for dynamically selecting frequency levels at which to define communication channels upon which to effectuate communications during operation of the wireless mesh network , said apparatus comprising : a frequency level quality indicia measurer positioned at each of the first and at least second nodes , said frequency level quality-indicia measurer for measuring communication quality indicia at a selected plurality of different global frequency levels at the node at which each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers is positioned and for generating a report representative of values of the communication quality indicia measured thereat ;
a global channel selection positioned at the network management station and coupled to receive reports generated by each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers , said global channel selector for selecting a first global frequency level at which to define a first global communication channel upon which to communicate first global communication signal (proximity notification information) s with , and between , all of the first and at least second nodes .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information (communication signal) from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US20020097696A1
CLAIM 1
. In a wireless mesh network having a first node , at least a second node and a network management station , the first and at least second nodes and the network management station intercoupled theretogether to permit communications therebetween , an improvement of apparatus for dynamically selecting frequency levels at which to define communication channels upon which to effectuate communications during operation of the wireless mesh network , said apparatus comprising : a frequency level quality indicia measurer positioned at each of the first and at least second nodes , said frequency level quality-indicia measurer for measuring communication quality indicia at a selected plurality of different global frequency levels at the node at which each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers is positioned and for generating a report representative of values of the communication quality indicia measured thereat ;
a global channel selection positioned at the network management station and coupled to receive reports generated by each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers , said global channel selector for selecting a first global frequency level at which to define a first global communication channel upon which to communicate first global communication signal (proximity notification information) s with , and between , all of the first and at least second nodes .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a transmission circuitry configured to transmit proximity notification information (communication signal) to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20020097696A1
CLAIM 1
. In a wireless mesh network having a first node , at least a second node and a network management station , the first and at least second nodes and the network management station intercoupled theretogether to permit communications therebetween , an improvement of apparatus for dynamically selecting frequency levels at which to define communication channels upon which to effectuate communications during operation of the wireless mesh network , said apparatus comprising : a frequency level quality indicia measurer positioned at each of the first and at least second nodes , said frequency level quality-indicia measurer for measuring communication quality indicia at a selected plurality of different global frequency levels at the node at which each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers is positioned and for generating a report representative of values of the communication quality indicia measured thereat ;
a global channel selection positioned at the network management station and coupled to receive reports generated by each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers , said global channel selector for selecting a first global frequency level at which to define a first global communication channel upon which to communicate first global communication signal (proximity notification information) s with , and between , all of the first and at least second nodes .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station , location information indicating a location of a second base station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information (communication signal) to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US20020097696A1
CLAIM 1
. In a wireless mesh network having a first node , at least a second node and a network management station , the first and at least second nodes and the network management station intercoupled theretogether to permit communications therebetween , an improvement of apparatus for dynamically selecting frequency levels at which to define communication channels upon which to effectuate communications during operation of the wireless mesh network , said apparatus comprising : a frequency level quality indicia measurer positioned at each of the first and at least second nodes , said frequency level quality-indicia measurer for measuring communication quality indicia at a selected plurality of different global frequency levels at the node at which each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers is positioned and for generating a report representative of values of the communication quality indicia measured thereat ;
a global channel selection positioned at the network management station and coupled to receive reports generated by each of said frequency level quality-indicia measurers , said global channel selector for selecting a first global frequency level at which to define a first global communication channel upon which to communicate first global communication signal (proximity notification information) s with , and between , all of the first and at least second nodes .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US6850499B2

Filed: 2001-01-05     Issued: 2005-02-01

Method and apparatus for forward power control in a communication system

(Original Assignee) Qualcomm Inc     (Current Assignee) Qualcomm Inc

Charles E. Wheatley, III, Rashid A. Attar, Eduardo A. S. Esteves
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (paging message) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B (paging message) of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US6850499B2
CLAIM 14
. An Access Terminal , comprising : a receiver for receiving paging message (step A, step B) s on a forward link signal and performing a C/I measurements and excess C/I measurements on the forward link signal ;
a controller coupled to said receiver for receiving said paging messages , C/I measurements and excess C/I measurements from the receiver , said controller selecting an Access Point ;
and a transmitter coupled to said controller for transmitting data request messages including the C/I measurements and the excess C/I measurements .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B (paging message) , when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US6850499B2
CLAIM 14
. An Access Terminal , comprising : a receiver for receiving paging message (step A, step B) s on a forward link signal and performing a C/I measurements and excess C/I measurements on the forward link signal ;
a controller coupled to said receiver for receiving said paging messages , C/I measurements and excess C/I measurements from the receiver , said controller selecting an Access Point ;
and a transmitter coupled to said controller for transmitting data request messages including the C/I measurements and the excess C/I measurements .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (paging message) , performing handover control by the first base station such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US6850499B2
CLAIM 14
. An Access Terminal , comprising : a receiver for receiving paging message (step A, step B) s on a forward link signal and performing a C/I measurements and excess C/I measurements on the forward link signal ;
a controller coupled to said receiver for receiving said paging messages , C/I measurements and excess C/I measurements from the receiver , said controller selecting an Access Point ;
and a transmitter coupled to said controller for transmitting data request messages including the C/I measurements and the excess C/I measurements .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (paging message) , performing handover control by the first base station such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US6850499B2
CLAIM 14
. An Access Terminal , comprising : a receiver for receiving paging message (step A, step B) s on a forward link signal and performing a C/I measurements and excess C/I measurements on the forward link signal ;
a controller coupled to said receiver for receiving said paging messages , C/I measurements and excess C/I measurements from the receiver , said controller selecting an Access Point ;
and a transmitter coupled to said controller for transmitting data request messages including the C/I measurements and the excess C/I measurements .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (paging message) , performing control (said data) by the first base station such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US6850499B2
CLAIM 3
. The method of claim 1 , wherein said measuring , selecting , and sending steps are performed at each time slot until said data (performing control) transmission is completed .

US6850499B2
CLAIM 14
. An Access Terminal , comprising : a receiver for receiving paging message (step A, step B) s on a forward link signal and performing a C/I measurements and excess C/I measurements on the forward link signal ;
a controller coupled to said receiver for receiving said paging messages , C/I measurements and excess C/I measurements from the receiver , said controller selecting an Access Point ;
and a transmitter coupled to said controller for transmitting data request messages including the C/I measurements and the excess C/I measurements .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method in a mobile communication system including a first base station and at least one second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (paging message) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B (paging message) of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US6850499B2
CLAIM 14
. An Access Terminal , comprising : a receiver for receiving paging message (step A, step B) s on a forward link signal and performing a C/I measurements and excess C/I measurements on the forward link signal ;
a controller coupled to said receiver for receiving said paging messages , C/I measurements and excess C/I measurements from the receiver , said controller selecting an Access Point ;
and a transmitter coupled to said controller for transmitting data request messages including the C/I measurements and the excess C/I measurements .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A (paging message) , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US6850499B2
CLAIM 14
. An Access Terminal , comprising : a receiver for receiving paging message (step A, step B) s on a forward link signal and performing a C/I measurements and excess C/I measurements on the forward link signal ;
a controller coupled to said receiver for receiving said paging messages , C/I measurements and excess C/I measurements from the receiver , said controller selecting an Access Point ;
and a transmitter coupled to said controller for transmitting data request messages including the C/I measurements and the excess C/I measurements .




US9706467B2

Filed: 2011-11-03     Issued: 2017-07-11

Communication control method, base station, and user terminal

(Original Assignee) Kyocera Corp     (Current Assignee) Kyocera Corp

Noriyoshi FUKUTA
US6757319B1

Filed: 2000-11-28     Issued: 2004-06-29

Closed loop power control for common downlink transport channels

(Original Assignee) Golden Bridge Technology Inc     (Current Assignee) Google LLC

Kourosh Parsa, Emmanuel Kanterakis
US9706467B2
CLAIM 1
. A communication control method (CDMA base station) in a mobile communication system including a first base station (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) and at least one second base (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US6757319B1
CLAIM 1
. In a code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) system employing spread-spectrum modulation comprising a base station (BS) comprising a BS-spread-spectrum transmitter and a BS-spread-spectrum receiver , and a plurality of mobile stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) , each mobile station (MS) comprising an MS-spread-spectrum transmitter and an MS-spread-spectrum receiver , a method comprising the steps of : transmitting from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter , over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to an identified one of the mobile stations ;
receiving the broadcast common channel at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station ;
in response to the signal indicating an intent to send , initiating an exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize a common packet channel (CPCH) channel for uplink communications ;
measuring a level of at least one spread-spectrum signal received from the base station by the one mobile station ;
transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station at least power control information based on the measured signal level , over the CPCH channel ;
receiving the power control information via the CPCH channel , at the BS spread-spectrum receiver ;
transmitting the packet data for the one mobile station , from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station over a common downlink channel ;
and controlling power level of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel in response to the received power control information .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 4
. A method as set forth in claim 1 , wherein the exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize the CPCH channel comprises an access phase , the access phase comprising the following steps (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) of : transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station an access-burst signal , the access-burst signal comprising a plurality of segments having a plurality of respective power levels , each segment comprising an access preamble signature corresponding to the CPCH channel ;
receiving at the BS spread-spectrum receiver of the base station at least one segment of the access-burst signal at a detectable-power level ;
responsive to receipt of the at least one segment at the detectable power level , transmitting an acknowledgment signal from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station , the acknowledgment signal corresponding to the access preamble signature ;
and receiving the acknowledgment signal at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 8
. A method as in claim 1 , wherein the at least one spread-spectrum signal comprises the transmitted packet (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) data , and the steps of measuring level , transmitting power control information , receiving the power control information and controlling power level continue substantially throughout the packet data transmission , so as to provide dynamic control of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 10
. A code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) wireless base station , comprising : a CDMA transmitter ;
a CDMA receiver ;
and a controller coupled to the CDMA receiver for responding to signals received via the CDMA receiver and coupled for controlling the CDMA transmitter , such that in operation the CDMA base station (communication control method) is for performing the following steps : transmitting over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to one of a plurality of remote stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) ;
exchanging signals with the one remote station to enable the one remote station to seize a common packet channel for uplink communications ;
receiving at least power control information over the common packet channel from the one remote station ;
transmitting the packet data for the one remote station over a common downlink channel ;
and dynamically controlling power of the transmission of the packet data over the common downlink channel in response to the power control information from the one remote station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 2
. The communication control method (CDMA base station) according to claim 1 , wherein , in the step B (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) , when the used carrier of the second base (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal , the user terminal transmits the proximity notification information including information indicating the same carrier .
US6757319B1
CLAIM 1
. In a code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) system employing spread-spectrum modulation comprising a base station (BS) comprising a BS-spread-spectrum transmitter and a BS-spread-spectrum receiver , and a plurality of mobile stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) , each mobile station (MS) comprising an MS-spread-spectrum transmitter and an MS-spread-spectrum receiver , a method comprising the steps of : transmitting from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter , over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to an identified one of the mobile stations ;
receiving the broadcast common channel at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station ;
in response to the signal indicating an intent to send , initiating an exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize a common packet channel (CPCH) channel for uplink communications ;
measuring a level of at least one spread-spectrum signal received from the base station by the one mobile station ;
transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station at least power control information based on the measured signal level , over the CPCH channel ;
receiving the power control information via the CPCH channel , at the BS spread-spectrum receiver ;
transmitting the packet data for the one mobile station , from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station over a common downlink channel ;
and controlling power level of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel in response to the received power control information .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 4
. A method as set forth in claim 1 , wherein the exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize the CPCH channel comprises an access phase , the access phase comprising the following steps (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) of : transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station an access-burst signal , the access-burst signal comprising a plurality of segments having a plurality of respective power levels , each segment comprising an access preamble signature corresponding to the CPCH channel ;
receiving at the BS spread-spectrum receiver of the base station at least one segment of the access-burst signal at a detectable-power level ;
responsive to receipt of the at least one segment at the detectable power level , transmitting an acknowledgment signal from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station , the acknowledgment signal corresponding to the access preamble signature ;
and receiving the acknowledgment signal at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 8
. A method as in claim 1 , wherein the at least one spread-spectrum signal comprises the transmitted packet (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) data , and the steps of measuring level , transmitting power control information , receiving the power control information and controlling power level continue substantially throughout the packet data transmission , so as to provide dynamic control of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 10
. A code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) wireless base station , comprising : a CDMA transmitter ;
a CDMA receiver ;
and a controller coupled to the CDMA receiver for responding to signals received via the CDMA receiver and coupled for controlling the CDMA transmitter , such that in operation the CDMA base station (communication control method) is for performing the following steps : transmitting over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to one of a plurality of remote stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) ;
exchanging signals with the one remote station to enable the one remote station to seize a common packet channel for uplink communications ;
receiving at least power control information over the common packet channel from the one remote station ;
transmitting the packet data for the one remote station over a common downlink channel ;
and dynamically controlling power of the transmission of the packet data over the common downlink channel in response to the power control information from the one remote station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 3
. The communication control method (CDMA base station) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) , performing handover control by the first base station (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) such that the used carrier of the user terminal is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the used carrier of the user terminal .
US6757319B1
CLAIM 1
. In a code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) system employing spread-spectrum modulation comprising a base station (BS) comprising a BS-spread-spectrum transmitter and a BS-spread-spectrum receiver , and a plurality of mobile stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) , each mobile station (MS) comprising an MS-spread-spectrum transmitter and an MS-spread-spectrum receiver , a method comprising the steps of : transmitting from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter , over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to an identified one of the mobile stations ;
receiving the broadcast common channel at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station ;
in response to the signal indicating an intent to send , initiating an exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize a common packet channel (CPCH) channel for uplink communications ;
measuring a level of at least one spread-spectrum signal received from the base station by the one mobile station ;
transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station at least power control information based on the measured signal level , over the CPCH channel ;
receiving the power control information via the CPCH channel , at the BS spread-spectrum receiver ;
transmitting the packet data for the one mobile station , from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station over a common downlink channel ;
and controlling power level of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel in response to the received power control information .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 4
. A method as set forth in claim 1 , wherein the exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize the CPCH channel comprises an access phase , the access phase comprising the following steps (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) of : transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station an access-burst signal , the access-burst signal comprising a plurality of segments having a plurality of respective power levels , each segment comprising an access preamble signature corresponding to the CPCH channel ;
receiving at the BS spread-spectrum receiver of the base station at least one segment of the access-burst signal at a detectable-power level ;
responsive to receipt of the at least one segment at the detectable power level , transmitting an acknowledgment signal from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station , the acknowledgment signal corresponding to the access preamble signature ;
and receiving the acknowledgment signal at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 8
. A method as in claim 1 , wherein the at least one spread-spectrum signal comprises the transmitted packet (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) data , and the steps of measuring level , transmitting power control information , receiving the power control information and controlling power level continue substantially throughout the packet data transmission , so as to provide dynamic control of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 10
. A code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) wireless base station , comprising : a CDMA transmitter ;
a CDMA receiver ;
and a controller coupled to the CDMA receiver for responding to signals received via the CDMA receiver and coupled for controlling the CDMA transmitter , such that in operation the CDMA base station (communication control method) is for performing the following steps : transmitting over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to one of a plurality of remote stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) ;
exchanging signals with the one remote station to enable the one remote station to seize a common packet channel for uplink communications ;
receiving at least power control information over the common packet channel from the one remote station ;
transmitting the packet data for the one remote station over a common downlink channel ;
and dynamically controlling power of the transmission of the packet data over the common downlink channel in response to the power control information from the one remote station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 4
. The communication control method (CDMA base station) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) , performing handover control by the first base station (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) such that a primary carrier is switched to another carrier when the used carrier of the second base (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) station in the proximity of the user terminal is the same as the primary carrier of the user terminal .
US6757319B1
CLAIM 1
. In a code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) system employing spread-spectrum modulation comprising a base station (BS) comprising a BS-spread-spectrum transmitter and a BS-spread-spectrum receiver , and a plurality of mobile stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) , each mobile station (MS) comprising an MS-spread-spectrum transmitter and an MS-spread-spectrum receiver , a method comprising the steps of : transmitting from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter , over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to an identified one of the mobile stations ;
receiving the broadcast common channel at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station ;
in response to the signal indicating an intent to send , initiating an exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize a common packet channel (CPCH) channel for uplink communications ;
measuring a level of at least one spread-spectrum signal received from the base station by the one mobile station ;
transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station at least power control information based on the measured signal level , over the CPCH channel ;
receiving the power control information via the CPCH channel , at the BS spread-spectrum receiver ;
transmitting the packet data for the one mobile station , from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station over a common downlink channel ;
and controlling power level of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel in response to the received power control information .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 4
. A method as set forth in claim 1 , wherein the exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize the CPCH channel comprises an access phase , the access phase comprising the following steps (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) of : transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station an access-burst signal , the access-burst signal comprising a plurality of segments having a plurality of respective power levels , each segment comprising an access preamble signature corresponding to the CPCH channel ;
receiving at the BS spread-spectrum receiver of the base station at least one segment of the access-burst signal at a detectable-power level ;
responsive to receipt of the at least one segment at the detectable power level , transmitting an acknowledgment signal from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station , the acknowledgment signal corresponding to the access preamble signature ;
and receiving the acknowledgment signal at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 8
. A method as in claim 1 , wherein the at least one spread-spectrum signal comprises the transmitted packet (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) data , and the steps of measuring level , transmitting power control information , receiving the power control information and controlling power level continue substantially throughout the packet data transmission , so as to provide dynamic control of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 10
. A code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) wireless base station , comprising : a CDMA transmitter ;
a CDMA receiver ;
and a controller coupled to the CDMA receiver for responding to signals received via the CDMA receiver and coupled for controlling the CDMA transmitter , such that in operation the CDMA base station (communication control method) is for performing the following steps : transmitting over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to one of a plurality of remote stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) ;
exchanging signals with the one remote station to enable the one remote station to seize a common packet channel for uplink communications ;
receiving at least power control information over the common packet channel from the one remote station ;
transmitting the packet data for the one remote station over a common downlink channel ;
and dynamically controlling power of the transmission of the packet data over the common downlink channel in response to the power control information from the one remote station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 5
. The communication control method (CDMA base station) according to claim 4 further comprising a step of , after the switching of the primary carrier to the another carrier , performing a setting by the first base station (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) such that a carrier used as the primary carrier before the switching is prevented from being added as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US6757319B1
CLAIM 1
. In a code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) system employing spread-spectrum modulation comprising a base station (BS) comprising a BS-spread-spectrum transmitter and a BS-spread-spectrum receiver , and a plurality of mobile stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) , each mobile station (MS) comprising an MS-spread-spectrum transmitter and an MS-spread-spectrum receiver , a method comprising the steps of : transmitting from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter , over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to an identified one of the mobile stations ;
receiving the broadcast common channel at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station ;
in response to the signal indicating an intent to send , initiating an exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize a common packet channel (CPCH) channel for uplink communications ;
measuring a level of at least one spread-spectrum signal received from the base station by the one mobile station ;
transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station at least power control information based on the measured signal level , over the CPCH channel ;
receiving the power control information via the CPCH channel , at the BS spread-spectrum receiver ;
transmitting the packet data for the one mobile station , from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station over a common downlink channel ;
and controlling power level of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel in response to the received power control information .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 4
. A method as set forth in claim 1 , wherein the exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize the CPCH channel comprises an access phase , the access phase comprising the following steps (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) of : transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station an access-burst signal , the access-burst signal comprising a plurality of segments having a plurality of respective power levels , each segment comprising an access preamble signature corresponding to the CPCH channel ;
receiving at the BS spread-spectrum receiver of the base station at least one segment of the access-burst signal at a detectable-power level ;
responsive to receipt of the at least one segment at the detectable power level , transmitting an acknowledgment signal from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station , the acknowledgment signal corresponding to the access preamble signature ;
and receiving the acknowledgment signal at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 8
. A method as in claim 1 , wherein the at least one spread-spectrum signal comprises the transmitted packet (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) data , and the steps of measuring level , transmitting power control information , receiving the power control information and controlling power level continue substantially throughout the packet data transmission , so as to provide dynamic control of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 10
. A code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) wireless base station , comprising : a CDMA transmitter ;
a CDMA receiver ;
and a controller coupled to the CDMA receiver for responding to signals received via the CDMA receiver and coupled for controlling the CDMA transmitter , such that in operation the CDMA base station (communication control method) is for performing the following steps : transmitting over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to one of a plurality of remote stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) ;
exchanging signals with the one remote station to enable the one remote station to seize a common packet channel for uplink communications ;
receiving at least power control information over the common packet channel from the one remote station ;
transmitting the packet data for the one remote station over a common downlink channel ;
and dynamically controlling power of the transmission of the packet data over the common downlink channel in response to the power control information from the one remote station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 6
. The communication control method (CDMA base station) according to claim 1 further comprising a step of , after the reception of the proximity notification information transmitted in the step B (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) , performing control by the first base station (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) such that use of the secondary carrier is stopped when the used carrier of the second base (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) station is the same as the secondary carrier of the user terminal .
US6757319B1
CLAIM 1
. In a code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) system employing spread-spectrum modulation comprising a base station (BS) comprising a BS-spread-spectrum transmitter and a BS-spread-spectrum receiver , and a plurality of mobile stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) , each mobile station (MS) comprising an MS-spread-spectrum transmitter and an MS-spread-spectrum receiver , a method comprising the steps of : transmitting from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter , over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to an identified one of the mobile stations ;
receiving the broadcast common channel at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station ;
in response to the signal indicating an intent to send , initiating an exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize a common packet channel (CPCH) channel for uplink communications ;
measuring a level of at least one spread-spectrum signal received from the base station by the one mobile station ;
transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station at least power control information based on the measured signal level , over the CPCH channel ;
receiving the power control information via the CPCH channel , at the BS spread-spectrum receiver ;
transmitting the packet data for the one mobile station , from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station over a common downlink channel ;
and controlling power level of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel in response to the received power control information .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 4
. A method as set forth in claim 1 , wherein the exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize the CPCH channel comprises an access phase , the access phase comprising the following steps (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) of : transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station an access-burst signal , the access-burst signal comprising a plurality of segments having a plurality of respective power levels , each segment comprising an access preamble signature corresponding to the CPCH channel ;
receiving at the BS spread-spectrum receiver of the base station at least one segment of the access-burst signal at a detectable-power level ;
responsive to receipt of the at least one segment at the detectable power level , transmitting an acknowledgment signal from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station , the acknowledgment signal corresponding to the access preamble signature ;
and receiving the acknowledgment signal at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 8
. A method as in claim 1 , wherein the at least one spread-spectrum signal comprises the transmitted packet (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) data , and the steps of measuring level , transmitting power control information , receiving the power control information and controlling power level continue substantially throughout the packet data transmission , so as to provide dynamic control of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 10
. A code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) wireless base station , comprising : a CDMA transmitter ;
a CDMA receiver ;
and a controller coupled to the CDMA receiver for responding to signals received via the CDMA receiver and coupled for controlling the CDMA transmitter , such that in operation the CDMA base station (communication control method) is for performing the following steps : transmitting over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to one of a plurality of remote stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) ;
exchanging signals with the one remote station to enable the one remote station to seize a common packet channel for uplink communications ;
receiving at least power control information over the common packet channel from the one remote station ;
transmitting the packet data for the one remote station over a common downlink channel ;
and dynamically controlling power of the transmission of the packet data over the common downlink channel in response to the power control information from the one remote station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 7
. A communication control method (CDMA base station) in a mobile communication system including a first base station (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) and at least one second base (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station , comprising : a step A (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) of transmitting location information indicating a location of the second base station from the first base station ;

and a step B (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) of transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station from a user terminal connected to the first base station after the user terminal receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station , wherein in the step A , the first base station transmits the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the step A comprises a step of broadcasting , on each used carrier of the first base station , location information indicating the location of the second base station using the same carrier as the used carrier .
US6757319B1
CLAIM 1
. In a code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) system employing spread-spectrum modulation comprising a base station (BS) comprising a BS-spread-spectrum transmitter and a BS-spread-spectrum receiver , and a plurality of mobile stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) , each mobile station (MS) comprising an MS-spread-spectrum transmitter and an MS-spread-spectrum receiver , a method comprising the steps of : transmitting from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter , over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to an identified one of the mobile stations ;
receiving the broadcast common channel at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station ;
in response to the signal indicating an intent to send , initiating an exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize a common packet channel (CPCH) channel for uplink communications ;
measuring a level of at least one spread-spectrum signal received from the base station by the one mobile station ;
transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station at least power control information based on the measured signal level , over the CPCH channel ;
receiving the power control information via the CPCH channel , at the BS spread-spectrum receiver ;
transmitting the packet data for the one mobile station , from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station over a common downlink channel ;
and controlling power level of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel in response to the received power control information .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 4
. A method as set forth in claim 1 , wherein the exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize the CPCH channel comprises an access phase , the access phase comprising the following steps (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) of : transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station an access-burst signal , the access-burst signal comprising a plurality of segments having a plurality of respective power levels , each segment comprising an access preamble signature corresponding to the CPCH channel ;
receiving at the BS spread-spectrum receiver of the base station at least one segment of the access-burst signal at a detectable-power level ;
responsive to receipt of the at least one segment at the detectable power level , transmitting an acknowledgment signal from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station , the acknowledgment signal corresponding to the access preamble signature ;
and receiving the acknowledgment signal at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 8
. A method as in claim 1 , wherein the at least one spread-spectrum signal comprises the transmitted packet (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) data , and the steps of measuring level , transmitting power control information , receiving the power control information and controlling power level continue substantially throughout the packet data transmission , so as to provide dynamic control of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 10
. A code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) wireless base station , comprising : a CDMA transmitter ;
a CDMA receiver ;
and a controller coupled to the CDMA receiver for responding to signals received via the CDMA receiver and coupled for controlling the CDMA transmitter , such that in operation the CDMA base station (communication control method) is for performing the following steps : transmitting over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to one of a plurality of remote stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) ;
exchanging signals with the one remote station to enable the one remote station to seize a common packet channel for uplink communications ;
receiving at least power control information over the common packet channel from the one remote station ;
transmitting the packet data for the one remote station over a common downlink channel ;
and dynamically controlling power of the transmission of the packet data over the common downlink channel in response to the power control information from the one remote station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 8
. The communication control method (CDMA base station) according to claim 7 , wherein , in the step A (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) , when a secondary carrier is added to the user terminal , the first base station (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) unicasts , to the user terminal , location information indicating the location of the second base (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) station using the same carrier as the secondary carrier .
US6757319B1
CLAIM 1
. In a code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) system employing spread-spectrum modulation comprising a base station (BS) comprising a BS-spread-spectrum transmitter and a BS-spread-spectrum receiver , and a plurality of mobile stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) , each mobile station (MS) comprising an MS-spread-spectrum transmitter and an MS-spread-spectrum receiver , a method comprising the steps of : transmitting from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter , over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to an identified one of the mobile stations ;
receiving the broadcast common channel at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station ;
in response to the signal indicating an intent to send , initiating an exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize a common packet channel (CPCH) channel for uplink communications ;
measuring a level of at least one spread-spectrum signal received from the base station by the one mobile station ;
transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station at least power control information based on the measured signal level , over the CPCH channel ;
receiving the power control information via the CPCH channel , at the BS spread-spectrum receiver ;
transmitting the packet data for the one mobile station , from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station over a common downlink channel ;
and controlling power level of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel in response to the received power control information .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 4
. A method as set forth in claim 1 , wherein the exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize the CPCH channel comprises an access phase , the access phase comprising the following steps (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) of : transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station an access-burst signal , the access-burst signal comprising a plurality of segments having a plurality of respective power levels , each segment comprising an access preamble signature corresponding to the CPCH channel ;
receiving at the BS spread-spectrum receiver of the base station at least one segment of the access-burst signal at a detectable-power level ;
responsive to receipt of the at least one segment at the detectable power level , transmitting an acknowledgment signal from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station , the acknowledgment signal corresponding to the access preamble signature ;
and receiving the acknowledgment signal at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 8
. A method as in claim 1 , wherein the at least one spread-spectrum signal comprises the transmitted packet (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) data , and the steps of measuring level , transmitting power control information , receiving the power control information and controlling power level continue substantially throughout the packet data transmission , so as to provide dynamic control of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 10
. A code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) wireless base station , comprising : a CDMA transmitter ;
a CDMA receiver ;
and a controller coupled to the CDMA receiver for responding to signals received via the CDMA receiver and coupled for controlling the CDMA transmitter , such that in operation the CDMA base station (communication control method) is for performing the following steps : transmitting over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to one of a plurality of remote stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) ;
exchanging signals with the one remote station to enable the one remote station to seize a common packet channel for uplink communications ;
receiving at least power control information over the common packet channel from the one remote station ;
transmitting the packet data for the one remote station over a common downlink channel ;
and dynamically controlling power of the transmission of the packet data over the common downlink channel in response to the power control information from the one remote station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 9
. A base station (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) in a mobile communication system , comprising : a transmission circuitry (received power) configured to transmit location information indicating a location of another base station ;

and a reception circuitry configured to receive proximity notification information from a user terminal connected to the base station , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the another base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the another base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the transmission circuitry is configured to transmit the location information indicating the location of the second base (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , and the transmission circuitry is configured to broadcast , on each used carrier of the first base station (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) , information indicating the used carrier of each second base station .
US6757319B1
CLAIM 1
. In a code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) system employing spread-spectrum modulation comprising a base station (BS) comprising a BS-spread-spectrum transmitter and a BS-spread-spectrum receiver , and a plurality of mobile stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) , each mobile station (MS) comprising an MS-spread-spectrum transmitter and an MS-spread-spectrum receiver , a method comprising the steps of : transmitting from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter , over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to an identified one of the mobile stations ;
receiving the broadcast common channel at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station ;
in response to the signal indicating an intent to send , initiating an exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize a common packet channel (CPCH) channel for uplink communications ;
measuring a level of at least one spread-spectrum signal received from the base station by the one mobile station ;
transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station at least power control information based on the measured signal level , over the CPCH channel ;
receiving the power control information via the CPCH channel , at the BS spread-spectrum receiver ;
transmitting the packet data for the one mobile station , from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station over a common downlink channel ;
and controlling power level of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel in response to the received power (transmission circuitry) control information .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 4
. A method as set forth in claim 1 , wherein the exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize the CPCH channel comprises an access phase , the access phase comprising the following steps (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) of : transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station an access-burst signal , the access-burst signal comprising a plurality of segments having a plurality of respective power levels , each segment comprising an access preamble signature corresponding to the CPCH channel ;
receiving at the BS spread-spectrum receiver of the base station at least one segment of the access-burst signal at a detectable-power level ;
responsive to receipt of the at least one segment at the detectable power level , transmitting an acknowledgment signal from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station , the acknowledgment signal corresponding to the access preamble signature ;
and receiving the acknowledgment signal at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 8
. A method as in claim 1 , wherein the at least one spread-spectrum signal comprises the transmitted packet (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) data , and the steps of measuring level , transmitting power control information , receiving the power control information and controlling power level continue substantially throughout the packet data transmission , so as to provide dynamic control of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 10
. A code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) wireless base station , comprising : a CDMA transmitter ;
a CDMA receiver ;
and a controller coupled to the CDMA receiver for responding to signals received via the CDMA receiver and coupled for controlling the CDMA transmitter , such that in operation the CDMA base station is for performing the following steps : transmitting over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to one of a plurality of remote stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) ;
exchanging signals with the one remote station to enable the one remote station to seize a common packet channel for uplink communications ;
receiving at least power control information over the common packet channel from the one remote station ;
transmitting the packet data for the one remote station over a common downlink channel ;
and dynamically controlling power of the transmission of the packet data over the common downlink channel in response to the power control information from the one remote station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 10
. A user terminal in a mobile communication system , comprising : a reception circuitry configured to receive , from a first base station (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) , location information indicating a location of a second base (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) station ;

and a transmission circuitry (received power) configured to transmit proximity notification information to the first base station after the reception unit receives the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the reception circuitry is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US6757319B1
CLAIM 1
. In a code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) system employing spread-spectrum modulation comprising a base station (BS) comprising a BS-spread-spectrum transmitter and a BS-spread-spectrum receiver , and a plurality of mobile stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) , each mobile station (MS) comprising an MS-spread-spectrum transmitter and an MS-spread-spectrum receiver , a method comprising the steps of : transmitting from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter , over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to an identified one of the mobile stations ;
receiving the broadcast common channel at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station ;
in response to the signal indicating an intent to send , initiating an exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize a common packet channel (CPCH) channel for uplink communications ;
measuring a level of at least one spread-spectrum signal received from the base station by the one mobile station ;
transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station at least power control information based on the measured signal level , over the CPCH channel ;
receiving the power control information via the CPCH channel , at the BS spread-spectrum receiver ;
transmitting the packet data for the one mobile station , from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station over a common downlink channel ;
and controlling power level of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel in response to the received power (transmission circuitry) control information .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 4
. A method as set forth in claim 1 , wherein the exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize the CPCH channel comprises an access phase , the access phase comprising the following steps (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) of : transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station an access-burst signal , the access-burst signal comprising a plurality of segments having a plurality of respective power levels , each segment comprising an access preamble signature corresponding to the CPCH channel ;
receiving at the BS spread-spectrum receiver of the base station at least one segment of the access-burst signal at a detectable-power level ;
responsive to receipt of the at least one segment at the detectable power level , transmitting an acknowledgment signal from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station , the acknowledgment signal corresponding to the access preamble signature ;
and receiving the acknowledgment signal at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 8
. A method as in claim 1 , wherein the at least one spread-spectrum signal comprises the transmitted packet (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) data , and the steps of measuring level , transmitting power control information , receiving the power control information and controlling power level continue substantially throughout the packet data transmission , so as to provide dynamic control of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 10
. A code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) wireless base station , comprising : a CDMA transmitter ;
a CDMA receiver ;
and a controller coupled to the CDMA receiver for responding to signals received via the CDMA receiver and coupled for controlling the CDMA transmitter , such that in operation the CDMA base station is for performing the following steps : transmitting over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to one of a plurality of remote stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) ;
exchanging signals with the one remote station to enable the one remote station to seize a common packet channel for uplink communications ;
receiving at least power control information over the common packet channel from the one remote station ;
transmitting the packet data for the one remote station over a common downlink channel ;
and dynamically controlling power of the transmission of the packet data over the common downlink channel in response to the power control information from the one remote station .

US9706467B2
CLAIM 11
. A controller with a memory storing instructions to be executed by the controller , which is applicable to a user terminal in a mobile communication system , the controller configured to execute the instructions to perform : a process for receiving from a first base station (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) , location information indicating a location of a second base (transmitted packet, following steps, mobile stations, remote stations) station ;

and a process for transmitting proximity notification information to the first base station after the controller receiving the location information , the proximity notification information indicating that the user terminal is in proximity of the second base station and being used for making the user terminal use a different carrier from a carrier used by the second base station in the proximity of the user terminal , wherein the controller is configured to receive the location information indicating the location of the second base station while associating the location information with the used carrier of the second base station , wherein information indicating the used carrier of each second base station is broadcasted on each used carrier of the first base station .
US6757319B1
CLAIM 1
. In a code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) system employing spread-spectrum modulation comprising a base station (BS) comprising a BS-spread-spectrum transmitter and a BS-spread-spectrum receiver , and a plurality of mobile stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) , each mobile station (MS) comprising an MS-spread-spectrum transmitter and an MS-spread-spectrum receiver , a method comprising the steps of : transmitting from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter , over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to an identified one of the mobile stations ;
receiving the broadcast common channel at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station ;
in response to the signal indicating an intent to send , initiating an exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize a common packet channel (CPCH) channel for uplink communications ;
measuring a level of at least one spread-spectrum signal received from the base station by the one mobile station ;
transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station at least power control information based on the measured signal level , over the CPCH channel ;
receiving the power control information via the CPCH channel , at the BS spread-spectrum receiver ;
transmitting the packet data for the one mobile station , from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station over a common downlink channel ;
and controlling power level of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel in response to the received power control information .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 4
. A method as set forth in claim 1 , wherein the exchange of spread-spectrum signals between the one mobile station and the base station to allow the one mobile station to seize the CPCH channel comprises an access phase , the access phase comprising the following steps (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) of : transmitting from the MS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the one mobile station an access-burst signal , the access-burst signal comprising a plurality of segments having a plurality of respective power levels , each segment comprising an access preamble signature corresponding to the CPCH channel ;
receiving at the BS spread-spectrum receiver of the base station at least one segment of the access-burst signal at a detectable-power level ;
responsive to receipt of the at least one segment at the detectable power level , transmitting an acknowledgment signal from the BS-spread-spectrum transmitter of the base station , the acknowledgment signal corresponding to the access preamble signature ;
and receiving the acknowledgment signal at the MS-spread-spectrum receiver of the one mobile station .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 8
. A method as in claim 1 , wherein the at least one spread-spectrum signal comprises the transmitted packet (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) data , and the steps of measuring level , transmitting power control information , receiving the power control information and controlling power level continue substantially throughout the packet data transmission , so as to provide dynamic control of the packet data transmission over the common downlink channel .

US6757319B1
CLAIM 10
. A code-division-multiple-access (CDMA) wireless base station , comprising : a CDMA transmitter ;
a CDMA receiver ;
and a controller coupled to the CDMA receiver for responding to signals received via the CDMA receiver and coupled for controlling the CDMA transmitter , such that in operation the CDMA base station is for performing the following steps : transmitting over a broadcast common channel , a signal indicating an intent to send packet data to one of a plurality of remote stations (second base, step A, second base station, step B, first base station, base station) ;
exchanging signals with the one remote station to enable the one remote station to seize a common packet channel for uplink communications ;
receiving at least power control information over the common packet channel from the one remote station ;
transmitting the packet data for the one remote station over a common downlink channel ;
and dynamically controlling power of the transmission of the packet data over the common downlink channel in response to the power control information from the one remote station .